UNDERGRADUATE CATALOGUE

1985-8"7

CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA

California University
of
Pennsylvania

UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
Volume 83

1985-87

Number 1

California University of Pennsylvania is one of the fourteen institutions of
higher learning of the State System of Higher Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

California University of Pennsylvania is

A MEMBER OF
the Association of State Colleges and Universities
the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education
ACCREDITED BY
the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
ACCREDITED IN TEACHER EDUCATION BY
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
ACCREDITED IN SOCIAL WORK BY
Council on Social Work Education
ACCREDITED IN ATHLETIC TRAINING BY
the National Atliletic Trainers Association
California University of Pennsylvania admits students of any sex, race, color ,
national and ethnic origin to all rights , privileges, programs and activities
generally accorded or made available to students at the University. The same
policy is followed with respect to all employees regardless of rank or classification . The University does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color ,
religion , ethnic and national origin in the administration of its educational
policies, admissions processes, scholarships and loan programs, employment practices and athletic and other University administrative programs.
The University does not discriminate on the basis of handicap in admission or
access to its programs. Inquiries regarding Title IX compliance and Section
504 of the Rehabil itation Act of 1973 may be directed to Title IX Coordinator,
(412) 938-4351 , Affirmative Action Officer, (412) 938-4185 , 504 Coordinator,
(412) 938-4076, or the Director of Office of Civil Rights Region Ill, U.S.
Department of Education , Philadelphia, PA 17101.
This catalog contains regulations , facts, and requirements that were correct
at the time of publication . The governing personnel of California University of
Pennsylvania reserve the right and authority to alter any and/or all of the
statements contained herein .
In keeping with the educational mission of the University, the educational and
financial policies and procedures are continually being reviewed and
changed . Consequently, this document cannot be considered binding and
must be used solely as an informational guide.
Students will be held responsible for keeping informed of official policies and
for meeting all relevant requirements .

CONTENTS
ACADEMIC CALENDAR , 1984- 198 7 .......... ..... ... .. ..... .... ..... .. .... ... ........ ........ .. 2
THE UNIVERSITY: ....... ........ ......... .. ..... .. ..... ........... ...... ....... ................ ... .. ... ... . 5
Its location , history, goals and objectives
ACAD EM IC PROGRAMS OFFERED ...... ......... .......... ....... .. ...... .. ...... ...... .... .. 11
GENERA L IN FORMATION : ..... ... ... ...... .................. ................. ................... ... 14
Alumn i Associ ati on , Campus Ministry, Computer Center,
Counselling Services , Day Care Programs, Intercollegiate
At hlet ics , Women 's Center , University Development Office,
Placement
ACADEMIC PO LI CIES AND PROCEDUR ES: ... ... .. .... ... ......... .. .. ..... ... ........... 21
Grades, Honors, Graduation Requ irements , Dismissal and
Prob ation, etc .
FINANCIA L AID : .... ............ .... ... ............ ........ ...... ....... ........................... ..... ... 36
Grants, Scholarships, Employment , Loans, etc.
ADMISSIONS .... ..... ... ...... ... .... ......................... .... ............... ..... ... .................. 46
FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND FEES ...... ...... .. ............................... .. ........ 52
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND SERVICES: ...... .. ............ ..... ......... ... ... ..... . 57
Orientation , Health Services, University Regulations, Dormitories and Dining Hall , Veterans Affairs, Student Congress,
Student Association, Inc., etc.
DIVISIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY: .. ................... ...... ..... ... ... ... ...................... 66
The Colleges, Departments, Curricula , Course descriptions
DIRECTORY : ..... ........ .. ......... ....... ....... .......... .................. ..... ............... ... ... .. 248
Chancellor, Board of Governors of the State System of Higher
Education, Council of Trustees of California University, Administrative Officers and Staff of the University
EMERITUS FACULTY .. ... .. ...... ... ................. ....... ..... .... .... .. ............ ....... .. ... . 250
FACULTY, ADMINISTRATION , AND PROFESSIONAL STAFF ......... ... ..... 251
INDEX ... .. .. .... .. .. .... ..... ... ....... ...... .... ........... ............ .. ... .. .. .... .... .. ... ... .... .. .... ... 265

1

CALENDAR 1984-1987
SUMMER 1984
Registration ...... ..... .. .......... .... .. ...... .. ... ..... .... . Thurs.
1st 5-week session begins ... ............ .... .. .. .. . Mon .
10-week session begins ... .. ....... .... .. ....... ... ... Wed .
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes ...... .......... ...... ....... .Tues.
Ends at 8:00 A.M... .. .. .. ............. ... .. .... .. . Mon .
1st 5-week session ends ....... .. .. .. .. .. ....... ... .. Tues.
Registration - 2nd five ........ ... .. .... ..... .. ... ..... .Tues.
2nd 5-week session begins ... ..... ..... .. ........ .. Wed .
2nd 5-week session ends .... .......... .. ..... .......Tues.
10-week session ends .. ..... .. .. .... .... ..... ......... . Wed .

June 7
June 11
June 13
July 3
July 9
July 17
July 17
July 18
August 21
August 22

Fall 1984
Registration and Orientation ...... .... .. Tues., Wed .
Classes begin ........ .... ... ........ .......... ..... ........ Thurs.
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes ... ... .. .... ...... ..... ...... . Wed .
Ends at 8:00 A.M ....... ....... .... ....... ... ......Tues.
Classes end ........... ..... .. ... .... .. .... ............ .. ... . Thurs.

September 4, 5
September 6
November 21
November 27
December 20

SPRING 1985
Registration and Orientation ..... .. .. .... . Thurs., Fri.
Classes begin ....... ... ..... ...... .. .... ...... ..... .... ...... Mon.
Spring Recess
Begins after classes ..... ........ .......... ... .. ... .. Fri.
Ends at 8:00 A.M... ... ..... ... .. ..... ..... ..... ... Mon.
Easter Recess
Begins after classes ...... ... .... ... ... ... ...... Thurs.
Ends at 8:00 A.M ... .. .. .... .... ... ...... ... ..... ..Tues.
Classes end .......... .. ... .......... ... ..................... .. ... Fri.
Commencement .. ... .... ..... .. ... ... ....... ... .... ... .... .... Sat.

January 24, 25
January 28
March 8
March 18
April 4
April 9
May 17
May 18

SUMMER 1985
Registration .... ......... .. .. .... .... .. ........ ... ..... ... ... . Thurs.
Classes begin .... .... .... ..... .. .. .... ............ ........... Mon .
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes .. .. ... ...... ... ...... ........ Wed .
Ends at 8:00 A.M .... .......... .. ... ...... ... ......Tues.
1st 5-week session ends ... ........... .. ..... ........ Tues.
Registration - 2nd five ... .. .... .. ..... ... ... ........... Mon .
2nd 5-week session begins ....... .. ................ Wed .

2

June 6
June 10
July 3
July 9
July 16
July 16
July 17

'

2nd 5-week session ends .. ... .............. ... .. ... .Tues.
10-week session ends ... .. ................. ............ Mon.

August 20
August 19

FALL 1985

Registration and Orientation ... .... ..... Tues., Wed.
Classes begin ........ ... ... ... .. ......... .................. Thurs.
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes .... ... ...... ......... .. ... ... Wed .
Ends at 8:00 A .M .... ............ ... ..... .. ... .... .Tues.
Classes end ....................................... .. ... ..... Thurs.

September 3, 4
September 5
November 27
December 3
December 19

SPRING 1986
Registration and Orientation ... .... ....... Thurs., Fri.
Classes begin .... ..... ...... ............... .... ...... ..... ... Mon .
Spring Recess
Begins after classes ....... .. ........ .. .............. Fri.
Ends at 8:00 A.M ...... .... ..... ...... .... ........ . Mon .
Easter Recess
Begins after classes ........... ... ... .......... . Thurs.
Ends at 8:00 A .M ......... ... ......... ............. Tues.
Classes end .. ... ........... ........................ .. ............ Fri.
Commencement ............ .................... ............... Sat.

January 23, 24
January 27
March 7
March 17
March 27
April 1
May 16
May 17

SUMMER 1986
Registration ......... ................... .............. ... .... . Thurs.
Classes begin ...... .. .. .. .... ... .. ................ ......... .. Mon .
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes .......... .......... .... .. .. Thurs.
Ends at 8:00 A.M .......... .. .... ... ......... .... .. Mon .
1st 5-week session ends ........................... Thurs.
Registration - 2nd five ............................... Thurs.
2nd 5-week session begins ...... .. .............. ... Mon.
2nd 5-week session ends
10-week session ends ..... ............ ........ Thurs.

June 12
June 16
July 3
July 7
July 17
July 17
July 21
August 21

FALL 1986

Registration and Orientation ... .... .... Wed. , Thurs.
Classes begin ......... .... ..... ... .. .... .... ... ........ .. ... .... Fri.
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes .................... ........ .. Wed.
Ends at 8:00 A.M ...... .. .... ...................... Tues.
Classes end ........ ..... .. .......... ........ ..... ... ............. Fri.

September 3, 4
September 5
November 26
December 2
December 19

SPRING 1987
Registration and Orientation .... .. ... ..... Thurs. , Fri.

3

January 22, 23

Classes begin .. ... .. ...... .. ... ..... .. .. .. .. ..... ... .. ....... Mon .
Spring Recess
Begins after classes ... ......... .... .. ... .. ....... ... Fri.
Ends at 8:00 A.M ..... ............................. Mon .
Easter Recess
Begins after classes ......... ......... ... ... .... Thurs.
Ends at 8:00 A.M ............................ ...... Tues.
Classes end ... ... .... ... ... ...... .......... .... .... ... ........... Fri.
Commencement ....................... .. .. ... ......... .... .. .. Sat.

January 26
March 6
March 16
April
April
May
May

16
21
15
16

SUMMER 1987
Registration ........ .. ... ... ........ .... ......... ....... ..... . Thurs.
Classes begin ........ .......... ...... .. .... ... ..... .... .... .. Mon .
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes ... ............ ..... ... .. .. . Thurs.
Ends at 8:00 A.M................ ............ ... ... Mon .
1st 5-week session ends ........ ................... Thurs.
Registration - 2nd five ....... ... .... ... .... .......... Thurs.
2nd 5-week sess ion beg ins ..... .. ... ... ...... .. ... . Mon .
2nd 5-week session ends
10-week session ends .... ..... ................ Thurs.

June 11
June 15
July 2
July 6
July 16
July 16
July 20
August 20

FALL 1987
Registration and Orientation ..... ... .. .. Mon. , Tues.
Classes begin ........... ............. ..... .. ........... ...... Wed .
Labor Day Recess
Begins after classes ......... ..... ....... ........ .... Fri .
Ends at 8:00 A.M ... ............................... Tues.
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes .... ....... .... ..... ....... .. . Wed .
Ends at 8:00 A.M .... .... ...... ........ ..... .. .... .Tues .
Classes end ....... ... .. ... .... .. ... ....... ...... ... ... ... ... Thurs.

4

August 31 , September
September 2
September 4
September 8
November 25
December 1
December 17

Equality of Opportunity
California University of Pennsylvania acknowledges that equality of opportunity is the cornerstone of a free and democratic society. As a stateowned institution, it accepts the duty of putting the principle of equal opportunity into practice. As an institution of higher education, it accepts the responsibility of teaching that principle by its policies and actions.
Consequently, California University of Pennsylvania commits itself, ethically
and legally, to the affirmative action policies of a system of fair and open
recruitment and acceptance of students regardless of sex, race, color, religious creed , life style, affectional or sexual preference, handicap, ancestry,
national origin, union and political affiliation, and age. Nevertheless, mindful
of the reality of past injustices and present societal needs, the university
reserves the right to employ a limited use of racial, ethnic, and sexual criteria
to accomplish remedial objectives when necessary.
Once students are admitted to California University of Pennsylvania, the
same rights , privileges, programs and activities are made available to all
without regard to arbitrary and irrelevant criteria. Financial aids, especially
scholarships, guaranteed loans, National Direct Student Loans, grants, work
study programs, assistantships, and internships, are provided on an equal
opportunity and affirmative action basis. Likewise, advisors and counselors
are available to all students. Special programs, in particular, have been established to meet the needs of students who meet the federally prescribed
financial and academic criteria. College dormitories are available on a firstcome, first -served basis to all students without regard to race, national origin , or religion . However, in the case of living arrangements, sex and handicap distinctions are made to better serve and accommodate all students.
Finally, in accordance with recent federal and state legislation, architectural
and programatic modifications have been implemented to ensure that no
qualified student is prevented from succeeding at California University of
Pennsylvania because of handicap.
In addition , California University of Pennsylvania engages in an open and
equitable system of recruitment and employment of faculty and staff candidates. It practices a non-discriminatory system of compensation, including
pay, promotion , tenure, transfer, education, training and other benefits of
employment .
Finally, California University of Pennsylvania prides itself on having created a workplace and learning environment free from discrimination and harassment. If situations or conditions to the contrary occur, an immediate and
appropriate redress will take place. Persons aware of such situations or conditions are encouraged to contact Dr. Mel Madden (938-4185) the Affirmative Action Officer, Ms. Janice McConnell (938-4351) the Title IX
Coordinator, or Mr. Arthur Bakewell (938-4076) the Section 504
Coordinator.

5

THE CAMPUS
The University is in the Borough of Cal ifornia, a community of approximately six thousand residents located in Washington County on the west
bank of the Monongahela River, about a one-hour drive south of Pittsburgh .
It is accessible from the north via Interstate 70 and State Route 88, and from
the south by U.S . Route 40 (the Old National Pike) and State Route 88 . A new
limited access highway will eventually link the campus directly with Interstate
70 and other limited access highways. The University is approximately one
hour from Greater Pittsburgh International Airport .
The main campus consists of 33 buildings situated on 59 acres. A modern football stadium , including an all-weather track , seven tennis courts, a
baseball diamond , playing areas for intramural sports, and picnic facilities is
located on some 83 acres at the Recreation Center on Route 88 , approximately two miles south of the main campus.

THE AREA
The geographic location of the University gives the resident student opportunities to explore and pursue a wide variety of activities. Located in the
Appalachian Plateau , an area of low rolling hills, the University is a short
drive from camping , hiking , fishing, hunting , white water rafting and canoeing , and skiing activities in the Laurel Mountains. In addition to cultural activities provided on campus, the student has easy access to the Pittsburgh
metropolitan area. This easy access provides the student an opportunity to
enjoy the Pittsburgh Symphony, the Pittsburgh Ballet, the Civic Light Opera,
David L. Lawrence Convention Center, the Pittsburgh Steelers , Penguins,
Pirates, various museums and all of the excitements and attractions of a
major metropolitan area.

6

California University of
Pennsylvania:
A Brief History
For more than a century, the institution that is now California University
of Pennsylvania has been growing and changing , until now it has developed
into a varied and vital multi-purpose university. California is one of fourteen
state-owned institutions of higher education in the State System of Higher
Education , but it has its unique history, and we present some of the highlights of it here. (Fuller information may be found in the book by Regis J.
Serinko, California State College: The People 's College in the Monongahela
Valley, published in 1975.)
1852: A two-story Academy , offering education from kindergarten through
college was established in the recently founded community of California. The
institution was supported by local taxes and the donations of some of the
residents of the community.
1864: A ten-acre plot for the academy, still the center of the university, was
purchased.
1865: The Academy obtained a charter as a Normal School for its district and
became a teacher-preparatory institution .
1874: The institution was renamed the South Western State Normal School.
1914: The Commonwealth acquired the institution and renamed it the California State Normal School. The curriculum was now exclusively a two-year
preparatory course for elementary school teachers.
1928: The institution became California State Teachers College. Previous
changes in the scope and role of the institution had been in the direction of
restricting the role of the institution , but with its new status, California returned to its previous status as a four-year degree-granting institution , with
increasing opportunities for growth and development. Under the presidency
of Dr. Robert Steele ( 1928-1952), California began to concentrate on industrial arts and atypical education (what is now called special education) and
otherwise expanded its curricula. The campus grew to 35 acres, and a
number of new buildings were erected.
1959: Another major change occurred during the presidency of Dr. Michael
Duda (1956-68), when liberal arts curricula were introduced , and the college
became California State College. In 1962 a graduate program was introduced . The degrees of MA and MS were initiated in 1968. During Dr. Duda's
presidency more than a dozen new buildings were completed , and the size of
the student body and faculty increased more than four-fold .
1974: During the presidency of George H. Roadman (1969-1977), the college
developed a special mission in Science and Technology, to complement its
traditional roles in liberal arts and education . A program of continuing education was also established in this year, in order to meet the educational
needs and interests of non-degree students.
1983: On July 1, 1983, the college became California University of Pennsylvania, during the presidency of John Pierce Watkins (appointed in 1978),
in recognition of its multiple roles and purposes. The School of Science and

7

Technology became fully operational, offering programs in such varied areas
as mathematics and computer science, industrial management , nursing , and
energy technology.

8

Goals of the University
California University of Pennsylvania offers, at reasonable cost, a wide
range of opportunities in higher education, in both traditional degree programs and in special programs and courses, to benefit both the individual
and the Commonwealth.

The University's newest mission is in Science and Technology. Programs
in this area prepare students for the increasingly complex demands of the
industrial and business world , keeping them abreast of the latest developments and scientific innovations. The College of Education , the oldest division of the University, trains teachers in elementary and secondary
education , and offers special programs in Industrial Arts, Speech Pathology,
and Special Education , and a variety of nursing programs. The College of
Liberal Arts, the traditional backbone of a university, offers a wide range of
humanistic studies not only for academic concentration but as part of the
general cultural and historical education every educated person should acquire. The undergraduate education at the University is designed to produce
men and women who are ready to enter the worlds of business, government,
industry, and education , or to proceed to specialized professional or graduate training .

The Graduate School enables those who already have undergraduate
training in a field to develop their expertise further, to the level of the
master's degree. The Continuing Education program likewise provides a
number of courses , for intellectual , personal , and professional growth.

The University fosters and encourages research and professional development on the part of its faculty, in order not only to keep them current in
their professional fields but in order to contribute to the social and economic
well-being of the Commonwealth and to foster the advancement of learning .

Recognizing its responsibility to the Commonwealth and the nation, the
University sponsors a variety of programs, seminars in education , in social
services (such as aging), in business and technology, that use the facilities
and the faculty of the University. The public may make use, at appropriate
times, of the facilities of the University, such as the library, athletic and recreational facilities, meeting places, and the technical expertise of the faculty .

9

Objectives of the University
The faculty and students of the University are participating members of
an educational institution charged with the preservation, discovery, and dissemination of knowledge in the arts, sciences, technologies, vocations and
professions, and with the creative application of that knowledge in their lives
both as individuals and members of society.

The objectives of this institution are:
(1) To provide a liberalizing education which aims at developing analytical
thinking and individual initiative and responsibility;
(2) To provide flexible, innovative programs and support services that are
responsive to a broad range of student and regional needs;
(3) To provide a competent faculty, an efficient administrative staff, and
appropriate facilities;
(4) To create and maintain a learning environment in which the rights of all
are respected;
(5) To provide learning opportunities for persons interested in baccalaureate, graduate, and non-degree programs;
(6) To promote effective communication among faculty, students, administration, and the general public;
(7) To provide a diversity of cultural, social, and intellectual activities and
experiences for the College and surrounding communities;
(8) To encourage thoughtful and responsible faculty and student participation in local , state, national, and international affairs;
(9) To aid and encourage high standards of teaching and participation in
professional activities;
(10) To foster academic research which contributes to human knowledge
and the vitality of the institution; and
( 11) To maintain an on-going system of self-evaluation whereby the goals of
the institution serve as the criteria for determining the institution's
effectiveness.

10

Academic Programs Offered
In order to provide educational opportunities for students with different
backgrounds and interests, the University offers a wide variety of academic
programs. All of the degree programs are based on a broad general education designed to assist the individual to develop skills in communication ,
grow in cultural and intellectual interests, and develop the ability to do critical thinking . This extensive foundation in the arts and sciences is enriching
and essential in providing a liberal education for all students.
The University offers degrees from four separate colleges: the College of
Education , which awards the bachelor of science degree in education in five
major programs, and two associate degree programs; the College of Liberal
Arts , which awards the bachelor of arts and the bachelor of science degrees
in thirty-seven programs; the College of Science and Technology, which
awards the bachelor of science degree in sixteen programs; and the Graduate School , which offers the master of science, master of arts, and master of
education degrees. The following programs are offered :

I. LIBERAL ARTS
(BACHELOR'S DEGREE)
Industrial Organizational Psychology
Social Work
Sociology

HUMANITIES
Art
Arts in Human Services
English
French
German
Philosophy
Spanish
Theater

PRE-HEAL TH PROFESSIONS
Pre-Chiropractic Medicine
Pre-Dentistry
Pre-Medicine
Pre-Mortuary Science
Pre-Optometry
Pre-Osteopathic Medicine
Pre-Pharmacy
Pre-Podiatric Medicine
Pre-Veterinary Medicine

SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS
General Speech
Emphasis on Radio and Television
NATURAL SCIENCES
Biology
Chemistry
Earth Science
Geology
Mathematics
Physics

PROFESSIONAL WRITING
PROGRAM
Business and Commercial Writing
Creative Writing
Emphasis on Radio and Television
Journalism
Scientific and Technical Writing

SOCIAL SCIENCES
Anthropology
Economics
Geography
Gerontology
History
Political Science
Psychology

INTERDISCIPLINARY
American Studies
Humanities
International Studies
Natural Sciences
Pre-Law
Social Sciences

11

Undecided Major
Urban Affairs
Urban Recreation and Park
Administration

SLAVIC STUDIES
Slavic and Eastern European
Studies
Soviet Studies

II. SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
A. BACHELOR'S DEGREE

I.M .T. - Manufacturing Option
I.M .T. - Printing Management Option

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Administration
Accounting
Business Economics
Finance
Marketing
Management

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
I.T. - General Option
I.T. - Management Option
I.T. - Scientific Option
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Administration and Management
Manufacturing Technology
Math and Computer Science
Medical Technology
Petroleum Technology
Pre-Engineering
Water Analysis Technology

ENVIRONMENT AL STUDIES
Environmental Conservation
Environmental Resources
Environmental Science
Environmental Health
Environmental Technology
GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS
TECHNOLOGY
G.C.T. - Electro-Graphics Option
G.C.T. - Photo-Offset Lithography
Option
G.C.T. - Screen Printing Option

B. ASSOCIATE DEGREE
Accounting
Administration and Management
Computer Science Technology
Drafting Technology
Numerical Control Technology
Screen Printing

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
TECHNOLOGY
I.M .T. - Computer Science Option

Ill EDUCATION
A. BACHELOR'S DEGREE
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Industrial Arts
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Athletic Training

SECONDARY EDUCATION
Biology
Chemistry
Comprehensive Social Science
Communications
Earth Science
English
French
German
Mathematics
Physics
Spanish

SPECIAL EDUCATION
Mentally and/or Physically
Handicapped
Community Service Personnel
Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped with Physical Education
and Recreation

Dual Majors
Elementary /Early Childhood

12

Elementary /Special Education
Early Childhood/Special Education
Athletic Training/ Another Ed .
Program

Environmental Education
General Science

C. ASSOCIATE DEGREE
Community Living Arrangements
Early Childhood

B. ENDORSEMENT PROGRAMS
(avail able as an addition to another
cert ification program )
Driver's Training

IV. UPPER - DIVISION PROGRAMS
(available only to individuals with previous special
cert ification and/ or degree)
Dental Hygienist (for Dental
Hygienists)
Public School Nurse (for RN 's)

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Rad iolog ic Technology {for CRT's)
(Consortium
Nurse
Anesthesia
Program)
Nurse Anesthesia {for CRNA 's)
Pre- Nurse Anesthesia (for R.N.'s)
Nursing (BSN Cognate Program for
R.N.' s)
Pre- B.S .N. (R.N.'s who need
prerequisites)

CERTIFICATION AREAS IN
EDUCATION
Early Childhood Certification
Elementary Certification
Industrial Arts Certification
Secondary Certification
Special Education Certification
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Certification

SERVICE AREAS IN EDUCATION
Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist (for CRNA ' s)

13

General Information
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The alumni of this University have been organized since 1939. This organization numbers more than 20 ,000 graduates and former students of the
University.
The Association attempts to advance the growth and development of the
University through individual and group endeavor; to foster beneficial relationships among alumni , students, and the University; and to encourage outstanding academic and extracurricular achievement by the undergraduate
and graduate students.
There are a number of services available to alumni , including a travel
program to destinations around the world ; a quarterly publication , The California Review: use of the library and other University facilities ; help from the
Placement Office in locating a job ; and many social events, including Homecoming and Alumni Day.
The Office of Alumni Relations , located in Old Main , Room 113, is the
center of alumni activity on campus . The office maintains the alumni records,
assists in conducting the affairs of the Association , and serves as the communication 's center and clearing house for all alumni activities . Alumni are
always welcome.

CAMPUS MINISTRY
It is well understood that education is a matter of developing the student
as a whole person . The spiritual and religious needs of students, therefore,
must be addressed as well as other aspects of education . The Campus Ministry Office, with a staff of professional Campus Ministers, was , therefore ,
established to assist students in the development of their spiritual and religious lives.
The Campus Ministry of California University of Pennsylvania is located
in the main lobby of the Memorial Student Union Building. Office hours are
from 10:00 A.M . until 3:00 P.M . on weekdays while the University is in session. The Chaplains, however, are on call twenty-four hours a day.
Some of the services provided are Pastoral Counseling , Spiritual Direction , information about local churches , literature from participating faiths ,
and other services. The Campus Ministry sponsors or co-sponsors a variety
of programs of a religious or service nature throughout the school year .
Students are welcome to come to the Campus Ministry Office to introduce themselves when coming to the campus; they may acquaint themselves
with the Campus Ministry and find information on the local churches . They
are welcome to call the Campus Ministry at 938-4573.
The Campus Ministry, although not a part of, nonetheless works closely
with the Counseling Center and with other University departments for the
well-being of the students.
The Catholic chaplains, Father Regis M. Farmer and Sister Ellen McClure, are funded by the Catholic Diocese of Pittsburgh; the Protestant
Chaplain , is funded by the United Campus Ministry Council of California. Although the chaplains are members of specific denominations, they serve all

14

students, regardless of Church affiliation . If desired , the Chaplains will put
students in touch with a priest , minister or rabbi of their chosen
denomination.

COMPUTER CENTER
The University Computer Center is located in the east portion of the
Manderino Library. User facilities are located there and in the World Culture
Building across the street. The facilities are available for student use at least
80 hours each week , and extended hours during the academic term are published at the two locations .
The computer facilities at the University are separated into two distinct
functional areas . The first area deals with the providing of computer resources to meet the instructional and research needs of the University. The
second area deals with providing resources to meet the administrative needs
of th e University, including for exampl e, the following functions : student
scheduling and registration ; library circulation control ; revenue and accounts receivable ; student data base maintenance; personnel data base
maintenance; and the University budgeting system .

CONFIDENTIALITY OF RECORDS
The University's policies on the confidentiality and disclosure of student
records are based on the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 197 4
(Public Law 93-380), as amended .
I. Introduction
Official student records are established and maintained in a number of
administrative offices for a variety of legitimate educational purposes . In assuming responsibility for the reasonable protection of these student records ,
the University recognizes its obligation to comply with the Family Education
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Important sections of this federal law are
summarized below.
II. Ownership of Records
All records kept concerning students , including those records originating
at other colleges or universities and required for admission , are the property
of California University of Pennsylvania.
Ill. Definition of a Student
A student is defined as any person currently or previously matriculated
on an official basis in any academic program of the University.
IV. Public Information Regarding Students
1. The following information is classified as public and may be released
without the prior consent of a student : a student 's name, address (both
local and permanent), telephone number, place and date of birth, academic curriculum , dates of attendance, date of graduation, degrees and
awards received , most recent educational institution attended , participation in student activities (including athletics), and height and weight (for
athletic teams).
2. Students may request that any or all of this information not be made public. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Office of Academic
Records or (in the case of graduate students) to the Dean of the School of
Graduate Studies before the beginning of any academic term.

15

V. Disclosure of Student Records
1. Upon proper identification , students may inspect their own official
records in the presence of the administrator in charge of the records.
2. After a request to inspect a record has been received , the request must
be honored within a reasonable period of time: according to federal law,
not to exceed 45 days.
3. Limitations on the Right of Access by Students
The following materials are not subject to inspection by students:
a) Confidential letters and statements of recommendation which were
placed in the educational records before January 1, 1975.
b) Financial records of the parents of the student, or any information
contained therein .
c) Medical , psychiatric or similar records that are used solely in connection with treatment. Such records can be reviewed by a physician or
other appropriate professional of the student 's choice.
4. Disclosure of Information to Third Parties
In most circumstances students have the right to withhold their records
from external third parties requesting to inspect these records . Exceptions
to this general principle are as follows:
a) Disclosure of student information will be made to a third party if written consent is given by the student in question .
b) Information concerning a student will be released if properly subpoenaed pursuant to a judicial proceeding .
c) All necessary academic and/or financial records of students may be
disclosed to the appropriate persons or agencies without a student's
prior consent in connection with a student 's application for, or receipt
of, financial aid .
d) Further limited disclosure of certain kinds of information may be required in special circumstances in compliance with the federal law
previously cited .
VI . Student Challenge to Record Entries
1. Student s have the right to submit written or typed rebuttals to negative
information contained in their files . A rebuttal statement shall become
part of the file , and in cases where the negative information is reviewed
by or transmitted to a third party, it must be accompanied by the student's statement of rebuttal.
2. Students may challenge the accuracy and / or appropriateness of material
contained in their files . Once such a challenge has been made in writ ing ,
it will be the responsibility of the University official in charge of the file to
determine the validity of the challenge, if possible. The University official
shall make a witten response to the challenge of the student , specifying
the action taken . Should a factual error be found in any materials, the
University official is authorized to make the appropriate corrections.
3. If options 1 and 2 of this section are unsatisfactory, students may request
a formal hearing to challenge inaccurate, misleading, or inappropriate
information in their records. The University Record Hearing Committee
shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the procedures outlined in
Public Law 93-380, as amended .
4. The substantive judgment of a faculty member or administrator about a
student's work , as expressed in grades and/or written evaluations, is not

16

within the purview of this policy statement. Such challenges by students
may be made through the regular administrative channels already in existence for such purposes.
VII. Responsibility of University Officials
1. University officials in charge of student files are responsible for the reasonable care and protection of such files in accordance with University
policy. This includes the responsibility for the release of confidential information only to authorized persons.
2. A log sheet, indicating the inspection or release of a student 's file, must
be kept in the student's file.
3. University officials may classify student materials and records under their
supervision as active or inactive as circumstances warrant. At the discretion of the University official in charge, inactive records may remain in the
file but need not be circulated. These inactive records may be reviewed
upon request.
4. A University official may take the initiative in an attempt to purge unfavorable evaluations, or opinion records of a prejudicial nature, in a student's
file . This may be done by returning the material to the person who submitted it or by requesting from the author that the material be destroyed .
No University official has the authority to destroy such material without
the author 's permission .
VIII. University Officials Responsible for Student Records
The following University officials are designated as responsible for student records within their respective administrative areas:
1. The Vice-President for Academic Affairs
2. The Vice-President for Student Development and Services
3. The Vice-President for Administration and Finance
These officers are responsible for the proper maintenance of all official
student records under their jurisdiction in accordance with the policies of
this statement and the relevant state and federal laws.
If further information is required, a student should contact the appropriate University official with respect to the type of student records in question.

COUNSELING AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
(The Counseling Center)
The Counseling Center staff provides personal, social, psychological and
career choice services to students with problems that interfere with their adjustment and effective educational performance while at California.
You may call the Center at 938-4191, or contact the receptionist in Room
202 in the Learning Research Center for an appointment with a licensed psychologist, social worker or counselor. You can make the appointment yourself or be referred by a faculty member, fellow student, staff person or
management personnel.
You may talk to a counselor in private with assurance that the discussion
will remain confidential. Most appointments are of an individual nature, but
special interest groups can be organized. The special interest groups may
meet on a weekly basis dealing with stress, test anxiety, self-disclosure, interpersonal relationships, parents, occupational choice, depression, sex or
other topics of interest to all members in the group.

17

In addition , interest, intelligence, aptitude and personality tests and
questionnaires may be used to gather more information about yourself.
Through counseling you will learn how to interpret this information and make
better choices in university life.
Your special Student Services fees make the counseling services essentially free to you.
The counselors at the Center have helped thousands of students to readjust to their college environment and have assisted many students to remain in college instead of " dropping out. " Counseling and psychological
services are so significant on campus today that many students in the past
have re-shaped their goals and ambitions to such a major extent as to warrant the continuation of counseling services for all students young and old .
The professional counselors have extended their services by developing
a strong referral system locally on campus and off campus as well. Referrals
can be made to any department or office on campus for financial aid , student
work-study programs, tutoring, academic advising , and so on . Further, there
is a close liaison with the Student Development Office, Resident Directors in
the dormitory system , the Health Center, the Speech and Hearing Clinic, the
Rehabilitation Office, the Veterans Affairs Office, the Womens Center, the
Campus Ministry, and others.
Additional referrals can be made to area mental health centers in Monessen , Centerville, Washington , Uniontown, Connellsville and Pittsburgh.
Alcohol and drug abuse is a serious problem on campus and students
can see a counselor anonymously without any record of the meeting . The
counselor may refer the student who is misusing alcohol and/or drugs to
student groups on campus (A . A. or N. A.) which meet every week . Further
information may be obtained by contacting the Counseling Center staff or
the Campus Ministry.
There are no set rules about how much anxiety, frustration or conflict you
should go through before seeking help. We are not in the Dark Ages anymore, and if you find your life experiences unpleasant, your behavior unproductive and increasing in frequency and duration , then contact the
Counseling Center staff for help .
If you are having trouble understanding your feelings , maintaining ; satisfactory social and interpersonal relationships, or coping with the routine of
academic demands, it may be beneficial to see a counselor, social worker or
psychologist at the Counseling Center.
Please call us at 938-4191 or drop in at Room 202 of the Learning Research Center. Office hours: 8:00 a.m . to 4:00 p.m . daily, Monday through
Friday. Weekend and evening sessions are by appointment .

DAY CARE PROGRAMS
(1) MVHS DEVELOPMENTAL DAY CARE
Mon Valley United Health Services, Inc. operates a Developmental Day
Care Program on California University Campus. The pre-school classroom is
located in the Learning Research Center and operates Monday through Friday from 7:30 A.M . to 5:30 P.M . The program is funded by a variety of
sources and is available to students and faculty at a cost of $0 to $50.00
depending on family situation .
The major goal of the program is to facilitate the growth and development of the child while supporting the family. While in our program , the
18

child's emotional , intellectual, social and physical development is our major
concern.
The program is staffed by a lead teacher, an assistant teacher and a
caseworker. The staff are well trained in child development and are responsible for creating an environment that is conducive to growth and development. Our expectation is that children will move smoothly from one
developmental level to the next and will learn those life skills necessary for
each. Our program also strives to provide an environment that children will
enjoy.

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
California University of Pennsylvania sponsors a comprehensive athletic
program for men and women students. The program is regulated by the policies of the Athletic Council and administered by the Director of Athletics.
Fifteen sports are available to students. They are: baseball , basketball,
cross-country, fencing , football , golf, track and field, and wrestling for men;
and basketball , cross-country, fencing , softball , tennis, track and field, and
volleyball for women .
The University has three facilities that are used for athletics. Adamson
Stadium , a modern facility located at the University Recreation Center, has
spacious locker rooms and a training room . The stadium has a seating capacity of 4,500 and includes an all-weather track . Also located at the Recreation Center are seven tennis courts, a baseball diamond , a softball diamond ,
a cross-country course, and several practice areas for varsity athletics and
intramural activities.
Hamer Hall , located on the main campus, has three basketball courts, an
olympic-size swimming pool , a training room , weight room and a wrestling
practice room. The building has seating capacity of 3,600 in the gymnasium
and 250 in the natatorium. Herron Hall, also located on the main campus, is
used primarily for classes and recreation . It contains two basketball courts, a
handball court and a swimming pool.
California University of Pennsylvania holds membership in the National
Collegiate Athletic Association, Division 11 , the Eastern College Athletic Association , the Pennsylvania State Athletic Conference, and the Pennwood
West Conference.

THE LIBRARY
The Louis L. Manderino Library (completed in 1980), located at the entrance to the University campus, is one of the newest, busiest, and most popular buildings on campus. With more than a quarter million books in open
stacks, subscriptions to 1200 newspapers, magazines, and other periodicals, and 1500 seating capacity, it is first of all a place both to study and to
read, whether the reading is required for a course or for a term paper, or for
browsing and recreation. The library is open 15 hours a day during the week
and eight hours a day on weekends, and Reference librarians are always on
duty to provide assistance.
Manderino Library offers a great many special services and collections.
Besides pay phones and inexpensive copying machines, typewriters are
available, free of charge. The Reference collection has materials ranging
from encyclopedias and law books to more than 500 telephone books and

19

innumerable college catalogs. A Pamphlet File can be used for current information on a variety of subjects, and a Curriculum Master File describes
courses in more detail than this catalog can . Through the interlibrary loan
service, students may obtain books and articles not available at Manderino
Library, often at low or no cost, and sometimes within as little time as a week ;
and through the University's membership in the PRLC the student may arrange to use the facilities at a total of 92 college and university libraries in the
area. Through the use of the DIALOG on-line computer search, the student
may procure an up-to-date, printed bibliography in any of more than 192
subject areas at no cost. A Curriculum Library for the use of students in Education has a number of textbooks and children's books. The Library also has
a large collection of specially housed art slides, most of which were taken
and donated by Dr. Alexander Tsambassis , Emeritus Professor of
Philosophy.
The University Library maintains a large collection of microfilms and similar materials , of items such as rare books and newspapers that would be too
bulky or too expensive to keep in full format ; and this collection comprises as
many pages as the library maintains in book form . Chief among this material
is the ERIC system of publications relating to education , comprising tens of
thousands of educational items (and for wh ich a DIALOG search may be requested) and the huge collection of government documents.
An expanding Media Center has both the hardware (such as videocassette players, phonographs, cassette players) and the software (such as
films , records , and tapes) that the student may use in t he library or, in some
circumstances , check out for use at home or in t he dormitory.

PLACEMENT
The Placement Office assists sen iors, grad uate students and alumni of
Californ ia University of Pennsylvan ia in obtaining full-time , permanent , professional employment . Through the Placement Service , students may obtain
general advice, information and statist ics on job opportunities.
On-campus interviews are scheduled annually for students interested in
meeting with representatives from school districts, business firms , governmental agencies, and industries seeki ng graduates.
It is advisable that any information needed be obtained through an individual appointment with the Director of Placement in Main Hall.

20

Academic Policies
and Procedures
Students are responsible for securing current information about University policies and for meeting all relevant requirements as listed in this
catalog .
The University reserves the right to change policies, curriculum requirements, and other provisions at any time .
Students are required to follow the provisions of the catalog and curriculum guide that are in effect at the time of their enrollment. Students who have
interrupted their education for more than one year will become subject to the
provisions of the current catalog or curriculum guide.
Faculty advisors are available to assist students in planning an academic
program , but students have the responsibility for meeting all requirements
for their degrees. Students are urged to take advantage of the advisory and
consultation services available at the University.
Students should feel free to consult with instructors, academic advisors,
Department Chairpersons, the Deans, and the Vice-President for Academ ic
Affairs. All of these University representatives maintain regular office hours
for student consultations.

ADVANCED ST ANDING
The University approves the advanced standing opportunity for high
school students only under exceptional circumstances and only with the full
cooperation of the student's high school principal. Most frequently, high
school students will avail themselves of the advanced placement opportunity
on a part-time basis. Occasionally early admission is possible, but only after
a mutually agreeable arrangement has been worked out with the high school
involved . The University does not admit high school juniors for early admissions. The final decisions on advanced standing applications are made by
the Associate Vice-President for Academic Affairs .

APPEALING A GRADE
In appealing a grade, a student should first contact the instructor who
issued that grade to discuss the reason for the grade. If the student is not
satisfied with the instructor's explanation , the student should then contact
the instructor's Department Chairperson . This latter contact must be in writing and must be filed with the Chairperson within thirty (30) University calendar days after the beginning of the subsequent fall or spring semester
following the term in which the grade in question was given. If accord is not
reached at the Chairperson level, the student may then appeal to his/her
College Dean . The final source of appeal is the Vice President for Academic
Affairs . This final step should be taken only if there is no possibility for a
resolution at an earlier stage, and only if the student is convinced that arbitrary and/or capricious standards were applied .

21

It must be understood that it is not the policy of the administration to
change a grade duly assigned by an instructor. It is the policy of the administration and the faculty to provide students with an opportunity to voice their
concerns on all matters, including grades.

ATTENDANCE
Because regular class attendance is a prerequisite to successful class
performance, the University does not allow " cuts " -that is, unexcused or
unauthorized absence from class. Individual instructors have their individual
policies on absences and may assess reasonable penalties for departures
from these policies.
It is your responsibil ity to explain any absences to your instructors and to
convince them of the reasonableness and genuineness of your excuse. If you
are going to miss classes for several days in a row , notify your Dean, who will
notify your instructors. Requests for absence due to official University activities , such as field trips or athletic contests, must be made by the appropriate
University official. A lengthy absence due to illness or other causes may require appropriate documentation.
Even if your instructor has excused your absence, it is still your separate
responsibil ity to fulfill the requirements of the course, according to the
schedule determined by your instructor. The temporary grade of Incomplete
is not automatically awarded even if excused or explained absences have
prevented completion of required work by the end of the semester. An unreasonable number of unauthorized absences may result in failure in the
course.

CLASS ST ANDING
A full-time undergraduate student is one who is enrolled for 12 or more
credits in a semester. A student enrolled for less than 12 credits per semester is a part-time student .
The following credit hour ranges apply:
1-31 credits
Freshmen
Sophomores
32-63 credits
Juniors
64-95 credits
Seniors
96 or more credits
These class designations are based on credits passed, not on credits
attempted.
Transfer credits may be counted only after an evaluation of official transcripts has been made by the appropriate Dean .

COLLEGE LEVEL EQUIV ALEN CY PROGRAM
The University offers the adult student the opportunity to earn undergraduate credit through the College Level Equivalency Program (CLEP),
which has two testing categories , the General Examination and the Subject
Examination .
The General Examination is a series of tests in five separate areas: English Composition, Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Humanities, and Social

22

Sciences/History. A student may earn up to forty credits by passing the appropriate tests in this area.
The Subject Examination comprehensively tests a single subject , such as
General Psychology, Statistics, etc. A student who passes one of these examinations is awarded credit for a comparable course at the University.
The CLEP program is administered by the Office of Continuing Education
in Main Hall. There is a fee of $25.00 for evaluation of the CLEP results and
recording the results on the student's transcript .
(The University no longer grants credits for Life Experience.)

COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM
Courses numbered 100 to 499 are undergraduate courses. Courses
numbered 500 and above are graduate level courses , but in certain circumstances, with the approval of the instructor and in the senior year , students
may be allowed to take some courses numbered in the 500 's.
Generally, courses are numbered in the following way:
100-199
Freshman level
200-299
Sophomore level
Junior level
300-399
Senior level
400-499
Courses whose numbers end in 9 (such as 209 and 459) consist of independent study or individual tutoring . They require the consent of the instructor and of the department. Courses whose numbers have 9 or 8 in the
middle (such as 481 and 491) are seminars or workshops .
-

CREDITS BY EXAMINATION
You may earn credit for certain courses by passing examinations in them .
In order to do so, you must first obtain permission from the instructor, the
department that offers the course, and the Vice-president for Academic Affairs ; you must register for the course ; you must pay a fee separate from
other tuition and registration fees . Only the grades of P (Pass) or F (Fail) will
be recorded, and they will be further identified by the symbol CE .

CREDITS
Credit for course work is recorded in credit hours. For most courses , one
credit hour represents one class period a week for about sixteen weeks. For
laboratory classes, the ratio may differ somewhat from one department to
another , but usually two hours of laboratory work are worth one academic
credit.
A full-time student is one who is taking twelve or more credit hours. If you
are taking fewer , you are considered a part-time student.
In order to progress normally from one class to the next , you need to take
an average of 32 semester hours a year , or 16 credits a semester.

23

DEGREES: WHEN CONFERRED
Degrees are conferred in May (at the end of the spring semester), in August (at the end of the summer term), and in December (at the end of the fall
semester); but Commencement is now held only once a year, in May. Students who graduate in August or December may participate in the Commencement exercises of the following May, but their diplomas and official
University transcripts record their date of graduation as of the month and
year in which their degree was conferred . Certain programs that require
study at participating off-campus institutions do not conclude their academic year until after the May Commencement . Students in these programs
graduate in August and therefore do not participate in Commencement until
the following May.
A graduate of California University of Pennsylvania is a member of the
class of that calendar year in which the degree was conferred . That is, if one
graduated in May, August , or December of 1982, one is a member of the
class of 1982. It is immaterial what year one may have attended the
Commencement.

DISMISSAL FOR ACADEMIC REASONS
The University reserves the right to refuse the privilege of further attendance to students who have failed to meet the minimum scholarship
requirements .
If a student 's cumulative grade point average remains below the required
minimum after a probationary term , and the term grade point average is below 2.00 , that student will be dismissed for at least one semester.
Readmission to the University after an academic dismissal is not automatic. After being out for one semester, a student who has been dismissed
for unsatisfactory scholarship may apply for readmission in the office of his/
her College dean. Application for readmission must be made in writing no
later than one month before the beginning of the term . In those cases where
readmission involves a curriculum change , students must apply to the dean
of that College of the University responsible for the new major.

DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS
The Distinguished Service Awards are granted to the most outstanding
women and men of each graduating class . The awards are made on the basis
of participation in activities, character , citizenship , leadership , and personality. The election of persons to receive the awards is made by a committee
composed of members of the faculty.

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING
In order to remain in good academic standing, you must maintain a certain grade point average, depending on the class that you are in, as follows :
Freshman
1.75
Sophomore
1.85
Junior
1.95
Senior
2.00

24

If you do not achieve the proper GPA, you may be subject to either Academic Probation or Academic Dismissal , as presented below.

GRADE POINT AVERAGE
To calculate your grade point average (GPA), divide the total number of
grade points earned in regular courses at this University by the total number
of credit hours. For example, if a student has taken a total of 60 credits, with
12 credits worth of A ( = 48 grade points), 24 of B ( = 72), 15 of C ( = 30), 6 of D
(= 6), and 3 of F (= 0), that student would have a total of 156 grade points, or
a GPA of 2.60 .
You do not take into account, in computing your GPA, the following:
courses transferred from other institutions, advanced placement courses ,
courses passed by examination, courses in which a P grade was assigned,
life experience credits , or credits granted for military service. If you repeat a
course , only the repeat grade is counted . If you fail a course which is taken
under the Pass/Fail option, a failing grade is, however, counted in the GPA;
but no record of a filing grade is kept if you challenge a course by examination and fail that examination .

GRADE REPORTS
Within two weeks of the end of each semester or the summer sessions, a
full grade report will be mailed to you at what you have recorded with the
University as your permanent home address. For this reason, you should be
certain that the Dean of Academic Records has your correct address.
In compliance with a Federal Law, the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 197 4, such grade reports are sent to you and not to your parents or
guardian .
A grade report will not be sent if your academic records have been sealed
for failure to pay your University fees in full.

GRADING SYSTEM
Grade
Points
Per Credit
Hour

Grade
A
B
C
D
F
I
IF

P
W

Superior attainment
Above average
Average
Below average; lowest passing grade
Failure
Incomplete
An Incomplete for which the work was not completed within a calendar year; not computed in
the Grade Point Average but not removable from
a student's academic record .
Passed
Official withdrawal from the University within the
first six weeks of a semester (not counted in the
GPA).

25

4
3
2

1
0
0
0

0
0

WP
WF

wx

uw

Withdrew passing after six weeks (not counted in
the GPA).
Withdrew after six weeks with a D or F grade
(counted in the GPA).
Administrative withdrawal from the University (not
counted in the GPA).
Unofficial withdrawal from a course which the student never attended or for which there is verified
registration error (not counted in the GPA).

0
0

0
0

GRADUATE CREDIT LOAD FOR SENIORS
Undergraduates who are in their last term on campus and who are completing or have completed all the requirements for their undergraduate degree may enroll in graduate classes for graduate credit. They must fulfill all
requirements for entrance into the Graduate School , except those of the undergraduate degree or teaching certification; and graduate credits that are
used to fulfill undergraduate requirement may not also be used to fulfill requirements in a Master's program .

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Graduation requirements are the prerogative of the deans and their
faculty. All requirements are subject to change at any time.
Students should become acquainted with the graduation requ irements
for their programs. Students are responsible for meeting all graduation requirements and for submitting the required forms on time.
Compliance with the following general policies and procedures will help
students prepare for graduation :
1. Students must apply for graduation in the appropriate dean 's office by
the deadline.Graduation will be postponed if this requ irement is not met.
2. A minimum of 128 semester cred its, including the satisfactory completion of all required courses , is required for graduation , with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 for all courses in which grades other than P
are assigned. (Grade points are not computed for courses completed at
other colleges or universities.)*
3. In the College of Education , the candidates must complete Student
Teaching .
4. All bills must be paid in full before graduation can be approved .
5. Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of thirty credits of the
last sixty cred its at California University of Pennsylvania.
6. All credentials for graduation, including an application for a teaching certificate where appropriate and transcripts of credits from other institutions , must be submitted on time. Graduation will be postponed if a
student's record is incomplete.
7. Attendance at the commencement exercises is appropriate, unless unusual circumstances warrant graduation in absentia. Permission to graduate in absentia is granted by the President of the University, or his

26

designee. Candidates for graduation are required to contact the President's Office, or his designee' s office, and request permission to be excused from the commencement ceremony .
•certain curricula may require minimum grades in courses in a student 's major.

HONOR SOCIETIES
Alpha Mu Gamma - National Collegiate Foreign Language Honor Society
Alpha Psi Omega - National Honorary Dramatics Fraternity
Beta Beta Beta - National Honorary Biological Society
Chi Gamma Psi - Honorary Fraternity in the Field of Science
Epsilon Pi Tau - International Honor Society in Industrial Arts
Gamma Theta Upsilon - National Honorary Geographical Society
Kappa Delta Pi - Honor Society in Education
Lambda Alpha - National Honorary Anthropology Fraternity
Omicron Delta Epsilon - International Honor Society in Economics
Phi Alpha Theta - International Honorary History Fraternity
Pi Gamma Mu - National Social Science Honor Society
Pi Kappa Delta - National Honorary Forensic Fraternity
Sigma Tau Delta - National Honorary English Fraternity
Sigma Pi Epsilon Delta - National Honorary Fraternity in the Field of Special
Education

HONORS AT GRADUATION
Commencement Honors are awarded to a limited number of students in
the graduating class . Not more than one-eighth of the class may receive honors. A minimum of 64 credits is required to receive commencement honors.
Highest Honors ......... .. .... Grade Point Average 3.75 to 4.00
High Honors ..... ...... ..... .... Grade Point Average 3.50 to 3.7 4
Honors ..... .... ........ .. ... ..... .. Grade Point Average 3.25 to 3.49
(Highest honors are equivalent to Summa Cum Laude; high
honors to Magna Cum Laude; honors to Cum Laude.)

SEMESTER HONORS (Dean's List)
Full-time students are awarded honors (that is, placed on the Dean 's List)
on the basis of grade-point average at the end of each semester as follows:
Highest honors ............... ...... .. ..... 3.75 to 4.0
High honors ... ... .. ... ... ..... ..... ..... ..3.50 to 3.7 4
Honors .. .... .. ........ ... ............ ...... ..3.25 to 3.49
These semester honors correspond to the grade-point averages required for
graduation with honors.

HONORS CONVOCATION
The University recognizes , encourages and rewards academic excellence on the part of both undergraduate and graduate students by naming
Presidential Scholars at an annual Honors Convocation in the spring
semester.

27

An undergraduate Presidential Scholar must have a cumulative grade
point average of 3.25 and have completed 64 credits (if a junior) or 96 credits
(if a senior), at least 30 credits of which must have been taken at this university.* Both part-time and full-time students, if qualified , may be named Presidential Scholars. A graduate student must have a cumulative grade point
average of 3.75 and have completed 24 credits of graduate work.
At the Honors Convocation , presentations are made by honors societies,
a Distinguished Graduate award is presented to an alumnus of the University , and distinguished faculty members are formally recognized . The convocation is followed by a reception at which certificates are presented to the
Presidential Scholars by the deans of the various colleges of the University.
• As students in two-year, associate degree programs do not attain junior status, they do not
participate in the Honors Convocation; but upon transfer to four-year, baccalaureate programs,
they may, if qualified, be named Presidential Scholars.

INCOMPLETE GRADES
The temporary grade of I (Incomplete) may be assigned by an instructor if
a student has not completed the work of the course , because of illness or
other reasons that the instructor considers acceptable. (The instructor may,
however, submit a course grade on the basis of the work that has been completed.) The student must arrange to make up the work to remove the grade
of I within one calendar year of receiving it. If it is not removed within that
time , the grade of I becomes IF, which cannot be removed from the student's
academic record, although it is not computed into the grade point average;
in order to obtain credit for a course in which an IF was received, a student
must reschedule the course.
If a student receives a grade of I immediately before withdrawing from the
University and if the grade is not removed within five years, at the end of that
period the grade of I becomes an F, which can be removed only if the course
is completed.

OVERLOAD
Students may register for 18 credits without special permission . Students wishing to register for 19 credits must obtain written permission from
the dean of that College of the University in which they are enrolled. Students
wishing to take 20 or more credits must receive written permission also from
the Vice President for Academic Affairs. However, only in exceptional circumstances is permission to register for 20 or more credits granted . A fee is
charged for all credits in excess of 18.
In the summer, written permission must be obtained from the dean of
that College of the University in which the student is enrolled for more than 6
credits for either of the 5-week sessions or for more than 12 credits throughout the summer term. Because of the brevity of the summer session, registration for overload is particularly discouraged.

PASS/FAIL
In any course in which the grading is either P or F and the instructor
records a grade of A, B, or C, the grade is recorded as P. If the grade is
recorded as Dor F, the grade becomes an F. Grades of Pare counted in the
cumulative total of credits, but not in the student's grade point average.

28

Grades of F in such courses carry no credit and are figured into the grade
point average.
There are two kinds of courses in which the pass/fail option is given : (1)
certain courses are designated in this way for all students enrolled in them;
(2) if a student enrolled in this university before the summer session of 1982,
he/she may make a limited use of a pass/fail option in no more than a total of
five (5) courses meeting his/her graduation requirements in general education only and no more than half the general education courses scheduled in
any given semester. Pass/Fail Declaration Forms may be obtained from the
Office of Academic Records from the first day of class each semester and
must be submitted during the first six weeks of the semester (or in the summer during the first two weeks). Instructors are not notified as to whether a
student has elected the pass/fail option .
It will be noted again that students who have enrolled at the University
beginning with the summer of 1982 are not eligible for this pass/fail
option.

PROBATION
A freshman carrying fewer than twelve ( 12) credits is subject to scholastic
action at the end of the term in which the total number of credits attempted
reaches or exceeds twelve.
Probationary action applies to upperclass students (excluding freshmen
with less than twelve credits) regardless of the number of credits scheduled
in the term . This rule also applies to part-time students.
A student who fails to meet the minimum cumulative grade point average
for his/her class category is placed on academic probation .
Transfer credits that have been officially accepted are counted in determining the student's proper class category.
At the end of a probationary semester that classification will be removed
if the student achieves the required m inimum cumulative grade point average for his/her class category.
A student may be continued on extended probation if his/her cumulative
grade point average remains below the required minimum but his/her grade
point average for the term is at least 2.00. Any student on extended probation must have his/her schedule approved by the dean of that College of the
University in which he/she is enrolled before the start of the new term .

REGISTRATION
Specific instructions as to the conduct of each registration are announced to students in the California Times and in separately published
schedules of courses for the Fall, Spring , and Summer terms. Faculty advisors are also given specific instructions about registering students.
Consult the published schedule for current regulations as to dropping
and adding courses, fees , etc.
Generally speaking, however, the following regulations apply:
1. A student must be regularly admitted to the University before permission is granted to register . A written verification of official admission
to the University is required for registration.

29

2. An official registration is contingent upon academic eligibility to register. (See: Probation ; Dismissal.} If a registration has been completed in violation of this rule , it will be revoked .
3 . Each student is required to register in person according to the registration schedule announced by the University.
4. Each student must comply with all registration procedures and complete the registration within the deadlines set by the University.
5. A registration is not complete until :
a. All required registration materials have been properly completed
and turned in on time .
b. All University fees have been paid in full or a payment plan has
been arranged by the Vice President for Administration and Finance. In all such cases , the student must complete the special
financial arrangements in the Office of the Vice President for Administration and Finance prior to the deadline for payment of fees
and comply with the billing instructions. Any student who fails to
remit payment on or before the deadline date or fails to contact
the Office of the Vice President for Administration and Finance to
arrange a deferment has his/ her registration cancelled prior to
the first day of classes. Provided fees have been paid or arrangements have been made for them to be paid , those students who
have had their schedules cancelled are given an opportunity to
have their schedules reinstated before classes begin without payment of any further fee for late registration . However, if such students do not take advantage of this special period of
reinstatement , they must register afresh , without guaranteed
placement in the courses they originally chose and are assessed a
payment of $15 .00 for late registration .
6. Failure to register in the official manner causes the registration to be
cancelled .

REPEATING A COURSE
You may repeat a course previously taken at this university. If you intend
to do so, you must complete a course contract in the Office of Academic
Records at the beginning of the term in which you repeat the course.
If you repeat a course , only the later grade (excluding grades of I, W , WP ,
WF, and WX} will be counted in your grade point average, although the original grade will remain on your record .

READMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
A student who desires to return to the University after an absence of
three consecutive terms must apply for readmission to the appropriate
Dean .
A student who has been dismissed for unsatisfactory academic performance may be considered for readmission only in accordance with the conditions of the dismissal. Usually, the student is not considered for readmission
for a minimum of one semester.
In the case of a suspension or dismissal for disciplinary reasons , the student must (a} comply fully with the conditions of the dismissal , and (b) receive

30

permission from the Vice-President of Student Development to return to the
University.
In all cases , applications for readmission should be submitted at least
one month before the registration date for the term in which the student
desires to enroll.
No former student can be readmitted until all past indebtedness has
been paid .

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of thirty credits of the
last sixty credits at California University to qualify for a degree. These credits
must be taken on the campus in regular day, evening , or Saturday classes.

SECOND DEGREE
California University of Pennsylvania offers students the opportunity to
work for a second undergraduate degree. A student who has completed the
Bachelor's degree program may work on another Bachelor's degree without
doing four years of college work, and the student enrolled in one degree
program is permitted to complete the requirements of a second degree by
completing the major requirements for the second degree. The spe_c ific requirements for this program are as follows:
1. Anyone possessing a Bachelor's degree or anyone currently working on
a degree at this institution is eligible.
2. A minimum of thirty (30) semester hours in addition to the first degree is
required .
3. The student must meet all requirements of Area of Concentration with
advisor's and/or department's approval. (Those courses the student has
taken for the first degree are entered on the graduation check-out evaluation as though they were transfer credits.)
4. The second degree policy should not be confused with the procedure for
students in the School of Education working on a second field of certification . Students may choose to work on a second teaching certificate by
meeting the certification requirements without applying for or meeting
the requirements of a second degree.

TRANSCRIPTS
All transcripts are issued according to the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended: see also the section on
Confidentiality of Records in this catalog .
Transcripts of academic records and certificates of good standing and
honorable dismissal are issued by the Office of Academic Records, Room
103 in the Administration Building.
A request for a transcript must be made in writing: to ensure that academic information is not improperly disclosed, telephone requests for transcripts cannot be honored. The request may be made by completing a form
in the Office of Academic Records or by writing a letter to that office indicating (a) the number of transcripts required , (b) the type of transcripts required

31

(i.e., undergraduate, graduate, or both), (c) the name and address of the person making the request , and (d) the name and address of the person or institution that the transcript should be sent to. (Transcripts are issued to a third
party on condition that the recipient will not permit any other party to have
access to them without the written consent of the student.)
If a transcript is issued to a student, a notation to that effect appears on
the transcript; and transcripts marked in this manner are sometimes not
considered " official" when presented to a third party by the student.
Transcripts are issued as quickly as possible, but in busy periods of the
academic year there is necessarily some delay. Requests should therefore
be made well before the transcript is due elsewhere.
Each student may receive one transcript without charge. Additional copies cost $2 .00 each, and payment must be received before the transcript is
issued. Checks and money orders should be made payable to California University of Pennsylvania.
No transcript will be issued to a student whose financial obligations to the
University have not been met in full.

TRANSFER CREDITS
If you are a transfer student who has previously attended another college
or university and you are now applying for admission to California University
of Pennsylvania, you may receive as many as 75 transfer credits for work
satisfactorily completed at the other institution . How you get your credits
evaluated and transferred is explained in the Admissions section of this Catalog , p . 51 .
If you are already a student here and wish to take a course or two at some
other college or university, you should get approval to do so from your advisor and from the dean of your college in the University before you register for
that course.

UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT FOR GRADUATE COURSE
Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate courses for undergraduate credit if they meet the necessary requirements for those courses. Individual departments shall decide what the prerequisites for each course shall be.
Graduate status may be a prerequisite for admission to some courses.

VETERANS: COURSE CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE
Veterans may be awarded credit for military service and/or military
schools. Any veteran who has completed more than twelve months in the
military service and has received an honorable discharge (or release from
active duty) is eligible for five credit hours in the Free Elective category. Active reservists are eligible at the rate of one credit hour per year, up to five
credits. A veteran who had attended a military school may be eligible for
credit. Each veteran seeking such an award must submit a copy of his DD
214 to the Director of Veterans Affairs , who in turn will make a recommendation to the Office of the Dean .

32

WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSES
If you withdraw from a course before the end of the sixth week of a semester, there is no record kept of your registration, and no other penalty is
assessed .
If you withdraw from a course after the end of the sixth week , however,
your instructor will report the grade you were earning when you withdrew,
and it will become a permanent part of your transcript, as follows. If you were
earning a grade of A , B, or C, a grade of WP will be recorded , and it will not
affect your Grade Point Average. If you were earning an Dor F, a grade of WF
will be recorded , and the credits will be used to compute your Grade Point
Average . WP and WF grades are also used if you withdraw from the University within a semester.
You must officially withdraw from a course, using forms available at the
Office of Academic Records. Ceasing to attend class does not constitute
official withdrawal.

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY
A student who decides to withdraw from the University during any academic term , regardless of the reason , is required to report to the Office of
Academ ic Records and obtain withdrawal forms . After the completion of a
withdrawal interview the student must obtain a clearance from several administrative offices, including the Business Office. Upon receipt of the clearance form and review of the student' s records and status, the Dean of
Academic Records will certify as to the type of withdrawal.
If a withdrawal cannot be arranged in this way, the student must notify
the Office of Academic Records by telephone or by letter immediately. All
withdrawals are governed by the following regulations :
1. An honorable dismissal is granted to a student who withdraws from
the University in the official manner, has met all financial obligations
to the University, and has been properly cleared by the Dean of Academic Records.
2. If the student withdraws officially, a W grade is recorded for each
course scheduled. AW grade carries no academic penalty and is not
counted in the student's grade point average. For an official withdrawal from a five-week session , W grades will be recorded during
the first two weeks only.
3. After the sixth week of the semester, a student who makes an official
withdrawal receives WP or WF grades in all courses scheduled . Instructors assign A, B, C, D, or F grades, and the Dean will translate A,
B, C grades to WP and Dor F grades to WF. For five-week courses the
WP-WF grades are assigned after the end of the second week.
4. No student is permitted to withdraw officially from the University during the last three weeks of a semester or summer term .
5. Leaving the University without notifying the Office of Academic
Records and making an official withdrawal results in automatic failure
for all courses scheduled. It also makes the student ineligible for any
refund of fees. Improper withdrawals of this type will be classified as
" not in good standing ."

33

WITHDRAWALS: ADMINISTRATIVE
Administrative withdrawals of students are initiated by university officials
for compelling reasons which are stated below. All such withdrawals will be
governed by the following regulations and procedures.
1. The university administration has the authority to withdraw a student
from the university and to revoke that student ' s registration at any time
for the following reasons:
A . Registration in violation of university regulations (e.g., academic ineligibility to register).
B. Failure of the student to comply with academic requirements (e.g.,
unsatisfactory class attendance).
C. Failure to pay university fees by the deadline.
D. Disciplinary suspension (or dismissal) for the remainder of an academic term .
E. Severe psychological/health problems where the student cannot be
permitted to continue in attendance.
F. Other reasons deemed appropriate by the proper administrative
officer.
2. Except for academic ineligibility, the date of the administrative withdrawal will be used to determine the amount of fees to be assessed or cancelled . (In most cases , the regular fee assessment and refund policies of
the university will prevail.)
3 . If a student registers in violation of the academic eligibility rule, the registration will be declared invalid and the fees paid by the student will be
refunded in full. No grades will be recorded .
4. Policy for recording grades:
A. For administrative withdrawals during the first six weeks of a semester (or two weeks in a five-week summer session), the grading symbol
WX will be recorded for all courses on the student's schedule. No other grades, including incompletes, will be assigned .
B. After six weeks (or after two weeks in a summer session), the date of
the administrative withdrawal and the reason for the withdrawal will
be considered in assigning grades.
1. Disciplinary suspension or dismissal-only WP or WF grades will
be recorded .
2. For psychological/health reasons-WX or incomplete grades be
assigned. (Instructors must consent to assigning incomplete
grades. Otherwise, WX grades will be recorded.)
3. For failure to pay fees-only WX grades will be recorded.
C. The WX grading symbol is not computed in the student's grade point
average and therefore carries no academic penalty. In all cases where
WX grades are mandatory, the Dean of Academic Records will submit
a written authorization for the Data Center to record this withdrawal
symbol.
5. The Dean of Academic Records has the authority to backdate an administrative withdrawal if circumstances warrant such action .
6. Disciplinary suspensions (or dismissals) for the remainder of an academic term shall be initiated by the appropriate authority in the Student Development Office and written notification shall be sent without delay to

34

the Office of Academic Records. The Dean of Academic Records will cancel the student 's registration , notify other administrative offices on a
" need to know" basis, and inform the faculty members involved of the
action taken.

35

FINANCIAL AID: GRANTS,
SCHOLARSHIPS,
EMPLOYMENT, LOANS
GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL AID TERMS
AID :

css
CWSP
GRANT
GSLP
Loan :
NEED:
NDSL
PELL:
PHEAA
PLUS
QPA or GPA
SAR
SCHOLARSHIP :
SEOG

Total package of funds awarded to meet university
expenses
College Scholarship Service: Organization which analyzes Financial Aid Forms (F.A.F.' s) - (NOT used by
California University of Pennsylvania)
College Work Study Program : Work on campus, controlled by the University and funded by the Federal
government
Gift aid which is not repaid , based on need
Guaranteed Student Loan Program : Federal loan program which subsidizes borrowed funds through
hometown banks , etc.
Funds that are borrowed and must be repaid , usually at
low interest.
Negro Educational Emergency Drive: Local grant program for Black students demonstrating need
National Direct Student Loan : Federal program allocating need based loans through the university
Federal grant program which is based on financial
need
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency:
State agency awarding state grants and guaranteeing
loans.
Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students: Explained
below
Quality Point Average : Cumulative grade point average
used to determine academic eligibility.
Student Aid Report: Results of the PELL Grant analysis, sent to student ; student must submit all three
copies to the university
Gift aid which is not paid back ; based on academic or
co-curricular excellence
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. University based Federal grant awarded to students with
highest need

GENERAL INFORMATION
Financial aid is a critical factor in providing students with the opportunity
for a college education . Many types of financial assistance are listed. All financial aid is intended to supplement the family' s financial resources-not
as a substitute. For at least 75 percent of California l:Jniversity of Pennsylvania students, financial aid has made higher education a reality.

36

APPLICATION PROCEDURE
(ALL NEED BASED PROGRAMS)
Students wishing to apply for need based financial aid must file a "Pennsylvania State Grant - Federal Aid Application." All California University of
Pennsylvania aid applicants (including applicants from states other than
Pennsylvania) must file this application to receive full aid consideration . Priority will be given to applications filed before April 1.
Transfer students must also complete a "Financial Aid Transfer Form"
for each college, university, or post-secondary school previously attended.
This form is required even if no aid was received at the previous school.
These forms are available in our Financial Aid Office and will be provided
upon request.

BASIS AND METHOD OF
AWARDING FINANCIAL AID
Student financial aid is provided on the basis of the applicant's documented financial need. Financial aid is defined as the difference between the
estimated university costs and expected family contribution. Grants and
loans are credited directly toward costs incurred at the university; any excess funds are refunded to the student. Earnings from student employment
are paid directly to the student.
Part-time students taking at least six credits are eligible to apply for assistance through the following financial aid programs:
Pell Grant
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
National Direct Student Loan
College Work-Study
Guaranteed Student Loan
Part-time students can apply for aid in the same manner as full-time students. The aid awarded is dependent upon the student's educational costs.

RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF
FINANCIAL AID APPLICANTS
Every student has the right to apply for financial aid and also request and
receive reconsideration of the financial aid decision. Students also have the
right to know how their financial need and family contribution were calculated . Students and parents are expected to provide accurate information on
all application materials and may be asked to provide a photocopy of their
latest federal income tax return. The Federal Government requires the Financial Aid Office to ensure that financial information from all sources is accurate and truthful. When forms are used to establish eligibility for federal
student aid funds, false statements or misrepresentations may subject those
providing the information to a fine or imprjsonment or both, under provisions
of the U.S. Criminal Code. Students also have the responsibility to notify the
Financial Aid Office of any change occurring in their financial position from
that which was reported on the application (e.g., eligibility for Social Security
and/or veterans' benefits; receipt of scholarships, grants or other assistance; change in residency; etc.).

37

FINANCIAL PLANNING
Students planning to attend California University of Pennsylvania should
be aware that the cash from many of the financial aid programs is not available until approximately nine weeks into the semester for which the funds are
intended . Students should plan to come to the university with enough personal money for early-term purchases (books, Industrial Arts materials, art
supplies, etc.) without depending upon financial aid funds .

SCHOLARSHIPS
Hercules, Inc. Scholarship: Each year a $1 ,000 award is made available
to an academically outstanding student majoring in chemistry at California
University of Pennsylvania. The recipient of this award must have completed
at least one year of undergraduate study in chemistry or a related science
curriculum. This scholarship is sponsored by the Donora plant of Hercules
Chemical, Inc. Details concerning this grant are available at the Physical Sciences Department.
AAUW Scholarship: The California University of Pennsylvania Branch of
the American Association of University Women has established a $400 per
year award . The award will be made to an upperclass woman over 30 who
wants to complete her undergraduate degree at the University. The nominees must be a full-time student and may renew the award upon maintenance of a 3.0 academic grade average. Those interested in applying should
contact the Financial Aid Office.
Harhay Memorial Scholarship: This scholarship was established in
memory of the late Frank Corwyn Harhay. An award of $100 will be granted
to an outstanding academic student enrolled on a full-time basis in the Nature Conservation program at California University of Pennsylvania. The recipient is selected by a committee of instructors and members of the
Financial Aid staff. Inquiries concerning this grant should be directed to Department Chairperson, Biology Department .
California University of Pennsylvania Faculty Scholarships: The
Faculty of California University of Pennsylvania awards scholarships of
$2 ,000 each to a selected number of freshmen . Minimum qualifications include : (1) admission as a full-time student at California University of Pennsylvania. (2) a combined Scholastic Aptitude Test score above 1200, and (3)
rank in upper five percent of the high school graduating class. Inquiries
should be directed to Dr. Robert T. Little, Chairman, Faculty Scholarship
Committee.
Blanche Rebecca Heath Scholarship: This scholarship was established
in memory of the late Blanche Rebecca Heath. A renewable award of $500
per year is granted to one entering freshman majoring in elementary education. High school performance is the primary requisite in selecting a recipient. Interested entering freshmen should contact the Dean, College of
Education , California University of Pennsylvania for application information .

ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM
The Alumni Association offers 10 scholarships of $250 each to first-time
matriculating post secondary-students enrolled on a full-time basis. These
alumni scholarships are given on the basis of a minimum grade point average
of 3.25, Scholastic Apt itude Test (SAT) composite scores of at least 1050, a

38

graduating class rank in the top 10% at the time of application, evidence of
leadership ability, and involvement in extra-curricular activities in high
school and/or the community.
The alumni scholarships may be renewed annually provided that a cumulative grade point average of 3.25 is maintained. A maximum of four $250
annual awards may be received by a student.
Students will be notified by the Dean of Admissions of their alumni scholarship award. Students must notify the university of their scholarship acceptance by March 1 or within 30 days after acceptance of admission to the
University.
Other Scholarships: Periodic awards are made by various university departments, organizations, affiliates and alumni. For information concerning
these funds, students may contact the Financial Aid Office.

ROTC STIPEND
The university offers participation in the Reserve Officers Training Corps.
Scholarships (one-, two-, three-year) are available for undergraduate studies. Army Reserve and National Guard members may enroll and earn up to
$11 ,000. Advanced and scholarship ROTC cadets receive a tax-free subsistence allowance in addition to other financial aid. Additional information is
available through the ROTC Department on campus. To see how this program can fit your needs, call 938-407 4.

SPECIAL BENEFITS
Benefits are funds to which some people are entitled under special
conditions.
Veterans' Benefits are available to veterans who are discharged from
the Armed Forces. Application should be made at local Veterans Administration offices.
Vocational Rehabilitation is a service to conserve the working capacity
of persons with an impairment who still have reasonable expectations of becoming employed. Students who might qualify for vocational rehabilitation
aid to attend college should contact their county Bureau of Vocational
Rehabilitation.

OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
The previous sections have been devoted to outside financial aid , primarily from university and government agencies. There are also many other avenues from which to obtain aid. These would include relatives, local clubs or
organizations, businesses, summer earnings, special scholarships, etc. Your
guidance counselor , local civic leaders or local librarians would be of valuable help in researching such avenues of financial assistance.

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS
To be considered for all Title IV student financial aid programs (namely
Pell Grants, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants, National Direct
Student Loans, State Guaranty Loans, PLUS Loans or the College Work

39

Study Program), the University requires students to maintain satisfactory academic progress.
The minimum requirements to meet the University's definition of satisfactory academic progress for financial aid purposes are as follows:
1. All first-time freshmen and transfer students are exempt from aid denial due to lack of academic progress for the first year of attendance
at the University. Progress during the first year, however, does determine eligibility for subsequent years.
2. After two (2) semesters of full-time attendance the student is required
to have completed a minimum of twenty-four (24) credits with a
Grade-Point Average of at least 1.75;
3. After four (4) semesters, forty-eight (48) credits must have been completed , with a Grade-Point Average of at least 1.85.
4. After six (6) semesters, seventy-two (72) credits must have been completed , with a Grade-Point Average of at least 1.95 .
5. After eight (8) semesters, ninety-six (96) credits must have been completed , with a grade point average of at least 2.00.
6. After ten ( 10) semesters, one hundred and twenty ( 120) credits must
have been completed , with a Grade-Point Average of at least 2.00.
The University does not award assistance from Title IV programs beyond a maximum of 5.5 academic years (11 semesters).
All of these requirements are for full-time students in four-year programs. Students studying less than full-time or in two-year programs are
assessed at the appropriate pro-rated calculation . (For example, a half-time
student who schedules and completes only twenty-four (24) credits in the
course of four (4) semesters is taken to be the same as one who has scheduled and completed the same number of credits in two semesters of full-time
attendance.)
In accordance with the University's requirements for academic progress,
a student who is placed on academic probation for having failed to maintain
a satisfactory Grade-Point Average is also placed on financial aid probation
for one semester. At the end of that semester one of the following three situations must occur: EITHER (1) The classification of probation is removed
when the student achieves the required minimum Grade-Point Average for
his/her class category; OR (2) The classification of probation is continued if
the student achieves a 2.0 Grade-Point Average or better during the probationary term but fails to achieve the minimum cumulative Grade-Point Average for his/her class category. In this case , oligibility for Title IV Federal Aid
may be continued; OR (3) If the student's cumulative Grade-Point Average
remains below the required minimum for his/her class category after a probationary semester and the student's Grade-Point Average for that semester is below 2.00, that student is academically dismissed and denied Title IV
Federal Aid until the minimum Grade-Point Average for his/her class category is achieved. A student who is academically dismissed and therefore denied Title IV Financial Aid may be re-admitted to the University but must
attend without the benefit of Title IV Federal Aid until the required minimum
cumulative Grade-Point Average for his/her class category has been
achieved.

40

FOR SPECIAL GRADES
I (Incomplete): Credits are not awarded for this grade, and consequently
until the incomplete grade is resolved, a course in which it is received does
not count towards satisfying the credit requirements listed above. If the incomplete grade is resolved by the beginning of the following semester of
attendance and a passing grade is received, the credits will be counted .
W (Withdrawal): All categories of withdrawal earn no credit towards
graduation or towards satisfying the credit requirements listed above.
P (Pass) If this grade is awarded , the credits apply towards graduation
and towards satisfying the credit requirements listed above, but the GradePoint Average is not affected .
Repeating a Course: The last grade earned is always used in calculating
the Grade-Point Average . If a student repeats a course , the credits are
awarded only for the semester in which it was repeated , not for the first time
the course was attempted .

USE OF SUMMER SCHOOL TO MAKE UP DEFICIENCY
If a student is deficient in credits and/or Grade-Point Average at the end
of an academic year, he/she may use the following summer to eliminate the
deficiency, but no financial aid is provided to help defray these summer
school costs.
Students who are subject to academic dismissal owing to insufficient
Grade-Point Averages may seek readmission through the dean of that college of the University in which they are enrolled .
If summer school work is taken in order to improve a Grade-Point Average (and therefore to become eligible again for financial aid), it must be taken at California University of Pennsylvania, since transfer grades are not
computed into a student 's Grade-Point Average.
Summer school work taken for the purpose of achieving minimum credit
requirements for eligibility for financial aid need not be completed at California University; but before credits earned at another college or university can
be transferred to a student's record at this University, the student must seek
and obtain permission (" transient clearance " ) from the dean of his/her college within this University.

APPEAL PROCEDURE
If a student feels that an academic deficiency that has led to loss of eligibility for financial aid is due to extenuating circumstances (such as illness or
injury), an appointment should be made with the Director of Financial Aid to
discuss the situation . The Director may, if the circumstances warrant, grant a
maximum of one semester of financial aid to a student who does not meet
the requirements for academic progress. If the Director denies the request
for special consideration, an appeal may be made to the Vice-President for
Administration and Finance.

REGAINING ELIGIBILITY
A student who has been denied financial assistance for lack of satisfactory academic progress regains eligibility in the semester following the one in
which requirements for minimum credits for academic progress and/or
grade point average have been fulfilled.

41

GENERAL
In order to receive Title IV assistance, a student must be making satisfactory progress whether or not he/she has previously received Title IV aid .

REFUND POLICY
The following formula is applied when a Title IV aid recipient withdraws
from school during the refund period outlined in the University Catalog :
Title IV Aid
Charges Assessed Due
(Minus Work Study)
Awarded for Payment Period
To Withdrawal
Charges Originally Assessed
Total Aid Awarded
For the Entire Term
(Minus Work Study)
Earned for Payment Period
Once a percentage of refund has been established using the formula , it is
the policy of the institution to apply the appropriate percentage to the institutional amount due and/or to any other legitimate documented off-campus
expenses (books, off-campus housing, etc.). The calculated refund percentage is refunded to the appropriate aid account. The institution will apply the
PELL, SEOG , and other grants first and utilize Title IV loan funds as a secondary resource . Any portion of a refund allocable to a Guaranty Student Loan
or PLUS Loan is returned to the student lending institution.
In addition , if the borrower becomes a full-time staff member in a preschool program of the Economic Opportunity Act (Head Start) in certain
states, for a period comparable to the full school year, and provided the borrower's salary is comparable to that of an employee of a local agency, the
amount of the loan shall be reduced at the rate of 15 percent a year , plus
interest for each complete year of service.
If the borrower serves as a member of the Armed Forces of the United
States, a maximum of 50 percent of the loan shall be cancelled at the rate of
12 ½ percent a year plus interest for each complete year of service in an area
of hostilities.
In addition , interest and payments shall be deferred during any period in
which the borrower is carrying at least one-half the normal academic work
load at an institution of higher learning , or up to three years if the borrower is
on full-time active duty as a member of the Armed Forces of the United
States, is a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act , or is a volunteer under the
Economic Opportunity Act (VISTA).
Any loans made prior to June 30 , 1972, are subject to previous regulations. California University of Pennsylvania approves and makes the loans
and is responsible for collections. Applications specified in the application
section of this brochure are required .
Student Guaranteed Loans: The education of students from middle-income groups frequently places a financial burden on the families, particularly
if there are a number of children who want to attend the university. In many
cases , the student cannot qualify for student employment or a student loan .
Even when commercial credit sources are available, repayment generally
runs concurrent with the years the student attends the university. To help
these young people and their families, a Guaranteed Loan Program is in
operation .

42

Under this program a student may borrow from a bank or other financial
institution . An undergraduate student may borrow as much as $2,500 a year
up to a total of $12,500. A maximum of $10 ,000 may be borrowed to complete a four-year baccalaureate degree program .
Students from families with adjusted gross incomes of less than $30,000
ca borrow without demonstrating need. Students from families earning
- '----= 01 need test to determine if they are
is less than $500, the loan will be
is demonstrated, the student may
the student may borrow up to the
program limit ($2500/year for
,an purposes will be provided with
n is not required until the student
,e Federal government will pay the
rolled in the university.
their local bank or financial institu'.ln forms for the Guaranteed Loan
Jle to students from other states
,ania Higher Education Assistance

\()

r(")
0

'

CX)
t{)

I
0

~

recommendation of the Financial
recognized as a necessary considuld be minimized to meet projected

N
N

1

lmits parents to borrow for depenent undergraduate and graduate or
borrow under this program , but the
le.
_us loans made on or after Novem1 Repayment of the principal and inpromissory note .
l be available at your local lending

..
s
~

a,

hall emergency short-term loans are
nnsylvania undergraduate students.
:ial Aid Office.

'°

a,

:r:

EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program: Students who need a job to help pay for
university expenses may be eligible for employment by California University
of Pennsylvania under the federally supported College Work-Study Program. Students may work up to 15 hours weekly while attending classes fulltime . During the summer or other vacation periods when they do not have
classes, students may, with proper authorization , work full-time (40 hours
per week) under this program. In three months of summer employment
under the Work-Study Program , an eligible student could earn $1 ,000 or
more. This amount , supplemented by weekly earnings during the school

43

year , could help provide total educational costs, including necessary clothes,
transportation and personal expenses.
To work under th is program , a student must be enrolled as a full-time
student at the University. The student's eligibility depends upon the demonstration of financial need .
Student Employment (Non-CWSP): Employment available under this
program is provided on a priority basis with financial need as the first consideration . Should funds for this program permit , students who do not meet
financial need requirements may also be employed . Work assignments and
work schedules are similar to those for the Federal Work Study Program .
Interested students can receive further information and applications by contacting the Financial Aid Office. Such student employment is considered a
financial aid resource and may influence the amount of aid a student receives
from university-based Federal programs. Applications are required.

GRANTS
The Pell Grant: (Basic Educational Opportunity Grant) is a Federal aid
program designed to provide financial assistance to attend post-high school
educational institutions. This grant is intended to be the " floor " of the financial aid package and may be combined with other forms of aid in order to
meet the cost of education . The amount of a Pell Grant is determined by the
student's and family 's financial resources . Pell Grants range from $200 to
$1 ,800. The Pell Grant award , unlike a loan , does not have to be repaid . A
student is eligible to receive a Pell Grant during the period of time required to
complete a first undergraduate degree.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants: These are available to
students who demonstrate financial need . The minimum a student may receive is $200 per academic year . A student is eligible to receive the grant
during the time required to complete his/ her first undergraduate degree.
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency Grants: The
PHEAA program was created to assist qualified students who need financial
assistance to attain higher education . These grants are based upon admission to California University of Pennsylvania and the need for financial assistance from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as determined by the Higher
Education Assistance Agency . High school seniors can secure further information and application forms from their high school guidance office. These
grants are available only to residents of Pennsylvania. Interested students
may request further information at the Financial Aid Office.
Other State Grants: Several states, including Massachusetts, Vermont ,
Connecticut , West Virginia , Rhode Island, New Jersey and Ohio, have state
grants which can be transferred to schools outside the state. Interested students may obtain information concerning these programs from their high
school guidance counselors or from the appropriate State Higher Education
Agency.

LOANS
National Direct Student Loan: California Un iversity of Pennsylvania participates in the National Direct Student Loan program . High school graduates who have been accepted for enrollment at California University of
Pennsylvania, or students enrolled at least half-time and who demonstrate
financial need , may receive consideration for this student loan .

44

Eligible undergraduate students may borrow from this loan program
each academic year. The repayment period and the interest do not begin
until six months after the student ends his or her studies. After termination of
studies, the loans bear interest at the rate of 5 percent a year (annual percentage interest), and repayment of principal may be extended over a 10year period . The institution may require a minimum repayment of no less
than $30 a month .
If a borrower becomes a full-time teacher in a public or other non-profit
private elementary or secondary school with a high enrollment of students
from low-income families, or as a full-t ime teacher of hand icapped children ,
for each complete year of service the amount of the loan shall be reduced at
the rates of 15 percent a year, plus interest for the fi rst and second years of
service; 20 percent a year, plus interest for the third and fourth years of service; 30 percent a year, plus interest for the fifth year of service; wh ich results
in 100 percent cancellation of the loan.

45

ADMISSIONS
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
California University of Pennsylvania admits students of any sex, race,
color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the University. The
same policy is followed with respect to all employees regardless of rank or
classification . The University does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race ,
color, religion , ethnic and national origin in the administration of its educational policies, admissions processes, scholarships and loan programs, employment practices and athletic and other administrative programs. The
University does not discriminate on the basis of handicap in admission or
access to its programs. Inquiries regarding Title IX compliance and Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 may be directed to Title IX Coordinator,
(412) 938-4351 , Affirmative Action Officer, (412) 938-4185 , 504 Coordinator,
(412) 938-4076, or the Director of Office of Civil Rights Region Ill , U.S. Department of Education, Philadelphia, PA 17101 .

GENERAL INFORMATION
Requests for applications and all correspondence concerning admissions should be directed to the Dean of Admissions and Academic Records.
Applicants are encouraged to write or call for an appointment to visit the
University. All applications are individually evaluated. As soon as applications are complete , a decision is reached and applicants notified . Every attempt is made to complete this process within two weeks.

GENERAL ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Admission standards have been established by the University to select
those students who will be most likely to succeed in the various programs of
the University.
1. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIP . An applicant for admission should be a graduate of an approved secondary school or have an equivalent preparation
as determined by the Pennsylvania Department of Education .
2. APTITUDE AND ABILITY STANDARDS. An ability to do work in higher
education should be evident from an aptitude examination such as the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). In certain instances, other kinds of evidence may be used to determine the ability to do such work .
3. CHARACTER AND PERSONALITY. Applicant must be able to demonstrate that they possess the personality traits, interests, attitudes, and
personal characteristics necessary for an advanced education .
4. ADMISSION TO SPECIAL CURRICULA. A student seeking admission to
a special curriculum may be required to take an appropriate aptitude test
in the special program .

46

SPECIFIC ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Freshmen
Students attending a post-secondary institution for the first time are considered new freshmen . All students in this classification must submit a
completed application , application fee, and a high school transcript or
GED certificate.
Results from the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College
Test (ACT) should be sent, if available. These test results are beneficial to
students and advisors; programs are individually tailored .
B. Transfers
Students who wish to transfer to this University must submit a formal
application, application fee, and official transcripts from all institutions
attended after secondary school.
Students must be in good academic and social standing at the last institution attended in order to qualify for admission to the University for the
following semester. In cases where students have been out of school for
at least one semester, special consideration will be given .
If less than thirty (30) credits of higher education have been completed,
applicants must also submit the high school transcript , including the results of all standardized test scores.
The University will accept a maximum of seventy-five (75) credits in transfer from a junior or community college. The determination of which
courses will be credited to the major, general requirements , or electives
will be completed by the appropriate Dean following the application
process.
The University subscribes fully to the Articulation and Transferability
Agreement between the (former) Pennsylvania State Colleges and University and the Pennsylvania Community Colleges. Under this agreement , graduates of a Pennsylvania Community College are eligible for
admission to this University if students receive an Associate degree in an
academic program approved by the University.
C. Transients
Students who wish to enroll at California with the expectation of transferring credits to their home institution and do not wish to receive a degree
from us are classified as transients.
Students must submit a letter or form from the home institution with appropriate authorization . The document must list those courses which are
approved for registration .
Transcripts are not required .
A formal application with application fee must be submitted . An appropriate approval letter with courses listed must be submitted for each semester transient status is requested . In all cases , admission is granted
for the approved semester only.
D. Early Admission for Freshmen
Students wishing to enroll at the University with the expectation of either
earning college credits prior to high school graduation or completing the
senior year of high school and first year of college simultaneously must
complete the special admission clearance form in addition to the formal
application, transcripts , and fees.

47

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

Special admission is granted for only one semester at a time. The procedure must be completed each semester that special clearance is desired .
All students are classified as non-degree/non-matriculated during this
period .
At the time of secondary school completion , the student's status will be
changed and an official transcript generated .
Graduates of California University
Post-baccalaureate students who have graduated from California University must register with the Dean in the area where additional courses
are desired .
Students do not need to contact the Admissions Office.
Other Post-Baccalaureate Students
Students who have not graduated from California University of Pennsylvania and want to enroll in undergraduate programs must file an official application , application fee, and the official transcript from the
institution granting the baccalaureate degree.
Foreign Students
Foreign students are required to submit an application for admission to
California University of Pennsylvania. In all cases , a special foreign student application must be completed . All transcripts , a statement of financial support, and letters of recommendation must be submitted.
Assuming that all records indicate that foreign students could be successful , final admission is contingent upon acceptable clearance from
the education authorities of the home country and from the Department
of Justice, Immigration and Naturalization Service of the United States.
Applicants from foreign countries must have competency in the use of
the English language.
All foreign students must also subscribe to the insurance plan of California University.
Special Students
Students who have completed all secondary school requirements may
take courses at the University without being a candidate for a degree.
Special students must submit a completed formal application , application fee, and all appropriate transcripts.
For special students, all regulations and fees are the same as for degree
students.
R.O.T.C . Students
All students interested in the R.O.T.C. program must complete the application, application fee, and transcripts.
Details concerning the program can be found in the Military Science,
ROTC Section of this catalog .
Veterans
Veterans who have not attended an institution of higher education since
their discharge are unconditionally admissable to California University.

STUDENT CREDENTIALS
All credentials presented in support of an application for admission become the property of the University and cannot be returned to the student.

48

The complete file will be retained according to the provisions of University
policy and the Family Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
All information filed in support of the application must be complete and
authentic. Any false information may be used as grounds for denial or
dismissal.

SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES
California University has shown that some students can succeed and
even excel when given individual attention. Our university provides the environment where students are known as individuals and receive additional
help from faculty, administrators, and students. In addition to the standard
support services, CUP offers a Special Programs Department, which provides tutoring and counseling for all age groups.
Academically and financially needy students may be eligible for special
state and federal programs as administered through the Special Programs
Department at the University.

READMISSION OF STUDENTS
A student who desires to return to the University after an absence of
three consecutive terms must apply for readmission to the appropriate
Dean .
A student who has been dismissed for unsatisfactory academic performance may be considered for readmission only in accordance with the conditions of the dismissal. Usually, the student is not considered for readmission
for a minimum of one semester.
In the case of a suspension or dismissal for disciplinary reasons, the student must (a) comply fully with the conditions of the dismissal, and (b) receive
permission from the Vice-President of Student Development to return to the
University.
In all cases, applications for readmission should be submitted at least
one month before the registration date for the term in which the student
desires to enroll.
No former student can be readmitted until all past indebtedness has
been paid.

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS
Social security numbers, which serve as the permanent student identification number, must be entered on the application for admission. Students
who do not have a social security number should obtain one.

OUT-OF-STATE RESIDENCY
Out-of-state residency is determined at the time of admission. Change of
residency may only occur by appealing to the Residency Appeals Committee. For further information, contact the office of the Vice-President for Academic Affairs after admission and prior to registration.

49

ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
Advanced Placement examinations which are completed under the auspices of the College Entrance Examination Board are available to students.
Credits will be granted to students who submit scores of 3 or higher.

EVALUATION OF STUDENT APPLICATIONS
Many variables are taken into consideration in reviewing applications for
adm ission . The admissions committee weighs as many of the following as
possible: class rank , cumulative grade point average, type of curriculum
completed in relationship to the proposed major, guidance counselor or another recommendation , on-campus interview, standardized test scores, activities , and maturity.

PLACEMENT
The Placement Office assists seniors, graduate students, and alumni of
the University in obtaining full-time , permanent, professional employment.
Through the Placement Service, students may obtain general advice , information and statistics on job opportunities.
On-campus interviews are scheduled annually for students interested in
meeting with representatives from school districts, business firms , governmental agencies, and industries seeking graduates of the University.

ATTRITION
Information relating to the retention / attrition of students at the University
can be obtained through the office of the Vice-President for Academic
Affairs .
It is advisable that any information needed be obtained through an individual appointment with the Vice-President for Academic Affairs.

COMMUNITY COLLEGE GRADUATES
The University subscribes to the Articulation and Transferability Agreement between the (former) State Colleges and University, and Community
College. This agreement applies to transferability of credits from M iddle
States or other regionally approved two-year and junior colleges. The details
of this agreement are:
1. Since complet ion of an associate degree demonstrates a student 's motivation to complete a baccalaureate degree, preference for admission will
be given to applicants who have completed said degree.
2. A transfer student who has completed a two-year degree program should
normally expect to complete a baccalaureate program in two additional
years. In certain specialized programs of the receiving institution , however, a longer period may be necessary for majors in these programs.
3. The " D" grade obtained by two-year college students is treated by the
senior institution in the same manner as the senior institution treats the
" D's" of its ind igenous students.

50

4. Secondary school transcripts as well as test scores are considered as a
guidance tool and not a determinant of transfer to the four-year institution . The awarding of the associate degree is considered to have satisfied
the high school graduation requirements.
Community College transfers will be admitted under the condition of California's Transfer Credit Evaluation policy.

TRANSFER CREDIT EVALUATION
1. The University will transfer no more than 75 credits per student from any
two-year Community or Junior College.
2. Courses transferred from two-year institutions will be equated to 300 and
400 level courses at California only after it can be shown that their content exceeds or is equivalent to appropriate 300 and 400 level courses at
California.
3. Courses taken at another school under a pass/fail option will be transferred under the conditions of California' s pass/fail policy.
4. Students in good standing at California may take courses at another institution . Before taking such courses, the student must obtain written
permission from an advisor and the appropriate Dean .
5. When a graduate from any two-year or junior college transfers to California, courses shall be considered for transfer in the following order.
(1) Courses for which the grade earned was A, B, or C.
(2) Courses for which a " Pass " grade was given .
(3) Courses for which the student received a D grade.
No courses for which a D grade was received will be transferred after a
t otal of 64 credits has been transferred .
6. Grades of D are not transferable unless they are counted as part of the
Associate Degree.

51

FINANCIAL INFORMATION
AND FEES
FEES AND EXPENSES*
The basic fee (tuition) covers the cost of instruction, registration , the
keeping of student records , library services, student welfare and health services (with the exception of extra nurses) and laboratory facilities .
Full-time students: For full-time students (scheduled from 12-18 credits)
who are residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania , the basic fee is
$785 .00 a semester. An additional $66 .00 per credit will be charged for credits scheduled in excess of 18.
Part-time students: Part-time students who are residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvan ia will be charged $66.00 per credit hour. (A parttime student is one who is scheduled for 11 or fewer credits .)
Out-of-State students: Out-of-state students enrolled on a full-t ime basis
(from 12-18 credits) pay an enrollment fee of $1 ,374 .00 per semester . An
additional $115 .00 per cred it w ill be charged for cred its scheduled in excess
of 18.
Out-of-State, part-t ime students: The basic fee is $115 .00 per semester
hour.

OTHER FEES*
Advance Deposit
All first-year students, including transfers , and readmitted students are
required to submit a $75 .00 Advance Deposit payable to California University of Pennsylvania. This fee may be mailed or hand delivered to the Revenue
Office, Administration Build ing, California University of Pennsylvan ia. It is to
be paid in advance of registration and is credited to the student 's account for
the first semester.

Room and Board Charges
The room and board charges cover the cost of living in a Un iversity dormitory and for meals in the University din ing hall. The cost for both is $900 .00
pe r semester. Of this amount , $500 .00 is charged for room and $400.00 is
charged for meals.
An in-state student is defined as one who is a bona fide resident of and domiciled within the
State of Pennsylvania for a reasonable period, not less than one year, immediately preceding
the student 's registration for a term or semester in any State-supported college or university in
the State of Pennsylvania. A minor will generally be presumed to be a residen t of the place of his
parents ' or guardian 's domicile.
The establishment of domicile is primarily a matter of continued residence and intention. Generally, Pennsylvania domicile is considered to be established upon the completion of at least 12
months of continuous residence within the State at the time of registration for courses.
• All fees are subject to change.

52

Student Association Fees:
All students are charged an activity fee according to their academic status as follows:
$55.00
12 or more credits
16.00
6 - 11 credits
9.00
1 - 5 credits
NOTE: This fee is refundable through the Office of the Student Activities, Inc.
A late charge will be assessed after the first six weeks:
Full-time undergraduate
$5.00
2.00
6 - 11 credits
1 - 5 credits
1.00

College Service Fee:
All students will be charged $65.00 for 9 or more credits per semester;
$30.00 for 1 to 8 credits per semester for this fee.
NOTE: This fee is nonrefundable except for academic dismissal and in
case of administrative action to revoke a registration .

Student Union Building Fee:
All students must pay this fee as follows:
$10.00
10 or more credits
7 to 9 credits
5.00
1 to 6 credits
2.50
NOTE: This fee is nonrefundable except for academic dismissal and in
case of administrative action to revoke a registration.
A fee of $10.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree from California University of Pennsylvania. A student shall not be permitted to complete
graduation from the University until this fee has been paid. The fee is payable
when the student has been notified of clearance for graduation .

C.L.E.P. Fee:
A one-time, flat fee of $25.00 is charged for the administration and recording of CLEP credits regardless of the number of credits awarded.

SUMMARY OF FEES (Per Semester)
In-State
$ 800.00
10.00
550.00
425.00
55.00
65.00
$1,905.00

Full-time Resident Students
Basic Fee*
Student Union Building Fee
Housing Fee
Meal Fee
Student Association Fee
College Service Fee
TOTAL

53

Out-of-State
$1,434.00
10.00
550.00
425.00
55.00
65.00
$2,539.00

Full-time Commuting Students
Basic Fee *
Student Union Building Fee
Student Associat ion Fee
College Service Fee
TOTAL

$ 800 .00
10.00
55.00
65.00

$ 930.00

•eased on a maximum of 18 credits per semes ter.

NOTE: UNIVERSITY FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.

SUMMER REFUND POLICY (For Basic Fees Charged)
5 Weeks Session
1st Week .......... .. ...... ....... 80% refund of basic fees charged
2nd Week .............. ...... .... 60% refund of basic fees charged
After 2nd Week .......... ... .. .. ..... ... ... ...... ............. .. NO REFUND
10 Weeks Session
1st Week ... .. .. ... .... .. .. ...... . 80% refund of basic fees charged
2nd Week ... .... ......... ... ..... 70% refund of basic fees charged
3rd Week .... ..................... 60% refund of basic fees charged
4th Week .......... .. ....... .. .... 50% refund of basic fees charged
After 4th Week ................ ... ........ .. .. .. .. .... ... .... ... . NO REFUND
Special Conditions (for Summer Sessions):
1. The first day of classes will be used as the starting date in considering the
first week for determining a refund or billing adjustment .
2. If a student reg isters for two or more sessions and then decides to withdraw from a session before the start of that session , a refund or credit will
be pro-rated by using the part-time credit fee . No refund or credit will be
pro-rated for the Student Un ion Building Fee or College Service Fee.
3. Financial aid recipients who intend to withdraw from the Un iversity must
be cleared by the Financial Aid Office as part of the withdrawal
procedure.
Policy on Room and Board Charges:
1. Refunds on room charges will follow the same percentage schedule established for Basic and Other Academic fees refunds .
2. Refunds on board charges will be made according to the following
percentages:
Semester Withdrawal
1st & 2nd Weeks .. ............ ... 80% refund of amount charged
3rd Week ............ .... ... ... ..... .. 70% refund of amount charged
4th Week .............. ... .... ........ 60% refund of amount charged
5th Week ... ....... ................... 50% refund of amount charged
6th & 7th Weeks .... .... .... .. ... . 40% refund of amount charged
8th & 9th Weeks .. ................ 30% refund of amount charged
10th & 11th Weeks .. ............ 20% refund of amount charged
After the 11th Week ... .. ......... ... .. .. ..... ... ...... .... ... NO REFUND

54

SUMMER SESSIONS REFUND POLICY
(Room and Board):
Per Week Charge, according to Total Per Week
5 Weeks Sessions
1st Week .... .. .. ............ .... 80% refund 4th Week ... ... .......... ........ 20% refund
2nd Week ..... .... ....... ... .... 60% refund 5th Week ... ... ... ....... ...... NO REFUND
3rd Week ... ....... .. ... .. .. ..... 40% refund
10 Weeks Sessions
1st Week ..... ... ....... ......... 80% refund 5th Week ... .. ..... ..... ..... ... . 40% refund
2nd Week ... .. ... ......... ... ... 70% refund 6th Week .... ....... .. ... .. .... .. 30% refund
3rd Week .... ... ... ... ... .... .. .. 60% refund 7th Week .. .. ....... ... .. ..... .. . 20% refund
4th Week .... ... .... ......... .... 50% refund 8th Week .... ... ..... .. ... .. ... NO REFUND

Refund Eligibility:
1. A refund, or credit, will not be allowed unless the withdrawal is properly
made in the Office of Academic Records. Except for emergencies, the
date of notification will be considered the effective date of withdrawal.
2. Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. A student eligible for a
refund must submit a written request to the University Vice President for
Administration and Finance (Room 236, Administration Building) without
delay. No action will be taken until this has been done.

DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
No student may be enrolled, graduate, receive semester grade reports,
or receive a transcript of his record until all previous charges are paid .

REFUND POLICY (For Basic Fees Charged)
Partial refunds, or credit , will be granted to students who have made an
official withdrawal from the University. They will be based upon a percentage
of the fees charged according to the following schedule:
Semester Withdrawal
1st and 2nd Week ...... .80% refund of the basic fee charged
3rd Week ... ........ ... ... .. .. 70% refund of the basic fee charged
4th Week ... ........ .. ... .... .60% refund of the basic fee charged
5th Week ... .. ....... ..... .. .. 50% refund of the basic fee charged
After the 5th Week ....... ..... .. ... .... ... ..... ... .. ....... ... NO REFUND
1. A refund or credit will not be allowed unless the withdrawal is properly
made in the Office of Academic Records . Except for emergencies, notification will be considered the effective date of withdrawal.
2. Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. A student eligible for a
refund must submit a written request to the Vice President for Administration and Finance (Room 236, Administration Building) without delay.
No action will be taken until this has been done.

55

FEES FOR SUMMER SESSIONS
Basic Fee (Tuition)
The enrollment fee for any of the regular summer sessions is $62 .00 per
semester hour. During summer sessions, the rates for non-Pennsylvania resident undergraduate students shall be the same as those for Pennsylvania
undergraduate students.

Housing Fee
Summer session rates are based on the number of weeks in the session .
Summer rates are $31 .00 per week for dorm itory room , and $28 .00 per week
for dining hall meals.

PAYMENT OF BILLS
All fees are assessed at the time of registration . Payment by cash , check ,
money order, or cert ified bank draft made payable to California Un ivers ity of
Pennsylvania is required . No personal checks will be accepted in payment
for past-due accounts or to clear a returned check.

ACADEMIC MANAGEMENT SERVICES
BUDGET PAYMENT PLAN
This Plan allows you to pay University fees in 10 monthly payments commencing June 1, 1984.
The cost of this Plan is $35 .00 which includes Life Benefit Coverage.
There are no other fees or interest charges .
Information concerning this Plan will be forwarded to you separately. If
you wish , you may call Academic Management Services directly, (800) 5566684 for information .

56

Student Development
and Services
Inherent in the University's mission is a commitment to the total development of all students. The Office of Student Development , under the direction
of the Vice-President for Student Development and Services, is administratively responsible for the implementation of this commitment. The central
focus of the Student Development program , therefore, is the personalization
of the college experience; concern for not only individual intellectual development , but personal , social , and physical development as well.
Student Development provides services to students in the following
areas:
Orientation
Counseling Center
Health Center
Summer Camps
Discipline
Athletics
Student Association, Inc .
Housing
Student Government
Veterans Affairs/Handicapped
Services
Dining Hall
Residence Hall Programming
Foreign Students
The principal administrative personnel responsible for the Student Development Program are:
Vice President for Student Development and Services
Dean of Women/ Administrative Assistant
Dean for Student Services
Dean of Student Life
Assistant Deans of Student Life
Director of Student Association, Inc.
Business Manager of the Student Association, Inc.
Director of Health Services
Director of Housing
Director of Veterans Affairs/Veterans and Handicapped Student/Services
and Rehabilitation Counselor
Director of Counseling and Psychological Services
Director of Athletics

ORIENTATION
A comprehensive one-day orientation program is conducted for entering
students and their parents during the summer months before the student's
beginning fall semester . This initial formal encounter with the University
community provides students and parents with an intimate view of the University 's total program , including both academic and social aspects . Students and parents discuss the academic requirements of various curricula
and review an individual student's interest , capabilities , and career plans . At
the close of the program the students have registered for their first semester
of courses and both parents and students have made valuable contacts with
University personnel.

57

ROOM DEPOSIT
An advance room deposit of $100 .00, credited to the student's account,
is required in order to reserve a room for the following academic year. Firstyear students who wish to reside in a residence hall will receive a housing
contract by mail which must be signed and returned to the Revenue Office,
California University of Pennsylvania, with a check, money order, certified
check , or bank draft in the amount of $100 .00.
Upper-class students are also required to pay the $100 .00 room deposit.
They should obtain their housing contracts from the Director of Housing,
Student Development Office, Student Union Building. Schedules and deadlines for housing contracts are posted for each academic year.

STUDENT ASSOCIATION FEE
Each student enrolled on a full-time basis is charged a Student Fee of
$45 .00 per semester. Part-time students will be charged as follows : 1-5 credits, $7 .00 , 6-11 credits , $12 .00 . Upon payment of this fee , the student becomes a member of the Student Association , Incorporated . The fee is
required of all students .

LATE REGISTRATION FEE
Each student who enrolls after the date officially set for registration will
be charged an additional fee of $15 .00 {except when permission for late registration has been secured in advance).

LATE PAYMENT FEE
A $15 .00 fee is charged when a student fails to pay fees during the registration period or by the date established in an approved deferment plan.

BAD CHECK CHARGE
Students making checks payable to California University of Pennsylvania
which are not acceptable to the bank because of insufficient funds will be
charged $10.00 for each such check . The original amount plus the $10.00
charge must be paid by money order or certified bank draft . Personal checks
will not be accepted . The Student Association , Inc. charges $5.00 for bad
checks.
·

DAMAGE CHARGES
Students are held responsible for the cost of damage, breakage, or loss
and/or the return of University property.

SERVICE FEE
All students carrying 9 or more credits will be charged $65 .00 per semester. All students earning 1 to 8 credits will be charged $30 .00.

58

HEALTH SERVICES
The Health Center provides limited infirmary and nursing services for resident students and emergency infirmary service for all students. The Health
Center is staffed by registered nurses and a qualified physician who is available during specified hours.

Infirmary Service for Students
Limited infirmary service is provided for all students. Free service is limited to three days, after which a charge of $1 .00 per day is made. Fees for a
physician, special nursing care, and prescription drugs must be paid by the
student.

Doctor's Fees and Ambulance Fees
Fees for office, home, or infirmary calls by any physician must be paid by
the patient. The Student Association, Inc. has an agreement with the local
Ambulance Service to provide free local ambulance coverage. Refer to The
Student Handbook for further information .

Health and Accident Insurance
Some form of Student Health and Accident Insurance is required of students. Information concerning the availability and costs of such insurance
may be secured by contacting the Student Association Office, California Memorial Union .

Chronic Diseases
Students suffering from chronic diseases will be interviewed periodically
by the University physician to determine the nature of the treatment in progress and examined, if necessary, to determine the status of the disease.
The University may dismiss, or deny admission to any student whose
health would be detrimental to the University community.

Class Absences Due to Illness
If class absence is of four days duration or longer, students should contact the Health Center requesting that notification of their illness be sent to
their instructors.

UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS
1. The possession or use of alcoholic beverages on University property is
prohibited . Students are reminded that Pennsylvania law prohibits the
use or possession of alcoholic beverages by those under twenty-one
years of age.
2. Gambling in any form is prohibited on campus and in University owned
and supervised buildings.
3. Matriculation and identification cards are for personal use only. They are
valid only for the term in which the student is enrolled . Falsification of
these cards, or the transfer of one to another person is strictly prohibited.
These restrictions also apply to dining hall cards.

59

4. Students and student organizations are not permitted to make any
purchases in the name of the University or the Student Association , Inc.
without written authorization of the proper officers. Those who fail to
comply with this regulation are personally liable for the payment of the
items purchased .
5. Men and women students may not visit each other in their respective
residence hall rooms except during hours when visitation is permitted .
Visitation hours are posted in each residence hall. Any exception to these
hours must be authorized in writing in advance by the Dean of Student
Life.
6. The possession or use of firearms , firecrackers , or other explosives on
campus or in student living quarters is prohibited.
7. Tampering with fire equ ipment and setting off a false alarm are
prohibited .
8. Unlawful entry to any University building and the theft or destruction of
any University property is prohibited .
9. Students who participate in any demonstation which is disorderly, riotous, destructive and disruptive are subject to legal action by the Com monwealth , the local government , and the University, and disciplinary
action by the University.
10. A notice to a student requesting the student to report to a faculty member or an administrative official has priority over any other activity and
requires compl iance on the date, day and time indicated ; or the student
must contact the faculty member or administrative official before that
date, day and time indicated to arrange rescheduling of the conference.
11 . Any person on University premises or in buildings supervised by the University is required to produce identification upon the request of a faculty
member , administrative official , or employee of the security force .
12. Any student who possesses or sells or uses any drug or medicine including narcotics such as heroin and marijuana, the issuance of which is controlled by prescription , is subject to disciplinary action by the University
and legal action by the civil authorities unless such drug or medicine is
secured through regular procedures and channels as required by the
statutes of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
13. The University has a strict policy concerning solicitation by groups or individuals on campus. Permission must be obtained from the Vice-President for Student Development for any group or individual to sell items on
campus.

PARKING FOR HANDICAPPED STUDENTS
Parking spaces have been reserved for 31 handicapped or disabled
persons.
Those who require one should apply for a special parking permit from the
Director of Security. The handicapped or disabled person must verify the
physical problem through presentation of a letter from a doctor attesting to
the disability and whether it is permanent or temporary. Duration of permits
is determined on a case-by-case basis.
Questions on this policy may be addressed to the Section 504 Coordinator, Mr. Arthur Bakewell , in Room 230 of the Learning Research Center.

60

HUMAN RELATIONS PROGRAM
The University is committed to the principle of equal educational opportunity. Programs and courses are designed so that all students, regardless of
sex, religion, race and ethnic background, have equal opportunities to succeed . A Human Relations Committee, composed of students, faculty, staff,
and administration , was established in February, 1974. This Committee
oversees the development and implementation of campus-wide programs
which assist with the recruitment, enrollment, and retention of minority students. The Committee assists faculty and administration in responding appropriately to the specific needs of minority students and in maintaining an
atmosphere of non- discrimination .

STUDENT RIGHTS APPEAL PROCEDURE
Every student has a right
1. To equal protection of laws and equal justice in the courts :
2. To be free from arbitrary search and arrest ; and
3. To have legal counsel and a prompt trial if accused of crime or
malfeasance.
The Personnel Deans are available to help students when and if they are
arrested or accused of violation of laws and regulations .

STUDENT ASSOCIATION, INC.
The Student Association , Inc. (S .A.1.) is a non-profit corporation financed
in part by a student association fee which is paid each term by each student.
This is an official fee approved by the University and is required of all
students.
Programs provided by the Student Association are determined by the
Student Congress and the Student Association Board of Directors. Student
Association fees are collected, budgeted , appropriated, disbursed, and accounted for by S.A.1.
The S.A .I. coordinates the co-curricular activities provided by the University including Homecoming, concerts , plays, musical productions, movies,
outdoor recreation, dances, picnics, WVCS Radio and other special events.
Intercollegiate athletics are also funded by S.A .I. In addition , S.A.I. coordinates the activities of student clubs and organizations. The Student Handbook provides a complete listing of active student clubs and organizations.
Publications coordinated by Student Association include a monthly calendar of events, Student Handbook, organizational handbook, The California Times (student newspaper), Yesterdays Papers (yearbook), Pegasus
(literary magazine), and a number of informative brochures.
The S.A.I. is responsible for the development and maintenance of the
University Farm, an eighty-seven acre area located one mile from California
on Route 88 South . Facilities include tennis courts , practice football and
baseball fields, picnic areas and Adamson Stadium .
S.A.I. supervises the California Memorial Union, campus vending, the
Outdoor Recreation Center, and the Campus Book Exchange.

61

STUDENT CONGRESS
Student Congress is the official student governing body. It is designed to
represent and serve the entire student population . It provides for a student
forum, establishes channels for the communication of students ' concerns to
the proper administrative and faculty personnel , implements programs and
activities which enrich campus life, and creates opportunities for students to
exercise and to develop leadership skills.

HOUSING
California University of Pennsylvania provides residence hall accomodations for approximately 1500 students in seven separate residence facilities .
Women 's residence halls are Clyde, Stanley and South Halls. Men 's residence halls are Binns, Johnson , Longanecker and McCloskey Halls. The residence halls are staffed by full-time professional Resident Directors who
provide personal and academic counseling, by graduate assistants, and by
resident assistants who deal with every-day problems in each dormitory. In
addition , professional psychological counseling is available on campus.
The University does not supervise or maintain any off-campus housing.
Lists of off-campus housing are available but the housing office does not
approve or disapprove of such housing . Students are urged to take necessary precautions in seeking off-campus housing .
As a campus or town resident each student will be extended courtesies
and services extended all residents of the Borough of California. Students in
turn are expected to adhere to all ordinances and regulations enacted by the
borough and those violating regulations and ordinances will be prosecuted
accordingly.

Application for Housing
All freshman students are required to live in the university residence halls
or commute from their home of record . Freshmen will receive the appropriate application forms with their acceptance letter. Transfer students who indicate that they need on-campus housing are provided with the appropriate
application forms at the same time that they receive their letter of
acceptance.
Upperclass students must contact the Director of Housing , Office of Student Development , California Memorial Union , California University of Pennsylvania, California, PA, 15419 if they wish to secure on-campus residence
hall accommodations.
The University retains the right to assign all students to certain dormitories, floors or roommates .

DINING HALL FACILITIES -

Gallagher Dining hall

General Regulations
1. Dining Hall authorization stickers are for personal use only. They are not
to be loaned, or sold , to anyone.
2. If a Dining Hall sticker has been lost or stolen, the loss should be reported
immediately to the Dining Hall Manager.

62

3. Students living off campus may request assignments to the University
dining hall. Such assignments are made for one full semester and may
not be terminated unless the reason is urgent and exceptional.
4. Each resident living in a campus residence hall is required to accept a
dining hall assignment . The dining hall assignment entitles the student to
nineteen meals a week (three meals Monday through Friday and two
meals Saturday and Sunday). Exceptions to this policy can be made
when medical problems exist . Permission must be obtained from the
Dean for Student Services, Room 127, California Memorial Union .

SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
Local fraternities and sororities function under the control of their respective councils : the lnterfraternity Council and the Panhellenic Council.
These organizations are subject to University authority and regulations . Currently the following social fraternities and sororities function on campus.
FRATERNITIES
SORORITIES
Alpha Kappa Lambda
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha Sigma Tau
Delta Chi
Delta Sigma Phi
Delta Zeta
Kappa Alpha Psi
Gamma Psi
Omega Phi Psi
Sigma Kappa
Sigma Sigma Sigma
Phi Kappa Theta
Sigma Tau Gamma
Zeta Thi Beta
Theta Xi
Pi Triton

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
The University sponsors a comprehensive athletic program for both men
and women . The athletic program is regulated by the policies of the Athletic
Council and administered by the Director of Athletics .
Sixteen sports are available to students. Baseball , basketball , crosscountry , fencing , football , golf, track and field, and wrestling for men ; basketball , cross-country , fencing , softball , tenn is, track and field , and volleyball
for women .
The College has outstanding facilities for athletics. Adamson Football
Stadium , a modern facility located at the College Recreation Center, has
spacious locker rooms and a training room . The stadium has a seating capacity of 4,500 and includes an excellent all-weather track.
Also located at the Recreation Center are seven tennis courts , a baseball
diamond , a softball field , and several practice areas for varsity sports and
intramural activities.
Hamer Hall , located on the main campus , has three basketball courts , an
olympic-size swimming pool , a training room , weight room and a wrestling
workout room . The building has a seating capacity of 3,600 for basketball
games and the natatorium can accommodate over 250 spectators.
Herron Hall , also located on the main campus , is used primarily for women 's athletics. This gymnasium has two basketball courts , a handball court ,
and a swimming pool.

63

California State College holds membership in the NCAA, ECAC , PSCAC ,
AIAW, and the EAIAW.

COUNSELING & PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
An important objective of counseling is to help students explore, clarify,
and understand their personal thoughts and feelings, to acquire new information about their environment, and how to cope effectively with it.
The Counseling Center offers both individual and group counseling which
involve many areas of concern. A popular student question is " Where Am I
Going?"
The Center offers professional counseling for students who are experiencing personal/social , emotional , educational and vocational adjustment
problems which interfere with their effective performance. Also, consultation
to faculty and staff is available.
Appointments can be made by called the Center or by " walking- in ."
These services are available to all students. Each individual and group
counseling relationship is a confidential matter between the student and the
counselor.
Office hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily. Weekend and evening sessions
by appointment.
The Counseling Center is located in the Thomas Morgan Learning Research Center. Phone: 938-4191 .

OFFICE OF VETERANS AFFAIRS
The Office of Veterans Affairs, Learning Research Center (Ext. 4076), is
open from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p .m., Monday through Friday. Evening hours can
be arranged by appointment . The director is Art Bakewell.
All matters pertaining to veterans and those entitled to veteran's benefits
are handled in this office. VA forms and enrollment certifications for all eligible students applying for benefits are processed here.
All veterans or eligible persons applying for entrance to the University
should contact Veterans Affairs at an early date so that necessary VA
paperwork can be processed to assure timely payments of educational benefits. Veterans are further advised to take advantage of the University's outstanding program which awards college credits for military service schools.
Veterans who have completed a minimum of twelve months in the Armed
Services may receive an award of five credit hours in free electives. Additional credits may be awarded to eligible veterans under the life experience/military service schools program. Official records such as service school
diplomas or certificates and a copy of DD Form 214 should be hand carried
to the Veterans Affairs Office for review and subsequent referral to the designated college evaluators for possible award of credits. Students who are or
have been members of the Active Reserve or National Guard may be
awarded one credit per year of active participation, up to a maximum of five
credits. All recommendations for awards are subject to final approval by the
Vice-President for Academic Affairs.

64

HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES
Handicapped students are provided an equal opportunity to participate
in student services apd activities conducted by this University. No qualified
handicapped student is, on the basis of handicap, excluded from participation in , denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under
any academic, research , occupational training , housing , health , insurance,
counseling , financial aid , physical education , athletics, recreation , transportation, other extracurricular, or other postsecondary program or activity offered or sponsored by this University.
Univers ity programs and facilities are accessible to the handicapped.
Special needs of han d icapped stud ents are recognized. The Handicapped
Student Service Office provides individualized assistance {inclu ding attendant services) to those in need. Information on handicapped students' services may be obtained throug h Arthur Bakewell , the Section 504
Coordinator in Room 230 of the Learning Research Center (938-4077).
Students in need of " attendant services" should contact Section 504 Coordinator in Room 230 , Learning Research Center or by phone- 938-4076/
4077 at the earliest practicable date. Attendants provided through the University 's student work-study program are assigned and supervised by the
Section 504 Coordinator.

65.

THE DIVISIONS OF THE
UNIVERSITY
THE DEPARTMENTS
THE CURRICULA
THE COURSES

66

PROGRAMS AND DEPARTMENTAL COURSE
ABBREVIATIONS
The following departmental and/or program abbreviations are used to
identify courses.
CODE
ANT
ART
XHS
TPE
BIO

PROGRAMS BY DISCIPLINE
Anthropology
Art
Arts in Human Services
Athletic Training Education
Biology

BUS
XCP
CHE
CPE
CCU

Business
Career Planning
Chemistry
Coaching
Co-Curricular Activity
Computer Science
Early Childhood
Earth Science
Economics
Educational Foundations
Secondary Education
Elementary Education
College of Education
Energy Technology
English
English for Foreign Students
Environmental Studies

csc

ECE
EAS
ECO
EDF
EDS
EDE
EDU
ENT
ENG
EFS
XES

FAE
GEO
GER
XGE
GCT
GAE
HPE
HSD
HIS
HUN
IAR
ITE
ITA
LIT
MTE
MAT
GMS
MUS
NUR
PTE
PHI
PHS
PHY
POL
POS
PSY
PSN

RNA
AUS
SCA

sos

French
Geography
German
Gerontology
Graphic Communications
Technology
Greek
Health and Physical Education
Highway Safety and Driver
Education
History
Hungarian
Industrial Arts
Industrial Technology
Italian
Literature
Manufacturing Technology
Mathematics
Military Science
Music
Nursing
Petroleum Technology
Philosophy
Physical Science
Physics
Polish
Political Science
Psychology
Public School Nursing
Registered Nurse Anesthetist
Russian
Serbo-Croatian
Social Science

67

DEPARTMENT
Social Science
Art
Health and Physical Education
Biological and Environmental
Sciences
Business and Economics
Special Programs
Physical Science
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics and Computer Science
Elementary Education
Earth Sciences
Business and Economics
Educational Studies
Educational Studies
Elementary Education
Industrial Arts and Technology
English
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Biological and Environmental
Sciences
Foreign Language~ and Cultures
Earth Sciences
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Gerontology
Industrial Arts and Technology
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Health and Physical Education
Health and Physical Education
History and Urban Affairs
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Industrial Arts and Technology
Industrial Arts and Technology
Foreign Languages and Cultures
English
Industrial Arts and Technology
Mathematics and Computer Science
Military Science
Music
Nursing
Earth Sciences
Philosophy ·
Physical Science
Physical Science
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Social Science
Psychology
Counselor Education and Services
Counselor Education and Services
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Foreign Languages and Cultures
Social Science

sow
soc
XCP
xss
SPN
ESP
SPE
SPA
THE
XUA
WAT

Social Work
Social Science

Social Work
Sociology
Special Programs
Soviet Studies
Spanish
Special Education
Speech Communications
Speech Pathology and
Audiology
Theatre
Urban Affairs
Water Analysis Technology

Foreign
Foreign
Special
Speech
Speech

Languages and Cultures
Languages and Cultures
Education
Communication
Pathology and Audiology

Theatre
History and Urban Affairs
Biological and Environmental Studies

68

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
California University of Pennsylvania has a long and distinguished history
of preparing teachers for the schools of the Commonwealth . When you graduate you will join nearly 30,000 teacher education alumni .
The College of Education has developed and maintained a reputation of
excellence in the preparation of teachers. California's graduates are able to
obtain a teaching certificate in every state in the Union . You will be attending
an institution that has consistently met the national standards of accreditation of both the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
This is important for you since N.C.A.T.E. accreditation is recognized by other states as a standard of excellence, and securing a certificate in other
states is much easier for graduates of these institutions.
If you attend California University as a Teacher Education student you
may enroll in any of the following majors: Comprehensive Special Education,
Speech Pathology and Audiology , Elementary Education (Kindergarten to
Grade Six), Early Childhood Education (Nursery School to Grade Three), Industrial Arts , Athletic Training and Secondary Education . The Secondary
Education Curriculum provides you with the opportunity to major in any of
the following programs: Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics or Earth Science), English, Communications (English, Speech, and Theater), Mathematics, Modern Foreign Language (Spanish, French, German), and
Comprehensive Social Science. It is also possible for you to have a dual major. For example, some students double major in Elementary/Special Education, Early Childhood/Special Education and Elementary/Speech Pathology.
The College of Education also offers special programs for graduate nurses in
either the Public School Nursing Program or the Nurse Anesthetist Curriculum . Dental Hygienists are also eligible for enrollment in a program leading to
a Bachelor of Science Degree in Education and certification as a Public
School Dental Hygienist .
If you are enrolled in one of the majors listed above, it may also be possible to earn certification in endorsement areas such as General Science, Driver's Education, Environmental Education and Athletic Training .
Upon completion of a program in the College of Education you will receive a Bachelor of Science Degree and an Instructional I certificate. The
certificate is your license to teach in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and
is valid for up to six years of teaching in Pennsylvania whenever they might
occur. In order to convert the Instructional I certificate into a lifetime valid
Instructional II certificate you must have three years of successful experience
and complete 24 post baccalaureate credits . These credits may be undergraduate, graduate, or inservice credits on any combination thereof. The only restriction is that college credits must be taken at a four-year institution.

APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR
CERTIFICATION STUDENTS
Students appealing decisions regarding teaching certification should
contact the Dean of Education to discuss their concern. If accord is not
reached at this level, the student may appeal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs .
The final source of appeal is with the Certification Appeals Committee,
Department of Education, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. This step should be

69

taken only if there is no possibility for a resolution at an earlier stage, and
only if the student is convinced that arbitrary and/or capricious standards
are applied .

U.S. CITIZENSHIP - A REQUIREMENT FOR
TEACHER CERTIFICATION IN PEt-JNSYLVANIA
According to an opinion issued on January 14, 1981 by the Attorney General of Pennsylvania, Section 1109 and 1202 of the School Code are const itutional. This means, therefore , that no permanent certificate may be
granted to any individual not a citizen of the United States and no provisional
certificate may be granted to any individual who is not a citizen and who has
not declared in writing to the Department of Education the intention of becoming a citizen.

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
Admission to California University is not a guarantee that a student majoring in education will be permitted to complete the program (which includes student teaching) and receive a teaching certificate. The College of
Education has established standards that all education majors must meet in
order to complete the Teacher Education Program . Some of these standards
are embodied in the Admission to Teacher Education Program, which is usually initiated by the candidate in the sixth or seventh semester of study. In
summary, a candidate must meet the following requirements :
1. A quality point average of 2.30 in the major field. For students in the Early
Childhood and Elementary curriculums , this average will be computed
using both elementary and professional education courses.
2. An overall or cumulative average of 2.00 , and satisfactory academic
standing at time of application .
3. Completion of at least 64 credits (including transfer credits) w ith a minimum of 12 credits completed in the major field .
4. The recommendation of the advisor or major department head .
5. A personal interview with and recommendation from a member of the
Committee for Admission to Teacher Education .
6. Approval by the Committee for Admission to Teacher Education . Application forms for the admission process should be secured from the candidate's departmental office.
All of the above requirements are prerequisites to a student teaching
assignment.
Candidates who do not meet the standards for Admission to Teacher
Education on initial application have two semesters in which to correct deficiencies and reapply for admission. If still not approved , they may elect to
transfer to another curriculum or, with special permission of the Committee,
take 14 credits in lieu of student teaching and graduate without teacher
certification .
The latter option (waiver of student teaching and teaching certification) is
also available to students who , for exceptional reasons, change their plans
about career teaching but wish to complete their baccalaureate programs.
The student must initiate, in writing and in person, a reasoned request to do
so to the Associate Dean. Such requests must be reviewed and approved by

70

the Associate Dean. If the waiver request and course credits in lieu of student
teaching credits are approved, the student may earn a degree without teaching certification . (A notation to this effect is carried on the student's
transcript .)
It should be emphasized that the admission to Teacher Education Program , in total, is also designed for the student 's growth in educative, experiential, and self-evaluative ways.

STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching, a major professional laboratory experience, is conducted under the supervision of the Associate Dean . California has five student teaching programs: Elementary, Secondary, Industrial Arts , Speech
Pathology and Audiology, and Special Education . Students who are candidates for certification are required to earn twelve semester hours of credit in
student teaching. However, student teaching is a competency based program and may continue beyond one semester. Candidates will be certified to
teach only if they demonstrate ability to teach effectively. Teaching competency will be determined by the Associate Dean, the University Supervisor,
and the Cooperating Teacher or Teachers. The student teacher is also required to take a practicum while student teaching. Student teaching is conducted in selected public schools located in the service area of the
University.
The institutional philosophy regarding student teaching is to prepare students adequately to assume their professional responsibilities in the teaching profession in a democratic society, and to develop their appreciation of
their need for a mastery of the professional knowledge and skill essential to
all teaching and special proficiency in their area of specialization . Student
teaching is to provide a climate wherein the student may exhibit creativity
and ability to make critical judgments based upon knowledge and reason .
Applications for student teaching may be secured at the Dean 's Office.
Interviews for student teaching assignments are held each October and
February.
Before students may be assigned to this vital part of the Teacher Education Curriculum , they must:
a. be admitted to Teacher Education
b. maintain an overall quality point average of 2.0
c. obtain departmental approval as having satisfactorily completed the
required preparatory work.
Students will not be assigned to student teach ing until they have completed at least one semester 's work in this university. Graduates of other
colleges and universities must meet the requirements of admission to Teacher Education before being assigned to student teaching.

STUDENT TEACHING FOR EXPERIENCED TEACHERS
Teachers who have had one or more years of teaching experience, may
be permitted to complete the student teaching requirement by special arrangement in consultation with the Dean of the College of Education . The
Dean may allow the student to fulfill the student teaching requirement for the
Bachelor of Science Degree in Education by making a substitute requirement in keeping with the needs of the individual student.

71

PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
Educators have observed that those who enter the teaching profession
with a wide variety of contacts with young children, adolescents, and adults
usually become superior teachers. Many of those who fail as teachers or remain mediocre throughout their career lack such experiences. Obviously
everyone cannot acquire a sufficient number of these experiences in the
classroom . A program of Professional Laboratory Experiences has been devised by each curriculum department to include not only school activities but
also activities in communities and in connection with employment . Professional Laboratory Experiences include all those contacts with children,
youth , and adults (through observation , participation, and teaching) which
make a direct contribution to the understanding of individuals and their guidance in the teaching-learning process.
It is hoped that this program will help students, as prospective teachers,
to get an overall picture of the nature of work in a public school. It is essential
that students learn to recognize their strong points as well as their deficiencies, whether they be academic, social, or physical. This program is intended
to give students an opportunity to learn to exploit their outstanding abilities
and to take intelligent action towards elimination of their weaknesses .
Worthwhile experiences are not confined to those which foster intellectual growth alone. Participation in activities which add to physical and social
development is vital. These may include such activities as sports in both intra- and intercollegiate competition , student organizations including professional and special interest clubs (dramatics, debate and other forensics),
and music activities.
Professional Laboratory Experiences present an opportunity to add to
the knowledge and skills gained in college classes. The program offers a
yardstick which will assist to measure the practical value of theory, and to
check student's understanding of theory in action . It will help students to see
their own needs, both personal and professional , and to outline experiences
which should be included in their future study. It will assist students to study
intelligently their ability to guide others in actual learning situations. This program is an opportunity for self-improvement; it is an excellent means by
which students can become more realistically aware of their own
capabilities.

GENERAL EDUCATION
Each program offered by the College of Education is divided into three
parts: general education, professional education and major area.
The College of Education Council has adopted the following objectives
for the general education portion of education programs:
To develop in the prospective teacher:
1. The ability to communicate with adequate skill in the areas of speaking,
writing, reading, and listening.
2. Knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understanding in the natural sciences,
the social sciences, technology, and the humanities.
3. The ability to promote better understanding and relationships among individuals and groups.
To provide the prospective teacher:

72

4. Opportun ities for development of leisure time and healthful living
activities.
The general education program is designed to help students meet these
objectives.

General Requirements
English Language Skills - All students must achieve competency in
English language skills at the level of Composition II. Placement in the course
in English Language Skills or Composition I or II is determined by a test administered by the English Department . English Language Skills, Composition I, and Composition II do not satisfy general education requirements in
the Humanities area and must be counted as free electives.
Basic Mathematics - Students with S.A .T. Mathematics scores of 400
or less will be required to take a basic mathematics course . Freshmen or
transfer students who have not taken the S.A .T. test are placed in a mathematics course according to their high school grades. The basic mathematics
course does not course towards satisfying the requirement in the physical or
natural sci ences .
Reading, Studying, and Listening Skills - Students with S.A .T. Verbal
scores of 400 or less must take the Reading , Studying , and Listening Skills
course. Placement of freshmen and transfer students who have not taken
the S.A.T . test is determined by a test administered by the Elementary Edu cation Department.

73

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
The College of Liberal Arts offers thirty-one programs leading to the
Bachelor of Arts degree and six programs leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree. These range from broad based area programs to narrowly defined
vocational and pre-professional majors; however, in all cases , the very broad
general studies program assures all students sufficient flexibility to select
courses that meet their interests and needs.

The Curriculum in Liberal Arts
The Liberal Arts curriculum is defined by the requirements of the general
education component and the area of concentration component. The general education component consists of 60 semester hours and is the same for
each liberal arts program . The area of concentration component consists of
68 semester hours and varies according to the program selected as a student 's major.

General Education
The requirements of the general education component are:
3 credits English Composition I
3 credits English Composition II
12 credits Humanities Electives At least three semester hours
must be successfully completed from the art , music, or
theatre discipl ines. The remaining nine semester hours
must be completed from at least two different disciplines. With the exception of English Language Skills
(ENG 100) courses in the following disciplines can be
used as Humanities electives:
Art - ART
Music MUS
PHI
English ENG or LIT Philosophy French FRE
Polish POL
German GER
Russian RUS
Serbo- Croatian SCR
Greek GRE
Hungarian HUN
Spanish SPN
Italian ITA
Speech SPE
Theatre THE
12 credits Natural Science Electives Students must complete
three semester hours from at least three different disciplines. With the exception of Basic Mathematics (MAT
098), courses in the following disciplines can be used as
natural sciences electives:
Biology BIO
Marine Science
Chemistry CHE
Consortium MSC
Computer Science Mathematics MAT
csc
Physical Science PHS
Earth Science EAS
Physics PHY
Students must complete one course which has a laboratory component .

74

12 credits

18 credits

Social Science Electives Students must complete
three semester hours from at least three different disciplines. Courses in the following disciplines can be used
as social sciences electives.
Anthropology ANT
Psychology PSY
Economics ECO
Social Studies SOS
Geography GEO
Social Work SOW
History HIS
Sociology SOC
Political Science POS
Free Electives
Any course taught for credit at this
university can be used as a free elective.

Writing Component Requirement
In meeting the general education distribution requirements listed above,
each student must complete three courses which meet the writing component requirement. These courses may be natural science, social science or
humanities courses that have been approved as writing component courses
and listed as such in the schedule.

Area of Concentration
In addition to completing the sixty semester-hour general education requirements, a student majoring in a Liberal Arts program must complete a
sixty-eight semester hour area of concentration . Prospective students
should study the program descriptions carefully in order to identify the program best suited to their intellectual and career goals. Many of these programs have a great deal of flexibility built into them, permitting students to
elect courses in both their major field and related fields . In every case, students must consult with their advisors and secure an advisor's approval for
any course that is intended to meet area of concentration requirements.

Area Programs
In addition to the specifically defined academic disciplines, the College of
liberal Arts offers degree programs in Social Sciences, Natural Sciences,
and Humanities. With the aid of an advisor, a student may structure one 's
own program, choosing courses from the broader range of the entire area
rather than limiting oneself to a specific academic discipline or major
program .
To earn a Bachelor of Arts degree under one of these programs, a student must, in addition to completing the General Education Program, complete 68 credit hours in either the Natural Sciences, Social Sciences, or
Humanities Areas; the division of courses into academic areas being the
same as under the General Education Program. Thirty credit hours of this
work must be taken in courses beyond the introductory level. (Introductory
level courses are indicated in the catalog by a plus.) The student may count
as many as five courses from outside the chosen area towards the completion of the program.
These programs allow each student the freedom to make his or her own
decisions and pursue one's own goals, allowing him or her to take extensive
course work in areas where California does not offer a degree program or
where the degree program does not meet the student's specific needs.

75

These programs are particularly advantageous to students transferring substantial credits from other institutions and to part-time students who may not
be able to schedule all of the courses required by a particular degree
program.

76

COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
The College of Science and Technology includes the academic departments of Biological and Environmental Sciences, Business and Economics,
Industrial Arts and Technology, Mathematics and Computer Science, Nursing (for registered nurses only), and Physical Science. The College offers Associate (two year) and Bachelor's degree programs designed to prepare
students to meet present and future requirements of specific professions.
The objective of the Baccalaureate Degree programs of the College of
Science and Technology is to prepare young men and women for responsible positions in business, government, industry, and other complex organizations. Each curriculum includes both a general education component and
a technical education component. The curricula are divided this way so that
students will receive a well-rounded education, so that breadth of knowledge
will increase their usefulness as professional employees and as citizens in the
community.
The general education program for all four-year curricula of the College
of Science and Technology provides the foundation for the students' liberal
education. All students, regardless of major, are required to complete this
portion of their program. The number of credits in general education varies
from program to program. However, every Science and Technology program
except Administration and Management has a common core of thirty credits
divided in the following manner:
Humanities Electives
6 credits
6 credits
Social Science Electives
6 credits
Natural Science Electives
12 credits
Free Electives
The only restrictions on courses students may select to fulfill these requirements are as follows:
Students are not permitted to select courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences and Natural Science areas from a discipline in which their program
requires two or more courses from that discipline. Exceptions to this policy
are:
English and Literature: All general survey and literature courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
Speech Communication: All non-performance based courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
Students must fulfill their requirements in the Humanities, Social Sciences,
and Natural Sciences by taking courses in two different disciplines.
Students selecting the Administration and Management curriculum follow the General Education program prescribed by the College of Liberal Arts
(p. 72). In the major area of concentration each Science and Technology curriculum includes the necessary basic technical, scientific, and support
courses to provide the basis for advanced study in a professional area.
Classroom theory is frequently supplemented by laboratory and workshop
experiences where the interrelationship between general principles and applications is emphasized. Additionally, several programs provide the students with an opportunity to participate in either an internship in business or
industry or a clinical year of study in a hospital setting where the students'
educational experiences are utilized in the workplace.

77

SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES AND CONTINUING
EDUCATION
The Sch ool of Graduate Studies at California University of Penn sylvania
was initiated in 1961. Presently, there are twenty-eight academic majors
within the school leading to either the Master of Education , Master of Arts , or
Master of Science degrees. In addition , there are state-accredited supervision certificates offered beyond the master's degree, in such areas as industrial arts and reading. Over the past twenty years, students completing
master's degrees at th is institution have enjoyed success in pursuing doctoral degrees in various professions at reputable graduate schools throughout
the United States.
Some academic departments, such as Business and Economics and Bi ology and Environmental Sciences, offer courses within their upper-division
classes that can be taken by academically qualified undergraduates as well
as graduate students.
In 1982, the School of Graduate Stud ies was expanded to become the
School of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, reflecting the university 's expanded interest in meeting the needs of those people who wish to be
engaged in formalized learning experiences that do not necessarily lead to
academic credit. Workshops, short courses , and seminars are offered by the
school throughout western Pennsylvania, and annually attract business people and retired citizens, as well as people who wish to be updated in on-going
changes occurring within their professional and vocational positions.
Courses and other offerings of the School of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education are not listed in this catalog. Information and schedules
may be obtained by calling or writing the School at (412) 938-4187 .

78

DEPARTMENT OF ART
ART
See also: Arts and Recreation in Human Services, under the Department of
Theatre.
Assistant Professor Dunlevy, chair. Assistant Professors Boak, Grinstead, L.
Parkinson, Schaltenbrand .

Bachelor of Arts in Art
The Bachelor of Arts degree program in Art is designed to introduce students to the visual arts as a means of expression and communication. They
are exposed to some of the history, traditions, and methods of the fine arts
and to practical problems of materials and techniques in the various fine arts
media and are given conceptual and technical development in a variety of
specializations.
The Art program is highly flexible, and the course of study for each student depends largely upon individual interests and future plans. In order to
assist the student in program development and course selection , an Art Department advisor is assigned to the student during the first semester of enrollment . The student and the advisor discuss the student's relative interests
in design, drawing, painting , sculpture, weaving, ceramics, printmaking, and
fabrics to determine which of these areas the student wants to study in
depth . Keeping in mind the student's talents and career goals, they use the
flexibility of the program to design the best set of emphasis for that student.
Some of the objectives of this program are: (a) to provide preparation for
graduate study; (b) to provide sufficient background for those who have the
ability and creative awareness to face the economic pressures confronting
the full-time artist; (c) to provide a foundation for students who wish to study
art as an essential part of their personal and cultural development; (d) to
explore avenues of teaching art outside the realm of public education; and
(e) to explore avenues of studio art outside the realm of a practicing studio
artist; i.e., gallery/museum personnel , corporate art directors and design
personnel.
The careers which are available upon graduation to the Art major are
vast. The creative mind is, indeed, needed in all phases of industry to provide
for the change and leadership necessary in our ever-changing world .
The Art Department provides a full schedule of exhibits by professional
artists and in addition has several student exhibits each year.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences ; 18 credits of free electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: (ART 100); Design I (ART 105); Drawing I (ART 110); Media
and Techniques I (ART 107) and II (ART 108); 12 credits in a studio concentration , beyond
the introductory course and chosen in consultation with a faculty advisor; 12 additional
credits in Art. 15 credits of Humanities electives and 14 credits of electives.

79

ART (ART)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ ART 100. SURVEY OF ART HISTORY: CAVE PAINTING TO PRESENT . Emphasis is
placed on the historical relevance of art to our present society. (3 crs .)
+ ART 102 . ART HISTORY I: CAVE PAINTING TO RENAISSANCE . (3 crs .)
+ART 103. ART HISTORY II : RENAISSANCE TO PRESENT. (3 crs .)
+ ART 105. DESIGN I. An examination of elements and principles used in visual composition . The student uses a variety of media to solve problems in the theory and practice
of art fundamentals . (3 crs.)
+ ART 107. MEDIA />,ND TECHNIQUES I. Development of a broad knowledge of media
and techniques used in creative expression . Emphasis is placed on exploration rather
than product. Two- and three-dimensional media and techniques are covered . (3 crs .)
+ART 108. MEDIA AND TECHNIQUES II. Development of a broad knowledge of media
and techniques used in creative expression . Emphasis is placed on exploration and
product. Three-dimensional media and techniques will be covered. (3 crs.)
+ ART 110. DRAWING I. Introduction to the basic elements (line, shape, value, etc.),
materials (pencil , ink , charcoal , etc.), and techniques of drawing . The development of
these graphic skills is accomplished through analysis and interpretation of natural and
man-made forms . Some preparation for commercial illustration . (3 crs.)
+ ART 113. CERAMICS I. An introduction to the construction , decoration, glazing , and
firing of pottery and other clay objects. Construction techniques include wheel throwing
and hand-building processes. The course covers a wide range of glazing techniques. (3
crs.)
+ART 114 WEAVING I. Designed for the beginning weaver; includes the very basics of
loom weaving with four harnesses . Instruction in the procedures involved in warping
thread , the step-by-step method of dressing a loom , and loom-controlled and handmanipulated weaving methods.
ART 115. STAINED GLASS . (3 crs .)
+ART 116. PAINTING I. An introduction to the fundamentals of painting. Emphasis is
placed on pictorial representation and conceptual development , primarily in oils, but
work in watercolor or acrylics may be developed . (3 crs.)
+ART 117. PRINTMAKING I. The fundamental techniques of intaglio , relief, and serigraphy. Composition and craftsmanship are stressed in the printing processes . (3 crs.)
ART 193-293-393-493. CERAMICS STUDIO . An art studio course in which each student
selects a particular direction for personal exploration . Students work in depth in such
areas as ceramic design, glaze problems, kiln construction , ceramics history, etc . At
each successive level , they illustrate additional competencies and experience. (3 crs .)
ART 194-294-394-494. WEAVING STUDIO. A successive level studio course in weaving
and fiber art, designed to enable the student who is seriously interested in fibers to
experiment with and explore multiple techniques and to investigate specific problems in
one or several areas, e.g. sculptural weaving, surface treatment of fabric , etc. (3 crs.)
ART 196-296-396-496. PAINTING STUDIO . An art studio course which allows students
to select a painting medium and to practice skills and explore in depth problems of form ,
content, and technique . The course enables students to progress through degrees of
competencies and abilities , with opportunities for ma ximum growth in an area or areas .
(3 crs.)
ART 197-297-397-497. PRINTMAKING STUDIO . A successive-level art studio course in
which each student selects particular direction for personal exploration . Students work
in depth in such areas as relief printing, intaglio, screen printing processes , composition
and registration problems in multiple printing , printmaking history, etc . (3 crs.)
ART 242 . FIBERS AND THREADS . Designed primarily to give the student an opportunity
to manipulate varying fibers in such techniques as macrame, tapestry and free weaving ,
backetry, sprang , rug construction , braiding , twining , combinations of techniques . Imaginative treatments of all techniques is stressed , unusual uses and combinations of
materials are encouraged , and emphasis is on quality pieces. (3 crs.)

80

ART 245. TAPESTRY WEAVING. The exploration of free tapestry techniques on upright
tapestry looms as opposed to low-warp looms . The student experiments in unusual
yarns and decorative material, i.e. , ribbons, beads, shells, feathers, leather, bamboo,
etc. , and will be evaluated on competency on the loom, design , and imagination. (3 crs.)
+ART 255. JEWELRY I. An introduction to the varieties of creative jewelry construction
and design . Emphasis is placed on an original hand-built product. Techniques covered
include wire construction , forging , cutting, piercing, etc. (3 crs .)
+ART 260 . WATERCOLOR PAINTING I. Designed to assist students in basic watercolor
techniques. Emphasis is placed on both transparent and opaque water colors. (3 crs.)
ART 275. FABRICS: SURFACE TREATMENT. An exploration of surface decorative
treatments of commonplace and unusual fabrics . The techniques presented include batiks, tie dying , printed and stenciled procedures , applique, cutwork, quilting , trapunto,
drawn weaving , and combinations of surface methods . Design , interpretation, and
craftsmanship are emphasized . (3 crs.)
ART 337 . FOLK POTTERY OF SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA. An introduction to
the salt-glazed stoneware manufactured in Southwestern Pennsylvania during the second half of the nineteenth century. Lectures , slides , field trips to pottery sites, and guest
lecturers and historians. Actual construction of a piece on the potter's wheel , decoration
of the ware , and glazing in a kiln. (3 crs .)
ART 355 . JEWELRY II. A means of providing further opportunity for study and experience in the craft of jewelry making. For the undergraduate student who , having completed Jewelry I, wishes to continue work , increase skills, and acquire further knowledge of
metal techniques. (3 crs.)
ART 360. WATERCOLOR PAINTING II. A course designed to further the study of transparent watercolor ; includes techniques in gouache, egg tempera and fresco painting . (3
crs.)
ART 374 . ADVANCED PAINTING . (3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETICS
See also Athletic Training Program and Athletic Coaching Program, under
the Department of Health and Physical Education in this catalog
Assistant Professor Mosher, chair. Associate Professor Petrucci; Assistant
Professors Biddington, Loomis

81

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL AND
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
BIOLOGY (BIO)
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (XES)
WATER ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY (WAT)
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
PRE-HEAL TH PROFESSIONS
Professor Sylvester, chair. Professors Balling , Billheimer, Buckelew, Catalano, Gabor, Hunter, Kimmel , Lister , McCartney, C. A . Miller, Mullins, Serinko, Zadorozny. Associate Professors Bailey, Krueger , Slosky.
The Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences is housed in a
modern , multi-million dollar teaching and research fac ility equipped with the
latest in design , materials, and instrumentation . Specialized areas for student and faculty research- an herbarium , a museum , live animal colonies , a
greenhouse, an electron microscope, and a radiat ion laboratory- all complement this fine classroom - laboratory structure.

Bachelor of Science in Biology
This is an intensive scientific curriculum which prepares students for
medical school , dental school , various health related studies, graduate work
in the biological sciences, and career work in many biologically related areas. The major emphasis of this program is to provide the student with a
broad sc ientific core of courses , includ ing studies in chemistry , physics,
mathematics, and biology.
Students have the opportunity to select a w ide range of biological elective courses which best fulfills their need for future work or graduate study.
Scient ific theory is integrated into the laboratory portion of each course so
that the student learns critical scientific thinking and attains the abil ity to
manipulate many biological instruments and various organisms.
Career opportunities include preparation for medical school , for dental
school, for graduate work in biology and related fields , for pharmacy school ,
for industrial research, for government research , for careers as a medical
illustrator, in public health , and in the many health-related fields .
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-1 1 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sc iences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Botany I - Nonvascular
Plants (BIO 111); Botany II - Vascular Plants (BIO 112); Zoology I - Invertebrate Zoology

82

(BIO 121); Zoology II - Vertebrate Zoology (BIO 222); 21 cred its of elective courses in Biology (chosen to include certain courses in gentics, botany, zoology, physiology, cell and molecular and field biology); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); Organic
Chemistry I (CHE 331) and II (CHE 332); Introductory Physics I - Biology (PHY 111) and 11
(PHY 112); Calculus I (MAT 281); Statistics (MAT 215); Pre-Calculus (MAT 199).

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Biology for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 cred its in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Commun ication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).

(B) Profe11ional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology: (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300) or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS 467) or Modern Methods (EDS 455);
Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Profe11ional Specialization:
Required : Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Botany I: Nonvascular Plants (BIO 111); Botany II: Vascular Plants (BIO 212); Zoology I: Invertebrate Zoology (BIO 121); Zoology II:
Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 222).

Restricted Electives: General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); 7 credits in Biology Elective (with consent of advisor).

Bachelor of Science in Environmental Studies
The Environmental Studies Program prepares students for career work
in environmental science and ecology related areas and graduate work . The
major emphasis of the program is to provide the student with a broad core of
courses in biology, supplemented with courses in chemistry, physics, and
mathematics. All students have the opportunity to select from a wide range
of science elective courses in order to fulfill their need for future work or
graduate school. Almost all courses include a laboratory or field component
in which students put theory, methodology, and instrumentation to bear on
specific problems.
California University of Pennsylvania has a modern , multi-million dollar
four-story building , equipped with the latest in biological and environmental
science instruments. Specialized areas include an electron microscope facility, animal room, greenhouse, herbarium , plant growth facilities , radiation
laboratory, museum and extensive photographic facilities . Teaching labs are
equipped for the study of anatomy, botany, cytology, ecology, embryology,
entomology, genetics, microbiology, parasitology, physiology, radiation biology, zoology, mammalogy, water analysis technology, ichthyology, animal
behavior, biometry, ethology, environmental toxicology, environmental
physiology, solid waste management, air quality monitoring and dendrology.

83

A senior independent research problems class is offered. The objective
of the class (which limits enrollment to fewer than 10 students for more effective learning) is to give the student practical experience with all phases of a
research problem-literature review, experimental design, data collection,
analysis, interpretation and scientific writing . Some of the topics that have
been covered include water pollution biology, small mammal population dynamics, plant and animal species diversity, comparisons between different
types of habitats, the effects of acid mine drainage on the distribution of
streamside terrestrial vegetation and the effects of strip mining on ecological
succession .
A steady demand exists for such environmental scientists as wildlife biologists, fishery biologists, water analysis technicians, air pollution control
monitors, environmental health technicians and interpretative naturalists.
Many graduates are employed in these areas by private industry and by state
and federal organizations. Some graduates further their education through
work leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees and
teach and do research at a college or university.
Options: Environmental Health
Environmental Technology
Environmental Conservation
Environmental Resources
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Statistics (MAT 215); Computer Science I (CSC 121); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); 6 credits in Humanities ; 6 credits in Social Sciences; 6
credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Environmental Conservation Track: Principles of B iology (BIO 115); Zoology I (BIO
121) and 11 (BIO 222); Botany I (BIO 111) and 11 (BIO 212); Introduction to Geology (EAS
150); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and 11 (CHE 102); Field Biology (XES 205); Conservation of Biological Resources (BIO 206); Game and Habitat Management (XES 421 ); Wildlife
Techniques (XES 422); Dendrology (BIO 442); Ecosystems Ecology (BIO 316) or Biotic
Communities (BIO 308); Biometry (BIO 466); Seminar (XES 494). 22 credits of the following
recommended Electives (at least 16 credits must be 300 and 400 level courses): Ornithology (BIO 337); Entomology (BIO 445); Ichthyology (BIO 435); Biotic Indicators of Water
Quality (BIO 321); Ethology (BIO 441); Mammalogy (BIO 400); Plant Ecology (BIO 314);
Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336); Soil Science (BIO 334); Environmental Physiology (BIO 486);
Environmental Chemistry (PHS 136); Environmental Geology (EAS 231).
(C) Environmental Health Track: Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Zoology I (BIO 121)
and II (BIO 222); Botany I (BIO 111) and II (BIO 212); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II
(CHE 102); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331) and II (CHE 332); Physics - Medical Technical
(PHY 105); Human Anatomy (BIO 306); Human Ph ysiology (BIO 328); Environmental Toxicology (BIO 443); Microbiology (BIO 326); Clinical Microbiology (BIO 426); Entomology
(BIO 445) or Parasitiology (BIO 327); Mammalogy (BIO 400); Biometry (BIO 466); Water
Treatment Facilities (WAT 355); Techniques in Waste Water Analysis (WAT 341); Seminar
(XES 494). Strongly Recommended courses: Parasitology (BIO 327) ; Radiotaion Biology
(BIO 408); Planning and Developing Areas and Facilities (XUA 416); Community Action and
Neighborhood Government (XUA 173); Environmental Regulations (XES 431 ); Air Quality
Monitoring (XES 430).
(D) Environmental Resources Track: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); Man and His
Environment (XES 100); Seminar (XES 404); Environmental Geology (EAS 231 ); General
Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163); Contemporary Issues in Biology (BIO 103); Economic Geography (GEO 200); Map and Aerial
Photography Interpretation (EAS 272); Soil Science (BIO 334); Earth Resources (EAS 232);
Mineralogy (EAS 331); Pertology (EAS 332); Coastal Geomorphology and Marine Resources (EAS 363); Historical Geology (EAS 200); Field course in Geology, Biology, or Hydrology. 22 credits of the following electives (at least one course from each group):

84

GROUP A - Meterology (EAS 241); Climatology (EAS 242); Hydrology (EAS 202); Air Quality Monitoring (XES 430). GROUP B - Geomorphology (EAS 343); Sedimentology (EAS
421); Solid Waste Management (XES 431). GROUP C -Geochemistry (CHE 255); Geophysics (PHY 235); Reservoir Evaluation (PET 455); Micropaleontology (EAS 350). GROUP D Computer Science II (CSC 222); Environmental Chemistry (PHS 136); Environmental Reg ulations (XES 432); Statistical Cartography (EAS 373).
(E) Environmental Science Track: Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Zoology I (BIO 121)
and II (BIO 222); Botany I (BIO 111) and II (BIO 212); Introduction to Geology (EAS 150);
Ecosystem s Ecology (BIO 316); Environmental Physiology (BIO 486); Biometry (BIO 466);
Environmental Resource Problems (XES 459); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE
102); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331) and II (CHE 332); Physics - Medical Technology (PHY
105). 2 1 credits from the following Animal Ecology and / or Plant Ecology Cores: ANIMAL
ECOLOGY CORE: Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 305); Ornithology (BIO 337); Entomology (BIO
445); Ichthyology (BIO 435); Biotic Indicators of Water Quality (BIO 321); Ethology (BIO
441); Mammalogy (BIO 400); Parasitology (BIO 327); Herpetology (BIO 433). PLANT
ECOLOGY CORE: Plant Anatomy (BIO 307); Plant Physiology (BIO 335); Plant Ecology
(BIO 314); Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336); Soil Science (BIO 334); Microbiology (BIO 326); Dendrology (BIO 442); Biotic Communities (BIO 308).
(F) Environmental Technology Track: Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Zoology I (BIO
121) and II (BIO 22 2); Botany I (BIO 111); Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); General
Ch emistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331); Physics -Medical Technology (PHY 105); Field Biology (XES 205); Soil Science (BIO 334); Biotic Indicators of Water Quality (BIO 321); Biometry (BIO 466); Air
Qu ality Monitoring (XES 430); Solid Waste Management (XES 431); Water Treatm ent Facilities (WAT 355); Techniques in Waste Water Analysis (WAT 341 ); Environmental Regulation s (XES 432); Seminar (XES 494). 7 credits from the following (with approval of advisor):
Environmental Chemistry (PHS 136); Environmental Geology (EAS 231); Analytical Chemistry II (CHE 262); Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332); Ecosystems Ecology (BIO 445); Ichthyology (BIO 435); M ammalogy (BIO 400); Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336); Dendrology (BIO 442).

Environmental Education Endorsement Program
Environmental education should be a life-long process. It is a way of
looking at life, fostering awareness of other life and of interrelationships, and
learning to recognize the effects (both good and bad) man has on his physical and biological surroundings. The need for teachers to direct environmental programs and provide environmental teaching is pressing. The courses
listed below are designed to develop an individual's ability to teach and/or
direct the development of a school's environmental education program .
Required:
Man and His Environment (XES 100). Must complete two of the following : Environmental Chemistry (PHS 136), Environmental Biology (BIO 105), Environmental Geology (EAS
235). Must complete at least one in each of the following areas: 1. Laboratory Science:
Ecosystem Ecology (BIO 316), Principles of Biology (BIO 115), Physical Geography (EAS
151), Meteorology (EAS 241), Man and His Physical World (PHS 111); 2. Techniques and
Procedures: Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336), Planning and Development of Areas and Facilities
(XUA 416), Recreation and Park Administration (XUA 400); 3 . Outdoors Activit ies: Conservation and Biological Resources (BIO 206), Game and Habitat Management (XES 421),
Wildlife Technology (XES 422), Environmental Interpretation (XES 300), Conservation and
Outdoor Living (XES 210); 4. Human Involvement: Continuing Problems in Human Ecology
(BIO 106), Human Ecology (GEO 240).

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
Advances in medical science have occured at an accelerating pace in
recent years, and great progress has been made in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Research findings in biochemistry and advances in instrumentation technology have increased the quality of American health care

85

and have generated a growing demand for people trained in the field of medical technology. The Medical Technology program prepares students to hold
key positions in the medical laboratory.
The Medical Technology program of this Un iversity is approved by the
American Society of Clinical Patholog ists , a member of the American Medical Association (A .M.A.) California University of Pennsylvania is fo rmally affiliated with eight hospital schools of medical technology . The program
involves a three-year program on campus and one year ( 12 months) at one of
the approved affiliated schools or one acceptable to California University of
Pennsylvania. On the completion of the clinical or internship year the student
will be granted a Bachelor of Science degree from California University of
Pennsylvania as well as a certificate in med ical technoloty from the hospital
school. In addition , graduates take the national test given by the Registry of
Medical Technologist s of the American Society of Cl inical Patholog ists. The
students who successfully pass th is exam ination become registered medical
technologists M .T. (A.S.C.P.)
The Un iversity 's hospital affiliat ions include:
Allegheny General Hospital
Pittsburgh , PA
Altoona, PA
Altoona Hospital
Conemaugh Valley Memorial Hospital Johnstown , PA
McKeesport , PA
McKeesport Hospital
Pittsburgh , PA
Mercy Hospital
St. Vincent Hospital
Erie, PA
Washington Hospital
Washington , PA
West Penn Hospital
Pittsburgh , PA
To enhance the st uden t 's opp ortu nity of bei ng accepted by one of ou r
affiliated hospital schools of medi cal technology for the fourth or clinical
year , it is strongly recommended t hat t he student maintain a min imum of a
3.0 quality point average in the natural sciences (Biology, Chem istry, Physics, and Mathematics) , and a minimu m of a 3.0 overall quality point average.
Qualified men and women are in demand as medical techno logists to
hold responsible positions in blood banking , microbiology, parasitology,
chemistry , serology , hematology, and the emerging field of nuclear
medicine, as well as in superv isory positio ns in laboratories.
Requirements:
(A) General Education : Com position I (ENG 101); Principles of Management (BUS 20 1);
6 credits in Hum anit ies; 6 credi ts in Social Sciences ; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12
credits in free elec tives.

(B) Area of Concentration: Princip les of Biology (B IO 115); Botany I (BIO 111 ); Zoology
I {BIO 121) an d II (BIO 222); Hum an An atomy (BIO 306); Microb iology (BIO 326); Hum an
Physiology (BIO 328); Genetics (BI O 3 18); Clinical M ic robiology {BIO 426); Inst rume ntat ion
(BIO 430); General Ch em istry I (C HE 10 1) an d II (CHE 102); O rgani c Chem is try I (CHE 331 );
An alyt ical Chem istry I (C HE 361); Co llege Al ge br a (M AT 18 1) or higher mat hematics
c ourse) ; Ph ysics - M ed ical Techn ology (PH Y 10 5). Th e followin g co urses are st ro ng ly recommended by th e Hospital Sch ools o f M edical Tec hno logy: Engli sh Composi tion II (ENG
102); Organi c Chem istry II (C HE 30 2); Parasitology (BIO 327); Mycology (BIO 40 7); Rad iation Biology (BIO 408); Bioc hemis try I (C HE 441); Statistics (M AT 215). App roved Medical
Technology (2 9 credits)

86

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technology
The Radiologic Technology program is designed for students who have
completed their hospital clinical training and are certified radiologic technologists . The two-year program provides the opportunity for the technologist
to complete the academic requirements for a Bachelor's Degree in Natural
Science with an options in Radiologic Technology.
The program emphasis is placed on a carefully planned liberal arts education to support the technological training received in the hospital laboratory program .
The science and mathematics courses are designed to provide a background in theoretical and practical relationships of biology, chemistry and
physics. The radiologic technology program integrates the basic sciences so
that the student will have a comprehensive understanding of the principal
effects of radiation in humans. Attention is given to the concepts of atomic
and nuclear physics underlying the production and application of x-rays in
diagnosis and radio-isotope effects in biological systems.
The degree program leads to a better understanding of radiological sciences and human relations and provide training that should lead to more
responsible employment opportunity.
The Radiologic Technology program requires the completion of 128
credits for graduation . Certified radiologic technologists will be awarded 60
credits for their clinical training.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Oral Communications (SPE 101 ); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); Accounting I (BUS 111); Principles of
Management (BUS 201); General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credit s in Humanities; 3 credits
in Social Sciences ; 3 credits in Natural Sciences ; 6 cred its of free electives .
(B) Professional Education: Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Zoology I (BIO 121) and II
(BIO 222); Radiation Biology (BIO 408); General Chemistry I (CHE 10 I) and II (CHE 102);
Introduction to Physics I-Biology (PHY 111) and II (PHY 112); Precalculu s (MAT 199);
Human Anatomy (BIO 306); Human Physiology (BIO 328) ; Phil os ophy (PHI 100); Pri nciples
of Sociology (SOC 100); College Algebra (MAT 181). Approved Radio logi c Technology
Certification (60 credits).

Bachelor of Science in Water Analysis Technology
The protection of the environment is of concern to both private citizens
and to the government. Through environmental legislation and the work of
regulatory agencies, coordinated approaches are now being made at federal, state and local levels toward meeting desired environmental quality
objectives. As a part of this movement toward meeting desired environmental quality objectives. As a part of this movement toward a safer, cleaner
environment , technically trained men and women are needed as specialists
to fill professional positions in the water quality field .
This program prepares the graduate for employment in such fields as
environmental counselling, water quality monitoring, water treatment facilities management , wastewater analysis, and government service.

87

Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Logic and Language
(PHI 115); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Computer Science I (CSC 121); Statistics (MAT 215); 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural
Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Professional Education: Man and His Environment (XES 100); Principles of Biology
(BIO 115); Biotic Indicators of Water Quality (BIO 321); Techniques in Water and Wastewater Analysis (WAT 341); Water Treatment Facilities (WAT 355); Lab Instrumentation
(BIO 430); Environmental Research Problems (XES 459); Introduction to Geology (EAS
150); Meteorology (EAS 241 ); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); General Chemistry I
(CHE 101) and 11 (CHE 102); Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 463); Organic Chemistry I (CHE
331) and II (CHE 332); General Physics - Med Tech (PHY 105). 21 credits of the following
courses selected with Advisor's Approval: Zoology I (BIO 121) and II (BIO 222); Environmental Physiology (BIO 486); Environmental Taxicology (BIO 443); Geochemistry (CHE
255); Analytical Chemistry II (CHE 464); Hydrology (EAS 202); Solid Waste Management
(XES 431 ); Environmental Regulations (XES 432); Air Quality Monitoring (XES 430); Ichthyology (BIO 435); Soil Science (BIO 334); Biometry (BIO 466).

PRE-HEAL TH PROFESSIONS
Students in the health professions commit themselves to a lifelong process of selfeducation ; therefore, the development of scholarly motivation, independence, and creativity are vital to professional medical competence. Acquiring an understanding of people,
their societies, and their history is a valuable asset in the practice of the health professions. Consequently, a liberal education in the humanities and the arts, as well as in social
and natural sciences, provide the best professional preparation . In addition , the student
should demonstrate competence and concentrated study in a curriculum or field of special
interest . Although students interested in the health professions do not necessarily major in
Biology, they should plan to take a significant number of biology courses.
Varied program offerings make it possible to satisfy requirements for pre-medical , predental , pre-veterinary, pre-podiatry, pre-pharmacy, pre-chiropractic, and other pre-health
fields . Those interested should contact the Biology Department to discuss the career
plans.

Bachelor of Science Degree in Mortuary Science
In today's world the expansion of knowledge occurs at such a rapid rate
the average person cannot keep pace with information that effects his life. In
professional careers a broad understanding of the changing world is closely
related to success. In the health related professions we find phenomenal
growth in knowledge , technology and improved delivery systems of service
to the public. This expansion of preparation for the mortuary sciences is one
way that can serve the practitioner to better serve society.

Career Outlook
Well qualified individuals can be successful as a member of a well established mortuary firm or in an individualized firm . Opportunity for teaching in
mortuary schools, sales and research are also available.

Objectives
The program objectives are:
- to prepare the student with an academic background that can challenge the changing technology and demands of society
- to expand the opportunities for entry into a technological world

88

Curriculum Offered
The California University program is accredited through the Middle
States Association of College and Secondary Schools. The mortuary science
year , through affiliation with the Pittsburgh School of Mortuary Science, is
accredited through the American Board of Funeral Service Education, National Association of Colleges of Mortuary Science, National Conference of
Funeral Service Examining Boards of the United States, Inc. This program is
designed for three years of approved study on campus and one year of study
at the Pittsburgh Institute of Mortuary Science. Upon completion of the program the student will be granted a Bachelor of Science degree from California and a diploma from the Pittsburgh Institute. Upon completion of a oneyear resident intern period the candidate applies for the State Board Examinations and licensure as a funeral -director and embalmer.
The curriculum requires 128 credits ; 100 credits in required and elective
college courses and 28 credits for the institute year at and approved mortuary science institute.
Requirements:

(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); General Psychology
(PSY 100); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); 6 credits in Hum anities ; 6 credit s in Social
Sciences ; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free elec tives.
(8) Area of Concentration: Principle s of Bi olog y (810 115); Botany I (BIO 111); Zoology
I (810 121) an d II (BIO 222); Human An atomy (BIO 306); Hum an Ph ysio log y (BIO 328);
Microbi ology (B IO 326); General Chemi stry I (CHE 101 ) and II (C HE 102); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331); College Alg ebra (MAT 101); Accoun ting I (BUS 111); Eth ics (PHI 220);
Psychology of Adju stment (PSY 315); Social Psychol ogy (PS Y 320); Principl es of Sociology (SOC 100); Introduction to Pol it ical Science (POS 100); Basic Programming Language
(CSC 105); Sculpture I (ART 220) ; Mathem atics of Finance (MAT 171 ); Busin ess Wr it ing I
(ENG 211); Prin ciples of Managemen t (BUS 20 1); Th e Fami ly (SOC 220); Introduction to
Social Work (SOW 105); Death and Dying (EDF 3 18); Oral Communications (SPE 101);
Anim al Histology (B IO 325); Para sito logy (BIO 32 7); Organic Chemistry II (C HE 332).

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BIO)
Introductory level cou rses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
810 102 . INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY (LABO RA TOR Y) . Laboratory ex periences related to ecologica l awareness , nature stud y, cel lular and microscopic stud ies, m olecular
and physiol o gi ca l processes , as wel l as more classica l descriptive anatom y and class ification . Three laboratory hou rs week ly. (2 cr s.)
+ BIO 103 . CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN BIOLOG Y. Basic biological prin ci pl es are applied to the und ersta nding of cu rr ent social- bi ologica l problems and how these re late to
an individual 's person al life. Topic s included are hu man sex uality, nutrit ion , health and
di sease, evolution , behavior , and the diversity of life. Th e co urse is intended for students
not majoring in biology. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 c rs.)
+ BIO 104 . BASI C CARE OF PLANTS . A general introduction to the basic care of
pl ant s. Student s introdu ced to tec hniques th at wi ll m ake the growing and cari ng of
plant s, indoors and out, less co mpli ca ted and more fun . (3 c rs.)
BIO 106. CO NTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN HUMAN ECOLOG Y. An ex tensive exam ination of man 's impact on th e biosphere , hydrosphere, lith osphere, and atmosphere , with
emphasis on (1) pollution of acqua tic and tripospheric sys tems; (2) ot her pollutants in
human ecosystems; (3) human population dynamics in relation to di sease, malnutrition ,
genetics, and food . Lecture, possibly supplemented with variou s field trips. Prerequisite:
810 103. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs .)
BIO 107 . HEREDITY AND HUMAN AFFAIRS . A study of the basic principles of classical
and molecular genetics and how these are applied to co ntemporary biological
problems. Prerequisite : BIO 103. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)

89

+BIO 108. BIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS . A one-semester preparation course in biology for
students who must take BIO 115 as part of their curriculum and who require additional
training in the biological sciences. Topics are selected to deal with those fundamental
concepts which are requisite to entrance into BIO 115. Three hours lecture weekly. (3
crs.)
BIO 111 . BOTANY I: NONVASCULAR PLANTS . An analysis of the biology of lower
plants encompassing the origin of plant life on earth, modes of increasing structural
complexity, the nature and meaning of sexuality , the nature of motility, the evolutionary
processes and ecology, especially as manifest in the algae and fungi. Prerequisite: BIO
115. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 115. PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY . Structures and function common to all organisms ;
cell structure and function , the chemical aspects of biological systems, energy and
materials balance in nature, developmental biology, principles of genetics, evolution ,
and ecology. Prerequisite: Science majors. Three hours lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 121. ZOOLOGY I: INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY . A comprehensive phylogenetic survey of the invertebrate animals, with emphasis on evolutionary changes and their relationship to man . Laboratory studies of representative members of the major phyla.
Prerequisite: BIO 115. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 205 . FOUNDATIONS OF BEHAVIOR . Primarily, a survey of basic
psychological principles of animal behavior , along with a discussion of
and physiology of the vertebrate nervous system. For both biology and
jors. Prerequisite: a course in biology or a course in psychology. Three
weekly. (3 crs.)

ethological and
the morphology
psychology mahours of lecture

BIO 206. CONSERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES . A study of biological aspects relating to plants and animals directly associated with water, soil, and environmental changes. Numerous field trips are taken into areas of Western Pennsylvania to
observe land reclamation , conservation practices , and basic problems confronting
human populations. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 212 . Three hours lecture and a threehour field trip are required weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 212 . BOTANY II : VASCULAR PLANTS. The origin and evolution of the land flora,
emphasizing the origin of leaf, shoot , seed , and flower in a progression of change from
ferns and fern allies to the flowering plants. Prerequisites: BIO 111 and 115. Three hours
lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 222 . ZOOLOGY II : VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY . A comprehensive phylogenetic study
of the Phylum Chordata with emphasis on the evolutionary changes and the inter-relationship of animals of the different classes with their environment. Prerequisites: BIO
115 and 121. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 305. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY. A comparative study of the vertebrate organs and organ systems, primarily C0!1Centrating on comparing the rabbit with
man . Other chordates are used as ancillary material. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , and
222 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 306. HUMAN ANATOMY . A basic study of the structures of the human body. Prerequisites : BIO 115, 121, and 222 or permission of the instructor . Three hours lecture
and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 307 . PLANT ANATOMY . A detailed study of structural differentiations, especially in
the higher plants: the structure of meristems and developmental changes in their derivatives . Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, and 212 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 308. BIOTIC COMMUNITIES. The principles of the structure and nature of various
biotic communities are considered from the concrete stand to the biome level. Factors
which limit, maintain , and modify biotic assemblages are presented qualitatively and
quantitatively from the local to the regional portions of the communities. Interrelationships between organisms and environment in reference to the organism 's morphological, physiological , and behavioral adaptations . The dynamics of ecological succession
are stressed , illustrating the permanence of climax communities over geological time.
Ecological techniques and methods to quantify and qualify the community are pursued
in the field and laboratory. Extended field trips may be required . Prerequisites: BIO 111 ,
115, 121, and 212 . Three hours lecture and three hours of laboratory-field experience
weekly. (4 crs.)

90

BIO 314. PLANT ECOLOGY. A consideration of the plant communities which are influenced by both biotic and physical factors . The emphasis is on the vegetation of Pennsylvania, especially in the area of the Appalachian Mountains. Laboratory work provides
the student with the opportunity to become familiar with modern methods of vegetational analysis and community sampling. Prerequi sites : BIO 111 , 115, and 212. Three hours
lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 315 . CYTOLOGY AND CYTOGENETICS . A detailed study of microscopic and submicroscopic components of plant and animal cell s, with emphasis on modern research
into the morphology and function of variou s organelles . Mitosis, meiosis, chromosomal
basis of heredity, and chromosomal abberations in various organisms, including
humans. Special attention is given to experimental cytology, cytological and cytogenetical theories, and cytological techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 121 , and 222 .
Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly._(4 crs .)
BIO 316 . ECOSYSTEMS ECOLOGY . An introductory study of the dynamics of the biological, physical, and mathematical relationships and interrelationships that proceed
within various ecosystems on the earth . Emphasis is placed on biogeochemical cycling ,
energy cycling, population dynamics, productivity, and pertinent problems concerning
ecosystem deterioration . Field and laboratory studies concerning various processes operating within an ecosystem . Prerequisites: BIO 111, 151 , 121, 212 , and 222 . General
Chemistry I and II and College Algebra recommended . Three hours lecture and three
hours of laboratory-field experience weekly. (4 cr s. )
BIO 317 . EMBRYOLOGY . A study of oogenesis and spermatogenesis and resultant developments following fertilization ; factors involved in morphogenetic determination ; organology; sequences of changes in development. Special emphasis on the chick and
comparative examples of development in other animals . Prerequisites: BIO 115 , 121 ,
and 222 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 3 18. GENETICS . An introduction to molecular genetics and to the basic principles
of inheritance . Gene interactions, multiple-factor inheritance, chromosome mapping,
chromosomal and extrachromosomal inheritance . The role s of mutation , selection , migration, and genetic drift are investigated to determine the genetic composition of different populations . Prerequisites : 810 111, 115, 121 , and 222 . Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 321 . BIOTIC INDICATORS OF WATER QUALITY. A survey of biotic indicators of
pollution , with emphasis on relating these indicators to the chemical and physical characteristics of various polluted waters. Practical exercises include field problems as well
as laboratory experiments. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , CHE 101 , 102. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 325 . ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. The study of cellular differentiations in tissue, tissue
identification , and special functions, especially in the mammals . Prerequisites: BIO 115,
121 , and 222 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 326 . MICROBIOLOGY. A detailed study of bacteria and viruses , with less emphasis
on fungi, algae and protozoans . Special emphasis on medical aspects of bacteriology,
immunology, and virology. The cytology, physiology, microbiology and culture of microbes and pursued in the laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, CHE 101, 102 or
permission of the instructor . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4
crs .)
BIO 327 . PARASITOLOGY . A study of the etiology, epidemiology, and biology of some
common human and animal parasites. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222 . Three
hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 328 . HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. The functions of the human body. Basic physiological
phenomena are studied with considerable emphasis upon clinical and practical application. Prerequisites: BIO 115,121,222 or permission of the instructor. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 330 . ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I. (4 crs .)
BIO 334 . SOIL SCIENCE . An edaphological approach is taken in the study of the soil,
i.e., the soil as a natural habitat for plants. The various properties of the soil will be
considered as they relate to plant production . Since the clay and humus fractions are of
tremendous importance, the course will incorporate a colloidal-biological basis. Prerequisites : CHE 101 , 102. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. (4 crs.)

91

BIO 335. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY . The physio-chemical foundations of plant functions will
be investigated, including such topics as water and salt absorption , photosynthesis, respiration , plant growth substances, photoperiodic responses , mineral metabolism,
germination, and the effects of air pollution on plants. Recent advances in the field of
plant physiology are included . Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, and 212, CHE 101, 102.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week . (4 crs.)
BIO 336. PLANT TAXONOMY . A study of relationships among the vascular plants ferns,
their classification, and methods of identification. Plant families native to Western Pennsylvania are stressed. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, and 212. Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 337 . ORNITHOLOGY. The study of bird life. Classification , anatomy, behavior , and
recognition of birds, with emphasis on local species and their relationships to man and
the ecological balance with other organisms. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , and 222 .
Three hours lecture weekly and three laboratory hours or field activity weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 342 . SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY . A basic course in the life and environmental
sciences which stresses the myriad ways in which photography can be applied to enhance the effectiveness of teaching and research endeavors of biologists and environmentalists. Special attention is given to photomicroscopy, macrophotography, and field
photography. Various other illustrative materials are also prepared utilizing selective
photographic equipment and / or procedures. Prerequisites: Three biology or environmental courses with a minimum of one field-oriented course. (2-4 crs.)
BIO 344. ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY . A study of the types of environmental pollution and how pollutants affect organismic physiology , population dynamics, and food
chains. Prerequisites: BIO 222, CHE 332 . (3 crs .)
BIO 360 . ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II. (4 crs.)
BIO 370 . METABOLISM . (3 crs.)
BIO 400. MAMMALOGY . A study of the classification , distribution , and natural history of
mammals, with emphasis on eastern North American species. Field studies and preparation of study specimens. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , 222 ; BIO 308 or BIO 316 or XES
300 . (4 crs.)
BIO 405. HUMAN GENETICS . Chromosomal abnormalities, Mendel's Laws, and the effect of chance of gene action of Mendelian ratios . Other topics : sex-related inheritance,
random mating , consanguinity, allelism , mutations , and maintenance of polymorphism.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , 222 , and 318 . Three hours lecture weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 406. MOLECULAR GENETICS . A detailed account of the relationship between nucleic acids and the proteins for which the code was determined . Gene control mechanisms, mutation mechanisms, genetic repair, and recombination in procaryotic and
eucaryotic cells, Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , 222 , and 318. Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 407 . MYCOLOGY . An extensive examination of the fungi, with emphasis on the filamentous forms . The cytology, physiology, and morphology of the fungi are studied to
determine their role in the scheme of nature. Laboratory techniques in isolating , culturing , enumerating, and identifying fungi. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 212 , and 326. Three
hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 408. RADIATION BIOLOGY . Biophysical processes involved in absorption of radiation by living systems. Production , properties, and measurement of ionizing radiation
and radiosotopes ; safety, and biological effects. This course provides necessary background for special certification as a civil defense radiation instructor. Prerequisites: BIO
111 , 115, 121, 222 , Physics I & II. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly.
(4 crs.)
BIO 409 . INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH . Given a problem in biology (or choosing one)
the student surveys the literature, organizes a program that might lead to its solution ,
and undertakes experiments. Prerequisites: Biology majors in junior or senior year,
others by approval of department. The number of hours spent on the course per week is
by arrangement . (Variable credit)
BIO 418. BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH INVESTIGATIONS. A research study program for
advanced undergraduate students who wish to pursue careers in biological or medical
areas. Emphasis is placed upon the student learning to use various scientific instruments and biological procedures necessary for research investigations. The student

92

works closely with one or more faculty members on a research project which is departmentally approved. Each research project is unique and the data should ultimately be
published in a prominent biological journal. The student normally participates in one
aspect of an ongoing research study and may pursue work for one or more semesters.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, and 212 (or 121 and 222), one biology elective course, junior or senior standing , and a 3.0 QPA, ( 1-4 crs.)
BIO 426 . CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY. A survey of the indigenous and pathogenic microorganisms of man , general principles deduced from complexities involving biochemistry
and physiology, host-parasite relationships, and laboratory procedures. Organisms
studied include bacteria, fungi , viruses, and rickettsia . Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, and
326 and CHE 101 , 102. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 427 . CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY . The physiology of the cell with emphasis on the
relationship of cell structure and function . Includes physical and chemical aspects of
cells, the relation of cells to their environment, energy conversions in cells, membrane
permeability, photosynthesis, and enzyme action . Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 121 , 212 ,
and 222 ; CHE 101, 102; Organic Chemistry I and II recommended . (4 crs.)
BIO 428 . ANIMAL SYSTEMATICS . Collective and study of animal species from the various major phyla of animals; use of keys in determining taxonomic groupings of animal
collected . Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222. (4 crs.)
BIO 430 . LABORATORY INSTRUMENTATION FOR BIOLOGY . The theory of and practice with major types of laboratory instrumentation used in modern biological practice.
Content is adjusted to methods practiced at this institution and may include any additional procedures of special interest to the class members. Practice in writing lab reports and designing experiments. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 121 , 222 , PHY 102, CHE
261 , or permission of instructor . (4 crs.)
BIO 431 . TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRON MICROSCOPY . Detailed training in the operation
and care of the electron microscope; techniques of specimen preparation for electron
microscope visualization, including fixation, embedding, and ultrathin sectioning; special techniques such as replication and shadow casting. Prerequisite or concurrent
courses: BIO 432 , CHE 331 , 332, or consent of the instructor. (4 crs.)
BIO 432. CELLULAR ULTRASTRUCTURE. A study of the generalized cell , the highly
specialized cell , and tissues as seen by the electron microscope, with special emphasis
on correlation of structure with function . An additional aim is to enhance the student's
ability to interpret electron micrographs. Prerequisites : BIO 111, 115, 121 , 222 and 212 .
CHE 331 , 332 . A molecular biology course and/or consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
BIO 433 . HERPETOLOGY. A consideration of the Amphibia and Reptilia from taxonomical , morphological, evolutionary, behavioral, and physiological viewpoints, with special
emphasis on the Testudinata. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222 . Three hours lecture
and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 435 . ICHTHYOLOGY. An introduction to the morphology, taxonomy, ecology, and
distribution of the major groups of freshwater fishes, with emphasis on the northeastern
U.S. fauna . Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 , 222 . Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 440. DENDROLOGY . A study only of the tree species of the Kingdom Metaphyta:
the importance of these organisms to other biota, especially man, and their prospects of
continued survival in a rapidly changing biosphere. Emphasis on the forest communities
and tree species of the mixed mesophytic forest regions of southwestern Pennsylvania.
Prerequisites: Principles of Biology; Botany I & II. (3 crs.)
BIO 441. ETHOLOGY . Four principal approaches to ethology-ecology, physiology, genetics, and development are interpreted within the framework of evolutionary biology
with emphasis on the patterns of behavioral similarities and differences among different
kinds of animals . Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, 222 ; BIO 308 or BIO 316 or XES 300 .
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 445 . ENTOMOLOGY . A specialized study of insects: identification and classification
developmental phases; physiological characteristics, economic importance, disease
vectors. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121 and 222. Three hours lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 449. BIO . MED. TECH . CLINICAL PRACTICUM I. Upon acceptance to a hospital
school of Medical Technology, the student undertakes the clinical training experience
required by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences

93

(NAACLS). Programs of instruction will vary from one hospital to another but usually
include hematology, micro-biology, parasitology, immunology, urinalysis, and biochemistry. This course covers the first term of two required terms. (15 crs.)
BIO 459 . BIO . MED . TECH . CLINICAL PRACTICUM 11. A continuation of BIO 449 . The
second of two terms. (14 crs.)
BIO 466 . BIOMETRY . The fundamental concepts underlying the application of statistical
methods and experimental designs to environmental problems. Practical experience in
the development and analysis of laboratory and field projects will be included . Prerequisites: MAT 215, a field biology course, and consent of instructor . Three hours lecture
and three hours laboratory weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 478 . EVOLUTION . An advanced course pertaining to the mechanisms which are
operative in the process of biological evolution . Life origins and development are investigated , with special emphasis placed upon the importance of genetic and metabolic
systems diversity. The recurring and universal themes of mutation and natural selection
will be thoroughly discussed as the concept of evolution at the population level is developed . A detailed account of human origins and species diversity is also studied . Prerequisites: BIO 318 and CHE 101 . Three hours lecture weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 486. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY . A comparative approach to the study of
physiological systems in animals relative to environmental pressures and phylogenetic
standing . Prerequisite: BIO 422 . (3 crs .)
BIO 495 . SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY . Roundtable discussion of selected topics in biology,
reports from original literature both current and classical. Prerequisites: Biology majors
in junior or senior year. Two hours lecture weekly. (2 crs.)

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (XES)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+XES 100. MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT. The broad field of environmental management. Man 's biological basis , soils, land use, water pollution , air pollution , noise pollution , and agencies and laws associated with the above topics. No one area is covered in
depth. Rather, the student is introduced to each problem , its source, current corrective
measures, and possible future technology. (3 crs.)
XES 200 . ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION . (3 crs.)
XES 205. FIELD BIOLOGY . An introductory course dealing with the conservation of renewable resources, with emphasis on soils , forests and wildlife. Basic ecological principles are demonstrated as they apply to native flora and fauna of southwestern
Pennsylvania. Extensive field experiences. (3 crs .)
XES 300 . INTERPRETATION. To acquaint students with opportunities , through practical
work in the field , for the interpretation of natural and physical phenomena. Explores the
environments of plants and animals in the complex interrelationships of nature . The
study of the conservation and horticulture practices necessary in the preservation and
maintenance of our environmental resources . Covers the four seasons of the year . Prerequisites: BIO 111 . 121 . Four class hours per week . (3 crs .)
XES 421 . GAME HABITAT MANAGEMENT. Application of historical and economic aspects of game problems to present-day conditions. Field and laboratory studies with
demonstrations of basic game management. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 121 and Interpretation . Five class hours per week . (3 crs .)
XES 422 . WILDLIFE TECHNIQUES . Field studies in basic techniques necessary in the
study and use of fish , wildlife , and outdoor recreation skills , with emphasis on use in
conservation and outdoor education programs . Methods in observation , area studies,
collecting , field data, habitat evaluation and relationships , and basic program methods
and procedures. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 121 , Ecology , Interpretation. Four class hours
each week . (3 crs.)
XES 430. AIR QUALITY MONITORING . The technologies involved in the abatement of
emissions from mobile and stationary sources , monitoring techniques, and air quality
standards. Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry I, Analytical Chemistry I, Physics, Statistics. (3 crs.)

94

XES 431 . SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT. The fundamental techniques involved in the
collection , processing, and disposal of urban , industrial , and agricultural wastes. Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry I, Analytical Chemistry, Physics . (3 crs .)
XES 432 . ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS . A review of environmental laws and regulations and the institutions and instrumentalities that deal with the problems. Prerequisites: Senior status as an Environmental Studies major. (3 crs.)
XES 459. ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS . An independent study with a cooperating faculty member. Emphasis on scientific research on contemporary environmental problems. These independent studies are as field-oriented as possible, with a
final research paper written in proper scientific notation . (Variable credit, but not to exceed 8 credits within one's total curriculum .)
XES 494 . SEMINAR - NATURE CONSERVATION. Lectures, individual reports , panel
discussions, and individual project assignments concerning the environment and man 's
future roles in improving the quality of life. (3 crs.)
XES 497. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION WORKSHOP. An interdisciplinary summer
program designed to prepare the public school teacher for teaching environmental education . This workshop considers all aspects of the relationship of man and his institutions to the environment. It also has a large how-to-do component. (Variable)

WATER ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY (WAT)
WAT 341 . TECHNIQUES IN WASTEWATER ANALYSIS . A thorough study of the chemical testing of water in wastewater plants , streams , and drinking water sources. Emphasis will be placed on learning acceptable levels of chemicals in the different types of
water. Samples of water from sources of concern will be analyzed in the laboratory portion of the course. (3 crs.)
WAT 351 . WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES . An examination of the operation of modern water works and waste water treatment systems utilizing an integrated lecture-laboratory approach . Emphasis is on a practical understanding of concepts related to water
processing and familiarity with the various techniques currently employed . Lecture material is correlated with the inspection tours of local water and wastewater treatment
facilit ies and laboratory demonstrations of processes and associated analyses of water
quality. (3 crs.)
WAT 365 . SEMINAR IN WASTEWATER TREATMENT . (3 crs.)
WAT 419 . WATER ANALYSIS TECHNICAL INTERNSHIP. (Variable)

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
BUSINESS (BUS)
ECONOMICS (ECO)
Professor Chawdhry, chair; Assistant Professor Blosel, assistant chair.
Professors Omarzai, Park, Tarullo; Associate Professors Delisi, Hashemi,
Kania, Kopko, Simila, Zeffiro.
The Business and Economics Department offers a number of future oriented degree programs and specialized options. Great emphasis is given to
the development of fundamental skills which will be beneficial to graduates
in both their professional and private lives. The keys to future success are
flexibility and adaptability. Our programs prepare students to function in a
rapidly changing world.

95

The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration program is a broadbased curriculum that prepares students for a wide range of careers in business, industry and government. Mathematical models and computer technology have joined the more traditional areas of study to make this
curriculum a passport to the future . Students may choose from the following
specialized options: Accounting, Marketing , Finance, Management , Business Economics, and General.
The Bachelor of Arts in Economics is a multipurpose program , providing
students with a liberal arts background while taking them through a detailed
examination of the behavior of people as both producers and consumers.
The student, in becoming an economist, begins to be concerned with the
processes by which human wants are satisfied through productive activities.
In order to understand the relationships among social , political and economic institutions, it is necessary to study broadly in the social sciences. This
program is an excellent preparation for graduate study in Economics, Business Administration , Hospital Administration , Law, Public Administration
and Urban Planning . Many students choose to bypass graduate school and
enter the labor market immediately following graduation . The objectives of
the Economics program are to provide a general background in the liberal
arts and to develop an understanding of the economic problems facing us
today at all levels of government and business . This approach has been
found to be attractive to many employers in industry, government , and
business.
The department offers the prospective accounting student the additional
option of completing a two-year Associate Degree program in Accounting. It
prepares the student for entry level accounting positions as well as providing
background for further study in four-year business programs.
Another alternative for students who do not wish to make a four-year
commitment is the two-year Associate Degree program in Administration
and Management. It provides sufficient background in basic management
skills to qualify graduates for entry-level supervisory positions in business
and industry. In addition , all of the course work in this program is transferable to the several four-year curricula .
The B/Jsiness and Economics Department recognizes the accomplishments of its students in several ways. Membership is open to successful students in Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics Honorary), the Economics Club
and the Society for the Advancement of Management . These organizations
are involved in a variety of social and scholastic activities. In addition, the
achievements of our outstanding graduating seniors are recognized by the
following four awards:
Alfred Zeffiro Award for excellence in the study of Business Management
Z. G. Gabriel Award for outstanding achievement in the study of Business
H. R. Block Award tor excellence in the study of Management
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award tor high
scholastic achievement in the study of Accounting .

Bachelor of Arts in Economics
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.

96

(B) Area of Concentration: Economics Core: Introduction to Microeconomics (ECO
201); Introduction to Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 301); Mathematical Economics (ECO 320); 14 additional
credits of Economics electives (at 200 level or above). Communication Skills: Business
Writing I (ENG 211) or Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Quantitative Skills: Mathematics of
Finance (MAT 171) or Computer Science I (CSC 121); Statistics (MAT 215) orBusiness
Statistics (MAT 225); an additional mathematics course approved by one's advisor. Related Courses: Accounting I (BUS 111) and Accounting II (BUS 112); a course in each of
Psychology, Political Science, and Sociology; three related courses approved by one's
advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Administration and
Management
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); 12 credits in Humanities; 12 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences; 18 credits of free
electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Labor Economics (ECO 311);
Principles of Market Management (BUS 321); Collective Bargaining (BUS 355); Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS 112); Intermediate Accounting I (BUS 312) and II (BUS 312) or
Cost Accounting I (BUS 315) or Managerial Accounting (BUS 216); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Financial Management (BUS 332); Computer Science I (CSC 121) and
Computer Science II (CSC 221) or Cobol I (CSC 208); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171);
Statistics (MAT 215) or Business Statistics (MAT 225); Mathematical Economics (ECO
320); Managerial Economics (ECO 322); Oral Communication : Management (SPE 103);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Business Writing I (ENG 211); Social Psychology (PSY 320)
or Mental Health/Psychology of Adjustment (PSY 310); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326).

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
The business world has grown increasingly complex in recent years.
Mathematical models and computer technology have joined the more traditional areas of study in making up today's business programs. California University 's Bachelor of Science in Business Administration curriculum is
designed to insure that students acquire sufficient background in all of the
required skill areas to undertake a broad range of careers in business, industry and government. Labor Relations, Marketing, Accounting, Production ,
Finance and Communications are emphasized .
Career opportunities available to the graduate of this program are in
such positions as those of Accountant , Banker, City Manager, General Manager, Government Agency Administrator , Hospital Administrator, Industrial
Relations Manager, Insurance Agent , Office Manager, Personnel Manager,
Production Manager, Purchasing Agent, Retail Manager, Sales Manager,
Sales Representative, Securities Analyst, and Stock Broker.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Group Discussion:
Management (SPE 102); 6 credits in Mathematics; Business Statistics (MAT 225); 6 credits
in Humanities; 6 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free
electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Business Writing II (BUS 212) or Advanced Writing (ENG
375); Oral Communication : Management (SPE 103); Computer Science; Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Elements of Economics (ECO 100) or ECO Elective); Introductory

97

Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 212); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Labor Economics (ECO 311) or Managerial Economics (ECO 322); Introduction to Business (BUS 100 or Business Elective); Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS
112); Cost Accounting I (BUS 315); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Principles of
Market Management (BUS 321); Financial Management (BUS 332); Collective Bargaining
(BUS 355); Business Law I (BUS 241) or Business Policy (BUS 408).
(1) For option in Accounting: Intermediate Accounting I (BUS 311); Intermediate
Accounting II (BUS 312); 9 credits of additional upper-level Accounting courses (no internship credits); 11 credits in Business orEconomics courses 200 level or above (Recommended: Mathematical Economics (ECO 320) and Applied Econometrics (ECO 421).
(2) For option in BusineSB Economics: Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 301);
Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 302); Mathematical Economics (ECO 320); 11 credits
of Economics Electives 200 level or above; Computer Science course; Psychology course.
(3) For option in Finance: 11 credits of the following (3 to 6 of which may be 200 level
or above Business or Economics Electives): Portfolio Management ; Financial Markets and
Institutions; Bank Management (BUS 531 ); Applied Econometrics (ECO 421 ); International
Economics (ECO 431); International Business; Industrial Organization (ECO 401); Public
Finance (ECO 405); Real Estate Fund (BUS 365); Real Estate Practicum (BUS 366).
(4) General: Computer Science course; Psychology (or Sociology or Social Science)
course 200 level or above; Principle of Production (GCT 475); 17 credits of Business or
Economics Electives 200 level or above.
(5) For option in Management: 21 credits from the following (3 to 9 of which may be
other upper level Management courses- no internship credits): Business Policy (BUS
408); Computer Science course; Personnel Management (BUS 351); Organizational Behavior (BUS 303); Psychology (or Sociology orSocial Science) course 200 level or above.
(6) For option in Marketing: Salesmanship (BUS 221 ); Sales Management (BUS 323);
Business, Society, and Government (BUS 342); 6 credits of add itional upper level Marketing courses (no internship credits). 11 credits of the following (three to six of which may be
200 level or above Business or Economice Electives): Industrial Organization (ECO 401);
Real Estate Fund (BUS 365); Real Estate Practicum (BUS 366); Insurance and Risk Management (BUS 361); Applied Econometrics (ECO 421); International Economics; Personal
Money Management (ECO 204).

Associate of Science in Administration and
Management
The Department of Business and Economics offers this two-year associate degree to provide students with the basic instruction to an entry-level
management position with business or industry. In addition, all of the credits
earned in this program are transferable towards the four-year degree.
Careers available to the graduate of this program include a large number
in business and government , including sales, purchasing, employee relations, and general management.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101); General Psychology (PSY
100); College Algebra (MAT 181) or Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); 10 credits of free
electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business (BUS 100). 6 credits from the following Economics courses: Elements of Economics (ECO 100); Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Current Economics Issues (ECO 200). Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS 112); Principles of Management
(BUS 201 ); Business Writing I (ENG 211 ); Computer Science course; Principles of Sociology (SOC 100). 18 credits of Restricted Electives to be chosen from the following list with
consent of advisor: 9 to 15 credits of 200 level or above Business/Economic electives;

98

Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Principles of Production (GCT 475); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171); Business Statistics (BUS 225); Sociology , Social Science, or Psychology elective.

Associate of Science in Accounting
The Department of Business and Economics offers this two-year associate degree to provide students with high quality training in accounting. In the
career ladder concept , the University has designed the proposed program
so that students may transfer into the many four-year business programs.
Careers are available in a number of fields in business and government ,
including purchasing, sales, bookkeeping , and accounting itself.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101); General Psychology (PSY
100); College Algebra (MAT 181) orTechnical Mathematics I (MAT 182); 10 credits of free
electives .
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business (BUS 100). 6 credits from the following Economics courses : Elements of Economics (ECO 100); Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Current Economics Issues (ECO 200). Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS 112); Cost Accounting I (BUS
315); Principles of Management (BUS 211); Computer Science Course; 6 credits of Accounting electives - to be chosen with consent of advisor. 12 credits of Restricted Electives to be chosen from the list below with consent of advisor : at least 6 credits of
Business/ Economic electives; Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Principles of Production
(GCT 475); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171); Business Statistics (MAT 225).

BUSINESS (BUS)
BUS 100. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS . The internal and functional setting of busi ness enterprise, its organization and control. (3 crs.)
BUS 111 . ACCOUNTING I. The fundamentals of debit and credit ; the use of journals and
ledgers; basic accounting procedures; adjusting and closing entries; completion of accounting cycle; preparation of pertinent financial statements comprise the major topics
of this course. (3 crs.)
BUS 112 . ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of basic accounting principles with an emphasis on partnership and corporate accounting . Prerequisite: BUS 111. (3 crs.)
BUS 201 . PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. A survey of the theories in the field of management, covering concepts developed by the classical school , the behavioral school,
and the management science school. Emphasis is on human factors , but the influences
of economics and technological factors are also considered. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or
consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
BUS 216 . MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. For non-accounting majors; emphasizes the
uses of accounting data in the decision-making process of a business enterprise. Topics
covered will be cost-volume relationships ; manufacturing costs and analysis; relevant
cost analysis; master and fle xible budgets and related variances; responsibility accounting and cost allocation; job and process systems; overhead application. Prerequisites:
BUS 111 and BUS 112. (3 crs.)
BUS 218 . FEDERAL INCOME TAX I. An introduction to individual federal income tax
accounting . (3 crs .)
BUS 219 . FEDERAL INCOME TAX II. Advanced topics in federal taxation . Partnerships,
decedents, estates, trusts , corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, foreign income, securities transactions , etc . Prerequisite: BUS 218. (3 crs.)
BUS 221 . SALESMANSHIP . Basic principles underlying all types of selling , practical application of these principles to various selling situations and the legal aspects of selling .
Prerequisites: ECO 201 and ECO 202 . (3 crs.)

99

BUS 241. BUSINESS LAW I. A study of commercial law as it relates to contracts, agency, partnership and property. Prerequisites: ECO 100 and at least sophomore standing .
(3 crs.)
BUS 242 . BUSINESS LAW II . A continuation of Business Law I. Basic legal concepts of
sales, commercial paper, credit and related topics. Prerequisite: BUS 241 . (3 crs.)
BUS 243 . BUSINESS LAW II . A continuation of Business Law I. Basic legal concepts of
sales, commercial paper, credit and related top ics. Prerequisite: Business Law II (BUS
242). (3 crs.)
BUS 301 . COMPUTER BASED MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS . An introduction to the technology, application , and management of computer-based information
systems. Topics covered include business computer systems , computer hardware,
computer software, data base management systems, data communication , systems
analysis, systems design , general accounting application , materials control application,
management information processing, systems planning , operations management , performance review . Prerequ isites: CSC 121 , BUS 201 , BUS 112. (3 crs.)
BUS 303 . ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. An examination of theories and concepts relating the individual to the organization. The course analyzes the forces which influence
behavior within an organization . Prerequisite: BUS 201 or consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
BUS 311 . INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. A review of basic accounting principles and
concepts . A preparation for advanced courses in accounting and for the theory and
practice sections of the uniform CPA exam . Prerequisite: BUS 112. (3 crs .)
BUS 312 . INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II . A continuat ion of the review of basic account ing principles and concepts including financial statement analysis. A preparation
for advanced courses in accounting and for the t heory and practice sections of the uniform CPA examination . Prerequisite: BUS 311 . (3 crs .)
BUS 315 . COST ACCOUNTING I. An introduction to basic cost-accounting principles,
cost-volume , profit analysis , standard costing , process and job order costing and departmental budgeting . Prerequisite: BUS 112 . (3 crs.)
BUS 317 . MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS. An introduction to management control systems , which include control of producti o n costs , standard costs, flexible budgets , managed costs , profit centers and capital acquisitions. Prerequisite : BUS 216 or
BUS 315 . (3 crs.)
BUS 321 . PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING . An introduction to basic principles of marketing management. Other topics covered are selected target markets; developing marketing mixes; marketing management in action. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 and
BUS 201 . (3 crs.)
BUS 323 . SALES MANAGEMENT. The role of sales manager, both at the headquarters
and field , in managing people , resources , and selling functions . An analysis of the
problems involved in th e m anagement of sales force : recruiting , selection , training and
evaluation of the selling performance of salesmen ; collection and analysis of relevant
marketing dat a and controlling funct ion . Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 and BUS
201. (3 crs.)
BUS 332 . FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. The study of financial analysis, planning and
control including working capital management , decision s involving long-term assets ,
sources and forms of long-term financing and other selected subjects. Advanced techniques of financ ial analysis are employed . Prerequisites : BUS 112, ECO 201 and MAT
225 or MAT 171 . (3 crs.)
BUS 335 . INVESTMENTS. An introduction to financial investments. Topics include securities and securities markets; investment risks , returns and constraints; portfolio policies ; and institutional investment policies. Prerequisite: MAT 106 or perm ission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
BUS 342 . BUSINESS , SOCIETY AND GOVERNMENT . A survey of the historical and
contemporary relationship between government and business in the United States.
Special emphasis is given to the developments of the past two decades . Prerequisite:
ECO 100 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
BUS 351 . PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. Decision-making and analyses of major management problems that arise in manpower planning , recruitment , selection , development , compensation , and appraisal of employees in various organizations . Prerequisite:
BUS 201 . (3 crs .)

100

BUS 408 . BUSINESS POLICY. The integrated decision making of general management.
Topics covered include corporate strategy and implementing corporate strategy. Prerequisites: BUS 201, ECO 322 or consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
BUS 410 . AUDITING . A critical evaluation of financial statements. Prerequisite: BUS
312. (3 crs.)
BUS 412 . ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING . Special topics in accounting . Mergers and acquisitions, consolidated financial reports , accounting for international operations, etc. Prerequisite: BUS 312 . (3 crs.)
BUS 415. COST ACCOUNTING II. A survey of special topics in the field of industrial
accounting . Prerequisites: BUS 111, BUS 112 and BUS 315 . (3 crs.)
BUS 421. MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Description and analysis of the nature, strategies and techniques of marketing management. Prerequisite: Principles of Marketing
(BUS 321). (3 crs.)
BUS 428 . MARKETING RESEARCH . Description of behavioral and statistical tools for
designing and implementing research projects. Prerequisites: Principles of Marketing
(BUS 321), Marketing Management (BUS 421) and Business Statistics (MAT 225).
BUS 491 . ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP. Practicum with Public Accounting firms , government, or industry. Prerequisites: 18 credits in Accounting and consent of instructor.
(Variable)
BUS 492 . BUSINESS INTERNSHIP. The student is placed with a business firm , a bank , a
government agency, or a non-profit organization for on-the-job and/or counselling experience. It offers a practical training ground for students, which supplements academic
training by permitting them to address live problems in a real business environment.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor . (Variable)
BUS 495. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS . An intensive examination of selected subjects from
the general field of business. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
The following course may be taken only by seniors and with the permission of the
instructor.
BUS 531 . BANK MANAGEMENT. Detailed analysis of operational decisions faced by
bank managers in the areas of loans, investments, sources of funds , and liability
management.

ECONOMICS (ECO)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ECO 100. ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS . An introduction to the elements of economic
analysis , structured particularly for the non-major; the student is exposed to the
mechanics of the market system and a survey of modern macroeconomic theory and
policy. Prerequisite: None. (3 crs.)
ECO 200 . CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES. An application to contemporary economic
problems of economic principles. Current readings in economics are examined. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 . (3 crs.)
+ECO 201 . INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS. An introduction to the market
mechanism at work in a modern mixed economy; supply and demand analysis is applied
to consumer markets as well as resource markets. Prerequisite: ECO 100 recommended . (3 crs.)
+ECO 202. INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS. An introduction to the determination of national income; problems of inflation and unemployment ; international trade
and economic growth. Emphasis is placed on the roles of monetary and fiscal policy in
the conduct of macroeconomic policy. The efficacy of wage and price controls is analyzed . Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 . (3 crs.)
+ECO 204. PERSONAL MONEY MANAGEMENT. A guide to personal finance to best
meet one's objectives and make financial decisions easier. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or
equivalent. (3 crs.)
ECO 225 . MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY. A theoretical treatment of the influence
of money and financial markets on economic activity and prices, and of the effects of

101

monetary policy on the markets for goods and services; the role of money in the Classical and Keynesian macrosystems; monetary and fiscal policy. Prerequisites: ECO 304 ,
MAT 225 . (3 crs.)
ECO 251 . DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY . A survey of the beginning,
development , and growth of the American economy with emphasis on the business sector. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 or ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 301 . INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS . An analysis of the theories of consumer behavior in the allocation of resources , and of general price and distribution theory,
with application to current economic issues. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (3 crs .)
ECO 302 . INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS . Analysis of the determination of national income, employment and price levels. Discussion of consumption , investment ,
inflation , and government fiscal and monetary policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201, ECO 202 .
(3 crs.)
ECO 304 . MONEY AND BANKING. Relation of money and credit to economic activity
and prices; impact of public policy in financial markets and for goods and services ; policies, structure and the functions of the federal reserve system ; organization operation
and functions of commercial banking system , as related to questions of economic stability and public policy. Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 307 . STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE. Principles and problems of financing state and
local governments. Topics to be covered include taxation , expenditures, intergovernmental grants, and governmental fiscal relations . Prerequisite: ECO 100 or equivalent .
(3 crs .)
ECO 311 . LABOR ECONOMICS. An introduction to labor economics, theories of the
labor movement , the American labor movement , wage and employment theory , comparative labor movements and trade union impact on wages, prices, and national income. Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 320 . MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS . A course designed to enable economics and
business majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics . Relationships of functions and graphs, simultaneous equations , maximazation techniques,
and those parts of algebra and calculus required for economic analysis are presented .
Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 and MAT 181 or MAT 182. (3 crs.)
ECO 322 . MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. A survey of analytical techniques available to
the modern business manager. Topics to be covered include economics for managers ;
business forecasting ; cost and production functions ; industrial pricing ; profit planning ;
business decision making . Prerequisites : ECO 201 , ECO 202 , ECO 320 . (3 crs.)
ECO 331 . REGIONAL ECONOMICS . An introduction to regional analysis: Theories of
city locations and hierarchies , industrial location patterns, land-use patterns, the shortrun impact of industrial change upon -employment in one community and on long-run
differentials of per capita income between regions . Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 or
ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 342 . ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. Environmental pollution , failure of the market system , and optimum resource allocation ; levels of pollution abatement and public
policy; energy and public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 351. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. An analysis of the institutional structure of each type of economy and understanding of the reasons for the similarities and
differences of institutional structures by comparing capitalist , socialist , and communist
economic systems. Prerequisites : ECO 201, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 379 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ECONOMICS . This is designed to meet the changing
interests of students and staff. Topics vary in response to those interests . Prerequisites:
ECO 201 , ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (Variable)
ECO 401. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION . Analysis of market structure and its relation to
market performance; changing structure of U.S. industry; and pricing policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to the problems of
public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201 . (3 crs .)
ECO 405 . PUBLIC FINANCE . A study of the role of federal, state and local governments
in meeting public wants. Topics covered include: analysis of tax theory and policy, government expenditures, public debt management , government budgeting, benefit cost
analysis and income redistribution . Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)

102

ECO 421 . APPLIED ECONOMETRICS . The formulation, estimation and testing of economic models. Topics include single variable and multiple variable regression techniques , theory of identification , autocorrelation and simultaneous equations.
Prerequisites: MAT 225 and ECO 320. (3 crs.)
ECO 422 . INPUT / OUTPUT ANALYSIS . (3 crs.)
ECO 431 . INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade, balance of payment accounts, comparative costs, mechanism of international financial relations. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 433 . ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. To provide an understanding of the obstacles to economic growth , requirements for growth, and other topics related to economic growth in underdeveloped countries. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO
202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 451 . HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT. An extensive survey of the development of economic thought from ancient times to the present stressing the contributions
of Smith, Ricardo, Marx , Marshall and Keynes . This course should be taken quite late in
the undergraduate career. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202 . (3 crs.)
ECO 479. HONORS COURSE IN ECONOMICS . Integrated reading under staff direction .
Selected topics are investigated and written reports are submitted . Prerequisites: ECO
201 , ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (Variable).
ECO 490 . COMMUNITY RESOURCES WORKSHOP. A workshop that exposes teachers
to various community resources and encourages their implementation into educational
programs . Emphasis is placed on the economic aspects of community life with approximately twenty-five hours of classroom economics supplementing numerous field trips
and lectures. Prerequisites: Senior standing or college degree. (Variable).
ECO 492 . ECONOMICS INTERNSHIP. The student is placed with a business firm , a
bank , and industrial firm, a government office, a health care facility or a similar institution for on-the-job experiences related to their classroom course work. This course
should be taken quite late in the undergraduate career. Credit hours will range from 1 to
12 depending upon the nature of the particular assignment. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Variable)
ECO 495 . SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS . An intensive examination of selected subjects
from the fields of Economics, Management , Business and Labor Relations. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)

CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES (CCU)
One credit may be scheduled each semester in any one of the following.
An activity may be repeated in a following semester, but a total of no more
than four credits towards graduation may be earned in this way. These activities always count as " free electives" and never towards fulfilling the requirements in any area of specialization .
CCU 103. CO-EDUCATIONAL WEIGHT LIFTING AND CONDITIONING. (1 er.)
CCU 151 . SHOTOKAN KARATE. (1 er.)
CCU 190. CHORAL ENSEMBLE. (1 er.)
CCU 196. GLEE CLUB . (1 er.)
CCU 197. UNIVERSITY BAND. (1 er.)
CCU 198. UNIVERSITY CHOIR. (1 er.)
CCU 292 . STUDENT GOVERNMENT. (1 er.)
CCU 293. PUBLICATIONS : NEWSPAPER (1 er.)
CCU 294 . PUBLICATIONS : YEARBOOK . (1 er.)
CCU 295. PUBLICATIONS : " PEGASUS" (1 er.)
CCU 379. IN-RESIDENCE HALL COUNCIL. (1 er.)

103

COMMUNICATION
The faculty and courses for this program may be found in the listings for
the Departments of English, Speech, and Theatre in this catalog.
The Secondary Education Communication program is designed to enable the teacher candidate to develop personal communication skills and
performance competencies and attitudes, in order to become a conduit of
learning, a model of communication competence , including the empathic
communication of the affective domain, and a resource person for facilitating communication in educational and community settings.
The Communication teacher not only helps young people to experience
all the methods of human expression, both verbal and non-verbal , by which
we communicate our thoughts and feelings but also encourages students to
be sensitive to creative expression. Furthermore, the Communication teacher assists students to speak and listen effectively, to read clearly and write
critically, and to enhance their communication skills with varieties of aesthetic experiences such as film, theatre, and television .
A Communication teacher is certified for grades seven through twelve
and is qualified to teach the traditional English areas, such as literature, writing and linguistics, as well as speech, and theatre. Moreover, at California
University this multi-disciplinary, comprehensive program has been broadened to include teaching competencies in media such as radio, television ,
film, and photography.
Communication students receive valuable pre-professional experiences
through campus contacts as forensic judges and coaches for secondary
school teams, assisting and advising schools concerning play productions,
and hosting area elementary and secondary schools at university play
productions.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Communication for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities: 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives (including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (EDF 110); Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary Education (EDS
300) or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) or Secondary School
Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430); Developmental
Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465); Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 100);
Introduction to Philosophical and Legal Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in
Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP
304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP 404); Teaching of Communications (EDS
437) or Modern Methods (EDS 455); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Specialization:

I. Core Requirements
Communication Core (9 credits): English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345) or Introduction to Linguistics (ENG 347): Oral Communication (SPE 101) or Advanced Speech
Course; Introduction to Television Production (SPE 240).

104

Theatre Core (6 credits): Stagecraft I (THE 151) or Fundamentals of Acting (THE 130)
or Fundamentals of Directing (THE 200) orWorkshops.
Writing Core: Qualification in Composit ion II (ENG 102); Advanced Writing (ENG 375)
or Teaching of Writing (EDS 436) or Journalism I (ENG 311).
Literature Core: Literature for Adolescents (ENG 305); 6 credits from the following :
English Literature I (ENG 301) or English Literature II (ENG 302) or any 300 or 400 level
literature course.
II. Areas of Concentration
( 1) For concentration in Linguistics: 9 credits in English Linguistic courses 300 level or
above; Chaucer (ENG 415); Su rvey of Old and Middle English (ENG 310) or Studies in Old
and Middle English Literature (ENG 481 ); 6 credits in Writing electives.
(2) For concentration in Literature: 9 credits in English Literature courses 300 level or
above (at least one of which must be before 1800 and one after); Introduction to Linguistics (ENG 347); a Literary Criticism course; 6 credits of English electives.
(3) For concentration in Speech Communication: 3 credits: Oral Interpretation Workshop: Forensic Workshop; Radio and Television Workshop . 6 credits from the following
100 level courses: Survey of Radio, Television , and Film (SPE 105); Fundamentals of Discussion (SPE 107); Introduction to Communication Theory (SPE 108); Introduction to Oral
Interpretation (SPE 111); Voice and Articulation (SPE 121). 3 credits from the following
200 level courses: Advanced Oral Interpretation (SPE 212); Persuasion (SPE 220). Enrichment Requirement: (3 credits from the following) Appreciation of Television (SPE 270);
Appreciation of Film (SPE 360); Radio and Television in a Free Society (SPE 445). Production Requirement : Introduction to Radio Production (SPE 245). Analysis: Language and
Behavior (SPE 315) or Speech Criticism (SPE 460).
(4) For concentration in Theatre: Production, Rehearsal , and Performance (THE 392);
6 credits of Theatre History or Literature; 12 credits of theatre electives.
(5) For concentration in Non-Print Media: Advanced Television Production (SPE 340);
Advanced Layout and Graphic Design (ART 208). 6 credits in Workshops (or Special
Problems) which must come from at least two of the following : art , film , music , photography, radio , television , or theatre. 9 credits of Non-Print Electives.
(6) For concentration in Writing: 6 credits of Creative Writing courses; Teaching of
Writing (EDS 436); Journalism I (SPE 307); Introduction to Linguistics (SPE 347); 6 credits
of free electives.

DEPARTMENT OF COUNSELOR
EDUCATION AND SERVICES
Professor Parnell, chair. Professors R. Brown , S. Little, Madden .
Although this department does not offer an undergraduate major, the
services of its faculty are made available to the student body through the
Counselling Center, which is described in the first section of this catalog.

DENTAL HYGIENE PROGRAM
Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Dental Hygiene
This program is designed for persons who have completed an approved
program and have a valid license to practice Dental Hygiene. Students who
have completed a two-year program of full time work take an additional two
years at California University of Pennsylvania. Those students with three

105

years of full time course work complete an additional year of work at California. Each student is required to earn a minimum of thirty credits at California
University of Pennsylvania. The student earns a Bachelor of Science degree
in Education with certification as a Dental Hygienist. This meets the certification requirements for the public schools of Pennsylvania.
Requirements:
I. Dental Hygiene license, earned at an approved institution of higher education .
II. Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100)- 3 credits; Educational
Psychology (PSY 110)- 3 credits ; Developmental Psychology (PSY 207)- 3 credits; Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 305 - 2 credits)
Ill. General Education (minimum of 18 credits): 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits of
Social Sciences; free electives as needed to complete the required 128 credits for graduation and the 30-credit residency requirement.

DEPARTMENT OF EARTH SCIENCES
EARTH SCIENCES (EAS)
GEOGRAPHY
GEOLOGY(GEO)
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
PETROII.EUM TECHNOLOGY (PET)
See also Slavic/Soviet Studies under Foreign Languages in this catalog .
Associate ::>rofessor Moses, chair. Professors Procasky, Thompson; Associate Professors Conte, Orsag

Bachelor of Science in Earth Sciences
This program provides the student with a varied selection of courses and
experiences. The flexibility of the program enables the student , working
closely with an advisor, to acquire training in depth in this major area of interest. The earth scientist, using a variety of tools and disciplines concerning
the earth and its processes, is knowledgeable in the areas of geology, astronomy, meteorology, oceanography, and physical geography and makes
use of the tools of mathematics, chemistry, and physics. At present, most
earth science students continue their education in specialized areas in graduate school , but many others obtain employment in the public or private sector in positions commonly defined as applied earth science.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); Historical Geology (EAS
200); Meteorology (EAS 241); Climatology (EAS 242); Introduction to Oceanography (EAS
163); Astronomy (PHS 145); Earth Resources (EAS 232); General Chemistry I (CHE 101);

106

General Physics (PHY 104); Statistics (MAT 215); 34 credits of electives in related fields , at
least 18 of which must be at the 300 level or above, and all with the approval of the advisor.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in Earth
Science for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives (including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(8) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300)- or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) - or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching of Earth Science in the Secondary School (EDS 447) or Modern Methods
(EDS 455); Student Teaching and School Law.

(C) Professional Specialization:

Required : Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); Meteorology (EAS 241 ); Introduction to
Oceanography (EAS 163); Ast ronomy (PHS 145); General Chemistry I (CHS 101 ); Statistics
(MAT 215) or College Algebra (MAT 181) or Trigonometry (MAT 191).
Restricted Electives ( 12 credits of the following): Any geology course; Physical Geography (EAS 160); Climatology (EAS 242); Cartography (EAS 271); Map and Air Photo Interpretation (EAS 272); Earth Science Workshop (EAS 493); Field Methods (GEO 445);
Hydrology (EAS 202); Field Mapping (EAS 372); Human Ecology (GEO 240); Introduction
to Biology (BIO 102); Field Work Hydrology (EAS 302); Field Work Meteorology (EAS 341);
Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 373); Geomorphology (EAS 343); Coastal Geomorphology
and Marine Resources (EAS 363}-other courses with approval of Advisor.

Bachelor of Arts in Geography
The geography program provides students a varied selection of courses
and geographic experiences, including the human, physical , political and economic dimensions of the discipline. The program 's flexibility permits the
student, working with an advisor, to get training in depth in the interest.
Presently, most geography students continue their education in specialized
areas in graduate school. Many others, however, move into employment with
the federal government. The Geography major is designed to give all students maximum freedom in coordinating their college program with desired
objectives.
The geography program also allows the student to participate in internships in industry, government, and social agencies while receiving college
credit.
Geography affords the graduate the opportunity to work in the public and
private sectors in jobs commonly defined as applied geography. Graduates
may work for government agencies, industries, and regional or urban planning offices as cartographers, economic geographers, regional specialists,
resource managers, location analysts, or demographers. Recent published
projections of existing trends show that geography will continue to offer its
graduates a wide variety of career opportunities.

107

Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Human Geography (GEO 105); Physical Geography (EAS
160); Urban Geography (GEO 210); Economic Geography (GEO 200); Cartography (EAS
271); Seminar (EAS 496) or Research Project; 11-23 credits of Geography electives. 27-39
credits of related courses, with advisor's approval.

Bachelor of Science in Geology
The Geology program, offered in the Department of Earth Sciences, offers a wide range of courses that allows the student maximum freedom to
pursue a program leading to the Bachelor of Science. The Geology staff and
students work closely with the departments of Physical Science and Biology
and Environmental Sciences, and other interdisciplinary programs.
Besides the course work offered on campus, the university's membership in cooperative groups allows our students access to some unique learning and research opportunities. Most prominent is the Penn Soil
Conservation Education Center at Sandy Lake, Pennsylvania.
A major in geology allows the student to move immediately into employment with government and environmental agencies. Many industries employ
geologists as permanent consultants. Our graduates have also obtained employment with cement companies, highway departments, sand and gravel
operations, and in mining, water analysis and coastal surveys.
Graduate scholarships are readily available to students with high academic achievement. More than half of our graduates go on to graduate
school.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); Historical Geology (EAS
200); Mineralogy (EAS 331); Pertrology (EAS 332); Structural Geology (EAS 425); Geomorphology (EAS 343); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); General Physics (PHY
104); College Algebra (MAT 181); 12 credits of electives in the major; 17 cred its of related
electives, including at least 6 credits of mathematics and one course in Biology.

Bachelor of Arts in International Studies
(See also the program in Slavic/Soviet Studies in this catalog .)
Given the physical and cultural complexities of the modern world, individuals who bridge the difficulties posed by environment, language and culture
are needed if we are to live together as a world community. Two kinds of
specialists ideally suited to apply their skills to the above tasks are geographers and linguists: geographers because they seek to describe, relate and
explain natural and man-made things that distinguish places on the earth 's
surface, linguists because their knowledge of languages and culture makes
possible the effective communication of ideas.
The program provides career opportunities in the federal government, in
the Foreign Service, in the Peace Corps, in the military, and in business firms
operating outside the United States.

108

Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration:
In Geography: Economic Geography (GEO 200); Political Geography (GEO 345); Regional Science, Map and Aerial Photography Interpretation (EAS 272); and Geographic
Area Studies.
In a foreign language: the two intermediate courses in that language; the two conversation and composition courses in the language, a course in the culture and civilization of the
appropriate country; and 3 additional credits.
In Restricted Electives: a minimum of three credits in each of Economics, English, History, Management, Mathematics, Political Science, and Psychology. Eleven additional
credits of related electives (which may include internships).

Bachelor of Science Degree in Petroleum Technology
The energy crisis and the need for national independence from foreign
sources of oil have created a shortage of trained personnel and an increasing need for technically skilled men and women to engage in the search for
and production of petroleum. The Petroleum Technology program provides
students with an interdisciplinary academic background, which includes extensive study of geology, chemistry, physics and mathematics surrounding a
core of petroleum geology courses.
In addition to preparing the student for graduate studies, this program
provides career opportunities in such fields as field geology, well logging,
surveying , field geology, well management, exploration planning, consulting
services, and government service.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); College Algebra (MAT 181); Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282);
6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12
credits of free electives.
(B) Technical Education: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150); Historical Geology (EAS
200); Mineralogy (EAS 331); Petrology (EAS 332); Sedimentology (EAS 421); Stratigraphy
(EAS 422); Micropaleontology (EAS 350); Structural Geology (EAS 425); Geomorphology
(EAS 343); Petroleum Geology (EAS 321 ); Reservoir Evaluation (PTE 455); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); College Physics I (PHY 101) and II (PHY 102); Geochemistry (CHE 255); Geophysics (PHY 235); Statistics (MAT 215); Computer Science I (CSC
121); Cartography (EAS 271); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); 11 credits of related
electives.

EARTH SCIENCE (EAS)
EAS 100. INTRODUCTION TO EARTH SCIENCE. An introduction to the four general
areas of Earth Science: astronomy, geology, meteorology, and oceanography. Although
no laboratory time is designated as such, some class time is devoted to the study of
rocks and minerals, topographic maps and weather maps and charts. (3 crs.)
EAS 150. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY . A survey for the non-major and a basic
course for the geology major. Topics include the physical make-up of the earth , internal
and external processes, rocks and minerals, fossils , and the earth 's origin and evolution .
Laboratory is an integral part of the course. (4 crs.)
EAS 160. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY . The study of the physical aspects of human environment , including climate, soils, water, vegetation, and topography. Maps and map
making are also treated. (3 crs.)

109

EAS 163. INTRODUCTION TO OCEANOGRAPHY. An introductory study of marine geology (basin formation , tectonics, sedimentation , geomorphology), physical and chemical
oceanography (air-sea interaction , salinity , density, temperature, ocean circulation ,
chem istry of sea water), and marine biology (neritic and pelagic). (3 crs.)
EAS 200 . HISTORICAL GEOLOGY . The geologic history of the earth and of the succession of major groups of plants and animals as based on the geologic interpretation of the
rock and fossil record . Some field work , and weekly laboratory work to emphasize the
lecture sessions. Prerequisite: Introduction to Geology. (4 crs .)
EAS 202 . HYDROLOGY. A basic survey of water as a resource. Topics include the hydrologic cycle, droughts, water tables, water budgets, water management , aquifers and
aquicludes , and water hazards. Students learn stream gauging and will study one area
water problem . Field trips are an essential part of the course . (3 crs.)
EAS 231 . ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY . The interaction between man and his geologic
environment . It is intended as an introductory survey and the student needs only a limited background in geology. Topics include erosion , floods , sediments and pollution,
medical geology, soils , earthquakes, mass movements, volcanoes, groundwater, and
man as a geologic agent. (3 crs.)
EAS 232 . EARTH RESOURCES . The first half deals with the identification and description of rocks and minerals, the origin and classification of soils, and water as a resource ;
the second half with the distribution of geologic origin of the economically important
metals, nonmetals, and fossil fuels . (3 crs.)
EAS 241 . METEOROLOGY. The physics of the atmosphere as influenced by the earthatmosphere interaction . The effects of the physical controls as they alter the elements
are emphasized. The con struction and analysis of weather maps is an integral part of the
course. (3 crs.)
EAS 242. CLIMATOLOGY . The elements and controls of climate are analyzed in a systematic fashion . Various methods and techniques of classifying climates are presented .
The climate of each continent is regionalized and the factors which produce the climatic
patterns are investigated . Meteorology is a recommended prerequisite to the course. (3
crs .)
EAS 271 . CARTOGRAPHY . A laboratory course on the history of maps and mapping;
the interpretation of globes, cartograms, and geographic diagrams; the nature and
function of maps, including concepts of scales and cartographic symbols; and the use of
cartographic tools and equipment in map construction . (3 crs.)
EAS 272. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY INTERPRETATION. A utilization of maps
and aerial photographs as a source of information to aid in landscape analysis. The
principles of data collection and acquisition of information from map and aerial photographs are considered in a manner that does not require previous background . (3 crs.)
EAS 302. FIELD WORK IN HYDROLOGY . A follow-up course in hydrology, with practical
work concerning water and water budgets. Students work with problems concerning
storage of water, stream measurements, and evaporation problems. (3 crs.)
EAS 321 . PETROLEUM GEOLOGY. The first of a two-semester sequence intended primarily for petroleum technology majors. Topics considered include petroleum reservoir
properties, petroleum traps, the origin and migration of oil and natural gas, geological ,
geochemical , and geophysical exploration techniques; lithofacies analysis, computer
application, well log analysis; secondary and tertiary recovery techniques; and major oil
fields of the U.S. and selected areas of the world . (3 crs.)
EAS 322 . PETROLEUM GEOLOGY II . The second half of the petroleum sequence , this
course considers such top ics as geological , geochemical , and geophysical exploration
techniques; lithofacies analysis; computer applications; well log analysis; secondary and
tertiary recovery techniques; and major oilfields of the U.S. and selected areas of the
world . (3 crs.)
EAS 331 . MINERALOGY . An introduction to the morphology and internal structure of
crystals and the chemical and physical characteristics of minerals. Laboratory time is
devoted to the study of crystal models and the identification of selected mineral specimens. Presupposes a basic knowledge of geology and chemistry. (3 crs.)
EAS 332 . PETROLOGY. A detailed examination of the three major rock groups: igneous,
sedimentary, and metamorphic. Particular emphasis is placed on the origin of individual
rock types as well as the several bases of classification . Laboratory work includes both

110

hand specimen and this section identification . It is urged that the student have mineralogy prior to taking this course. (3 crs.)
EAS 341 . FIELD WORK IN METEOROLOGY. A field-o riented course designed as followup course to meteorology. The measurement of weather conditions, plotting these conditions, and predicting the weather. Other weather problems and library research are
part of the course. (3 crs.)
EAS 343 . GEOMORPHOLOGY. An advanced course in the origin , description, and classification of surface features (landforms). Particular emphasis is placed on the evolution
of landscapes as related to underlying geologic facto rs and the cl imatic regime . Laboratory times is devoted to the examination of landforms as displayed on topographic
maps . (3 crs.)
EAS 350. MICROPALEONTOLOGY. The essen tial biological and geological principles
basic to all paleontological studies. Most attention is devoted to the study and identification of various microfossil groups, particularly the foraminifera and the ostracodes.
The use of microfossils by the petroleum industry for stratigraphic and paleoenviron mental interpretation is also considered . (3 crs.)
EAS 351 . INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY . A detailed analysis of each of the invertebrate phyla as well as consideration of the more important of these as stratigraphic
index fossils . Some consideration is also given to vertebrates and important local plant
fossils . Of interest to biology as well as geology students. (3 crs.)
EAS 363. COASTAL GEOMORPHOLOGY AND MARINE RESOURCES . A study of the
physical processes that shape coastal landforms and of the pelagic and neritic resources of the oceans. Topics include longshore transport , wave action , swash zone
dynamics, estaurine and deltaic geomorphology, ferromanganese and petroleum resources, and beach structures. Prerequisite: Introduction to Oceanography or permission of the instructor . (3 crs.)
EAS 366. GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA . This is a survey of the geology, geologic history, and mineral resources of Pennsylvania's seven physiographic provinces. Includes
field trips to western Pennsylvania's points of geologic interest. Prerequisite: Introduction to Geology or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
EAS 372 . FIELD MAPPING . Actual on-site exercises. Using field equipment and the
processes and problems involved in mapping . Emphasis is on cartographic techniques,
layout, and design of maps from field data . Prerequisites: Map and Air Photo Interpretation, Cartography, or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
EAS 373 . STATISTICAL CARTOGRAPHY . The statistical approach to cartographic representation . Methods of data manipulation , problems of symbolization and techniques
of presentation are emphasized. (3 crs.)
EAS 421 . SEDIMENTOLOGY . All aspects of sediments and sedimentary rocks . Topics
covered include sedimentary textures and structures, classification , the chemical and
mineralogical composition of sediments, the origin and deposition of sediments, and the
use of sedimentary rocks in interpreting earth history. This course is highly individualized with major emphasis on independent laboratory work . (3 crs.)
EAS 422 . STRATIGRAPHY . Major emphasis on the temporal and spatial relationships of
layered rocks . The use of guide fossils is stressed and the stratigraphy of Pennsylvania
is examined in detail. Students become involved in local and regional stratigraphic
problems of individual interest . (3 crs .)
·
EAS 425 . STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. An examination of the dynamic nature of the earth .
Topics considered include the response of rocks to deforming forces , fold systems, fault
systems, and the tectonic history of the earth. Modern theories of continent drift, seafloor spreading , and sub-crustal convection are examined . (3 crs.)
EAS 436. FIELD MAPPING IN EARTH SCIENCE. Designed to provide majors with
knowledge of problems encountered in field work and the techniques utilized to solve
these problems. This course consists of planned trips. Lectures and discussions are
used to supplement the trips. (3 crs .)
EAS 437 . FIELD METHODS IN GEOLOGY . Designed to provide geology and petroleum
technology majors with a knowledge of problems encountered in field work and techniques utilized to solve these problems. The course consists of planned trips to areas of
geologic interest. The student is expected to write summary reports. (3 crs.)

111

EAS 463 . SEMINAR IN OCEANOGRAPHY . For advanced department majors who have
completed all or nearly all of the required courses for the major. Students are guided
through a series of research topics across the spectrum of ocean studies. Students prepare written responses on each of the topics. A major research paper is presented to the
class by each student , who will also defend the data, research methods, and conclusions. (3 crs.)
EAS 493. EARTH SCIENCE WORKSHOP. A field and laboratory oriented course
designed to give the student a wide range of practical experiences in the methods and
instruments of the earth sciences. Field trips to the National Weather Service's upper air
and radar station , to the Allegheny County Air Pollution Center, and to locales of geologic interest enhance knowledge gained through the student's individual project. Prerequisites: Introduction to Earth Science and Meteorology. (Variable)
EAS 494 . GEOLOGY WORKSHOP . Provides the student with a variety of geologic experiences. Included are lectures, laboratory exercises, field work , and problems. To the
greatest extent possible, the course is also tailored to meet the needs of individual students. Permission of the staff is required . (Variable)
EAS 495 . SEMINAR IN EARTH SCIENCE. For majors who have completed all or nearly
all of the required courses in this major. Students are required to select research topics
which are discussed by the class and approved by the instructor. Students make available a copy of their written research reports to all members of the class. Students present
and defend before the class their research reports. (Variable)
EAS 496. SEMINAR IN GEOLOGY. Designed to give students of advanced standing in
geology a chance for group discussion and involvement in a wide variety of geoscience
topics. In addition, students are to write detailed papers on some subject of particular
interest to them . The content and approach of seminars may vary somewhat depending
on the competencies of the various staff members involved . (Variable)
EAS 498. PRACTICUM IN GEOLOGY . The student combines academic theory with
practical on-the-job experience by spending up to a fall semester in one of several state
or local governmental agencies. The practicum can be taken for from 3 to 17 credits and
includes supervision by the participating agency as well as performance evaluation by
the academic advisor. Limited to geology majors. (Variable)

GEOGRAPHY(GEO)
GEO 100. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY . Presents the scope of geography, some
methodology and the geographer 's approach to investigating the landscape. Topics
such as climate, landforms. population , economic activities serve as the framework for
investigation . (3 crs.)
GEO 105. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY . Insights into the existing group patterns and the spatial distribution of the occupants of the earth. Broad lines and mankind's evolution, and
recent economic and demographic changes are also emphasized . (3 crs.)
GEO 200. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY . The geographical bases for the production, manufacture, and distribution of the earth's resources and the relationships arising as man
engages in making a living . (3 crs.)
GEO 210 . URBAN GEOGRAPHY . An investigation of city environments. Topics investigated and analyzed about cities include their classification, location, distribution , function , growth , types, and patterns of land use. Emphasis toward urban planning is
incorporated . (3 crs.)
GEO 217 . DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS . Introduction to demographic processes. The determinants and consequences of population trends. Emphasis is placed on distribution
patterns and environmental ramifications . (3 crs.)
GEO 220. GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA. The physiography , climate, vegetation , population, land utilization , production, and trade of the various regions of the United States and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The
importance of Pennsylvania is stressed. (3 crs.)
GEO 240 . HUMAN ECOLOGY. A social science approach dealing with the relationship
between man and his organic environment. Emphasis is placed upon the physical , biological , and cultural basis of man 's adaptation to his environment . (3 crs.)

112

GEO 275. CONTEMPORARY GEOGRAPHIC PROBLEMS I. Various physically and
human-oriented courses based on the application of geographic techniques and concepts to selected problems of spatial interaction. Specific course topics and course
numbers are available at each registration . (3 crs.)
GEO 276. CONTEMPORARY GEOGRAPHIC PROBLEMS II. (3 crs.)
GEO 306. MARKETING GEOGRAPHY . The spatial patterns associated with the consumption of retail goods, especially the collection and subsequent distribution of these
goods to consumers. (3 crs.)
GEO 315 . URBAN TRANSPORTATION . The characteristics of urban functions, structure, location, and internal patterns as they are associated with spatial variation in transportation systems. Urban problems as they relate to transportation are especially
emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 317. LAND USE ANALYSIS. An analysis of the structure of urban and rural areas
with emphasis on the analysis of patterns and trends in land use. Methods for analysis
are developed so that land use can be effectively understood .
GEO 318. GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA. The geography of one-fourth of humanity. A geographic study of the historical , cultural, political, and economic factors as they combine
to make twentieth-century China an important factor in world affairs. (3 crs.)
GEO 325. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE . Europe's natural and political regions, emphasizing the complexity of the continent's natural and cultural landscapes and the effect they
have had on the occupants' past and present. (3 crs .)
GEO 326 . GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA. A regional analysis of Pennsylvania, emphasizing man 's cultural and economic response to environmental factors. (3 crs.)
GEO 328. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA. The effects of the physical environment of
Latin America upon the activities of man . Effects of the historical background, types of
governments, and ethnic backgrounds of the peoples upon the development of the natural resources of Latin America. The study is regional by nations. (3 crs.)
GEO 330 . GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION . A regional study of the physical and
cultural features of the Soviet Union . The emphasis is placed upon these factors responsible for the current position of the Soviet Union as a major world power and on potential
future development. (3 crs.)
GEO 337. GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA. A regional study of Africa, showing the social and
economic development of these lands in relation to their physical environment . Theimportance of Africa to the world, and the effect thereon of emergent nationalism in an
Africa torn by strife are studied . (3 crs.)
GEO 340. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY. A study of the interrelationships between the
natural environment and the historical development of the United States. (3 crs.)
GEO 345. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY . The problems of state, internal and external, as
influenced by the human and natural resources . (3 crs.)
GEO 370. MAP INTERPRETATION. A non-technical laboratory course designed to develop competence in map use and evaluation . Interpretation of cartograms and graphs
along with the theory of map construction and mapping techniques is included. (3 crs.)
GEO 445. FIELD METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY. An intensive micro-geographic study
through field work . An advanced course using geographic field tools and techniques . (3
crs.)
GEO 491 . FIELD COURSE IN GEOGRAPHY. Field investigation utilizing geographic
tools and techniques concentrating on primary data. (Variable)
GEO 493 . SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHY. Consideration of evolving geographic thought,
evaluation of selected geographic literature, and the development of individual or group
research projects. Recommended as a culminating course for majors in geography.
(Variable)
GEO 498 . INTERNSHIP IN GEOGRAPHY. This course involves the geography intern
during the sophomore, junior or senior year in a semester of practical experience with a
planning, governmental , business, industrial , or social agency. Credit for the course varies, depending upon the nature of the internship assignment and the number of hours of
on-the-job training . (Variable)

113

PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY (PTE)
PTE 450 . APPLIED GEOPHYSICS . Emphasis on the actual application of geophysical
instrumentation to the solving of geological problems . While the major thrust is in the
area of petroleum exploration , other problems of mineral resource exploration , and assessment are also considered .
PTE 455 . RESERVOIR EVALUATION . Detailed analysis of rocks which serve for the storage and ultimately for the production of petroleum . The characteristics of these rocks
are studied in hand specimen , in thin section , in cores , and in terms of their responses to
various " down hole" geophysical surveys (well logs). Laboratory work and problem solving are emphasized .

EDUCATION (EDU)
EDU 200 . IMPACT OF TECHNOLOGY OF SOCIETY . An inter-disciplinary study of the
impact technology has on society from the perspectives of history, economics, religion,
education , politics, medicine, environment, and philosophy. The rapid growth of technology, the rapidity of change, human development and social values, and cultural mores are also discussed . Implications for the ability of humankind to control technology,
adapt , cope , and plan for the future are additional concerns explored . Teaching-learning activities include lecture, class discussion , role-playing, and a case study. (3 crs.)
EDU 210. TEACHING IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY . The development of intergroupinterpersonal awareness to promote a better understanding of different races , sexes,
religious beliefs , national origins , and socio-economic backgrounds found in our multicultural society. Emphasis on developing the awareness, knowledge, skill and competency needed for positive human relationships . (3 crs:)
EDU 449 . STUDENT TEACHING - SPECIAL EDUCATION . (Variable)
EDU 459 . STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY EDUCATION . (Variable)
EDU 469 . STUDENT TEACHING - SECONDARY EDUCATION . (Variable)

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (EDF)
SECONDARY EDUCATION (EDS)
Professors Aldstadt , Crowley, D. Edwards, Lebois , Messinger, Moreschi, J.
Nelson, Orlandi , Reid ; Associate Professor Butler
The department is responsible for the Secondary Education Programs,
the Professional Education components of programs in the College of Education, the Graduate School, the Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist program (Department of Counselor Education and Services) and the Nurse
Anesthesia program (Department of Biology), and a diversity of services to
the University.
For the Secondary Education Curriculum the department offers a Bachelor of Science in Education degree (B.S . in Ed .) in the following Certification
areas: Athletic Training, Biology, Chemistry, Communications, Earth Science, English, Mathematics, Modern Foreign Language, Physics, and Comprehensive Social Sciences. Accordingly , this curricular function is the
responsibility of the Educational Studies Department in cooperation with the
appropriate academic departments.
Therefore, each student who is a Secondary Education major functions
under a system of dual advisement whereby the student's advisor from the

114

Educational Studies Department assists the student in satisfying completely
her or his Certification , while an advisor from the student's chosen discipline
guides the student in the area of specialization. Thus in each case final advisement is with the student's advisor from the Educational Studies
Department .
Students who satisfactorily complete the program in Secondary Education may, at graduation , qualify for the Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate for teaching in their certification area at the middle school and
secondary school levels. Requirements are such that the student may pursue
certification in one or more teaching areas as mentioned above.
Students enrolled in the College of Education, regardless of major, may
also enroll in one or more endorsement programs. Endorsement programs
enable a person to teach in an additional area. Presently there are four endorsement programs; General Science, Driver's Education and Safety, Environmental Education, and Athletic Training .
The following is a list of current career opportunities available to graduates who have majored in the secondary education programs:
Teacher (Junior High School)
Teacher (Senior High School)
Overseas Teaching Positions
Department of Defense Overseas Dependent Schools
Graduate Studies
Also, there are many other career opportunities which are specific to the
area of specialization chosen by the student.

SECONDARY EDUCATION (EDS) AND EDUCATIONAL
FOUNDATIONS (EDF)
EDF 100. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION . A survey designed to contribute directly to
the professional growth and development of the prospective teacher and to serve as an
introductory course for the student in liberal arts or science and technology. It stresses
the history, philosophy, legal , and social foundations of the American educational enterprise. Emphasis is also given to teaching as a profes~ion , as well as to the structure,
administration, and support of the system of public education at the local, state, and
federal levels. The student is encouraged to think constructively and creatively about
education and self. (3 crs .)
EDF 206 INSIDE MYSELF AND WITH OTHERS . Gives students an opportunity to study
and examine values and principles concerning themselves, what they believe, and how
they relate to others: as individuals, in the family, and in various group situations. Multimedia techniques and large group, small group, and individually tailored sessions will
be used to achieve class objectives . (3 crs.)
EDS 300 . PROBLEMS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION . The practical problems of teaching and learning in the secondary school with emphasis on principles of problem solving
are studied. A survey is made of the structure and nature of American secondary education . Tools and techniques used in problem solving are introduced . A field exposure
experience of two classes per week for nine weeks in the local secondary schools is a
requirement of the course. Prerequisite: EDF 100.
EDF 301 . COMPUTERS FOR TEACHERS. Includes both theory and practice and acquaints the learner with computers and their uses as an instructional tool. The learner
will develop and document an instructional program that includes a tutorial , drill and
practice, and a test/evaluation strategy employing the programming language BASIC.
Laboratory assignments using this University's computer facilities are designed to provide generalizable and transferrable competencies using the programming language

115

BASIC. Therefore, although the learners are using a main-frame computer, the competencies gained are also applicable to microcomputers. (3 crs .)
EDF 304 . INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL MEDIA. This course, for prospective and
practicing teachers from various levels of education, i.e., pre-school to graduate school,
is also relevant for persons in training programs in churches, business, and industry.
Emphasis is placed on media as an inherent part of effective instruction as well as on
effective media utilization practices, the acquisition of skills in selecting media hardware
and software, and the operation of equipment and competence in simple local production techniques. The course has been designed to facilitate learning in three instructional modes: (1) large group, by means of mediated lectures; (2) small group , by means of
demonstrations and practice in equipment operation/local production; (3) and independent study, by means of film loops, film strips, slide-tape presentations, and computerassisted instruction . Three class hours and one laboratory hour each week. (3 crs.)
EDF 308. LEARNING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY . (3 crs.) The
study of principles of selection and utilization of a variety of learning resources and most
commonly recognized audiovisual formats, with emphasis on modern technologies of
instruction . Competencies and skills developed will be applied by the students in the
design and completion of individual projects. Useful local production techniques will
also be considered . (3 crs.)
EDF 310 . MASS COMMUNICATION IN EDUCATION . A study of mass media and telecommunications technologies as they relate to education, and the development of competencies and skills in the selection , utilization , and evaluation of the effects of print and
electronic media. Production techniques for media software and practice in operation of
media hardware will be provided . Students will develop a critical awareness about the
problems and processes of mass communication in education . (2 crs.)
EDF 318 . FOUNDATIONS OF DEATH AND DYING . The phenomenon of death and dying
in the areas of anthropology, psychology, philosophy, education , literature and song . (3
crs.)
EDF 360. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION . An introduction to the various schools of the
world . Selected countries include England , France, Italy, Spain, West Germany, the
U.S.S .R. and the United States. The general strategy is to explore the history, social
organizations, and economic and political conditions that have shaped educational institutions in each country. (3 crs.)
EDF 380 . VALUES CLARIFICATION IN TEACHING . The process of values clarification
and ways that the process may be used in various subject matter areas. Procedures to
be used in the course include paper and pencil exercises , verbal or discussion exercises,
self-analysis exercises, and role-practicing exercises. Ample opportunity provided for
active participation by all class members. The instructor frequently functions as a class
member and little course work will be required outside of the class period . (3 crs .)
EDF 411 . PHOTOGRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS . For advanced undergraduates. The
skills and techniques needed to take and display effective photographs in black and
white or in color, and how to use various cameras, common supplements, attachments,
and materials . Because photography also depends on the photographer's perception
and style, students are encouraged to seek out siJbjects that interest them. They plan
and execute individual projects in communicating thoughts or feelings to others. Applications to problems of instructional communication and instructional development are
encouraged, and emphasis is placed on techniques of presentation . (3 crs.)
EDF 412 . PREPARATION OF INEXPENSIVE TEACHING MATERIALS . For advanced undergraduates. The principles, techniques and skills associated with , and necessary for,
the effective preparation of a variety of inexpensive teacher- made instructional materials, such as transparencies, opaque projection materials, individual materials to support
projector instruction , duplicating disc recordings on tape, duplicating tapes , making
sound effects, chalkboard techniques, mounting and preserving pictorial materials and
specimens, lettering techniques, devices for the display and study of live specimens,
special-purpose maps, models, mock-ups, flannel boards , magnetic boards, electric
boards, diorama stages, and effective bulletin boards. (3 crs.)
EDF 413 . TELEVISION PRODUCTION FOR TEACHERS . For advanced undergraduates.
A study of the techniques for producing and directing effective televised instruction .
Exercises in planning , designing and preparing graphics for , and teaching short television lessons are included , and effective utilization techniques considered. (3 crs.)

116

EDS 420. INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES . The principles of guidance with emphasis on the basic concepts of individual and group counseling and the relationship of the counselor, teacher, and school nurse in grades K-12 . (3
crs.)
EDS 420. INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES. For C.R.N.A.
only. The principles of guidance in the post-secondary school setting with emphasis on
basic concepts of individual and group counseling as applicable to the role of the
C.R.N.A. as an instructor and in dealing with the sick and dying . Educational Psychology
is not a prerequisite. (3 crs.)
EDS 425 . INTRODUCTION TO INSTRUCTION . Principles of instruction as they are related to major learning theories. Students are acquainted with the relationships between
instructional strategies and educational objectives, commonly used instructional materials, principles of accountability and the evaluation of instructional outcomes. (3 crs.)
EDS 430. EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
This course is a consideration of the simpler statistical measures, with particular stress
on the application to classroom work , and of the princ iples underlying the construction
of valid , reliable objective tests. Prerequisite: Educat ional Psychology. (3 crs.)
EDS 435 . SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY. The development of classroom techniques
which lead to cooperative understandings between school and community is a chief
objective of this cou rse. Considerable attention is given to the structure of the community, its groups, and their goals. The school is viewed in its role as a public relations laboratory. (3 crs.)
EDS 436 . TEACHING OF WRITING . (3 crs.)
EDS 437 . TEACHING OF COMMUNICATION. A specially designed methods course
team taught by instructors from the departments of English, Speech Communication,
and Theatre who have had teaching experience in secondary schools is available for
Communication teaching candidates. The course develops proficiency in applying learning theory and historical perspectives to the Communication curriculum , developing and
presenting lesson plans in teaching simulations, developing curriculum appropriate to
the areas of specialization , directing young people in extension activities (newspaper,
yearbook , drama, forensics, radio and television), adapting content to students with varying levels of motivation and skill development, and becoming aware of availabilities in
the job market. (3 crs.)
EDS 440 . TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . The application of principles of educational psychology, philosophy, and sociology to the teaching of English in
junior and senior high school. The course includes both practical techniques of classroom practice and an investigation of the larger problems of the profession . Adequate
prior content courses in English are necessary to the student undertaking this course. (3
crs.)
EDS 445 . TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Methods which
may be used in teach ing the social studies. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives, courses of study, and organization of subject matter for teaching purposes, curriculum materials, procedures and development. (3 crs.)
EDS 447 . TEACHING OF EARTH SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. A review of
concepts and basic philosophy in Earth Science. The course includes a survey of available materials and cu rrent curricula in the field of earth science which form the bases for
analysis of modern techniques in the teaching of this discipline. (3 crs.)
EDS 455. MODERN METHODS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. An analysis of the functions
of secondary education and of classroom problems, followed by the presentation of
techniques for the solution of such problems as indicated by recent literature in the field.
(3 crs.)
EDS 456. THE SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM . An analysis of the functions of
secondary school curriculum including the historical development of the high school
curriculum; current and projected trends; patterns of curr iculum development; the dynamics of curriculum improvement ; curriculum provisions for meeting individual differences; trends in specific instructional fields; the place and purpose of student activities
and the extra-class curriculum . (3 crs.)
EDS 459. STUDENT TEACHING . Observation and participation in all teaching and activities related to the performance of a teacher 's work, in the area of the student's specialization. Prerequisite: A general quality point average of C or 2.00 and 2.00 in the area of

117

specialization . The student spends full time in actual classroom teaching for a semester
of 16 weeks. (12 crs.) (Variable credit in special circumstances)
EDS 460 . TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . The mathematical
abilities of the secondary student are diagnosed. Methods of mathematical teaching are
discussed and presented . Results of mathematical education according to recent research are studied and trends are indicated . The control and use of the visual aids pertaining to mathematics, and a study of student , teacher , administration and community
problems with proper methods of instruction are considered . Content mater ial is included at the discretion of the Mathematics Department. Evaluation is maintained by tests,
reports , textbook evaluations, course outlines, unit plans , projects and teaching lessons . (3 crs.)
EDS 465. DEVELOPMENTAL READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Intended to
help the prospective teachers of the Secondary academic subject areas develop an understanding and appreciation of the necessary reading skills needed by their students .
Methods of establishing awareness of general reading needs as well as the special skills
unique to their subject area will be stressed . (2 crs.)
EDS 466 . TEACHING MODERN LANGUAGES (K thru 12). This course is taught in the
language laboratory. It covers the theory and practice of teaching modern languages.
Instruction in the use of the laboratory is given . Emphasis is given to the student developing an adequate understanding of the needs, interests , learning characteristics and
motivations of students at various ages of development (K thru 12). (3 crs .)
EDS 467 . TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . Gives the prospective
science major a thorough grounding in the problems of teaching science. The objectives
of the science program in the secondary school , selection of te xtbooks , sources of suitable literature, how to secure materials for instruction , the preparation of units, and special techniques are studied. Prerequisite : Twelve hours of work in major field . (3 crs.)
EDS 469. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SECONDARY EDUCATION . (Variable)
EDS 470. ISSUES AND INNOVATIONS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION . (3 crs.)
EDS 475 . SEMINAR IN NEGOTIATIONS FOR TEACHERS , ADMINISTRATORS , AND
SCHOOL DIRECTORS (Summer Workshop) . Trains teachers, administrators, and
school directors in collective bargaining . (3 crs.)
EDS 490 . PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW . Primary consideration is
given to the general techniques and principles of teach ing with particular emphasis to
techniques that are pertinent to the student's special field . Pennsylvania school law relevant to the work of the classroom teacher as well as the problems encountered by the
students in their student teaching experiences are considered . (2 crs.)
EDS 491 . HONORS SEMINAR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION . (Variable)
EDS 494. STUDENT TEACHING WORKSHOP . For students seeking secondary teaching
certification in Pennsylvania who have had prior teaching experience in secondary
schools. The learning procedures assume var ious understandings and competencies.
Registration for this workshop requires the approval of the Dean of Education and the
Director of Student Teaching. (8 crs.)
EDF 500 . CREATING INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS . This basic production course encompasses the principles, techniques, and skills used in the effective preparation of a
variety of inexpensive teacher-made instructional materials, such as transparencies,
opaque projection materials, individual materials to support projector instruction, duplicating disc recordings on tape, duplicating tapes, making sound effects, chalkboard
techniques, mounting and preserving pictorial materials and specimens, lettering techniques, devices for the display and study of live specimens, special-purpose maps, models, mock-ups, flannel boards, magnetic boards, electric boards, diorama stages , and
effective bulletin boards. (3 crs.)
EDF 510 . PHOTOGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION . Beginning with the fundamentals of
photography this course will consider the skills and techniques needed to take and display effective photographs in black and white or in color, and how to use various cameras, common supplements, attachments, and materials. Because photography also
depends on the photographer's perception and style, students will be encouraged to
seek out subjects that interest them . They will plan and execute individual projects in
communicating thoughts or feelings to others. Applications to problems of instructional
communication and instructional development will be encouraged, and emphasis will be
placed on techniques of presentation . (3 crs.)

118

EDF 520. TELEVISION PRODUCTION FOR TEACHERS . A study of the techniques for
producing and directing effective televised instruction . Students develop skill s and
competenc ies by doing exercises in planning , designing, scripting , preparing graphics
for , and teaching and directing short television lessons . Effective utilization techniques
and evaluation of televised instruction are also considered . (3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (EDE)
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (ECE)
EARLY CHILDHOOD/ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
See Also: SPECIAL EDUCATION in this catalog , for dual majors in Early
Childhood & Special Education and Elementary Education & Special
Education
Professor Pavlak , chair. Professor Jacobs, assistant chair.Professors Aiken ,
Christ , Frickert , Kennedy , J.G. Martin , Mcilwain , Orr, Parker, Rogers ,
Saludis; Associate Professors Campbell , Vargo ; Assistant Professor
Scarmazzi .

Bachelor of Science in Education: Elementary
Education
The Elementary Education program offers small class size, individual advising , field trips and field work that enhance students ' theoretical backgrounds. In addition, California University of Pennsylvania offers a
professional semester during which students may enroll in most of their
methods courses .
Students may conduct research in the Manderino Library and the Elementary Department 's children ' s literature library. The department also offers summer employment in its remedial reading camp , held annually on
campus .
Elementary Education majors must successfully complete one semester
of student teaching , which includes field work at two grade levels. Certification to teach kindergarten through sixth grade is awarded upon graduation .
The College of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education ; certification in Pennsylvania extends to all
fifty states . The Placement Office aids students seeking teaching positions
locally and out-of-state.
Recently the number of students entering and graduating with education
majors has dropped dramatically; large surpluses of teachers no longer exist. This condition promises increased employment possibilities for graduates. California University of Pennsylvania has maintained a high percentage
of placement.
The objectives of the Elementary Education program are to help
students:

119

-Acquire the knowledge and skills essential to becoming a member of
the teaching profession .
-Acquire knowledge and understanding of educational theory, enabling
them to develop a rationale for using and creating a good learning
environment
-Develop an awareness of the role which parents and the community
play in planning for the education of elementary-age children
-Expand and enrich specific educational interests
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Oral Communication (SPE
101); 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits in Social Sciences (including General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credits in Health of Physical Activities; Irr.pact of Technology in Society (EDU 200); 19 credits of free electives, including Composit ion 1-11 (ENG 101 - 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundation s of Education (EDF 100); Teaching in a MultiCultural Society (EDU 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY
205); Introduction to Education Media (EDF 304); Introduction to Philosophy and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Procedure and Parent Interview (ESP 304); Curr icular and Methods Strategies (ESP
404); Student teaching and School Law (EDE 490).
(C) Professional Specialization: Art for Elementary Teachers (EDE 205); Teaching Music in Elementary Grades (EDE 207); Health and Physical Education in Elementary Grades
(EDE 208); Teaching of Reading (EDE 301); Children 's Literature I (EDE 311); Field Experiences in Early Childhood (EGE 202); Observation and Conference (EDE 409); Math Content and Method in the Elementary School (EDE 305); Teaching of Social Studies (EDE
306); Science in the Elementary School (EDE 307); Teaching of Language Arts (EDE 308);
11 credits of Education Electives.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Early Childhood
The Early Childhood Education program provides the academic background and field work needed for teaching certification from nursery school
through third grade. Upon completion of the program, the prospective
teacher will receive a Bachelor of Science degree and a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate. The College of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, and certification in
Pennsylvania extends to all fifty states. Our Placement Office is active in aiding students seeking teaching positions locally and out of state.
Students are offered extensive field work, small classes and individual
advising before progressing to the required semester of student teaching .
Augmenting their background will be the Professional Semester, wherein
most methods courses are incorporated into one semester.
California University of Pennsylvania has had exceptionally high placement of its Early Childhood graduates, and given the small number of students graduating in the field, future employment looks promising .
The objectives of the Early Childhood program are to help students:
-Understand the growth and development of children
-Plan educational experiences using knowledge of different cultures
and societies
-Select and use instructional resources wisely

120

Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Oral Communication (SPE
101); 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits in Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 19 credits of free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG
102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Teaching in a MultiCultural Society (EDU 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY
205); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Introduction to Philosophy and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification, Diagnostic Procedures, and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization: Laboratory Experiences in Nursery-Kindergarten
(ECE 201); Field Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 202); Art for Early Childhood (ECE
215); Music for Early Childhood (ECE 217); Health and Physical Education in Early Childhood (ECE 218); Reading Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 301); Children 's Literature I
(ECE 311 ); Math Content in Early Childhood (ECE 315); The Child in His Social and Physical Environment (ECE 316); Science for Early Childhood (ECE 317); Communicative Arts in
Early Childhood (ECE 318); Early Childhood Seminar (ECE 405); 8 credits in Education
Electives .

Bachelor of Science in Education: Early Childhood/
Elementary-( dual major)
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Oral Communication (SPE
101 ); 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits in Social Sciences including General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Impact of Technology in Society
(EDU 200); 19 credits of free electives includ ing Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Teaching in MultiCultural Society (EDU 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY
205); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Introduction to Philosophy and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Procedures and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Methods Strategies
(ESP 404); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization: Lab Experiences in Nursery/ Kindergarten (ECE 201);
Field Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 202); Art for Early Childhood (ECE 215); Music
for Early Childhood (ECE 217); Health and Physical Education for Early Childhood (ECE
218); Reading Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 301); Children 's Literature (ECE 311);
Math Content in Early Childhood (ECE 315); Child in Social and Physical Environment
(ECE 316); Science for Early Childhood (ECE 317); Communicative Arts in Early Childhood
(ECE 318); Early Childhood Educational Seminar (ECE 405); Teaching of Reading (EDE
201); Math Content and Methods (EDE 305); Teaching Social Studies (ECE 306); Teaching
Language Arts (ECE 308); Professional Lab Experiences (ECE 409).

Bachelor of Science in Education: Elementary /Early
Childhood-( dual major)
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Oral Communication (SPE
101); 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits in Social Sciences including General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Impact of Technology in Society
(EDU 200); 19 credits of free elect ives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Teaching in a MultiCultural Society (EDU 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY
205); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Introduction to Philosophy and Legal

121

Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Procedures and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Methods Strategies
(ESP 404); Student Teaching and School Law.
·
(C) Professional Specialization: Art for Elementary Teachers (EDE 205); Teaching Music in Elementary Grades (EDE 207); Health and Physical Education in Elementary Grades
(EDE 208); Teaching of Reading (EDE 301); Children's Literature I (EDE 311); Field Experience Early Childhood (ECE 202); Professional Lab. Experience (EDE 409); Math Content
and Methods (EDE 305); Teaching of Social Studies (EDE 306); Science for Elementary
Teachers (EDE 307); Teaching Language Arts (EDE 308); Lab Experiences in Nursery/Kindergarten (ECE 201); Reading Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 301); Math Content in
Early Childhood (ECE 315); Child in Social and Physical Environment (ECE 316); Communicative Arts in Early Childhood (ECE 318).

Associate of Science in Early Childhood Education
The Department of Elementary Education offers this two-year associate
degree (A.S.) to provide training in early childhood education . This program
is particularly valuable for Day Care and Head Start aides.
Requirements:
(A) General Studies: Oral Communication (SPE 100); General Psychology (PSY 100);
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques in Mathematics (MAT 161) or Technical Mathematics (MAT 182).
(B) General Studies Electives: Three credits in each of the Humanities , Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences, and five credits of free electives, chosen with the advisor's
approval.
(C) Professional Education: 11 credits: Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210);
Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY 205); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304).
(D) Area of Concentration: 30 credits: Development of the Preschool Child (ECE 493);
Fundamentals of Day Care Education (ECE 491); Communication Arts for Early Childhood
(ECE 318); The Child's Physical and Social Environment (ECE 316); Music for Early Childhood (ECE 217); Science in Early Childhood (ECE 317); Art in Early Childhood (ECE 215);
Children 's Literature I (ECE 311 ); Reading Experiences in Early Childhood (ECE 301 );
Mathematics Content in Early Childhood (ECE 315).

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (EDE)
EDE 100. READING , STUDY AND LISTENING SKILLS . The purpose of this course is to
develop listening , reading and study skills necessary for academic success in university
studies and future vocational and professional work . (3 crs.)
EDE 103. THE PLX APPROACH TO READING READINESS . The purpose of this course
is to teach the Picture Language Experience (PLX) approach to beginning reading to
Early Childhood staff. (3 crs.)
EDE 205. ART FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES . Development of art activities suitable for
the elementary grades. Emphasis is placed upon the integration of art education with
other school subjects. (3 crs.)
EDE 207 . TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES . Techniques of teaching
music to children . Includes the study of much source materials and its proper application in the classroom . Covers procedures in grades kindergarten through six in such
activities as the use of rhythm instruments, records , part singing , singing games,
dances, and creative work . Undergraduates develop proven techniques and procedures
through actual teaching experiences in a typical classroom situation. (3 crs.)
EDE 209 . LABORATORY EXPERIENCES. (1 er.)
EDE 210 . ELEMENTARY MUSIC WORKSHOP. (3 crs .)
EDE 215. TUTORING DISABLED LEARNERS . (Variable)

122

EDE 301. TEACHING OF READING . A basic course in reading instruction, elementary
grades. Content deals with current theory of learning as it relates to reading, instructional practices and examination of materials used for reading instruction. (3 crs.)
EDE 302 . DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL READING . Major emphasis is placed on acquainting the student with the techniques of diagnosing reading difficulties and of determining appropriate remedial treatment . Opportunities to develop informal diagnostic
tools and to assist in developing instructional plans for disabled readers are provided
through on-site tutoring in the local schools.
EDE 303. PRACTICUM IN READING INSTRUCTION. Provides opportunities for students to identify and remediate reading difficulties of children. Formal and informal diagnostic testing procedures are used . Prerequisite: EDE 301, EDE 302. (3 crs.)
EDE 304 . READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS SEMINAR. Technique in research writing is
emphasized . The student conducts research on a current topic reading and language
arts and presents a written paper in Turabian style. The student prepares an oral presentation of the findings . Prerequisite: EDE 301 . (3 crs.)
EDE 305 . MATHEMATICAL CONTENT AND METHOD IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.
Emphasis is on understanding cognitive development and mathematical perception of
children . Students and the professor work with small groups of children. Analysis of
recent materials and texts follows. (3 crs.)
EDE 306. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES. Approaches are examined as to both content and rationale. Teaching strategies are studied . Emphasis is given to current trends
and present status of programs. Different types of materials are examined . Particular
attention is given to lesson plans and resource units. (3 crs .)
EDE 307 . SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES . Provides students in the Elementary curriculum with the skills and strategies necessary for developing children 's competency in the sciences. (3 crs.)
EDE 308. TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS. Presents a broad foundation of the various
aspects of the language arts in elementary education . Emphasis given to the knowledge
of the facets of the language arts, basic principles, techniques , materials of instruction,
recent trends and research, and practice planning language arts experiences. (3 crs .)
EDE 309. FIELD EXPERIENCES. (2 crs.)
EDE 311. CHILDREN 'S LITERATURE I. Acquaints the undergraduate with literature
available for children and various techniques that may be employed in elementary classrooms to stimulate interest in reading story and poem . (3 crs.)
EDE 312. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 11 . An extension of Children's Literature I. Emphasis on selection and use of literature compatible with children 's needs, interests, and
abilities. Focuses on heightening appreciation of literature in children . Prerequisite:
Children's Literature I. (3 crs.)
EDE 313. SEMINAR IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. The limited size of a seminar is conducive to the in-depth considerations of areas and topics in children's literature singled
out as being of special interest to particular students, or a timely social adjustment. (3
crs.)
EDE 325 . NEW METHODS IN SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. This course is
designed to provide the student with a background beyond that of Science in the Elementary School. New programs and methods will be investigated and evaluated . Students will be provided with field experiences relevant to new methods. (3 crs.)
EDE 327. MAKING AND USING SCIENCE MATERIALS . An opportunity for students in
elementary education to engage in creative experiences in science. Provides an opportunity for the students to construct a variety of teaching devices or models. (3 crs.)
EDE 335. READING IN AN URBAN SOCIETY . Presents an understanding of the reading
process and its relationship to students in the urban school. Emphasis is given to characteristics of the disadvantaged child , phases of the reading process, stages of readiness, needs of the disadvantaged child, providing for individual differences, various
multi-ethnic basal reading programs, and materials and equipment. Prerequisite: EDE
301.
EDE 336. CHORAL READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Acquaints students with
methodology for conducting choral speaking in an elementary school classroom. Stress
is placed upon student creativity within the framework of the mechanical technique of

123

traditional choral speaking. The techniques learned are the basis upon which creativity
in choral speaking develops. Thus the future elementary school teacher may provide an
opportunity for developing various language patterns and speech habits by means of a
poetic and creative approach in a particular classroom . (2 crs.)
EDE 337 . POETRY FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILD. Intended to familiarize
prospective teachers with methods which may be used with children engaged in the
study of poetry. Emphasis is placed on poetic experience. The student gains experience
in reading, writing, and discussing poetry. (2 crs.)
EDE 409 . OBSERVATION AND CONFERENCE . The student receives background and
experience in working with intermediate grade children in the classroom . Lectures and
classroom teaching experiences are combined to give the student an opportunity to
discover an aptitude and interest in working with children . (3 crs.)
EDE 459. STUDENT TEACHING. During this course the student is assigned to work in
two classrooms in the public schools. Under supervision , the student observes and participates in all teaching activities related to the performance of a teacher's work in the
elementary grades. Besides field work , students attend practicum class once a week .
Discussions are centered around the current materials utilized in all subject areas.
Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of the classroom teacher are analyzed
and discussed thoroughly. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered
by the student in their student teaching experiences. Teaching opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly basis. Prerequisites: completion of the Professional Semester; admission to Teacher Education ; approval of Teacher Education Committee.
(12 crs.)
EDE 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW . Discussions are centered
around the current materials utilized in all subject areas. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of the classroom teacher are analyzed and discussed thoroughly. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered by the student in the student
teaching experiences . Teaching opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly
basis . Prerequisites : Elementary Education 459 to be taken concurrently with this
course (EDE 459). (2 crs.)
EDE 495. ECONOMIC EDUCATION WORKSHOP . (3 crs.)
EDE 496 . SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION WORKSHOP . (3 crs.)
EDE 497 . READING WORKSHOP. A workshop designed for the pre-service or in-service
teacher who has had at least one basic course in reading methods. Course intent is
improvement of classroom reading programs with emphasis on adaptation and development of instructional materials. (3 crs.)
EDE 498. INNOVATIVE TECHNIQUES AND EXPERIENCES IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Acquaints students with modern teaching techniques and innovations in elementary education . Opportunities are provided for students to present innovative techniques to the class. (3 crs .)

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (ECE)
ECE 201 . LABORATORY EXPERIENCES IN NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN . This course
provides the student with an introduction to working with preschool children through
experiences in Day Care Centers , Headstart , Nursery School , and Kindergarten. Lesson
preparation and activity development are stressed . Prerequisite: Sophomore standing .
(3 crs.)
ECE 202. FIELD EXPERIENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. The students receive background and experience in working with primary grade children in the classroom . Lectures and classroom teaching experiences are combined to give students an
opportunity to discover their aptitude and interest in working with young children . (3
crs.)
ECE 206 . MOVEMENT EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. The prospective teacher of
children age three through eight years is provided with a working knowledge of the most
modern approach to teaching gross motor activity in an instructional physical education
program . An attempt is made to emphasize the importance of helping the child develop
a positive concept for self and an awareness of spatial relationsh ips. (2 crs .)

124

ECE 217 . MUSIC FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD. Students are provided with a creative approach to the music interests and needs of the very young child designed to acquaint the
prospective teacher with current music education practices in pre-school and the primary grades. Experiences are provided in singing , listening , playing instruments, rhythmic
movements and creative music activities. (3 crs.)
ECE 218 . HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The health ,
physiology, and motor growth and development of the child from age three through
eight are studied . Program planning for the health and physical education from nursery
school through grades three is explored . (2 crs.)
ECE 301. READING EXPERIENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. This course prepares students for instruction of pre-reading and beginning reading skills for the young child in
preschool through grade 3. Content deals with concepts of readiness and the introduction of reading skills in the primary grades. (3 crs.)
ECE 315 . MATHEMATICAL CONTENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The student is introduced to the teaching quantitative measurement to young students with emphasis on
known concrete operations. Teaching for the development of the concepts of size,
shape and number is an integral part of the course . (3 crs.)
ECE 316. THE CHILD IN A SOCIAL AND PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. This course provides the college student with skills necessary for developing children 's awareness in
their social and physical world . Teaching strategies are developed and evaluated as they
pertain to early childhood aged children . (3 crs.)
ECE 317 . SCIENCE ACTIVITIES FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD. Physical materials are selected , made, and then used to observe and study developing science concepts in young
children . (3 crs.)
ECE 318 . COMMUNICATIVE ARTS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The beginning of early language patterns in childhood are studied as they can be fostered and furthered in a creative manner. Tools and techniques are developed for teaching the language arts to
individuals and to groups of children from preschool through grade three. (3 crs.)
ECE 405. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION SEMINAR. This course emphasizes the relationship between the academic and theoretical background of the student and its
practical application . Child development theories child-parent relationships and curriculum planning are stressed and related to planning creatively for classroom experience.
(3 crs.)
ECE 491 . FUNDAMENTALS OF DAY CARE EDUCATION . Introduces the student to fundamentals of setting up a Day Care center . This course provides the student with actual
practice in designing a comprehensive plan for establishing a Day Care center. (3 crs.)
ECE 492 . DAY CARE EDUCATION WORKSHOP . Explores the complex issues which
have influenced the formulation and implementation of Day Care programs. Day Care is
studied from historical , social, psychological , and education perspectives. (3 crs.)
ECE 493 . DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRESCHOOL CHILD. Traces the development of the
child from conception to five years of age. The areas of development to be explored are
sensory-motor , social-emotional , language, and intellectual. Techniques for enhancing
development are emphasized . (3 crs.)
ECE 495. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION WORKSHOP. This workshop emphasizes
the design and construction of Early Childhood Education materials. Based on Early
Childhood Education theories, material for individual differences such as those of the
slow learners , gifted , and the physically handicapped are developed. In addition, material which reflect unique cultural differences are included . (3 crs.)
ECE 497 . ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION WORKSHOP . This course will involve a series of
field trips to a variety of preschool settings. Emphasis will be on identifying the unique
characteristics of each program and how these programs meet differing needs. ( 1 er.)

125

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
ENGLISH (ENG)
LITERATURE (LIT)
See Also: COMMUNICATION in this catalog
Associate Professor Lizak, chair. Assistant Professor McVey, assistant
chair. Professors Bloemker, Dillon , Goodstein , Hanchin , Nucci, Rider , Rockwood, Thomas, D. Wilson ; Associate Professors Blayney, Cicconi, Ferris,
Halboth , Herron, Korcheck , Lapisardi , Lawrence, Maatta, Rea, Wodock; Assistant Professors Beardsley, Bennett , Forsythe, Grimes, Knight , Murdick ,
G . R. Smith .
The English Department encourages and rewards academic achievement in several ways .
The Eleanore C. Hibbs Writing Award is given annually to a student in
Composition I or Composition II. An applicant for the award must submit an
essay that was written for that class and that carries the recommendation of
the student's instructor. All entries are judged by a special committee of the
English Department. The winner receives a certificate of merit and $100 ,
both awarded at a luncheon in May.
The Minor W. Major Award is given annually to a student who distinguishes himself in the study of English . The award is given for merit alone,
usually to a student of junior standing . A departmental committee reviews
the academic records of prospective recipients, usually English majors, and
singles out the student who best meets its standards. The award is named
for Dr. Minor W . Major, late professor of English , 1957-1975. The recipient
receives a certificate of merit and $300 , both awarded at a luncheon usually
in April.
The English Faculty Award is given annually to the student in English
whose development as a student showed a remarkable change over four
years . A student who began indifferently and later distinguished himself in
his junior and senior years or a student who began with an ordinary selection
of courses and later chose one with considerable rigor might well be a candidate for the award. A departmental committee reviews the academic record
of prospective candidates to identify the one whose turn-around is most remarkable. The recipient receives a certificate of merit, a small prize, and an
inscribed book , all awarded at the senior dinner in May.
Sigma Tau Delta is the National English Honor Society. Its purpose is to
confer distinction upon undergraduates, graduates, scholars, and professional writers who contribute to the literature of the English language.
Through chapters at more than 200 colleges and universities the Society affords select students the opportunity to study language and literature
through organized discussion , the opportunity to develop in creative and
critical writing , and the opportunity to meet those who have similar minds
and hearts.
The California University Chapter Delta Theta was chartered February 9,
1959 and is the oldest chapter in the state system . Membership in Sigma Tau
Delta is open not only to English majors but to all those who have English as
an interest, those who have at least a 3.0 average in their English courses,
rank in the highest 35% of their class in general scholarship, complete at

126

least three semesters of college, and complete at least two courses in literature in addition to freshman English .

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
English for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 1O1):
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of free
electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(8) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300) - or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) - or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching of English in Secondary Schools (EDS 440) - or Modern Methods (EDS
455); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization:
Required : Advanced Writing (ENG 375) - or Teaching of Writing (EDS 436); History of
English Language (ENG 346); English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345); Practical Criticism
(ENG 448) - or History of Literary Criticism (ENG 348); Literature for Adolescents (ENG
305); Advanced Speech Course.
Restricted Electives: Two American Literature Survey courses; three English Literature
courses (300 - 400 level - one of which must be before 1800 and one after); 9 credits of
other major electives (one at the 300 - 400 level and two at the 400 level); Directed Projects
in English .

Bachelor of Arts in English
The English program provides the basis for a liberal education and
prepares majors for advanced graduate work, literary scholarship, and careers in a number of diverse fields .
The Department of English feels that a student majoring in English should
have a broad acquaintance with other fields of human interest. Basic courses
in philosophy, history, the social and natural sciences, fine arts, and foreign
languages and literature contribute to this acquaintance. The Department
recommends that its majors elect further courses in several of these fields.
The freedom of this undergraduate program allows for much personal
initiative; yet the more flexibility one has in constructing a program, the more
he is responsible to himself for planning an integrated and meaningful
course of study. One must ask himself, "What do I want from my undergraduate education?" As in the case of choosing a school, the student should
select a program that offers the greatest intellectual rewards and challenges.
When the choices are difficult, a faculty advisor can help him, but for the
most part the responsibility is his.
Besides preparing the graduate for graduate work in English and American literature, linguistics, library work, law, and a number of other fields, the
English program offers career opportunities in such positions as that of a
newspaper reporter, magazine editor, writer, public information assistant,

127

advertising researcher, communications specialist, radio and television editor, and employment interviewer.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: 33 semester hours in English at the 300 - 400 level, including at least one course in each of English literature before 1800, English literature after
1800, and American literature, Independent Studies in English . Related electives: 32
credits.

PROFESSIONAL WRITING PROGRAM
The Professional Writing Program is designed to prepare students to
enter the professional writing field in one or more of five areas: Business and
Commercial Writing, Creative Writing, Journalism, Radio-Television, and
Scientific and Technical Writing. The program allows students to specialize
in one of these writing areas and allows them sufficient opportunity to acquire additional skills in related subject matter. In the interest of academic
balance, the curriculum is designed to make certain that students receive a
broad education . Within the area of concentration requirements, provisions
for internship credits, electives in a related discipline, and distributed electives allow students to plan a program suited to his particular career goals.
The program allows students who have completed work at a community
college to apply basic writing credits to the program, thus permitting them to
complete the program within two years. The provision for some hours of internship credits will also facilitate this transition , especially for the student
who has been employed in some capacity involving writing responsibilities in
addition to some prior formal study.
This Professional Writing Program sees students as individuals who must
become aware of those qualities of clarity, conciseness, and style that constitute competent writing. They must also be able to master basic writing
formats and the intricacies and jargon of their chosen field of concentration,
be it professional writing in business, journalism, radio-television, or creative
writing.
Students will get a broad liberal education and thorough professional instruction . The highest professional standards are maintained in the classroom . In addition to sound educational background, faculty members have
had extensive professional experience in all areas of writing.
In each of the tracks, internship of from one to 16 credits may be taken as
part of the credits in electives.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.

Emphasis on Busineaa and Commercial Writing
Area of Concentration: Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Advertising (ENG 437); Great
Books (ENG 203); Business Writing I (ENG 211) and II (ENG 212); Journalism I (ENG 307);
Research for Writers (ENG 308); Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351); Writing for Publication (ENG 496). 9 credits from the following courses: Studies in Writing (ENG 352); Article
Writing (ENG 435); Journalism II (ENG 311) and Ill (ENG 312); Copywriting (ENG 401);
Directed Projects in English (ENG 478); English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345); and the
following courses in Business: Introduction to Business (BUS 100); Accounting I (BUS
111); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 301); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 302);

128

Principles of Market Management (BUS 321); Salesmanship (BUS 221); Principles of Management (BUS 201); 11 credits of relat ed electives .

Emphasis on Creative Writing
Area of Concentration: Poeti cs (ENG 318); Creative Writing : Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry (ENG 3 77); Creative Writing Seminar (ENG 495); Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375): Articl e Writing (ENG 435); Studies in Writing (ENG 352);
Research for Writers (ENG 308); Writing for Publicat ion (ENG 496). Three of the following
courses: Great Books (ENG 203); Adapt ation of Literary M aterials (ENG 430); Playwriting
(THE 250); Business Writing I (BUS 211); Scientific and Technical W r iting (ENG 217); Adverti sing (ENG 437); Journalism I (ENG 307); Creative Writing : Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry
(ENG 377). 32 credits of electives drawn from literature (300 level and beyond), linguistics,
speech , foreign languages , and theatre , including 12 hours of electives from any one area.
Emphasis on Journalism
Area of Concentration: Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Wr iting for Publication (ENG
496); Journalism I (ENG 307) and II (ENG 311) and Ill (ENG 312); Articl e Writing (ENG 435);
Adverti sing (ENG 437); Studies in Writin g (ENG 352); and Resea rch for Writers (ENG 308).
Twoof the following: Playwriting (T HE 250); Radio and Television Writing : News and Commercia l (SPE 330); Adapt ation of Literary Materials (ENG 430); Publishing the Magazine
(ENG 351); Copywriting (ENG 401). One of the following: Business Writing I (ENG 211);
Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Creative Writing: Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry
(ENG 377); Great Books (ENG 203); Sixteen credits in a related discipline ; 16 credits of
electives from any area.
Emphasis on Radio-Television Media
Area of Concentration: Writing core: Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Journalism I (ENG
307); Research for Writers (ENG 308); Arti cle Writing (ENG 435); Directed Projects in English (ENG 478); Ad aptation of Literary Materials (ENG 430). Media Core: Introduction to
Television Production (SPE 240); Radio and Television Writing : News and Commercials
(SPE 330); Radio and Televi sion Writing : Drama (SPE 335); Radio W orkshop I (SPE 196)
an d 11 (SPE 296) and 111 (SPE 396) or Television Workshop I (SPE 195) and II (SPE 295) and
Ill (SPE 395). Six to 15 credits of writing electives from among: Pl aywriting (THE 250);
Journalism II (ENG 31 1) and Ill (ENG 3 12); Creative Writing : Drama (ENG 378); Advertising
(ENG 437); and Business Writing I (ENG 211). Si x to 12 credits of media electives from
among : Radio and Television Announcing (SPE 246); Appreciation of Television (SPE 270);
Advanced Television Production (SPE 340); and Special Problem s in Speech Communication (SPE 429). Three to 15 credits of literature electives from among: Great Books (ENG
203); Shakespeare I (ENG 425); Studies in Drama (ENG 488); Shakespeare in the Theatre
(THE 305); World Drama (THE 315); Dramatic Theory and Criticism (THE 400); or other
advanced literature courses.
Emphasis on Scientific and Technical Writing
Area of Concentration: Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Directed Projects in English
(ENG 478); Seminar in Writing (ENG 495); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Business Writing I & 11 (ENG 211 , 212); Article Writing (ENG 435); Advertising (ENG 437); Studies in Writing (ENG 352). Six hours of restricted electives from among : Creative Writing :
Fiction (ENG 376); Creative Writing : Poetry (ENG 377); Journalism I (ENG 397); Playwriting
(THE 250); Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351 ); and a writing elective. Sixteen hours in a
related discipline in the Natural Sciences or Science & Technology programs, approved by
the department of this related interest and academic advisor. Electives (with advisor's
approval): 0-16 hours. Internship : 0-16 hours.

ENGLISH (ENG)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ENG 099 . WRITING CLINIC . A service of the English Department for anyone who
needs assistance in writing , the Writing Clinic is located in Dixon 116. It is open from
9:00 a.m . to 4:00 p .m ., Monday through Friday, and is staffed by English faculty and
graduate assistants. Any teacher or administrator in need of editorial assistance should
call 938-4436 for an appointment. Any student should simply drop in , preferably no later
than 3 :30 p .m . (Non-credit.)

129

+ENG 100. ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS. This course is a basic study of spelling , vocabulary, punctuation , usage, and grammar. Once a student masters these items, they
become tools to construct sentences , the keys to good writing , and compositions in
miniature. Having learned how to make sentences , the student can easily learn how to
develop larger units in writing. (3 crs.)
+ ENG 101. ENGLISH COMPOSITION I. Composition I is a natural sequel to English
Language Skills. It reviews the construction of sentences and leads the student to arrange sentences into well-formed paragraphs. In essence, its business is threefold : to
review sentence structure, to oversee the use of effective diction , to instruct in how to
write a paragraph . (3 crs .)
+ENG 102. ENGLISH COMPOSITION II. The sequence of Composition I, Composition II
has as its principal business teaching the student to write a multi-paragraph paper. The
course includes instructions in writing a topic sentence , in using transitions, and in
choosing an appropriate expository methods. The major piece of writing in Composition
II is a short research paper. (3 crs.)
+ENG 103. ENGLISH COMPOSITION Ill. The complement to Composition II , Composition Ill instructs the student in writing autobiographical essays, letters of application ,
and resumes . Further, it instructs him in the manifold procedures for writing a research
paper. In sum , this course emphasizes some practical applications of writing . (3 crs.)
+ENG 106. INTRODUCTION TO POETRY . This course consists of an intensive study of
selected poems. Each selection entails consideration of the personal background of the
author and his literary techniques. (3 crs.)
+ENG 107. INTRODUCTION TO FICTION . An introduction to the short story, novelette,
and the novel, and as a writing-about-literature course . It provides a foundation for
judging and appreciating good fiction , and broadens the student's general cultural
background . Emphasis is placed upon an author's methods as well as his thoughts. (3
crs.)
+ENG 108. INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA. Dramatic masterpieces written during the
Greek Classical Period , the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, the Restoration and the
Modern Era. Such writers as Aeschylus, Sophocles, Jonson, Moliere, Chekhov, Synge,
Eliot, and others, and their most representative works will be discussed in relation to the
basic and essential elements of drama (character, action , conflict , dialogue, setting,
theme, etc.) and the specific characteristics (cultural , historical , philosophical , political ,
etc.) of the age which produced the drama . (3 crs.)
+ENG 155. BLACK LITERATURE. An introduction to the writings of Black Americans in
poetry, fiction , and drama, ranging from the Harlem Renaissance of the 20's to the contemporary productions of Leroi Jones and Ishmael Reed. (3 crs.)
+ENG 191 . STUDENT PUBLICATIONS WORKSHOP. The college newspaper and yearbook serve as laboratories. The student pract ices writing , editing , photography, layout ,
and production . Above all , the student learns to work against the clock , a journalistic
necessity. ( 1 er.)
+ENG 203 . GREAT BOOKS. The texts and historical backgrounds of seven selections
from among the most highly regarded literature of the Western World . The range will be
from the classical Greek era to the twentieth century. Two papers required . (3 crs.)
+ENG 205. WORLD LITERATURE TO 1600. Greek, Roman, Hebrew, Northern European, Early German, and Early Italian works are examined for their literary merit and national characters. Works are read in translation . (3 crs.)
+ENG 206. WORLD LITERATURE FROM 1600. The novel and short story, and their
chronological development in Spain, France , Germany, Italy, and Russia. The works of
such writers as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Pirandello and Kafka are examined for
their literary merit and their national characteristics. (3 crs .)
ENG 211 . BUSINESS WRITING I. An introduction to the analysis, writing, and oral presentation of formal and semi-formal documents considered essential to the business
communities. Prerequisite ENG 101 . (3 crs.)
ENG 212. BUSINESS WRITING II. A continuation in the practice of those skills developed in Business Writing I. Prerequisite: Business Writing I or equivalent writing ability.
(3 crs.)
ENG 215 . LITERATURE AND AGING . (3 crs.)

130

ENG 217. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING . An introduction to the specific techniques used in the preparation of reports and other scientific documents. Recommended for Science and Technology majors. (3 crs.)
ENG 265 . THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE : 19TH CENTURY. A survey of
selected works which ( 1) were very popular; (2) were influential in the course of American
history; (3) reveal facets of American life in the 19th century. Lectures on background ;
discussion of works read . (3 crs.)
ENG 266 . THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE : 20TH CENTURY . A study of
selected literature of 20th century America in the context of major social, historical,
economic, and intellectual trends. In addition to the treatment of standard 20th century
" classics," books which have had a wide popular appeal or which have influenced or
interpreted the cultural life of modern America are studied . All genres are included, with
special emphasis on fiction and non-fiction . A lower division course designed for the
general educational student. (3 crs.)
ENG 301 . ENGLISH LITERATURE I. A survey of English literature from the beginnings in
the sixth century to the late eighteenth century. (3 crs.)
ENG 302 . ENGLISH LITERATURE II . A survey of English literature from the Romantic
poets to the present day. (3 crs.)
ENG 303 . NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3 crs.)
ENG 304 . TWENTIETH - CENTURY AMERICAN LITERATURE (3 crs.)
ENG 305 . LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS . Acquaints prospective teachers in English with sufficient literature (poems, short stories, novels, plays) to teach both general
and academic classes--grades 7 to 12. Emphasis is placed on making literature meaningful for the student. Poems, short stories, etc. which students can relate to are examined and ways for presenting these selections are studied . (3 crs.)
ENG 307 . JOURNALISM I. Basic instruction and training in newspaper journalism . The
student is given practical experience by writing news stories in a simulated newsroom.
Writing conforms to accepted newspaper style. Instruction includes the procedure of
gathering news, covering meetings and events, interviewing witnesses and personalities, and in standard method of copyreading . (3 crs.)
ENG 308 . RESEARCH FOR WRITERS . For students in each of the Professional Writing
tracks. Beginning with basic library techniques , the course projects beyond readily
available on-campus resources to government documents, public and private archives,
research libraries, and advanced techniques of interviewing , document analysis, etc. (3
crs.)
ENG 310 . SURVEY OF OLD & MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. A study of English literature from the beginnings to approximately 1500. Some of the topics, authors, and works
are Beowulf, elegiac and Christian poetry, the rise of the drama, the romance (Sir Gawain and the Green Knight and Malory), and selections from Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. Most of the writing is read in Modern English versions. Attention is paid to historical
and social backgrounds. (3 crs.)
ENG 311 . JOURNALISM II. Continues the principles and methods of objective reporting
established in Journalism I. Students are taught how to write new stories, editorials,
reviews , features, headlines, and captions. In all, students must demonstrate their ability
to edit and revise their work to accord with the recommendation of the Associated Press
Style Book. (3 crs.)
ENG 312 . JOURNALISM Ill. Working on college publications, editing, proofreading, and
rewriting materials for print are learned in the classroom and in the production of actual
publications. (3 crs.)
ENG 316. MYTHOLOGY I. An exploration of the origins of mythology and various myths
through a study of samples from Greek , Roman, Nordic, Oriental, African, and American
Indian mythologies. The roles of gods and heroes in the indicated cultures are also studied . (3 crs.)
ENG 317. MYTHOLOGY II. A further examination of mythology, with emphasis on legends and folktales , through study of English , Irish, German, Italian , French, and American mythologies. (3 crs.)
ENG 318. POETICS . Through readings from a text on poetic theory, essays on poetry by
poets, and an anthology of poetry, students learn to analyse poems in great detail,

131

stressing poetry as an act of language and something which is made as much as it is
inspired . Students become acquainted with the variety of means by which the literary
craftsman creates feeling and meaning . (3 crs .)
ENG 321 . THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE : SKELTON THROUGH DONNE. A study of the
nondramatic prose and poetry chosen from such writers as Wyatt , Surrey, Sackville,
Skelton , Sidney , Spenser, Shakespeare , and Donne , with emphasis on such literary
genres as the lyric and sonnet , and an examination of various philosophical , historical ,
and social documents. (3 crs .)
ENG 322 . THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: BACON THROUGH MARVELL. A study of the
nondramatic prose and poetry of England in the seventeenth century from the works of
Donne, Jonson , Herrick , Herbert , Milton , and Vaughan . Emphasis on the three schools
of poetry of this century. (3 crs.)
ENG 331 . RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY: DRYDEN THROUGH POPE. A
concentrated study of the major literary figures of the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries, including Dryden , Congreve , Addison , Steele, Defoe, Swift , Gay, and
Pope . (3 crs.)
ENG 332 . RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY: RICHARDSON THROUGH
BURNS . An examination of the work of Richardson , Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, Gray,
Cowper, Burns, Johnson , Walpole , Goldsmith , and Sheridan . (3 crs.)
ENG 341. ROMANTIC LITERATURE . An intensive study of selected works by such Romantic poets as Blake , Wordsworth , Coleridge , Shelley, Keats and Byron . (3 crs .)
ENG 342 . VICTORIAN LITERATURE. An historical and critical survey of the poetry and
non- fictional prose of the Victorian period through such writers as Tennyson , Browning ,
Carlyle, Arnold , Rossetti , Hopkins , Mill , Ruskin , Newman , Huxley, and Pater. (3 crs.)
ENG 345 . ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE. A practical study of traditional and modern approaches to grammar . Requ ired of all Secondary English and Communications
majors . (3 crs.)
ENG 346. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE . A survey of the development of the
language from its Germanic base to the emergence of American English . Explanations
of sound shifts and foreign and social influences. Required of all Secondary English majors. (3 crs.)
ENG 347 . INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS . An examination of the several areas of
language study: history of the language , phonology and morphology, grammars (traditional and modern), and contemporary American usage, dialects, lexicography, and semantics. (3 crs .)
ENG 348. HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM . An examination of major critical documents from Plato through the modern critics. An intensive examination of the works
themselves, with some additional concern on their place in literary history. (3 crs.)
ENG 351. PUBLISHING THE MAGAZINE. Students in this course publish a regional
magazine, Old Main. They solicit contributors, finance the magazine through advertising , market it through a state wide network , establish editorial policy, and , if need be ,
write such materials as are necessary to produce a top quality magazine . (3 crs.)
ENG 352 . STUDIES IN WRITING . Develops awareness of the modern , critical approach es to literature , e.g., the mimetic , expressive, objective, and affective. Through analysis
of select critical essays and works of literature, the student will apply and evaluate critical theories, ultimately identify and even pred ict fashion in criticism . (3 crs.)
ENG 355. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL I: THE BEGINNING THROUGH SCOTT. A
study of the development of the novel from its beginnings through the Romantic period ,
with emphasis on Defoe, Richardson , Smollett , and Austen . (3 crs.)
ENG 356. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL II : DICKENS TO THE PRESENT. A study
of the novels and novelists of the Victorian period and the twentieth century, including
Dickens, the Brontes, Thackeray, George Eliot, Conrad , Joyce, and Woolf. (3 crs.)
ENG 357. 20TH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE TO WORLD WAR II. A study of fiction,
drama, and poetry with emphasis on Yeats, Lawrence, Shaw, Joyce, Conrad, Woolf,
Forster, and Auden . (3 crs.)
ENG 358 . CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE SINCE WORLD WAR II. An exploration of
major genres in American, English and Continental literature by such authors as Bellow,

132

Mailer, Vonnegut, Fowles, Lowell, Kesey, Updike, Durrell, Malamud, Roth, Plath, Gunn,
Pasternak, Beckett, Genet , Ionesco, and Brecht. (3 crs.)
ENG 365. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1865. A study of the writings of the
Colonists, the Federalists, the Romantics, the Trascendentalists, and others, with emphasis on the Puritan ethic, early American social history, and the implicit conflicts in
American culture. (3 crs.)
ENG 367. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE WORLD WAR I. A study of the
literature from 1914 to present, concerned with such writers as Hemingway, Frost ,
Faulkner, Thomas, Wolfe, Fitzgerald, Sandburg, Roth, Dickey, Stevens, Updike, Plath,
and Bellow. (3 crs.)
ENG 375. ADVANCED WRITING . A presentation of the theories of expository, persuasive, and specialized report writing, and the opportunity for the student to practice these
under editorial supervision . Prerequisites: English Composition I and English Composition II or equivalent writing ability. (3 crs.)
ENG 376. CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION . Techniques of fiction are studied and applied
to the writing of short stories, and students are encouraged to use and shape their own
experience, transmitting those everyday things around them into fictional realities. (3
crs.)
ENG 377. CREATIVE WRITING : POETRY. Aspects of poetry, such as line length, rhythm,
sound patterns and imagery, are discussed so students will be able to apply those techniques that are studied to their own experience and vision, developing a poetic voice or
style. (3 crs.)
ENG 378. CREATIVE WRITING : DRAMA. Writing techniques for the modern stage are
studied and such elements as developing character through dialogue and action are
discussed so students will be able to render their own perceptions in a dramatic form . (3
crs.)
ENG 401 . COPYWRITING. Not for beginners. Students who have already taken the basic Advertising course will be expected to improve preexisting writing skills through individual and group projects in each of these areas: ( 1) direct mail advertisements, (2)
newspaper and magazine space advertisements, (3) industrial newsletters and
brochures, (4) radio and TV advertisements. Each student will write at least two usable
advertisements for off-campus clients and one advertisement for a campus program or
organization . (3 crs.)
ENG 415. CHAUCER. The Canterbury Tales and other works. (3 crs.)
ENG 419. INTERNSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING . Introduces students to the competitive world of professional writing . Students and cooperating institutions conclude a
formal agreement whereby they work at a job and simultaneously receive college credit.
(All details of the course are to be worked out with the Director of Professional Writing.
Credits vary according to assignment.)
ENG 425. SHAKESPEARE. Explores in considerable depth , and with special reference
to the conditions of Shakespeare's times and theater, some of his greatest plays, especially (a) those most often studied in secondary school and (b) his great tragedies. (3 crs.)
ENG 427 . MilTON . An examination of the major poetry: Paradise Lost, Paradise
Regained, Samson Agonistesand Lycidas. The prose is treated insofar as it is related to
the poetry. (3 crs.)
ENG 430 . ADAPTATION OF LITERARY MATERIALS. Adaptation of literature to the
mechanical demands of television , radio, theater, and film . While remaining faithful to an
author's intent , the student must adapt one short piece of literature and one major, long
piece to each of the following : radio , television, theater, and film . (3 crs.)
ENG 435. ARTICLE WRITING . The styles and techniques of article writing. The student
learns the editorial demands of numerous magazines, and demonstrates his versatility
and writing ability by tailoring his work to the demands. Promotes astuteness by showing how to illustrate, "package, " and market a special kind _
o f writing. (3 crs.)
ENG 437. ADVERTISING . An introduction to marketing theories, behavior patterns, and
techniques of advertising campaigns: copywriting, layout , and production of advertising
through working for an actual client. (3 crs.)
ENG 445. DESCRIPTIVE LINGUISTICS. An examination of the method used by linguists
to describe languages in terms of their internal structures. Topics explored include

133

world language families , language classification, writing systems, inventories of speech
sounds , and other related material. (3 crs.)
ENG 448. PRACTICAL CRITICISM . Provides examples of criticism and the opportunity
to criticize poetry, fiction, and drama. (3 crs.)
ENG 478 . DIRECTED PROJECTS IN ENGLISH . An opportunity to pursue a specific interest in literature or linguistics under the direction of a member of the English faculty .
Students must submit a one-page summary of intent and method to the department
chair in the term prior to the one in which they plan to take the course. (3 crs.)
ENG 481 . STUDIES IN OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. Arthurian romance,
medieval drama, Beowulf, medieval ballads, Old English poetry. (3 crs.)
ENG 482 . STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE I. Elizabethan lyric poetry, preShakespearean drama, Jacobean drama, Renaissance prose , the school of Spenser,
Metaphysical poetry, Cavalier poetry. (3 crs.)
ENG 483. STUDIES IN THE RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. Restoration
drama, Augustan satire, the Scriblerus Club , periodical literature, neo-classical criticism. (3 crs.)
ENG 484 . STUDIES IN NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE. Nineteenth-century drama, Romantic prose , nineteenth-century literary criticism, the pre-Raphaelites , the Edwardians, and the Georgians. (3 crs.)
ENG 485 . STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE. Contemporary
trends in literature, the war novel , the poets of the 30 's, Irish literature, twentieth-century British novel. (3 crs.)
ENG 487 . STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERARY GENRES . The American short story, the
nineteenth-century American novel, the twentieth-century American novel , modern
American poetry, American drama, American non-fiction . (3 crs.)
ENG 488. STUDIES IN DRAMA. Classical drama, theater of the absurd, continental drama, film and television as drama, realism and naturalism in drama. (3 crs.)
ENG 495. CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR . The fictional principles learned in ENG 376
are applied to the writing of major creative work , such as a novella, and the student is
given the opportunity to polish and extend writing skills previously acquired . (3 crs.)
ENG 496. WRITING FOR PUBLICATION . Students work individually with an instructor to
refine their work for publication and are expected to publish at least one work during the
semester. Simultaneously, they compile job-related portfolios, and work on a supervised project , e.g., a public relations scheme for the University. (3 crs.)

LITERATURE (LIT)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
The courses listed under the LIT prefix are all introductions to literature, with emphasis on
the subject indicated in the title. They are aimed at the general student and may not be
counted as English requirements by English majors .
LIT 111 . " STAR TREK " AND MODERN MAN . (3 crs.)
+LIT 115. MAN 'S VIEW OF GOD. An introduction to the Bible as a chronicle of Hebrew
history. It emphasizes recent archeological and philological discoveries that shed light
on this persuasive book. This course makes a concerted effort to show how deeply this
oriental book affected the western mind . (3 crs .)
+LIT 118. THE AMERICAN HERO . An examination of the development of the American
hero in fiction , with specific emphasis on the nature of the hero, his character, and his
maturation . (3 crs.)
+LIT 125. THE AMERICAN WEST. A general introduction to the literature of the Great
American West through an examination of a variety of literary types. (3 crs.)
+LIT 126. SURVEY OF SLAVIC LITERATURE. An introduction to the literature of
Czechoslovakia, Russia, and Yugoslavia. The course deals with some of the preoccupations of Slavic literature, with the concept of pan-Slavism, and with the causes of the
"Slavic mentality. " (3 crs.)

134

+LIT 127. WOMAN AS HERO. An exploration of heroic roles assigned to women in
literature, the contrast between reality and the literature, and the differences between
fictional women created by male and female authors. An analysis of the reasons for
these differences forms part of the subject. (3 crs.)
+LIT 130. ATHEISM AND EXISTENTIALISM . A discussion , applied to a variety of literary works, of atheism , and atheistic and theistic existentialism. (3 crs .)
+LIT 138. WAR IN THE NOVEL. A study that limits itself to those wars fought after
1900 and to their treatments in literature. In particular, the course is interested in the
effects of war upon individuals, and in the ambivalence toward war shown by novelists.
(3 crs.)
+LIT 147. SCIENCE FICTION . An introductory survey of the forms of science fiction,
with particular emphasis on the author's ability to detail and predict future developments. (3 crs.)
+LIT 148. HORROR IN LITERATURE. An examination of the tradition of horror literature in England and America from a literary, historical , and psychological viewpoint.
Some emphasis on the sociological implications of the popularity of the form. (3 crs.)
+LIT 150. BASEBALL IN LITERATURE. A survey of the great American pastime in fiction and news reporting . This course includes sufficient history of baseball to affirm
Barzun 's observation that " to know America, one must know baseball." The student
learns to convert statistics and box scores to prose, to write heads and leads for articles,
to interview meaningfully, and to read significantly in a specialized area. (3 crs.)
+LIT 160. AMERICAN NATURE WRITERS . An introduction to the best of America 's
great naturalists emphasizing the development of informed and educated attitudes toward the American earth as an organic entity of protection from exploitation . (3 crs.)
+LIT 168. SOVIET LITERATURE. An introductory survey of major Russian writers from
the Russian Revolution of October 1917 to the present . Examines the changes wrought
on Russian life and literature by the violent upheaval of the revolution and the establishment of the first Marxist society in history. (3 crs.)
+LIT 170. ALL ABOUT WORDS . An introduction to the total complexity and fascination
of words. The course deals with words as shapes, analogs, formulas , and games. Indirectly , but significantly, it instructs in vocabulary by introducing a sizeable vocabulary
for talking about words and by feeding a student's natural curiosity about words. (3 crs.)

ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS (EFS)
EFS 101 . SPEAKING AND LISTENING SKILLS . For international students who have an
insufficient command of spoken American English. Enables students to both comprehend and use oral language in formal and informal situations. (3 crs.)
EFS 102. READING AND VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT. Enables international students to broaden their awareness of English vocabulary, idiom , and levels of usage correctly, both orally and in writing . (3 crs.)
EFS 103. IDIOMATIC ENGLISH . (3 crs.)
EFS 104. WRITING IN ENGLISH . (3 crs.)

135

DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND CUL TURES
FRENCH (FRE)
GERMAN (GER)
GREEK (GRE)
HUNGARIAN (HUN)
ITALIAN (ITA)
POLISH (POS)
RUSSIAN (RUS)
SERBO-CROATIAN (SCR)
SLAVIC AND SOVIET STUDIES (XSS)
SPANISH (SPN)
Associate Professor Santee, chair. Professors Krueck, Weston; Associate
Professor Parascenzo; Assistant Professor Demetrakis.
The Foreign Languages Program offers concentrations in French, German, or Spanish. A student may study one or a combination of languages. A
limited number of courses are available in languages other than the three
major offerings. The program stresses that the primary function of language
is to communicate, first through listening and speaking, then through reading and writing . This emphasis on understanding and speaking in no way
lessens the traditional value of foreign language study as a key to greater
humanistic development. The program is also designed to develop an
awareness and appreciation of other people and cultures. Competence in
language skills is developed within the context of the arts, economics, geography, history, and the way of life of the people who speak that particular
language.
Historically, the language barrier has hindered efforts to exchange ideas;
it remains a major obstacle to greater international harmony. Yet, language
is a key to better human understanding. In recent years, American participation in world affairs-political, economic, industrial, social, and cultural-has increased to such an extent that the need for many Americans to be
able to communicate directly in other languages has become evident to the
public at large. Less striking, but no less an important need for Americans, is
contact with another culture through its language. Learning that there are
many ways of doing things and not merely our way, is highly desirable in
educating our youth for the world of today and tomorrow.

136

Knowledge of a foreign language can open the door to many career opportunities. Language is a basic requirement for careers here at home and
for dealing with other peoples and other cultures. Learn a modern language
and prepare yourself for a career in:
Airlines and Travel Industry
International Banking and Financing
Bilingual Administration
Interpreting
Medicine
Bilingual Secretarial Fields
Peace Corps
Business
Church-Related Work
Science and Technology
Social Work
Communications
Government and Foreign Service
Study or Teaching Abroad
Teaching at Home
Graduate School Preparation
International Trade
U.S. Import-Export Organizations

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Foreign Language Teaching for Grades K-12 (French,
German, or Spanish)
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300)- or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420)- or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching Modern Languages K thru 12 (EDS 466) or Modern Methods (EDS 455);
Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization: Intermediate I (203) and II (204); Conversation and
Composition I (311) and II (312); Culture and Civilization (295: 6 er.); Survey of Literature I
(421) and II (422); 9 credits of electives in major field.

Bachelor of Arts in French
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate French I (FRE 203) and II (FRE 204); French
Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics I (FRE 311) and II (FRE 312); Studies in French
Culture (6 credits - FRE 295); Survey of French Literature I (FRE 421) and II (FRE 422);
History of the English Language (ENG 346) or Introduction to Linguistics (ENG 347); European Life and Society to 1815 (HIS 121); European Life and Society Since 1815 (HIS 122).
Six credits in another language; 3 credits in each of Philosophy, Sociology, Psychology,
and Speech Communication . Seventeen credits of electives from any area, with the adviser's approval.

137

Bachelor of Arts in German
Requ,irements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanit ies; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 cred its of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate German I (GER 203) and II (GER 204); German
Conversation and Composition I (GER 311) and II (GER 312); Studies in German Culture (6
credits - GER 295); Survey of German Literature I (GER 421) and II (GER 422); History of
the English Language (ENG 346) or Introduction to Linguistics (ENG 347); European Life
and Society since 1815 (HIS 122); Geography of Europe (GEO 325); six credits in another
language; at least three credits in each of Philosophy, Sociology, Psychology, and Speech
Communication ; 17 credits of electives from any area, with the adviser's approval.

Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-1 1(ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 cred its of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermed iate Spanish I (SPN 203) and II (SPN 204); Spanish
Conversation and Composition I (SPN 311) and II (SPN 312); two courses in Studies in
Hispan ic Culture (SPN 295); Survey of Spanish Literature (SPN 421); Survey of SpanishAme rican Literature (SPN 422); Introduction to Linguistics (ENG 347); Geography of Latin
America (GEO 328); History of Latin America (HIS 145). Si x cred its in other languages; at
least three credits in each of Philosophy, Sociology, Psychology, and Speech Communication . Seventeen credits of electives from any area, taken with the advisor's approval.

Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies, with a
specialization in Soviet Studies
The Soviet Studies Program is interdisciplinary and is administered by
the Slavic and Eastern European Studies Committee. It is of particular interest to those who plan to work in government , journalism or international
trade . A large number of electives make the program relevant to both the
Soviet Union and Eastern Europe.
The program offers career opportunities with the United States State Department , with various U.S. intelligence agencies, in foreign trade, whether
banking or industry, in overseas journalism , as a translator or writer , and
prepares one for graduate study, whether in Soviet Studies or in a number of
related fields.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate Russian I (RUS 203) and II (RUS 204); Geography of the Soviet Union (GEO 330); History of Russia (HIS 245); Literature of the Soviet
Union (LIT 168); Philosophy of Marxism (PHI 270); Comparative Economic Systems (ECO
351 ); Slavic Studies Seminar (XSS 499); 12 credits of electives; and 32 credits of related
courses.

138

FRENCH (FRE)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( +)
+FRE 101 . ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. For the studeJJt without previous knowledge of
French . The development of the fundamentals of correct idiomatic French. Basic sound
patterns and sentence structures : hearing and speaking , then reading and writing.
Classroom instruction is supplemented by laboratory study and practice. Three class
hours each week and one hour language per week. (3 crs.)
+FRE 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. A continuation of French 101. Three class hours
each week and one language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: French 101 or one year
of high school French . (3 crs.)
+FRE 203 . INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I. French grammar and reading. For students who
have completed French 101 and 102 or two years of high-school French. A review of
essential French grammar. Development of audio-lingual comprehension and reading
and writing facility . Three class hours each week ; one hour language laboratory per
week . Prerequisites: French 101 and 102 or two years of high school French. (3 crs.)
+FRE 204 . INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II. Continuation of French 203. After a short review of grammar, structural patterns are further developed through reading and discussion of selected prose by modern authors. Three class hours and one hour language
laboratory each week . Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
FRE 295. STUDIES IN FRENCH CULTURE. The course is conducted in English and may
be repeated for credit provided the subjects of the courses are different. The subjects,
which are generally historical , include: ( 1) The Middle Ages and the Renaissance; (2) The
Seventeenth Century and the Classical Age; (3) The Eighteenth Century and the Enlightment ; (4) The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Empire (1789-1815); (5) From Waterloo to the Franco-Prussian War; (6) From the Franco-Prussian War to the First World
War; (7) The Inter-War Years; (8) From 1945 to the Present. (3 crs.)
FRE 311 . FRENCH CONVERSATION , COMPOSITION, AND PHONETICS I. Cultural
themes as a basis for idiomatic conversation and discussions; written compositions are
assigned to teach the student how to write correct French. Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: French 204. (3 crs.)
FRE 312 . FRENCH CONVERSATION , COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS II. Continuation of French 211 on a more advanced level as reflected in conversation . Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: French 204. (3 crs.)
FRE 421. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I. A general survey of French literature
from the Middle Ages to 1800. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: Twelve hours
of French beyond French 102. (3 crs.)
FRE 422 . SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II. A general survey of French literature of
the 19th and 20th centuries; the principal novelists, poets, and dramatists of the romantic, realist and modern periods. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: 12 hours of
French beyond French 102 . (3 crs.)
FRE 469. STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE. Subject matter to be arranged. Designed
for French majors who wish to take additional credits. Prerequisite: 18 hours of French .
(Variable)

GERMAN (GER)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+GER 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN I. For those who have had no previous instruction
in German or who require additional instruction before attempting a more advanced
level. Develops the fundamentals of correct idiomatic German through basic sound patterns and sentence structure. Language laboratory is used in conjunction with this and
the following courses. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week . (3
crs.)
+GER 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN II. Continuation of German 101 . Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: German 101 or one year of
high-school German . (3 crs.)

139

+GER 203 . INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I. The goals are understanding, speaking , reading, and writing on a more advanced level. A review of the structural principles covered
in German 101 and German 102 and additional structural material, idioms, etc . More
emphasis on both speaking and reading . Three class hours and one language laboratory
per week . Prerequisite: German 102 or two years of high school German . (3 crs.)
+GER 204. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II. Continuation of German 203 , with speaking ,
reading , writing on a more advanced level. Three class hours and one language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: German 203 . (3 crs.)
GER 311 . GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS I. Concentrates on the further development of knowledge and skill in speaking and writing , based
upon a relatively small amount of reading particularly well adapted to this purpose.
Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: German
204. (3 crs.)
GER 295 . STUDIES IN GERMAN CULTURE. Designed as a Humanities elective, this
course requires no knowledge of German and may be repeated for credit. Topics vary,
and include: ( 1) From Tacitus to Luther (A.O. O - 1550); (2) German Baroque ( 1550-1750);
(3) The Age of Goethe: Part I: Enlightment (1749-1796); (4) The Age of Goethe: Part II :
Romanticism (1796-1832); (5) Richard Wagner and His Times: The German Biedermeier
(1832-1870); (6) The Wilhelminian Era (1870-1918); (7) The Weimar Republic (19191933); (8) German Culture Under the National Socialists (1933-1945); (9) German Culture in Exile (1933-1949 and after); (10) Postwar Germany to the Present: BAD and DOR
(1945 - present); (11) Austria from the Babenbergs to the Congress of Vienna (8001815); (12) Austria from the Congress of Vienna to the Treaty of Versailles (1815-1918);
(13) Austria: First Republic-Heim ins Reict-Second Republic (1918-present); (14)
Switzerland . (3 crs.)
GER 312 . GERMAN CONVERSATION , COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS II. Continuation of German 211 , conducted on a more advanced level. Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: German 211 or the completion of German 204 with the grade A or B. (3 crs.)
GER 421 . SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE I. Background for study of the history of
German literature, presenting a foundation in literary definition (style, form , period) with
examination of appropriate examples from the works of leading German-speaking authors. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite: 12 hours of German beyond German
102. (3 crs.)
GER 422 . SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE II. Continuation of German 321 . Three
class hours each week. Prerequisite: 12 hours of German beyond German 102. (3 crs.)
GER 469 . STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE . Designed to meet special problems or
needs. Prerequisite: 18 hours of German . (Variable)

GREEK (GRE)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+GAE 101 . ELEMENTARY GREEK I. Introduces the student to basic Greek grammar
and vocabulary , with the aim of developing reading skills in ancient Greek as rapidly as
possible. Selections from such authors as Plato, Euripides, and Lysias . In explaining the
structure of the Greek language, the instructor will make use of comparative linguistics.
(3 crs.)
+GAE 102. ELEMENTARY GREEK II. A continuation of Greek 101. Prerequisite: Greek
101 . (3 crs.)
GAE 203 . INTERMEDIATE GREEK I. A continuation of the study of grammar; selections
from Plato's Dialogues and the Apology will be read ; composition from Greek into English and English into Greek with translations from Plato. (3 crs .)
GAE 204. INTERMEDIATE GREEK II. A continuation of the study of grammar; selections
from Homer's Iliad; translations from the Greek into English and English into Greek . (3
crs.)

140

HUNGARIAN (HUN)
HUN 469. SELF- INSTRUCTIONAL HUNGARIAN. Students teach themselves, chiefly
with tapes. Student must provide their own cassette or tape player and blank tapes. A
weekly meeting with a native speaker is held, and grading is based on an examination at
the end of the semester. (3 crs.)

ITALIAN (IT A)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus(+).
+ITA 101 . ELEMENTARY ITALIAN I. For the student without previous knowledge of Italian. Develops the fundamentals of correct idiomatic Italian through basic sound patterns
and sentence structure. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week .
(3 crs.)

+ITA 102. ELEMENTARY ITALIAN II. Continuation of Italian 101. More reading, and
more advanced speaking. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: Italian 101 or one year of high-school Italian. (3 crs.)
ITA 295 . STUDIES IN ITALIAN CULTURE. A Liberal Arts elective; no knowledge of Italian
required . The topics change from semester to semester. The subjects may be significant
personalities or movements in literature, painting , sculpture, architecture, music, philosophy or science. As long as the topic remains different, the course may be taken for
credit more than once. Three class hours per week. No prerequisites. (3 crs.)

POLISH (POL)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+POL 101. POLISH I. Classroom use of audio-lingual methods. Students must provide
cassette or tape players and blank tapes. Students with a grade of B or better may
continue their study through Polish 469. (3 crs.)

RUSSIAN (RUS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+RUS 101 . ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN I. For students without previous knowledge of
Russian . The fundamentals of correct idiomatic Russian. The student is made aware of
basic sound patterns and sentence structures, with emphasis on reading . (3 crs.)
+RUS 102. ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN II. A continuation of Russian 101 . Prerequisite:
Russian 101 or one year of high-school Russian. (3 crs.)
+RUS 203. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN I. Continued study of Russian with emphasis on
reading historical material. Prerequisite: Russian 101 or 102. Three class hours each
week and one hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs.)
RUS 204. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN II. To develop a reasonable control of spoken Russian through dialogue and oral practice. Prerequisite: Russian 203. (3 crs.)
+RUS 295 . STUDIES IN RUSSIAN CULTURE. A course which covers three periods, the
Golden Age of Russian Culture, (1800-1880), the Silver Age (1881-1917), and the Soviet
Period (1917 to present). Slides, films , and records are used to cover art , music, and
certain aspects of history, literature, and intellectual life. Lecture and discussion is the
chief method for dealing with history, literature and intellectual life. All readings are primary sources--chiefly literature. (3 crs.)
RUS 469. STUDIES IN RUSSIAN LITERATURE. Independent readings in Russian literature. The instructor and the student arrange a program of study according to the student's needs and desires. (Variable)

141

SERBO-CROATIAN (SCR)
SCA 469. STUDIES IN SERBO-CROATIAN LITERATURE. Independent readings in
Serbo-Croatian literature. The instructor and the student arrange a program of study
according to the student 's needs and desires. (Variable)

SLAVIC STUDIES (XSS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
XSS 100. AMERICA 'S SLAVIC HERITAGE. The lives and cultures of the people of
Czechoslovakia, Bulgaria, Hungary, Poland , Russia, the Ukraine, and Yugoslavia in their
homelands and in this country. Consideration of the major factors that shaped Eastern
Europe politically and culturally, with emphasis on the great writers, artists, composers
and on folk culture as well. The causes of immigration to th is country and the various
adaptations of Old World Culture in the New World . Films, slides, music, and locally
gathered oral history interviews are used extensively. (3 crs .)
XSS 499 . SOVIET STUDIES SEMINAR. This seminar surveys and brings together the
separate courses studied in the Soviet Studies Program and addresses current issues in
the Soviet Union and Soviet Studies. (3 crs.)

SPANISH (SPN)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+SPN 101 . ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. For the student without previous knowledge of
Spanish who wishes to achieve a sound basis for an active command of the language.
The development of the fundamental speech skills, reinforced in the language laboratory. Progressively greater emphasis is placed on reading and writing . Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs.)
+SPN 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. A continuation of Spanish 101 . Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or one
year of high school Spanish . (3 crs.)
SPN 203. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I. A review of the essentials of Spanish grammar
through intensive oral structures and written practice to facilitate the use of Spanish
grammar, and to develop the use of words and expressions accepted throughout the
Spanish-speaking world . Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Spanish 101 and Spanish 102 or their equivalents. (3 crs.)
SPN 204. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II. Develops control of the principal structural patterns through dialogue and oral , reading , and writing practice from reading of modern
authors. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisites:
Spanish 203 . (3 crs.)
SPN 295. STUDIES IN HISPANIC CULTURE. The course is conducted in English and
may be repeated for credit , provided the subjects of the courses are different . The subjects include: (1) The Hispanic Mentality; (2) The Individual and Society; (3) The Social
Structure; (Spanish Art , Architecture, Music, Drama, Literature, and Folk Art ; (5) Spanish Festivals, Sports, and the Art of Bullfighting ; (6) Spain under General Francisco Franco ( 1936-1976); (7) The Traditional Spain (1492-1936) and the Changing Spain (1976- );
(8) The Ancient Civilizations of Spanish America and Their Influence on Modern Latin
America; (9) Spanish America Since Independence (1820 to the present); (10) Mexico,
Our Neighbor in the South . (3 crs.)
SPN 311 . SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS I. Intensive
practice based on modern prose to provide models of natural , spontaneous speech
which includes cultural themes and colloquialisms and up-to-date dialogues on which to
base class discussions. Written compositions using orthographic rules and an introduction to written Spanish . Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Spanish 204 . (3 crs.)
SPN 312 . SPANISH CONVERSATION , COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS II. A study of
the essential Spanish morphology, syntax, semantics, and linguistics, as reflected in

142

some representative authors that confront the student with new ways of writing and
thinking that prepare him for the Spanish culture and civilization courses. Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Spanish 204 . (3 crs.)
SPN 400. ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR. An intensive grammar review and a detailed study of the Spanish language and shades of difference in the meanings of words
and sentences as used in oral and written expressions. Prerequisite: Spanish 204 . (3
crs.)
SPN 405. CERVANTES : DON QUIXOTE: Prerequisite: Spanish 321 or Spanish 322 . (3
crs.)
SPN 416 . GOLDEN AGE NOVEL. The major prose works of the Renaissance and Baroque styles: the Pastoral , Chivalric, and Picaresque novels. Prerequisite: Spanish 321
or Span ish 322 . (3 crs .)
SPN 421 . SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE. An introduction to the masterpieces of
Spanish literature, ranging from Poema de Mio Cid to current authors. Represented will
be all of the important Spanish literary genres: narrative poetry (epic and ballad), byric
verse, the short story, and selections from novels and dramas. Prerequisite: Twelve
hours of Spanish beyond Spanish 102. (3 crs.)
SPN 422 . SURVEY OF SPANISH- AMERICAN LITERATURE . A study of representative
selections from the colonial period to the present , with emphasis on the salient characteristics and the distinctive contributions of each literary form in the period or movement
under study. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of Spanish beyond Spanish 102. (3 crs.)
SPN 444 . HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. A history of the development of
modern Spanish , beginning with vulgar Latin as used in the Iberian peninsula , how it
changed under political and cultural influences with attention to comparison and contrast with changes in the other Romance languages. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of Spanish beyond Spanish 102. (3 crs.)
SPN 469 . STUDIES IN SPANISH LITERATURE. For the benefit of teachers in service or
to meet special problems or deficiencies. Prerequisite : Eighteen hours of Spanish.
(Variable)

GENERAL SCIENCE CERTIFICATION
The College of Education offers an endorsement program for a student
who has already received certification but seeks also to be qualified as a
teacher of General Science in a Secondary school. In order to fulfill the requirements of this program the student must complete twenty-seven semester hours. The courses required are: 8 credits of Biology; General Chemistry I
(CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); College Physics I (PHY 101) and II (PHY 102); and
3 credits of Earth Science Electives.

GERONTOLOGY
GERONTOLOGY (XGE)
Associate Professor Hornung, director. Instructor, M. Hart. The following
faculty members of other departments teach major electives in this interdisciplinary program: Barber, Goode, Knill , Maatta, Maruskin , Orlandi, T. Scott,
Uher.
As the number of older people in the country increases, the need for
trained professionals in the field of aging is also increasing dramatically
every year. Employment opportunities for persons trained in gerontology are
not only excellent at this time but have prospects of improving still further.
The second largest projected growth area in jobs in the United States in the
1990's is in positions working with older adults.

143

Bachelor of Arts in Gerontology
This program is dedicated to providing the student with a broad range of
academic and practicum experience that will enable the graduate to function
in a variety of settings, such as administration planning, management, and
delivery of services to older persons. It is the objective of this program to
increase the numbers and competency of persons working with older adults,
their families, and their communities.
The California University Model Senior Center, located only a block from
campus, allows students a chance to receive actual experience under the
supervision of a trained gerontologist.
Students are involved in the various recreation, education, nutrition, information and referral and transportation components of the multi-purpose
Senior Center. Specifically, students may deliver Meals-on-Wheels, visit a
homebound older person weekly, escort older people to evening campus
activities, plan form educational classes like Personal Health, Loom Weaving, or Local Flora, edit a bimonthly newsletter, or develop an outreach prgram. Since the Senior Center is within a block of campus, it offers
accessible, invaluable, and practical experience in a real-life setting.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Gerontology (XGE 101); Aging in American
Society (XGE 102); Aging Policies and Services (XGE 201); Health and Physiology of Aging
(XGE 305); Seminar (XGE 439); plus 21 credits in major electives selected from the following: Middle Years of Life (XGE 202); Media Library Resources Aging (XGE 205); Selected
Topics (XGE 349); Historical Perspectives on Aging (HIS 204); Literature and Aging (ENG
215); Demographic Analysis (GEO 217); Sociology of Aging (SOC 225); Fundamentals of
Death and Dying (EDF 318); Planning and Public Management (XUA 215); Recreation and
Socialization for Elderly (XUA 221); Program Planning (XUA 326); Music in Human Services I (MUS 111) and II (MUS 112); Delivery of Services (SOW 365); Emergency Medical
Technician (HPE 405); Principles of Management (BUS 201). The major electives are divided into four categories: (a) Aging Awareness ; (b) Human Services; (c) Counseling; (d) Ad ministration. Students must, in consultation with the gerontology advisor , achieve some
strength in at least one of these areas. Required field experience XGE 449. 16 - 32 credits
of related electives selected in consultation with the gerontology advisor.

Aging Specialist Certificate
The Aging Specialist Certificate is becoming recognized as the minimum
credential of qualification in the field of aging . The certificate in gerontology
is designed primarily for either undergraduates interested in working with
older adults in relation to their undergraduate major (e.g . Social Work, Psychology, Urban Parks and Recreation) or people who are currently working
with or on behalf of older adults who have had practical experience in the
field of aging but who have had little formal training in gerontology. The Aging Specialist Certificate is 18 hours of course work in gerontology including
a three-hour practicum experience. Students with significant practical experience in the field of aging will be permitted to use that experience toward the
three hours of required practicum . Such students will register for the practicum experience and write a paper detailing and analyzing their work
experience.

144

Requirements:
Six credits in Gerontology: Introduction to Gerontology (XGE 101); Aging in American
Society (XGE 201) plus nine credits minimum of selected Gerontology courses chosen
consultation with the advisor of the gerontology program . Required three credit practicum
course (XGE 449).

GERONTOLOGY (XGE)
XGE 101 . INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY. An introduction to the field of aging for
majors and nonmajors. A general overview of the psychosocial , biological , cultural , and
behavioral aspects of late life. (3 crs.)
XGE 102. AGING IN AMERICAN SOCIETY . Introduction to Gerontology 11 . Examination
of psychosocial aspects of work , retirement , leisure, institutionalization and death as
experienced in contemporary America. Examination of roles and adjustments in late life.
Prerequisite: XGE 101 . (3 crs.)
XGE 201 . AGING POLICIES AND SERVICES . An overview of p"rograms and services
available to older adults including the past , present , and future of aging policies. Covered is the Older Americans Act and amendments. Prerequisite: XGE 101 , 205. (3 crs.)
XGE 202 . MIDDLE YEARS OF LIFE . Multidisciplinary life cycle approach to middlescence. Relationship of middle-aged to family, work, and community examined . Adult
developmental tasks and stages emphasized . (3 crs.)
XGE 205 . MEDIA AND LIBRARY RESOURCES IN AGING . Introduction to print and nonprint aging materials. Students learn how to locate and use different types of materials.
Prerequisite: XGE 101. (3 crs.)
XGE 305. HEAL TH AND PHYSIOLOGICAL OF AGING . Introduction to biological aspects of aging , both normal and pathological. Studied are age-related changes in the
digestive, skin , musculoskeletal, endocrine, and reproductive systems. Prerequisite:
XGE 205. (3 crs.)
XGE 349 . SELECTED TOPICS . Roundtable discussions of selected gerontological topics. For students wanting to study either a new topic or a topic in more detail. Topics vary
according to students and instructor. Prerequisite: XGE 101 . (Variable credit .)
XGE 439 . SEMINAR IN AGING . For advanced gerontology students to intensively examine and discuss selected aging subjects . Topics chosen by instructor ; research paper/project required . Prerequisites: XGE 101 , 102, 201 , 305 . (3 crs.)
XGE 449 . GERONTOLOGY PRACTICUM. Opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge to
practice through placement in agency or institution serving older people. Practicum
sites include: senior centers, housing developments, nursing homes, area agencies on
aging , recreational programs or social welfare agencies. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and extensive course work . (Variable credit.)
The following courses are taught in other departments of the University than Gerontology but nevertheless are an integral part of this multidisciplinary program .
BUS 201 . PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. Survey of management theories from the
classical behavioral and management perspective. Emphasis placed on human, economic, and technological factors affecting management . Prerequisite: PSY 100 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
EDF 318 . FOUNDATIONS OF DEATH AND DYING. A multidisciplinary introduction to
death-related topics from anthropological , psychological , philosophical, educational,
literary and musical perspectives. (3 crs.)
ENG 223 . LITERATURE AND AGING . Positive and negative views of aging as portrayed
in poetry, fiction and drama. Students learn techniques for interpreting literature and
explore criticism of the literature. (3 crs.)
GEO 217. DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS . Demographic processes and the determinants
and consequences of population trends. Emphasis placed on distribution patterns and
environmental ramifications. (3 crs.)
HIS 205. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON AGING . A chronological survey of aging in
historical perspective emphasizing the changing social, cultural and economic conditions which have affect on the aging population. (3 crs.)

145

HPE 405 . EMT - EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN. Prepares students to become
certified as Emergency Medical Technicians. The course includes extensive classroom
and practical laboratory experien ces along with ten hours o f in-hosp ital observ ation. (3
crs .)
MUS 111 . MUSIC IN HUMAN SERVICES I. Thi s course will emphasize creative, rec reation al, musical act ivities for c lien ts from various agencies, organi za tio ns, or ins tit uti ons.
Al so covered w ill be basics of m usic, th eory, appreciation, accompan iment, choral techniques, an d repetoire.
MUS 11 2. MUSIC IN HUMAN SERVICES II. Em p hasis on advanced creative, recreational, musical ac tivities for clients from various agencies, organizat ions , or insti tut ions .
Topics include ad vanced rhythmic and recreational musical act ivities.
SOC 225 . SOC IOLOG Y OF AGIN G. An examination of aging in its social and societal
co ntext. Emphasis is placed on work , retirement , leisure , and inst itutionalizat ion. (3 crs.)
SOW 365. DELIVERY OF SERVICES . The primary goal of the cou rse is t o help the student become sensitive and emphathetic towards people seeki ng social services. Students are requi red to become involved in a consumer concern . (3 crs.)
XU A 215. PLANNING AND PUBLIC MANAGEMENT. A su rvey of the policy system in
urban affairs includ ing A) the contexts of the institut ions in which social policy decisions
rega rd ing urban problems are made, and B) factors influencing these decisions. (4 crs.)
XUA 22 1. RECREATION AND SOCIALIZATION OF THE ELDERLY . Prepares students to
provide meaningful leisure time activities for older adu lts. Laborato ry and field experiences are required . (4 crs.)
XUA 326. PROGRAM PLANNIN G. Introduction to programming pri nciples incl uding
goals, o bj ectives , program planning and evaluat ion, and organizational structures . (3
crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF HEAL TH, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION AND SAFETY
HEAL TH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (HPE)
DRIVER EDUCATION (HSD)
ATHLETIC COACHING ENDORSEMENT (CPE)
ATHLETIC TRAINING PROGRAM (TPE)
Associate Professor Witchey , chair. Professor Wilseck ; Associate Professors Donna Johnson , Katusa, T. Scott, Tselepis , Uher, Vulcano ; Assistant
Professors Knill, M . Martin , McConnell , McMahon , Shuler; Instructor Ervin .

Bachelor of Science in Education:
Athletic Training Education
The Athletic Training program provides interested students with the opportunity to develop the leadership and special skills necessary for a career
as a certified athletic trainer . The basic concept of athletic training involves
the prevention , care, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. The program
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The Athletic Training education program is an NAT A (National Athletic Trainers Association) approved curriculum and is supported by the Department of Health and Physical Education;

146

training rooms are located in Hamer Hall and Adamson Stadium . The California University of Pennsylvania intercollegiate athletic program is composed of 14 varsity sports which enable student trainers to gain valuable
experience as a student trainer.
The high incidence of injuries occurring through athletic participation has
become a national concern and has created demand for individuals who
have completed athletic training courses, fulfilled clinical requirements, and
earned a bachelor's degree. Job opportunities for certified athletic trainers
have increased substantially and the employment potential for trainers
should continue to increase. The ultimate goal to this program is to prepare
graduates for certification by the National Athletic Trainers Association and
for careers in athletic training . Many high schools now employ certified athletic trainers who are also faculty members. Many more high schools will hire
trainers to help provide better health care for their interscholastic athletic
programs. In addition, four year colleges and universities, junior and community colleges as well as women's intercollegiate programs provide significant possibilities for employment. Positions with professional teams exist;
however, they are fewer in number than those associated with school athletic
programs. Sports medicine clinics also provide some measure of employment for athletic trainers.
A limited number of students are selected for admission into the Athletic
Training Program . Applications for the athletic training curriculum are taken
during the second semester of the freshman year; a screening committee
will , at that time, select those individuals who will pursue degrees in Athletic
Training. Criteria for selection are available from the Director of the Athletic
Training Program or the school of Education.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Humanities, including Oral Communication (SPE 100): 9 credits; Natural Sciences: 9 credits; Social Sciences: 9 credits; Physical Activities: 2 credits;
Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304), 20 credits of free electives, including Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101-102).
(B) Area of Concentration: Human Anatomy of the Extremities 1-11 (TPE 23 , 260); CoEducational Health (HPE 100); Psychology: 2 courses; Kinesiology (CPE 305); Physiology
of Exercise (CPE 315); Athletic Training I (TPE 310); Principles of Biology (BIO 115); Physical Education for the Exceptional Child (HPE 338); Human Physiology (BIO 328); Nutrition
for Sports (TPE 320); Emergency Medical Technician (HPE 405); Modality Principles and
Techniques (TPE 410); Therapeutic Exercise (TPE 460); Athletic Training II (TPE 320);
Practicum in Athletic Training I, II , Ill, IV (TPE 220, 250, 400 , 450). Clinical experience: a
minimum of 800 hours.

Bachelor of Science degree in Education:
Dual Major, with Athletic Training
The dual major in Athletic Training and Education enables interested students to pursue the education and training necessary for a dual career as
seffective teachers and athletic trainers. The requirements listed below are
for the Athletic Training component alone. Students interested in this program should consult the Dean of the College of Education for other
requirements.
Requirements:
Human Anatomy of the Extremities (TPE 230, 260); Co-Educational Health (HPE 100);
Psychology: 2 courses; Kinesiology (CPE 305); Physiology of Exercise (CPE 315); Athletic
Training I (TPE 310); Principles of Biology; Physical Education for the Exceptional Child

147

(HPE 338); Human Physiology (BIO 328); Nutrition for Sports (TPE 320); Emergency Medical Technician ; Modality Principles and Techniques (TPE 410); Therapeutic Exercise (TPE
460); Athletic Training II (TPE 320); Practicum in Athletic Training I, II , Ill , IV (TPE 220 , 250),
400, 450). Clinical experience: a minimum of 800 hours .

Athletic Coaching Program
The Department offers an Athletic Coaching Program . In order to complete the program, the student must obtain a minimum of 18 credits . Twelve
of these hours are required as a basic core of the curriculum. The remaining
six are to be selected from the elective Theory and Technique courses of
specific sports.

Driver Education Endorsement Program
The Department offers an endorsement program for a student seeking to
become qualified as a Driver Education teacher in the secondary schools. In
order to fulfill the requirements of this program , the student must complete a
minimum of twelve semester hours. Six of the twelve hours are required in
the program (HSD 300 Introduction to Safety and HSD 305, Driver Education
and Traffic Safety).
The same twelve hours required in the Driver Education Endorsement
Program can be used a " free electives " in the thirty-hour free elective block .
For further information concerning the program, contact the Chairperson of
the Health , Physical Education and Safety Department in Hamer Hall.

ATHLETIC COACHING (CPE)
CPE 205. FOUNDATIONS OF ATHLETICS . The application of data and principles from
psychological and sociological fields is covered as they apply to athletics , coaches and
sports activities. Organization and planning procedures of sports are also covered as
well as other areas to aid the prospective coach to be more cognizant of player, school
and community relationships. (2 crs.)
CPE 305. KINESIOLOGY . This course emphasizes the biomechanics of motor performance ; a study of the myological and mechanical aspects in order to prepare the prospective coach with the ability to identify and analyze movements in order to better teach ,
correct, or improve these athletic skill movements. (3 crs.)
CPE 315 . EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY . The course is designed to teach the prospective
coach the significance of human body functions in regard to motor activity. Covered are
the scientific theories and principles underlying strength , muscular endurance, cardiovascular endurance, flexibility , training and conditioning in sports. (3 crs.)
CPE 325 . MEDICAL ASPECTS OF COACHING . This course deals with the basic concepts and techniques in the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of athletic injuries
and related athletic infirmities. Laboratory experiences provided to facilitate instruction .
(2 crs.)
CPE 306. THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF BASEBALL COACHING.
CPE 307. THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF TRACK & FIELD , CROSS COUNTRY
COACHING .
CPE 316 . THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF BASKETBALL COACHING .
CPE 326 . THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF FOOTBALL COACHING.
CPE 336. THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF GOLF COACHING .
CPE 366. THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF TENNIS COACHING .
CPE 386. THEORY AND TECHNIQUE OF WRESTLING COACHING .
Each of these courses is specific to the particular sport . Courses are designed to acquaint the prospective coach with the theories, knowledges, coaching aids, and general

148

mechanics of the coaching and instructing of competitive teams and individuals. Laboratory experiences emphasizing coaching techniques and use of coaching aids provided . (2 crs.)

ATHLETIC TRAINING (TPE)
TPE 220 . PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING I. This course deals with basic mechanical
techniques of athletic training, such as taping, transportation, C.P.R. etc. 1 hour lecture.
Offered fall semester. (1 er.)
TPE 230. HUMAN ANATOMY OF THE EXTREMITIES I. This course entails the study of
the structures and functions of the human body. It will deal with the development of the
cell , tissues, integumentary system , ligaments and articulations, and the skeletal system . 3 hours lecture. Offered fall semester. (3 crs.)
TPE 250. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING II . This course is a continuation of Practicum Athletic Training I and deals with taping, evaluation , etc. Prerequisites: TPE 220. 1
hour lecture. Offered spring semester. (1 er.)
TPE 260 . HUMAN ANATOMY OF THE EXTREMITIES II. This course entails the study of
the structures and functions of the human body. It will deal with the development and
function of the muscular system, nervous system, circulatory system, lymphatic system,
digestive, urinary, and respiratory systems. Prerequisites: TPE 230. 3 hour lecture. Offered spring semester. (3 crs.)
TPE 310. ATHLETIC TRAINING I. This course entails the study of basic care and prevention of athletic injuries. The student will be able to demonstrate and understand how to
develop conditioning programs, basic evaluation of injuries, transportation, and related
topics pertaining to sports medicine. Prerequisites: TPE 220, 250. 3 hour lecture. Offered fall semester. (3 crs.)
TPE 320 . NUTRITION FOR SPORTS . This course entails the study of basic concepts of
nutrition that further allow the students to apply it within a lifetime. It includes some
principles of chemistry and molecular biology that build a firm foundation from which the
ever changing science of nutrition may grow. The course is designed to develop the
student's awareness so that sound decisions may be made concerning all aspects of
nutrition . Prerequisites: TPE 220, 230 , 250, 260, 310, HPE 100, BSC 100. 3 hour lecture.
Offered fall semester. (3 crs.)
TPE 330. ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF ATHLETIC TRAINING. This course deals with
the study of the administrative functions , litigation, staff relationships, ethics, budget
and supplies, inventory, facility design , maintenance, safety assessment, and student
trainer organization. Prerequisites: TPE 220, 250, 310 . Open to approved curriculum
students only. 1 hour lecture. Offered spring semester. (1 er.)
TPE 400. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING Ill. This course consists of laboratory and
demonstration exercises in a clinical setting that provides a review of the preventive and
treatment techniques learned in Practicum I. Students enrolled will be involved in practical demonstrations to lower level students and will participate under the direct supervision of the instructors. Prerequisites: TPE 220, 230, 250, 260, 310. Open to approved
curriculum students only. 1 hour lecture. Offered fall semester. ( 1 er.)
TPE 410. MODALITY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES. This course consists of lectures
and laboratory exercises that explain the use and theory of physical therapy modalities
which are used in the sports medicine clinical setting. Prerequisites: Must be a junior or
better and open to approved curriculum students only. 3 hours lecture and 1 hour lab.
Offered fall semester. (4 crs.)
TPE 420 . MODALITY LAB. This course must be taken in conjunction with TPE 410. 0
credits.
TPE 450. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING IV. This course consists of laboratory
demonstration exercises in a clinical setting that provide a review of the prevention,
evaluation, treatment, and rehabilitation techniques learned in Practicum II. Students
enrolled will be involved in practical demonstrations to lower level students and will participate under the direct supervision of the instructors. Prerequisites: TPE 220, 230, 250,
260, 310, 400. Open to approved curriculum students only. 1 hour lecture. Offered
spring semester. (1 er.)

149

TPE 460 . THERAPUTIC EXERCISE. This course consists of lectures and laboratory exercises that explain the use and theory of theraputic exercise and equipment which is
used for rehabilitation in the sports medicine setting . Prerequisites: Must be a junior or
better and open to approved curriculum students only. 3 hour lecture and 1 hour lab.
Offered spring semester. (4 crs.)
TPE 470 . THERAPUTIC EXERCISE LAB . This course must be taken in conjunction with
TPE 470 . (0 er.)
TPE 480 . ATHLETIC TRAINING II. This course entails the study of the spine and its extremities and will deal with the evaluation techniques that are used to determine the
degree of injury found in the clinical setting . Prerequisites: Must be a junior or better and
open to approved curriculum students only. 3 hours lecture. Offered spring semester. (3
crs.)
TPE 490 . SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPORTS MEDICINE. This course deals with research
and/or practical experimentation in the field of sports medicine and athletic training .
Prerequisites: Open

DRIVER EDUCATION (HSD)
*HSD 300 . INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION . The history and development of
the safety movement. Psychological variables such as attitudes, habits, emotions and
values are considered in terms of their importance in the total accident picture. Home,
farm, traffic, fire , industrial and many other areas of safety are discussed. (3 crs.)
*HSD 305 . DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY. Designed to prepare a teacher to teach a complete thirty-and-six Driver Education class. Emphasis upon essential
facts , principles, skills and psychological variables necessary for good driving and the
teaching of the same to beginning drivers. Enrolled students are required to teach a
beginner the behind-the-wheel driving sequence. Prerequisite: a driver's license. (3 crs.)
HSD 306. MATERIALS AND METHODS IN SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS . The various teaching methods and materials that can be used to
teach safety in the elementary or secondary schools. The advantages and disadvantages of a correlated , intergraded or separate subject approach are analyzed . (3 crs.)
HSD 307 . MOTORCYCLE SAFETY . A comprehensive study of all aspects of motorcycle
safety. Various classroom and range experiences are provided to enable each student
to become a proficient cyclist. The course also prepares the student to teach others how
to ride. Prerequisite: HSD 305 . (3 crs .)
HSD 405 . ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SAFETY EDUCATION . Organizing and administering Safety Education Programs ranging from the elementary school
through college. School safety programs, environmental safety, and safety services are
analyzed in detail. Prerequisite: HSD 300 . (3 crs.)
HSD 406 . VISUAL AND OTHER AIDS IN SAFETY . The course places emphasis on visual,
psychomotor and other sensory aids that can be employed for testing and teaching in
various areas of safety. (3 crs.)
HSD 408. PROBLEMS IN DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY . Current problems in many
areas of driver and traffic safety. Federal Highway Safety Program Standards are analyzed . (3 crs.)
*Required Courses for Driver Education Endorsement Program.

HEAL TH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (HPE)
HPE 100. HEAL TH. Provides the student with a critical analysis of many health problems
facing many today. Topics studied include communicable diseases, chronic diseases,
alcohol and drugs, mental and emotional health , sex and reproduction , nutrition, fatigue, exercise, and consumer education with a focus on health products and services.
(2 crs.)
HPE 211 . SWIMMING AND BOWLING . Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of
swimming and bowling . Emphasis is placed on the practical application of the two activities. ( 1 er.)

150

HPE 216. ARCHERY AND BEGINNING GOLF. Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of golf and archery. The curriculum includes analysis, practice and application of a
variety of golf strokes, of game rules, and of etiquette . Archery activities include target
archery, different types of competition and bare bow hunting . (1 er.)
HPE 240 . APPARATUS AND GYMNASTICS . A course in wh ich emphasis is placed on
the development of fundamental skills in tumbling , balance beam, rings, trampoline,
horizontal bar, and uneven bars. The importance of spotting techniques is stressed
along with the learning of skills. No prerequisite. 2 hours combined lecture-lab . Offered
fall and spring . ( 1 er.)
HPE 241. BEGINNING SWIMMING. The course places emphasis on the development of
skills that will enable a student to move safely in and around the water with ease and
enjoyment. (1 er.)
HPE 242. INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING. Advanced beg inner and sub-intermediate
swimming instruction is provided . Emphasis is placed on perfecting the nine basic
strokes and on becoming more comfortable in , on, or near the water. Students should
feel safe in deep water in order to enter this course. ( 1 er.)
HPE 246. INTERMEDIATE ARCHERY AND GOLF. An opportunity is provided for the
student to advance beyond the beginner level and acquire a greater degree of skill
through advanced analysis of techniques and strategy. (1 er .)
HPE 247 . FOLK DANCE . A progressive course in international folk dance with emphasis
on circle and lines. ( 1 er .)
HPE 250. MODERN DANCE . Contemporary dance forms , techniques and composition
are presented. The student experiences working with expressive movement problems in
force , time, space, line and levels. No prerequisite. 2 hours combined lecture-l ab. Offered fall and spring . ( 1 er. )
HPE 256 . CONDITIONING AND MOVEMENT EDUCATION . Encourages an appreciating
of the ability and capacity to control and direct the movements of the body with skill and
intelligence. ( 1 er.)
HPE 257 . BOWLING AND POCKET BILLIARDS . Fundamental skills of bowling and
game practice. The basic skills of pocket billiards and various cue games are also included . ( 1 er.)
HPE 265. BADMINTON AND GOLF. Basic instruction in the rules , strategy and courtesies of both golf and badminton . (1 er.)
HPE 266 . TENNIS AND VOLLEYBALL. Fundamentals and game techniques of tennis
and volleyball. Proper drills and conditioning exercises are also a part of the course. (1
er.)
HPE 267 . ARCHERY, BILLIARDS , TABLE TENNIS . Instruction in the fundamental skills
of the three activities. ( 1 er.)
HPE 275 . VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL. Instruction and practice in fundamental
techniques and team play, analysis of systems of team play; study of methods, rules, and
game strategy. Practical experience in officiating also provided. ( 1 er.)
HPE 278 . FENCING . The art of fencing is presented in a practical laboratory experience
combined with lecture. The course provides instruction in basic fencing techniques including footwork , attacks, parries, rules, and directing . No prerequisite. 2 hours lecturelab. Offered fall and spring . (1 er.)
HPE 312 . WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR. Conducted under the auspices of the American Red Cross , the course is designed to equip the individual with the basic knowledge
and skills necessary to save one 's own life or the lives of others. The course also provides a student with the methods and techniques of water safety instruction . Prerequisite: Current Advanced Life Saving Certificate. Offered spring semester. (3 crs.)
HPE 313 . ADVANCED LIFESAVING. Conducted under the auspices of the American
Red Cross, the course gives consideration to swimming and life saving techniques necessary to meet the requirements of water safety. American Red Cross Certification issued. Prerequisite: Water Test. (2 crs.)
HPE 314. FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY. Provides an understanding of the
cause-effect , prevention and treatment of emergency situations. Special attention is
given to transporting a victim , respiratory problems, severe bleeding, poisoning , burns
and cardiac arrest. No prerequisite. Offered fall and spring semesters. (3 crs.)

151

HPE 315. CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION. Includes preventive heart practices,
basic concepts of heart and lung functions and skills for managing obstructed airways
and cardiac arrest . Certification is by the American Heart Association . No prerequisite.
Offered when there is student need and interest. (1 er.)
HPE 332. INTERMEDIATE BADMINTON AND TENNIS. An opportunity is provided for
the student to advance beyond the beginner level and to acquire a greater degree of skill
through advanced analysis of techniques and strategy. (1 er.)
HPE 338. PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD. An introduction to
the principles, techniques, and research in the physical education t raining for the exceptional child . Major emphasis is on gross-motor skills and physical activities leading to
lifetime recreation and sports. (3 crs.)
HPE 345. SKIN AND SCUBA. Underwater physics, medical emergencies, skin diving,
and scuba diving . The student will be certified as a basic scuba diver by the Professional
Associat ion of Divers Incorporated (PADI). There is a $50 .00 fee for the PADI Certification . (2 crs.)
HPE 347 . BASKETBALL OFFICIATING . Enables students to become qualified PIAA
basketball officials. Course content includes analysis of rules , regulations and the
mechanics of officiating . (1 er.)
HPE 400. ADVANCED FIRST AID. Advanced emergency first aid techniques such as
delivering babies, extricating victims from automobiles, performing C.P.R. in transport,
using Hare Traction sling for open fractures, and understanding basic ambulance equipment. Offered fall term. (3 crs.)
HPE 405 . EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN (EMT). Prepares students to become
certified as Emergency Medical Technicians. Emphasis is placed upon the care and
treatment of the ill or injured in a variety of emergency situations. Students are requ ired
to devote at least ten hours to actual in-hospital observation. Prerequisite: Age 18. Offered fall and spring semesters. (4 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND URBAN
AFFAIRS
HISTORY (HIS)
URBAN AFFAIRS (XUA)
URBAN RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION
Professor F. Edwards, chair. Professors J . Bauman , Goode, Folmar, Siegel ;
Associate Professors Buchovecky, McGrew
The Department of History and Urban Affairs offers three degree programs: History; Urban Affairs; and Urban Recreation and Parks Administration . Each major shares a General Studies curriculum affording students an
opportunity to strengthen their own program from a wide range of courses in
the Arts ana Sciences, while training in their chosen field of concentration.
The department recognizes and encourages achievement by the following honor societies, scholarships, and awards:
Phi Alpha Theta is an international honor society established to promote
the study of history and an exchange of learning among students, teachers
and writers of history. Membership is composed of students and professors
selected on the basis of academic achievement. The society's activities include a local chapter sponsored by the department, regional and national

152

meetings, awards and scholarships for its student members and a placement bureau for the benefit of its members.
The Rho Phi Alpha honorary professional fraternity consists of Urban
Recreation and Parks Administration majors who have demonstrated superior academic achievement. A campus chapter sponsored by the Urban Affairs and Urban Recreation and Parks Administration Programs encourages
activities enhancing professional growth in their respective areas.
The Edward McNall Burns Scholarship sponsored jointly by the Departments of History and Social Science awards annually a stipend of five hundred dollars to students who have demonstrated outstanding scholarly
achievement in the fields of history and related social sciences.
The History Faculty A ward for Academic Excellence: Formal recognition
by the History Faculty of outstanding achievement in the field of history by a
major within the department .
The George S. Hart A ward for Academic Excellence. Established in honor of a distinguished professor emeritus and chairman of the Department of
History, this award is made annually to a student in the social sciences includ ing history.

Bachelor of Arts in History
This program is designed to prepare its graduates for a broad range of
opportunities in government service, education, journalism as well as specialized applications in the business field where research and communication skills are utilized. Career counseling, personalized instruction and a
curriculum organized to relate to a variety of college programs provide a
strong basis for the pursuit of post-graduate studies in such areas as law and
the social and behavioral sciences including history. Two distinctive choices
are available for History majors wishing to broaden their vocational
potential :
1. A student wishing to pursue a career in Education specializing in the
Social Sciences may elect a core of History courses leading to a
Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S. in Ed .}
2. Alternatively, a dual major may be pursued, making it possible for
students to receive a Bachelor of Arts Degree (B.A.) in History and
another discipline within the Science and Technology or Liberal Arts
Colleges, correlative with their career goals.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration:History of the United States to 1877 (HIS 101); History of the
United States since 1877 (HIS 102); European Life and Society to 1815 (HIS 121); European Life and Society since 1815 (HIS 122); History Seminar (HIS 495); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 100); Introduction to Political Science
(POS 100); American Government (POS 105). 21 credits of electives in the major field; 20
credits of related electives.

153

Bachelor of Arts in Urban Affairs
The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Urban Affairs is designed to provide the
student with skills for functioning effectively in urban based professional positions within the areas of general public administration, planning and redevelopment, housing management and transportation . The curriculum is
tailored to meet the needs of the working student or the adult in mid-career
where there may be conflicts between course work .
An alternative course of study, Urban Planning , Management and Policy
Analysis offers a program which is both broadly based and specialized, emphasizing land use analysis, labor relations , urban demography and regional
economics. Although the curriculum core is similar to that of the general Urban Affairs Major, students intending to enter this field should consult the
program director.
The student entering the program with an Associate Degree or its
equivalent often can use most or all of those credits to complete the Urban
Affairs Degree in five consecutive semesters. During the junior or senior year
the major takes a variable credit internship (6 - 14 credits) with a city planning commission, housing authority or other local or federal agency, intended to provide a working professional knowledge of the field and to test and
refine career aspirations including pursuit of an advance degree in Urban
and Regional Planning , City Management or law.
Besides preparing the student for graduate work in Urban Affairs and
related fields , the graduate of this program has career opportunities in such
areas as urban planning , urban transportation , city management, law, suburban management , public service, and with state and federal agencies.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration:Survey of Urban Affairs (XUA 101); Contemporary Social
Problems (SOC 205); Planning and Public Management (XUA 215); Community Action and
Neighborhood Government (XUA 173); Urban Affairs and Policy Analysis (XUA 203); Urban Geography (XUA 210); Urban Sociology (SOC 235); Urban Transportation (GEO 315);
Housing and Housing Policy (XUA 254); Urban Planning : The Historical Perspective (HIS
234); Workshop in Urban Planning (XUA 345), 18 to 26 credits of electives. An internship of
from 6 to 14 credits.

Bachelor of Arts in Urban Recreation and Park
Administration
The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Urban Recreation and Park Administration is designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to function
competently in the urban recreation profession. There significant executive,
supervisory, administrative and planning responsibilities are essential. Together with competent theoretical grounding in the field a regional internship
(6 - 14 credits) assigned with local , county or state recreation or parks agency enables the major to gain practical experience in a variety of urban recreation settings. In addition the Workshop in Urban Affairs provides the
student with an opportunity to enhance his professional skills through participation in joint projects concerned with redesign of municipal services including parks and recreational services.
The program offers career opportunities in such positions as those of
municipal recreation director, health and welfare specialist , planning and
154

construction consultant; armed forces recreation specialist, commercial recreation executive, YMCA-YWCA director, Student Union director, Scouting
executive, hospital recreation specialist, camp director, institutional recreation director, senior citizen center supervisor, industrial recreation director,
community-school director, and resort manager.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives .
(B) Area of Concentration: Survey of Urban Affairs (XUS 101); Contemporary Social
Problems (SOC 205); Planning and Public Management (XUS 2 15); Introduction to Public
Administration (POS 220); Urban Affairs and Policy Analysi s (XUS 203); Urban Geography
(GEO 210); Urban Sociology (SOC 235); Urban Planning: The Historical Perspective (HIS
234); Workshop in Ur ban Planning (XUS 345); Recreation and Park Administration (XUS
400); Planning and Developing Areas and Facilities (XUS 416); Prog ram Planning (XUS
326); Community Action and Neighborhood Government (XUS 173); Administration of Private and Commercial Recreation (XUS 368); State and Local Finance (ECO 307). Related
electives: 7 - 19 credits. Internship: 6 to 14 credits .

HISTORY (HIS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+HIS 101 . HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES TO 1877. An introductory course in
American history from the Pilgrims to the age of modern industry: our colonial heritage
to the American revolution ; the emergence of a new nation and westward expansion ;
Civil War and postwar reconstruction . (3 crs .)
+HIS 102. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1877. The emergence of modern
America, its achievements and its problems: prosperity and depression; war and social
unrest ; World War I through the Vietnam era and beyond ; the computer age and its
challenges. (3 crs.)
+HIS 111 . THE DEVELOPMENT OF MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATION. The process and
interplay of the major world cultures in their evolution. Included are the following contemporary cultures: Indian , Moslem , East Asian , (China, Korea , Japan), Slavic , Western
European. Latin American , and African . (3 crs.)
+HIS 112. MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS IN TRANSITION . Significant factors continuing to influence the direction of change among the world's cultural areas: Industrialization and urban conflict; the democratic revolution and the rise of charismatic leaders
from Napoleon to Hitler; changing life styles after World War 11 ; the family; the workplace; values. (3 crs.)
+HIS 121 . EUROPEAN LIFE AND SOCIETY TO 1815. The development of the social ,
economic, political, religious , and cultural experiences of the European people. The decline of monarchial Europe and the major democratic movements in Europe. (3 crs.)
+HIS 122. EUROPEAN LIFE AND SOCIETY SINCE 1815. The development of Europe
from the Congress of Vienna to the 1970's with specific examination of the social, politi cal and economic stimulations that led to the emergence of nationalism , dictatorship,
and war. (3 crs.)
+HIS 145. HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA . The emergence of modern Latin America
from the Aztecs to Castro. Economic and social development of the region in the Twentieth Century is emphasized : The struggle for social justice among diverse cultures; conflicts within Latin American political life; military dictatorships; parliamentary
democracy; guerrilla warfare and counterterrorism. The continued role of influences
from outside the region: The United States; western Europe; the Soviet Union . (3 crs.)
+HIS 146. HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST. The historical development of China, Japan ,
Southeast Asia and India emphasizing the twentieth-century emergence of those societies to modern nationhood and the increased role of western cultures in the modernization process. (3 crs.)

155

+HIS 147. HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST. A history of the peoples of the region emphasizing the Twentieth Century interplay of cultural changes with traditional ways: lslam and modernization ; Soviet-American rivalry and the politics of oil ; the Arab-Israeli
conflict ; Arab nationalism: its leaders; the role of terrorism. (3 crs.)
+HIS 150. HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD. A study of the origins of Western civilization from prehistoric man to the disintegration of the Roman Empire, embracing a
thorough study of the cultural aspects of the Fertile Crescent and Greco- Roman civilizations . (3 crs.)
+HIS 165. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH. A survey of the political , economic, social , geographical , military and demographic history of the South from the English colonial era
until contemporary developments, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of the
Sun Belt . (3 crs.)
+HIS 187. FAMILY HISTORY. A survey of the techniques and processes used to trace,
study and analyze family history. These include the new developments in oral history,
personal family archives, census data retrieval , quantitative methodologies that are
adaptable to family history , and the uses of public documents and original sources. (3
crs.)
+HIS 188. LOCAL HISTORY. An introduction to the location, evaluation and significance of local history by using the problem -so lving and genealogical approach to learning . Specific topics are analyzed in order to get to know first hand the importance of
local and family history at the grass root s level. Topics which may be considered are
borough politics and economics, business and industry in the Monongahela Valley; as
well as trade, communication, transportation , recreation , education , the arts and ethnic
studies . (3 crs.)
HIS 200 . HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA . A study of the historical development of Pennsylvania from colonial t imes to the present ; the changes involved in social, political , and
economic life are treated from internal and external points of view. (3 crs .)
HIS 201 . CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION . The causes of the Civil War ; the military,
political , economic , and social developments during the war ; the consequences of the
postwar period from the standpoint of contemporary developments and their applications today. (3 crs.)
HIS 204. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON AGING . A chronological survey of aging in
American culture from colonial times to the present . Principal subjects for examination
will be : the emergence and development of retirement programs, institutional and noninstitutional treatment of the elderly in social , religious , polit ical and cultural contexts. (3
crs.)
HIS 215 . THE EXPANSION OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY . The emergence of modern American foreign policy and the factors that have influenced its operation in the
Twentieth Century: the interplay of military strategy and the conduct of foreign relations ;
the role of an expanding intelligence activity since World War 11; global economic
problems ; modern revolutionary movements; the scientific revolution . (3 crs.)
HIS 216. HISTORY OF ENGLAND . The rise of England as a world power from the reign of
Henry VII to the modern era, with particular attention to the social and economic aspects
of British life. The rise and fall of the Brit ish colonial empire and its consequences on
world affairs. (3 crs.)
HIS 217 . THE AFRO-AMERICAN IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. A survey of the role of
Afro-Americans in the course of American history, from the beginnings to the present . (3
crs.)
HIS 218 . HISTORY OF SPORT IN AMERICA. Presents sport as a pervasive facet of our
popular culture, as a social institution, as an arena of human activity, as a drama, even
spectacle. The course emphasizes the history of sport as a study of cultural values and
value conflict , and also examines the relationship of sport to social change throughout
American history. It investigates, among other things, the literature of sport , the economics of sport , and the influence of modern sport on our language, politics, religion,
and education . It also looks at sport as amusing anecdote, illuminating incident, and
even tremendous trifle. (3 crs.)
HIS 220. UNITED STATES MILITARY HISTORY. The development of America's military
strategy and the growth of the United States military establishment: principal campaigns and battles; the role of the armed forces as a social and political institution from

156

the revolution to the post-Vietnam Era. Emphasis is given to twentieth-century strategy
and related policy problems. (3 crs.)
HIS 225. HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY EUROPE. A topical outline of the major developments in Europe within the last 35 years--developments which have significance in
challenging and transforming many of the traditional values of th is society. The decline
in the pre-eminent position of Europe in world affairs and the rise of a global civilization.
(3 crs.)
HIS 226. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. A study of the political , social, economic,
and cultural forces of the Middle Ages, with emphasis on the institutional and cultural life
from the fall of Rome to the Renaissance. (3 crs.)
HIS 227 . RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION. A study of Renaissance culture in Europe from the Fourteenth to the Sixteenth century, with emphasis on Italy. Late medieval
civilization , humanism, artistic Renaissance, and the grow1h of the middle class. The
universal church, appearance and character of the principal branches of Protestantism.
(3 crs.)
HIS 230 . HISTORY OF EASTERN EUROPE. The medieval origins of Poland , Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and Bulgaria; Romania through the period of national revival of the Nineteenth century, independence after World War I, sovietization after World
War II , and re-emerg ing nationalism . (3 crs.)
HIS 234. URBAN PLANNING IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE. The planning implications
of urbanization ; the early city planning of the pre-industrial era, and the efforts by city
planners and developers to make the city more attractive and liveable in various periods
of urban grow1h . Consideration of social as well as physical planning in an attempt to
relate both to the process of urbanization . (3 crs.)
HIS 236. HISTORY OF URBAN AMERICA. The ur ban experience in America from the
Seventeenth century to the present. Urban America in the context of world ur banization ,
demographic trends, technology, and the implications of these forces on the socio-economic scene of urban development . (3 crs.)
HIS 238 . HISTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR. A survey of American labor from early Colonial times to the present, covering various periods, problems of these periods, solutions
proposed to these problems by the American worker, and the vital role American labor
has played in the history of our nation from earliest times to th e present. (3 crs.)
HIS 240 . HISTORY OF THE COLD WAR. The origins and continuance of Soviet-American rivalry since World War 11 ; Confrontation in Europe; NATO ; the Warsaw Pact; the
growing nuclear arsenal ; regional conflict in Africa, Latin America and Asia; the Congo ,
Angola, Cuba, Iran, China , Vietnam ; the politics and leadership of both nations; the
emergence of Russia as a global power. (3 crs.)
HIS 245 . HISTORY OF RUSSIA. A survey of Russian history, culture, and institutions
from the inception of the Kievan state to the present. Emphasis on the pre-Soviet periods and on those aspects of development of the Russian state and people that have
played a dominant role in the shaping of Russian character , temperament , and history.
(3 crs.)
HIS 247. HISTORY OF ETHNIC AMERICA . The role of the immigrant in United States
history from the eighteenth century through the contemporary period . (3 crs.)
HIS 250 . AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. A general study of the growth of the
American constitutional system , with special emphasis on those aspects of constitutional growth which relate closely to the fundamental structure of American government and
social order. (3 crs.)
HIS 296 . THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION , 1763-1789. The emergence of American nationality is examined in the light of a changing colonial culture, geography and military
strategy, developing political institutions together with dominating personalities shaping
independence. (3 crs.)
HIS 304 . THE GREAT DEPRESSION AND WORLD WAR II. A study of the stresses and
strains of the 1930-1945 period of United States history, using recent trends in teaching
and scholarship . (3 crs.)
HIS 305 . CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES . The unprecedented
changes that have occurred in the United States since the end of World War II. (3 crs.)

157

HIS 320 . THE ANATOMY OF DICTATORSHIP . The basic, social , economic, psychological , and political elements which make up the modern dictatorship . The elements of
strength and weaknesses which either destroyed or changed the structure of the original
philosophy of dictatorships of our current century in terms of their objectives, aims , and
potential. (3 crs .)
HIS 350 . ADOLF HITLER . An analysis of the philosophical and psychological elements
that led to the rise of National Socialism , and its impact upon the western world . (3 crs.)
HIS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY. Development of individual programs by
students. (Variable)
HIS 495 . SEMINAR IN UNITED STATES HISTORY. A study of American historians and
their writings; emphasis is on the changing interpretations of major topics in American
history. (3 crs.)

URBAN AFFAIRS (XUA)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+XUA 101 . SURVEY OF URBAN AFFAIRS . An introduction to the basic concepts and
language used to define and understand urban life. The course seeks to familiarize students with the dynamics of urban life as well as with the issues and problems which have
historically confronted the city and its people. The course is interdisciplinary in content
and demonstrates how the perspectives of history, sociology, political science, geography, psychology, etc . contribute to our understanding of the city and urban life . (3 crs .)
+XUA 120. INTRODUCTION TO RECREATION SERVICES . Introduces the student to a
variety of vocational opportunities in recreation . Field experience and individual study
are emphasized . (4 crs.)
+XUA 151 . OUTDOOR RECREATION . Lecture and laboratory sections with emphasis
on existing values, programs , trends and opportunities in outdoor recreation . Students
participate in hikes, outdoor cooking , and environmental education activities. (4 crs.)
+XUA 173. COMMUNITY ACTION AND NEIGHBORHOOD GOVERNMENT. An interdisciplinary analysis of the various aspects of community organization and neighborhood
government of use to urban planners, policy analysts, and those seeking careers in local
voluntary or governmental agencies and institutions. The following topics are covered :
Community control versus integration , local decision making processes, models of community development , community action programs, resource needs and problems , dynamics of neighborhood organization, and the like. (3 crs.)
+XUA 203 . URBAN AFFAIRS AND POLICY ANALYSIS. A planning and policy-oriented
analysis of the city; analysis of critical urban problems and an exam ination of alternative
strategies for their solution ; existing and proposed urban national policies and their implications for urban development and planning . The specific subjects to be covered reflect the interests of participants and may include urban poverty and poverty policies,
the plight of the ghetto , the fiscal crisis of the central city, current housing issues, technological change, planning policies and the changing federal role in metropolitan affairs .
Prerequisite: XUA 101. (3 crs.)
XUA 215 . PLANNING AND PUBLIC MANAGEMENT. A survey of the policy system in
urban affairs, with a view to illuminating (a) the contexts and the institutional settings in
which social policy decisions relevant to urban problems are made, and (b) the relevant
influence of various factors on these decisions . (3 crs.)
+XUA 217. POLITICAL ECONOMY. The application to issues in urban affairs of the analytic methods and principles common to planning law, politics, and economics. (3 crs.)
+XUA 221 . RECREATION AND SOCIALIZATION FOR THE ELDERLY. Prepares the student of gerontology and/or recreation to provide meaningful leisure time activities for
persons over fifty years of age. Emphasis is upon preparing the student to guide adults
to plan and direct their own leisure life. The investigatory approach to the individualization and evaluation of programs is stressed . Laboratory and field experiences are requirements of this class. There is a weekly one-hour lecture/discussion period and a
two-hour laboratory period and/or a two-hour field experience. (3 crs.)
+XUA 250. DATA ANALYSIS FOR PUBLIC DECISION. The use of statistical evidence
and the analytic method in the study of policy-related questions. The student learns the

158

mechanics of analytical techniques and uses them to answer problems and questions,
and learns to think systematically about complex problems. The main purpose is to acquaint the student with analytic methods by using those methods to examine a variety of
problems in urban affairs. The course is aimed at students who contemplate careers in
government service or in voluntary institutions or business. (3 crs.)
+XUA 254. HOUSING AND HOUSING POLICY . Urban housing from the sociological,
economic, and historical perspective: the nature of shelter, the elements and housing,
and such topics as housing and transportation , housing and the private sector, public
housing, housing design, housing finance and slum creators. Main objectives of the
course are to examine housing in the process of community building . (3 crs .)
+XUA 264. ORGANIZATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE BEHAVIOR . Organizational and
administrative behavior in the context of planning, policy development , purveyance, and
implementation . In order to promote basic understanding of the various activities and
processes involved , a number of concrete policy cases are used as vehicles for discussion and illumination . (3 crs.)
XUA 326 . PROGRAM PLANNING . An understanding and general knowledge of the program fields in relation to programming principles, planning objectives and goal-setting ,
structural organization , purposes and values of types of activities, selection of program
content , program planning, and evaluation . Principles of planning, organizing , and conducting workshops, institutes, conferences, clinics, and special projects in recreational
settings. (3 crs.)
XUA 328. LEISURE LEARNING . An overview of both leisure and recreation with emphasis placed upon the history, economics , education and the role of government and the
private sector as they affect both leisure and recreation in the twentieth century. (3 crs.)
XUA 335. RECREATION LEADERSHIP. A study of leadership theory and practices as
they relate to the administration, service and delivery of recreational programs. (3 crs.)
XUA 344 . PROGRAM EVALUATION AND PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS. Process of analyzing a number of plans or projects on programs with a to searching out their comparative effectiveness in meeting public objectives. Evaluation of plans is an essential
component of urban planning and management. Proper evaluations have considerable
potential for furnishing a much better guide than presently exists for decisions on whether specific on -going programs should be retained , modified , expanded , or dropped .
Evaluation process is also a great help in testing programs before large resource commitments are made. (3 crs.)
XUA 345 . WORKSHOP IN URBAN PLANNING . Provides experience in applying academic skills to specific urban and regional problems, often for actual clients. Workshop
participants analyze a real or hypothetical problem , develop and evaluate alternative
approaches, and recommend courses of action . Community analysis and funding, urban
renewal , zoning , and other applicable areas. Prerequisite: Junior standing . (3 crs.)
XUA 350. RECREATION IN THE SCHOOLS . An overview of the administration , supervision , implementation and evaluation of community-school recreational programs. (3
crs.)
XUA 355. SCHOOL INTRAMURAL RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS . An overview of the
organization and administration of intramural activities. Laboratory sessions provide an
opportunity to direct intramural events. (3 crs.)

XUA 357. RECREATION FOR THE PHYSICALLY AND EMOTIONALLY DISABLED.
Designed to assist students to develop personalized recreation programs for those individuals who are mainstreamed into both public and private recreation programs. (3 crs.)
XUA 368. ADMINISTRATION OF PRIVATE AND COMMERCIAL RECREATION . Survey
of the scope and development of private and commercial recreation agencies, facilities ,
and services. An examination of effective administrative guidelines and procedures including personnel management, legal status, accounting , records and data, public relations, advertising and promotion, programming, areas and facilities , and other pertinent
administrative aspects. (3 crs.)
XUA 400 . RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION . An analysis of managerial and
administrative practices and processes in recreation , park and agency departments,
including legislation, legal liability, planning , organizing, staffing , directing, coordinating , evaluating , budgeting, finance , records , reports , research, office management,
public relations , areas, facilities , and programming . Prerequisite: Junior standing . (3
crs.)

159

XUA 416. PLANNING AND DEVELOPING AREAS AND FACILITIES . Principles, practices, guidelines, and problems in the planning , organization , acquisition, development,
and maintenance of public, private, and school-related park , retrends , surveys, landuse patterns, layouts, designs, landscapings, and functional usage of areas. The planning and realization process. Prerequisite: Junior standing. (3 crs.)
XUA 420 . URBAN AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT. An administrative-type course
designed to give students in-depth training in the handling of governmental functions on
the local level. Specific topics to be covered include personnel administration, budgeting and finance , public relations, legal services and regulatory procedures , communication , and decision making . (3 crs.)
XUA 449 . PRACTICUM IN URBAN AFFAIRS. The student interns in one of numerous
planning , development or social agencies or organizations serving the Washington,
Greene, Westmoreland, Fayette , and Allegheny County regions . Can be taken for 3-17
credits, and includes cooperating agency supervision as well as performance review and
evaluation by the Urban Affairs Coordinator . (Variable).

XUA 469 . PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM . Professional field experience with an approved cooperating agency or department appropriate to the student's career choice.
Practical on -the-job experience in an established organization or agency. Appropriate
time commensurate to credit hours. Consent of the instructor. Limited to majors with a
field of specialization in Urban Recreation and Park Administration . (Variable)

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND
TECHNOLOGY
INDUSTRIAL ARTS (IAR)
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (ITE)
GRAPHICS COMMUNICATION (GCT)
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY (MTE)
Professor Andre, chair; Assistant Professor Lownsbery, assistant chair.
Professors Birch , Helsel , Lucy, Pecosh, Schuler, D. Smith . Associate Professors Dreucci, Grim , Kneisley , LaBute, Lentz, Linton , Madia, Sanfilippo; Assistant Professors Pollock, Simpson .

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION
California State College has one of the most respected industrial arts
programs in the nation . Industrial arts has been taught at California for over
50 years ; its dynamic curriculum has produced many outstanding graduates.
The program provides the prospective teacher with an awareness of the potential of technology as well as a background in the teaching of laboratory
skills. A Bachelor of Science Degree in Education is awarded upon completion of the program. The facilities for the program includes twenty modern ,
well equipped laboratories and drawing rooms for the various areas of industrial arts .
The teacher of industrial arts at the elementary and secondary school
level is a unique person. The teacher needs to understand the technical
knowledge of the world , as well as to be able to perform the many manual

160

and mechanical operations associated with the products of an industrial society and problems of daily living . As a result of their training, industrial arts
teachers have no problems securing employment. Graduates of the Industrial Arts Education program receive a certificate making them eligible to teach
at both the elementary and secondary levels.

Career Outlook
A shortage of industrial arts teachers exists in Pennsylvania and other
states. The field is open to both men and women . In recent years more women have been entering the industrial arts teaching profession. Most graduates remain in teaching and receive additional certification as principals,
superintendents, special education teachers and guidance counselors.
Some graduates attend graduate school and eventually teach at the college
level. In addition, many graduates have distinguished themselves in a variety
of industrial employment .

Curriculum
The study of industrial arts is divided into three areas: Visual Communications , Industrial Materials and Power Technology. Students are required
to take courses in the three areas, as well as, professional courses related to
industrial arts education . Besides the required courses students are able to
elect nine credits of laboratory courses.
The visual communications area is concerned with a study of the ways
man communicates visually. The program includes study and courses in
technical drawing, design and sketching , photography, screen printing, photo lithography and the graphic arts.
The industrial materials area is concerned with the technology and uses
of industrial machines, tools and materials. Courses include woodworking,
metalworking, metal machining, plastics, ceramics and leather working .
Power technology is the study of energy sources, conversion and control.
The theoretical concepts are followed by immediate application within the
laboratory. Courses in electricity, electronics, small engines, energy system,
fluidics are available.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Industrial Arts for Grades K-12
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities which may include Oral Communications (SPE 101); Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102). 9 credits in Natural Sciences
which may include Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182) or College Algebra (MAT 181); General Physics and Lab (PHY 106). 9 credits in Social Sciences which may include General
Psychology (PSY 100). Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of free
electives.
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Teaching in a MultiCultural Society (EDU 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 100); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465); Introduction to
Philosophy and Legal Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204);
Identification of Diagnostic Procedures and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and
Method Strategies (ESP 404).
(C) Professional Specialty: Introduction to Industrial Arts Education (IAR 201); Organization of Course Materials (IAR 301); Student Teaching and School Law (IAR 459).

161

(D) Curriculum Specialty: Fundamental of Woodworking (IAR 120); Fundamentals of
Metal working (IAR 220); Fundamentals of Machine (IAR 225); Advanced Woodworking
(IAR 320); Electric/Electricity I (IAR 226) and II (IAR 326); Power Technology (IAR 325);
Drawing and Design (IAR 101); Technical Drawing I (IAR 111) and II (IAR 211); Graphic
Communication I (IAR 121) and II (IAR 322); 9 credits of Industrial Arts electives.

Bachelor of Science in Graphic Communications
Technology
The graphic communications industry, the third largest industry in the
United States, has been growing at an annual rate of six to eight percent.
Skilled professionals are needed in all areas of this rapidly growing industry.
The Graphic Communications program prepares students for careers in the
printing , publishing, and allied communications industries by offering a curriculum of technical studies at the process and product-design level, the production level , the management level , and the sales and service level.
Students in the Graphic Communications Technology program are provided
a multidisciplinary program comprised of general education courses, professional specialty courses, and occupational specialty courses. In the occupational specialty area, students are offered studies in a choice of three
technical areas: Electro-Graphics, Photo-Offset Lithography, or Screen
Printing .
The Facilities utilized by the Graphic Communications Technology program include two graphic communications and photography laboratories,
two darkrooms, a large fully equipped electronics laboratory, and several
drafting and design rooms . A wide variety of modern graphics machinery
and supplies, including screenprinting equipment, photo-offset presses, and
photocomposition equipment, is available for teaching and student use. Industrial interships are also available to students seeking practical graphics
industry experience.
Graphic Communication Technology graduates can expect to fill positions in production, printing sales, quality control, customer service, scheduling, estimating, buying printing and related graphic materials, product
design , marketing, equipment sales, etc. Career opportunities may be found
with manufacturers of paper, graphic supplies (film, plates, stripping materials, chemicals used in platemaking and press operation), electronic equipment and control systems. Advertising agencies and publishers also need
graphic communications graduates.
A unique opportunity of this program is the Graphic Communications Internship , in which students may spend a semester or a summer working in an
industrial setting. This internship tends to broaden students' educations, offering them the opportunity to work in a real-life setting , experiencing the
problems of a particular job. They can observe how problems are handled
and solutions reached . On their part, the employers have an opportunity, at
minimal cost, to observe the students (prospective employees) at work and
to determine whether they would like to employ the student after the internship is completed. In brief the internship is a worthwhile experience for the
student and for the companies with whom the college affiliates.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing
(ENG 317); Oral Communication : Management (SPE 103); Technical Mathematics I (MAT
182) and II (MAT 192); General Physics: Industrial Arts (PHY 106); 6 credits in Humanities;
6 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.

162

(B) For option in Photo Offset or Screen Printing: Principles of Management (BUS
201); Principles of Production (GCT 475); Estimating and Cost Analysis I (GCT 340); Collective Bargaining (BUS 355); Salesmanship (BUS 221); Principles of Market Management
(BUS 321); 5 additional credits of Management electives; Fundamentals of Photography
(IAR 467); Photographic Techniques (GCT 235); Principles of Layout and Design (GCT
225); Graphic Communication I (IAR 121) and II (IAR 322); Photolithographic Techniques I
(GCT 350) or Screen Printing Techniques I (GCT 360) and Photolithographic Techniques II
(GCT 351 or Screen Printing Techniques II (GCT 361) and Photolithographic Techniques Ill
(GCT 352) or Screen Printing Techniques Ill (GCT 362); Electronic Composition I (GCT
320); Electricity/Electronics I (IAR 226) and Electricity/Electronics II (IAR 326); Chemistry
of Materials (PHS 135); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Mathematics of Finance
I (MAT 171); Industrial Safety (ITE 101); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); 9 credits of Approved Courses or Internship.
(C) For option in Electro-Graphics: Principles of Management (BUS 201); Principles of
Market Management (BUS 321); Principles of Production (GCT 475); 5 additional credits
of Management electives; Technical Drawing I (IAR 111); Fundamentals of Photography
(IAR 467); Photographic Techniques (GCT 235); Graphic Communication I (IAR 121) and II
(IAR 322); Electricity/electronics I (IAR 226) and II (IAR 326); Fundamentals of Digital Electronics (IAR 456); Fundamentals of Microprocessors (GCT 456); Industrial Electricity-Electronics (IAR 470); Power Technology (IAR 325); Electronic Composition I (GCT 320);
Advanced Microprocessors (GCT 457); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Industrial Safety
(ITE 101); Computer Science I (CSC 121) and II (CSC 221); Chemistry of Materials (PHS
135); Computer Graphics (CSC 324); 9 credits of Approved Courses or Internship.

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
The need for educated personnel to participate in the development and
application of technological change is evident: trained and experienced
managers of production insure that the benefits of modern technology are
maintained . The complexity of modern production processes requires higher
levels of sophistication in the mechanisms for planning, organizing, operating and controlling these activities. The Industrial Management curriculum
combines a core of business and management courses with a selected technical area of study to prepare graduates for managerial roles in industry. The
three technical option areas available are Computer Science, Manufacturing
and Printing Management.
Career Opportunities:
The graduate of the Industrial Management Technology program is prepared for a wide variety of employment opportunities depending in part upon
his chosen technical option area. Several possible career possibilities are
listed below:
Computer Programming
Industrial Engineering Technology
In-House Printing Management
Production Planning
Field or Service Representation
Production Supervision
Personnel Management
Quality Assurance
Marketing Management and
Numerical Control Programming
Planning
Industrial Sales
Systems Analysis
Objectives:
The Industrial Management Technology program:
-provides the student with the basic skills and knowledge necessary for
career development in a business or industry-related position.

163

-provides the student with sufficient elective courses to allow for an exposure to the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences .
-presents the student with opportunities to develop the habits of reasoning critically and thinking clearly .
-provides the student with opportunities to develop appropriate communications and quantitative skills.
-exposes the student to an environment and activities that will provide
an understanding of the fields of business and management .
-provides the student with opportunities to develop competency in a
technical area such as printing management, computer science or
manufacturing technology.

Curriculum:
The student who enrolls in the Industrial Management Technology curriculum has a choice of three technical options: Computer Science, Manufacturing and Printing Management . One hundred and twenty eight credits are
required for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Industrial Management
Technology .

Bachelor of Science in Industrial Management
Technology
Requirements:
(A) General Education: English Composit ion I (ENG 101); Business Writing I (ENG 211);
Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 317 ); Technical Mathematics I (MAT 102); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171 ); Basic Calculus (MAT 273); 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits
in Social Sciences ; 6 credits in Natural Sciences ; 12 credits of free electives .
(B) For option in Management and Computer Science: Mathematics of Finance II
(MAT 271); Technical Mathematics II (MAT 192); Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272); Oral
Communication: Management (SPE 103); General Psychology (PSY 100); Industrial Psychology (PSY 325); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Computer Science I (CSC
121) and II (CSC 221); Cobol I (CSC 208) and II (CSC 308); Data Structures (CSC 328); Data
Base Management Systems (CSC 456); Systems Analysis (C SC 375); Survey of Operations
Research (CSC 309); 5 credits of 200 level or above free electives; Accounting I (BUS 111)
and II (BUS 112); Managerial Accounting (BUS 216) or Cost Accounting (BUS 315); Business Statistics (MAT 225); Introductory Microeconom ics (ECO 201) Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Managerial Economics
(ECO 322) or any Business / Econom ic course (level 300 or above); Financial Management
(BUS 332); Collective Bargaining (BUS 355).
(C) For option in Manufacturing: Industrial Psycholog y (PSY 326); Accounting I (BUS
111) and II (BUS 121); Cost Accounting (BUS 3 15); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO
201); Introductory Macroeconom ics (ECO 202); Managerial Economics (ECO 322); Collective Bargaining (BUS 355); Business Writing I (ENG 211 ); Industrial Safety (ITE 101); Cobol
I (CSC 208); Computer Science I (CSC 121); Fundamentals of Machine (IAR 225); Advance
Machine (IAR 346); Numerical Control Programming I (MTE 335) and II (MTE 336); Computer Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (Compac t II - MTE 337); Computer
Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (APT - MTE 338); Technical Drawing I (IAR
111) and II (IAR 221); Electricity / Electronics I (IAR 226) and II (I AR 326); Fluid Power (MTE
455); Quality Control (MTE 445); Material Testing (IAR 341 ); 5 credits of elective labs.

(0) For option in Printing Management: Introductory M icroeconomics (ECO 201); Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS 112); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Salesmanship
(BUS 221); Principles of Production (GCT 475); Financial Management (BUS 322); Principles of Market Management (BUS 321); Estimating and Cost Analysis I (GCT 340); 5 additional credits of Management electives ; Fundamentals of Photography (IAR 235);

164

Photographic Techniques (GCT 235); Principles of Layout and Design (GCT 225); Graphic
Communications I (IAR 121) and II (IAR 322); Photolithographic Techniques I (GCT 350)
and II (GCT 531) and Ill (GCT 352); Electronic Composition I (GCT 320); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Industrial Safety (PSY 101); Electricity/Electronics I (IAR 226) and II (IAR
326); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Mathematics of Finance (MAT 171);
Chemistry of Materials (PHS 135).

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
The role of technology in the United States becomes increasingly important as lagging productivity, rising prices and soaring energy costs combine
to add to the economic difficulties of industries, workers and consumers.
The need for educated men and women to work in the development and
application of technology is great. The Industrial Technology program provides students with the knowledge and skills to become highly qualified professionals who oversee and guide production and carry out the important
research and development needed in a variety of industries.

Career Opportunities:
Opportunities for employment in industrial technologies exist in a wide
variety of industrial settings. Typical entry level positions for graduates of the
Industrial Technology programs are:
Sales and Service
Production Supervision
Systems Analysis
Quality Assurance
Product Design
Production Control
Purchasing
Prototype Development
Industrial Teaching
Industrial Relations

Objectives:
The objectives of the Industrial Technology program are:
-to provide students with an opportunity to develop a background in
the humanities, social sciences and natural sciences
-to provide students with a basic knowledge of designing , reading and
constructing technical drawings
-to expose students both to a variety of materials and to the technical
knowledge of industrial processes involved in manufacturing
-to provide students with an opportunity to elect a specialty option in
management or engineering science, or a combination of the two , to
meet their particular needs
-to provide students with information concerning industrial safety, current industrial problems, modern manufacturing processes and career information within the scope of industrial technology.

Curriculum:
The student who enrolls in the Industrial Technology Curriculum has a
choice of three specialty options: Management, Scientific or General. All students will take a core of similar courses in the area of concentration, each will
then take specialty courses depending on the option selected.
One hundred and twenty-eight credits are required for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Industrial Technology.

165

Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing
(ENG 217); Oral Communication Management (SPE 103); Technical Mathematics I (MAT
182) and II (MAT 192) or higher level mathematic courses . 6 credits in Humanities; 6 cred its in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Technical Education: Industrial Safety (ITE 101); Introduction to Industrial Technology (ITE 105); Seminar in Industrial Technology (ITE 405); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326);
Technical Drawing I (IAR 111) and II (IAR 211); 3 additional credits of Drawing electives;
Introduction to Industrial Materials (ITE 205); Graphic Communications I (IAR 121) and II
(IAR 322); Electricity/Electronics I (IAR 226) and II (IAR 326) Fundamentals of Metalworking (IAR 220); Fundamentals of Machine (IAR 225); Power Technology (IAR 325).
(1) For general option : 9 credits of Elective Labs; 12 credits of Business and Management courses (Three of which must be upper level courses); General Chemistry I (CHE 101)
or College Physics I (PHY 101) and General Chemistry II (CHE 102) or College Physics II
(PHY 102); 8 credits of Upper level Mathematics or Science courses .
(2) For option in Management : 7 credits of Elective Labs. Accounting I (BUS 111) and II
(BUS 112); Cost Accounting (BUS 315); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201 ); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Principles of Management (BUS 332); Mathematical
Economics (ECO 320); Managerial Economics (ECO 322); Collective Bargaining (BUS
355).
(3) For option in Scientific : 11 credits of Elective Labs; Computer Science II (CSC 221);
College Physics I (PHY 101) and II (PHY 102) and Ill (PHY 203); General Chemistry I (CHE
101) and II (CHE 102); one additional scientific course .

MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
One measure of man 's growth and progress is his ability to manufacture
goods effectively. It has been estimated that by 1986 over 22 mill ion men and
women will be employed in the manufacturing industry. A sizeable portion of
this growing labor is needed to engage in the management , manufacture,
sale and programming of new manufacturing and computer-aided design .
The Manufacturing Technology program, while placing emphasis on the principles of numerical control technology, provides students with a broad , flexible education , enabling them to enter the manufacturing work force in a
variety of professional positions.

Career Opportunities:
Opportunities for employment in the field of Manufacturing Technology
are diverse and plentiful. Graduates will find challenging job placements in
all geographical areas of the United States.
Some careers in Manufacturing Technology are:
N/C Field Representative
Production Manager
N/C Technician
Quality Control Technician
N/C Programmer
Sales Representative
N/C Coordinator
Industrial Engineering Technician
Manufacturing Supervisor

Objectives:
The Manufacturing Technology program is designed to:

166

-provide students with an opportunity to develop a broad background
in liberal studies with a choice of academic pursuits in the humanities,
social sciences and natural sciences.
---expose students to an environment and activities that will provide understanding and experiences in manufacturing processes.
-provide students with an appropriate background in technical drawing
and technical design to allow them to read and interpret manufacturing specifications, to ascertain which of several manufacturing
processes would be appropriate for production and to determine that
the process has produced a part that meets or exceeds the design
parameters.
-provide students with the knowledge and skills required to program
and operate numerically controlled equipment.
-provide students with education in electricity and electronics and data
processing systems so that they will have a basic understanding of
the applications of these disciplines to manufacturing and managerial
processes.
-provide students with an opportunity to gain an understanding of the
techniques and procedures involved in job estimating and
production .

Curriculum:
The student who enrolls in the curriculum will need a total of 128 credits
to earn a Bachelor of Science Degree in Manufacturing Technology.

Bachelor of Science in Manufacturing Technology
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing
(ENG 217); Oral Communication : Management (SPE 103); Technical Mathematics I (MAT
106) and II (MAT 107); Calculus I (MAT 111 ); 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits in Social
Sciences ; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Technical Education: Industrial Safety (ITE 101); Principles of Production (GCT
475); Quality Control (MTE 445); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Fluid Power I (MTE 455);
Electricity/ Electronics I (IAR 226) and II (IAR 326); Electronic Control Unit Maintenance
(MTE 465); Material Testing (IAR 341); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Computer Science I (CSC 121 ); Numerical Control Programming I (MT E;. 335) and II (MTE 336);
Computer Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (COMPACT II - MTE 337); Computer Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (APT - MTE 338); Fundamentals of
Machine (IAR 225); Advance Machine (IAR 346); Technical Drawing I (IAR 111) and II (IAR
211); 8 credits of Elective Labs; 15 credits of Internship (or approved courses).

DRAFTING TECHNOLOGY
Drafting is generally considered to be the primary means of expressing
technical ideas. It is the graphic language of industry and is essential to the
process of design, manufacturing, and service.

Career Outlook:
As our society continues to grow technologically, the need for drafting
technicians will continue to increase. Since technological growth is expected

167

to continue for many years to come, the need for personnel in drafting and
related fields will probably continue to grow.

Objectives:
The principal objective of the Drafting Technology program is to provide
students with sufficient skills and expertise to secure employment. In addition , all credits earned in this Associate Degree (two year) program are transferable to the four-year Industrial Technology Bachelor of Science degree
program .
Upon completion of the program , the graduate is expected to be able to do
at least the following :
1. Communicate technical ideas through freehand sketching .
2. Make technical drawings that fully describe a design idea.
3. Solve technical problems by using the tools and techniques of
drafting .
4. Prepare pictorial presentation drawings in pencil, ink , and water
color.
5. Write technical reports that are clear, concise, and accurate.
6. Write basic computer programs and use the computer to solve technical problems.

Curriculum:
The Drafting Technology associate degree is a 63 credit program .

Associate Degree in Drafting Technology
Requirements:
(A) General Studies: English Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing
(ENG 217); Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182) and II (MAT 192); Computer Science I (CSC
121) and II (CSC 222); 3 credits of free electives.
(B) Technical Studies: Drawing and Design (IAR 101); Technical Drawing I (IAR 111)
and II (IAR 211); Airbrush Techniques (IAR 440); Architectural Drawing (IAR 444); Technical Drawing Ill (IAR 448); Cartography (EAS 271); Graphic Communications I (IAR 121);
Fundamentals of Metalworking (IAR 220); Fundamentals of Machine (IAR 225); Numerical
Control Programming I (IAR 341); Materials Testing (IAR 341); Industrial Safety (ITE 101);
Introduction to Industrial Materials (ITE 205).

NUMERICAL CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
A relatively new field, numerical control programming has become the
cornerstone occupation of many smaller manufacturing firms . Numerical
control programmers program machines which control a wide variety of
manufacturing equipment.

Career Outlook:
Career opportunities appear to be excellent in this area. Persons trained
in the programming of numerical controlled machines can expect to be employed as N/C Programmer, N/C Technicians or N/C Coordinators.

168

Objectives:
The major purpose of this program is to train persons to write numerical
programs utilizing basic, APT and the Compact II Computer Language. Also,
the student will receive experience in operating numerical controlled
machines.

Curriculum:
The Numerical Control Technology associate degree is a 62 credit
program.

Associate Degree in Numerical Control
Requirements:
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182) and II (MAT 192); Basic Programming
Language (CSC 105); Computer Science I (CSC 121). 6 credits of free electives wh ich may
be taken from the following list of recommended electives: Industrial Safety (ITE 101);
Chemistry of Materials (PHS 135); Materials Testing (IAR 341); Quality Control (MTE 445);
Advanced Microprocessors (GCT 457).
(B) Area of Concentration: Technical Drawing I (IAR 111) and II (IAR 211); Fundamentals of Machine (IAR 225); Advance Machine (IAR 346); Fluid Power (IAR 445); Fundamental of Digital Electronics (IAR 456); Fundamentals of Digital Electronics (GCT 456);
Numerical Control Programming I (MTE 335) and II (MTE 336); Computer Programming
Numerical Controlled Equipment (COMPACT II - MTE 337); Computer Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (APT - MTE 338); Advanced Computer Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (COMPATC II - MTE 437); Advanced Computer
Programming Numerical Controlled Equipment (APT - MTE 438).

SCREEN PRINTING TECHNOLOGY
Screen Printing is one component of the rapidly growing graphic communications industry. This industry has been growing at an annual rate of between six and eight percent a year. Because of the increasing complexity of
the communications industry, individuals trained in screen printing are
needed .

Career Outlook:
Career opportunities are good . People trained in screen printing will find
employment opportunities in most segments of the communications industry, small printing shops, and large corporations with communications divisions or departments.

Objectives:
The major objective of this program is to provide persons trained in
screen printing for the industries of southwestern Pennsylvania. In addition,
credits earned in this program are transferable to the college 's four-year
Graphic Communications Technology bachelor's degree program.

Curriculum:
The Screen Printing Technology associate degree is a 62 credit program.

169

Associate Degree in Screen Printing
Requirements:
(A) General Studies: English Composition I (ENG 101); Scientific and Technical Writing
(ENG 217); Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); General Psychology (PSY 100); Industrial
Psychology (PSY 320); 11 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Industrial Safety (ITE 101); Drawing and Design (IAR 101);
Graphic Communications I (IAR 121) and II (IAR 322); Chemistry of Materials (PHS 135);
Principles of Layout and Design (GTC 225); Fundamentals of Photography (IAR 467); Electronic Composition I (GCT 320); Estimating and Cost Analysis I (GCT 340); Screen Printing
Techniques I (GCT 360) and II (GCT 361) and 111 (GCT 362).

INDUSTRIAL ARTS (IAR)
IAR 101 . DRAWING AND DESIGN. Design is studied as a process made up of three
major components: the creative, the aesthetic, and the technical. Students experience
design creatively and aesthetically by actively participating in a series of design
problems which stress the sensitive use of the elements and principles of design. Creative thinking and aesthetic sensitivity are encouraged and developed . The student's expressive talents are awakened and enhanced through instruction in sketching and
drawing . Much of the instruction and many of the design exercises used in this course
are designed to show students how to make use of design instruction in order to enrich
their teaching in the industrial arts laboratory. (3 crs.)
IAR 111. TECHNICAL DRAWING I. A beginning course with major emphasis on assignments and problems in the following areas: the graphic language, mechanical drawing,
lettering geometric constructions, sketching and shape description , multi-view projection, sectional views, dimensioning , axonometric projection , and oblique projection. (3
crs.)
IAR 120. FUNDAMENTALS OF WOODWORKING . An introductory course in woodworking with emphasis on hand tool operations. Basic machines including the band saw,
wood lathe, scroll saw, drill press, and grinder are covered. The safe use and care of the
machines and hand tools is stressed . A project is assigned that provides experiences in
the various woodworking operations. (3 crs.)
IAR 121. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS I. The student is given an opportunity to develop skills by applying techniques of layout and design to letterpress printing , screen
printing techniques (hand-cut and presensitized stencil films) , process line photography
and bindery operations. (3 crs.)
IAR 201. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION . Classroom instruction
providing an introduction to the role of industrial arts as a part of general education; the
objectives of industrial arts; the role of the industrial arts teacher; the position and purposes of industrial arts in the elementary, middle and secondary schools; the use of
professional literature; and the recognition of historical influences upon current trends
and directions in industrial arts. Emphasis is also placed upon laboratory safety, organization, management and legal considerations in teaching . A portion of this course is with
undergraduate participation in industrial arts programs at a teaching center working
with a supervising teacher; industrial tours; college seminars; and educational trips to
observe the urban setting in industrial arts. (3 crs.)
IAR 211. TECHNICAL DRAWING II. Provides experiences in problem-solving with reference to technical working drawings. Special emphasis is placed on American National
Standards drawing practices, shop processes, conventional representation , standardization of machine parts and fasteners , preparation of tracings, the reproduction of industrial working drawings, and surface development. Prerequisite: IAR 111. (3 crs.)
IAR 220 . FUNDAMENTALS OF METALWORKING. An introduction to metal working
which stresses the safe use and care of various metal working tools and equipment.
Students have instruction and experiences in sheetmetal, bench and wrought metal,
forging and heat treating, soldering , oxyacetylene welding , brazing and cutting , electric
welding, and spinning. (3 crs.)

170

IAR 225. FUNDAMENTALS OF MACHINE. Instruction in the operation of hand and
machine tools, including the engine lathe, milling machine, shaper and drill press. Basic
foundry techniques are included . (3 crs.)
IAR 226. ELECTRICITY /ELECTRONICS I. An introduction to DC and AC circuit theory
and analysis. The theory includes electrical measurement systems, Ohm's Law, Kirchhoff's Laws, circuit theorems, and component characteristics. Laboratory work provides experiences with electrical parts, schematics, electrical tools, and an introduction
to electrical and electronic instrumentation. Lecture content is 2 hours per week and
laboratory content is 4 hours per week . Prerequisite: PHY 106. (3 crs.)
IAR 301. ORGANIZING AND DEVELOPING COURSE MATERIALS FOR INDUSTRIAL
ARTS EDUCATION . Analysis of industrial arts and educational objectives in relation to
the selection of course content and teaching techniques at the various school levels in
the areas of visual communications, power and industrial materials. Students develop
sample instruction sheets, methods of student evaluation and appraisal, and a course of
study for industrial arts education . Also, an examination of common instructional and
management techniques for industrial arts teaching will occur for the undergraduates.
Prerequisite: IAR 201 . (3 crs.)
IAR 303. INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR ELEMENTARY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION MAJORS .
An introduction and/or review of: the purposes and relationships of general education
and industrial arts; the learning capabilities of young and special children, and the various curriculum approaches for utilizing tools and materials to facilitate normal or remedial human development in grades K-6. Undergraduate students from either the
elementary or special education curriculums have the opportunity to develop basic psychomotor skills in the areas of visual communications, industrial materials, and power
technology that are applicable to use within the public school setting . The final aspect of
this effort in teacher education has the elementary or special education major designing,
developing, presenting , and evaluating a minimum of one short unit of instruction in
industrial arts content to students in grades K-6. Class schedule: lectures, discussion,
and/or demonstrations, three clock hours per week; laboratory activities, three clock
hours per week . Prerequisite: Junior standing . (3 crs.)
IAR 304. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR ELEMENTARY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION MAJORS . A continuation of laboratory activities for the elementary or special education major in visual communications, industrial materials, and power technology to
develop additional skills in the use of tools and materials. The depth of this involvement
will be dependent upon students' past and present performance in planning and enacting their intended academic objectives. As in the previous course, each elementary or
special education major will plan, develop, present and evaluate a minimum of one
hands-on instructional unit involving students in grades K-6. Class schedule: lectures,
discussions and / or demonstrations, three clock hours per week ; laboratory activities,
three clock hours per week . Prerequisite: IAR 303 . (3 crs.)
IAR 320 . ADVANCED WOODWORKING . A study of machine woodworking providing
instruction _in furniture and case work . Safe operation of all basic woodworking machines is covered . Students construct a small piece of case work involving operations on
basic machines. Maintenance of equipment and safe use of materials are stressed . Prerequisite: IAR 120. (3 crs.)
IAR 322 . GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS II. This is the second of two required courses in
the visual communications area. Emphasis is placed on understanding the structure,
processes, and products of the graphic communications industry. Learning experiences
with tools, materials, equipment and processes represented by this industry are provided for students to explore and gain understanding instruction in photo typesetting, photo composition, darkroom techniques, stripping, platemaking and offset press
operations. Prerequisite: IAR 121. (3 crs.)
IAR 325. POWER TECHNOLOGY . An introduction to the systems approach in the studies of energy forms, sources, conversions, power transmission and controls. Lectures,
demonstrations and practical laboratory activities center around laws of the conservation of energy, elementary fluid flow and thermodynamics, mechanisms, AC-DC systems
analysis and electro-mechanical devices. Prerequisite: IAR 226. (3 crs.)
IAR 326. ELECTRICITY /ELECTRONICS II. An investigation into the fundamental concepts of analog electronics including semiconductor device theory, power supplies, amplifiers, operational amplifiers, oscillators, linear integrated circuits, and control circuits.
Laboratory experiments provide experiences with electronic instrumentation, electronic

171

components, and electronic circuit behavior. Lecture content is 2 hours per week and
laboratory content is 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: IAR 226. (3 crs.)
IAR 341 . MATERIALS TESTING . A study of the theory and application of materials testing designed to increase the student's knowledge of selected industrial materials. The
physical nature of metallic, polymeric, ceramic, wood and miscellaneous materials is
explored . Selected destructive and nondestructive tests are demonstrated . Instruction
is provided in the recording and interpretation of test data. (3 crs.)
IAR 345. ART MET AL. Through a variety of experiences students learn to safely use the
tools, materials, and equipment typical of a traditional craftsman . Students learn to
raise , shape, form , solder and spin nonferrous metals such as pewter, copper, brass and
aluminum . (3 crs.)
IAR 346. ADVANCED MACHINE. Emphasis is placed on the technical aspect of the production of castings in the foundry . Accurate dimensional and quality control is stressed
in layout machining and assembly of a required project. Prerequisite: IAR 225. (3 crs.)
IAR 335. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING I. An introduction to the procedures
for manually programming numerically controlled equipment. The student writes programs following a machine format detail , using Cartesian coordinates for motion command and incorporating other preparatory and miscellaneous commands necessary to
manufacture parts on a machining and turning center. (3 crs.)
IAR 336. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING II. The second of two courses in the
manual programming of numerically controlled machines. Concentration is placed on
continuous path machining of parts using the linear interpretation capability of machines to cut chords of arcs to closely approximate curves. Circular interpolation is
studied with the additional word addresses that are necessary. Prerequisite: MTE 335.
(3 crs.)
IAR 340 . WROUGHT METALWORKING . A study of traditional contemporary ornamental iron design and fabrication techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual project design and construction . Students practice the techniques of hot and cold metal forming ,
riveting , brazing and welding-weldment design , strength , microstructure, and metallurgical aspects are investigated . Instruction is given relative to surface treatment and finishing of ferrous metals. (3 crs.)

IAR 348. CERAMICS . A study of the uses of clay for artistic expression , recreation, and
industrial application , with emphasis upon design , craftsmanship and problem solving .
The student is provided the opportunity to learn to make pottery on the potter's wheel,
to do hand-built pottery and sculpture, and to learn how to make ceramic objects using
casting slip poured into molds. An important objective of this course is to provide the
student with the kind of background to teach ceramics in the public schools.
IAR 350 . CRAFTS. A general introduction to the crafts which involves creative craftwork
with a variety of materials including sterling silver , other nonferrous metals, gem stones,
enameling compounds, imported woods, copper foil and mosaic materials. The student
is taught the kind of background material and introduced to techniques in preparation
for teaching crafts in the public schools. (3 crs.)
IAR 351. SMALL GASOLINE ENGINES . An introduction to the theory, operation and
general overhaul of small gasoline engines. Engine components, diagnosis, testing ,
maintenance and trouble-shooting are stressed in the course to afford the participants
the opportunity to develop the expertise in course content skills and the background to
teach small gasoline engines. Laboratory work provides for the opportunity to apply
theoretical concepts in general practice. Prerequisite: IAR 325. (3 crs.)
IAR 355 . JEWELRY MAKING . A general introduction to the craft of jewelry making. Original jewelry pieces are designed and constructed by the student using a variety of materials. These materials include sterling silver, gold, bronze, copper, gem stones,
enameling, compounds , plastics, imported woods such as ebony, rosewood, and zebra
wood , pearls, clay, and leather. The student is taught the kind of background material
and introduced to techniques in preparation for jewelry making in the public schools. (3
crs.)
IAR 356. LEATHERCRAFT. A study of the importance of leather in everyday life. Career
opportunities in industry, business and teaching are stressed. Students experience the
basic techniques of carving , tooling, sewing , lacing , shaping and forming leather. Students are encouraged to design projects with originality, self-expression and creativity.
(3 crs.)

172

IAR 357. INDUSTRIAL PLASTICS . A general introduction to the history and development of industrial plastics with laboratory emphasis upon the use of molds, forms, relevant materials and processes. Industrial processes such as rotational molding,
thermoforming, injection molding, reinforced plastics, casting and compression molding are studied . (3 crs.)
IAR 360. SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES. An introduction to the elements that make
up stencil systems for screen printing with an in-depth study of each element and its
functions as an integral part of the stencil system . Each student will have the opportunity
to participate in the identification, calibration and application of these elements in the
imaging of selected substrates. Prerequisites: IAR 121 and IAR 322 . (3 crs.)
IAR 410. FUNDAMENTALS OF AUTO MECHANICS. An introduction to automobile
mechanics with theory and practical application which is limited to basic preventive and
tune-up procedures in the areas of carburetion, pollution devices and controls, complete engine tune-up, diagnostic skills, use of testing equipment, ignition circuits, charging circuits, and cranking circuits. Courses are offered at General Motors Training
Center by approval. Prerequisite: IAR 325. (3 crs.)
IAR 411 . ADVANCED AUTO MECHANICS. An advanced study in auto mechanics that
provides for both an in-depth understanding of basic automotive principles and a
broadening in scope of other areas of preventive and tune-up procedures. Theoretical
and practical activities in carburetion, ignition circuits, charging circuits, cranking circuits, and the use of testing equipment applicable to the unit of study. Courses are offered at General Motors Training Center by approval. Prerequisite: IAR 325. (3 crs.)
IAR 440. AIRBRUSH TECHNIQUES. Precise pictorial line representation as it relates to
technical illustration is stressed. Mechanical and freehand techniques used in pictorial
line drawing are explored in detail. Students gain experience in the theory of light and
shadow. Emphasis is placed on exploring more advanced graphic media in technical
illustration . Extensive experience is provided in airbrush rendering techniques. Prerequisite: IAR 111. (3 crs.)
IAR 444 . ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN . Design experience is provided in basic residence
planning. The fundamental sequences in designing and drawing a residence are
stressed and the student completes all architectural drawings necessary for construction . Elements of the course include: architectural styles, area planning, structural detailing, pictorial rendering , building specifications, and cost analysis. Prerequisite: IAR
111. (3 crs.)
IAR 446. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY AND SURFACE DEVELOPMENT. Adding to the
knowledge and experiences gained in Technical Drawing I, this course investigates the
theory of projection to the fullest extent, with emphasis on the manipulation of points,
lines and planes in space, in order to serve of value in future advances such as computer-aided drafting, computer-aided instruction and computer-aided manufacturing. Prerequisite: Technical Drawing I (IAR 111). (3 crs.)
IAR 448. TECHNICAL DRAWING Ill. An extension of Technical Drawing I and II with
continued emphasis on skill, technique, and the use of ANSI and ISO dratting standards.
The course is developed around a product design format in which the student designs a
product and prepares a complete set of working drawings and supporting documents.
Prerequisites: IAR 101, IAR 111, and IAR 211 . (3 crs.)
IAR 455. FLUID POWER I. A study of basic hydraulics including hydraulic fluids, filtration, power supply, circuits, actuators, controls, conditioners, and monitoring devices.
Teaching and learning activities include lectures, class discussion and laboratory activities. (3 crs.)
IAR 456. FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS . An introduction to the theory
and applications of logic gates, Boolean algebra, combinational logic, sequential logic,
shift registers , counters, and arithmetic circuits. Laboratory experiments provide experiences with digital integrated circuits, circuit behavior, and digital troubleshooting techniques. Lecture content is 2 hours per week and laboratory content is 4 hours per week .
(3 crs.)
IAR 458 . WOOD PATTERNMAKING . Patternmaking is another facet of woodworking
that is a necessary part of metal casting . Principles of pattern design as they relate to
patterns and core box construction are stressed . Materials other than wood are used in
this course. Prerequisites: IAR 120 and IAR 320. (3 crs.)

173

IAR 459 . STUDENT TEACHING - INDUSTRIAL ARTS. Student teaching is the culminating experience of teacher education majors in the Industrial Arts Education Curriculum . The student teacher is assigned to and works under the supervIsIon of two different
master teachers at two different field locations during the semester. The development
and refinement of contemporary pedagogical skills constitute the primary learning purpose for each student teacher . Specific teacher-learning skills which are developed are
lesson planning , delivery methods, organizational procedures , class control , laboratory
management , safety practices, record keeping , and educational measurement and evaluation . An integral component of the student teaching experience is a weekly practicum .
The practicum serves as a means of coordinating activities and interchanging ideas and
experiences of the student teachers. (12 crs.)
IAR 460. FURNITURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION . Basic principles of furniture construction and upholstery are presented . Emphasis is placed on individual instruction in
methods and techniques of teaching modern methods of upholstering for the junior and
senior high school student. Prerequisites: IAR 120 and IAR 320 . (3 crs.)
IAR 467 . FUNDAMENTALS OF PHOTOGRAPHY . A study of the basic techniques involved in continuous tone black and white photography. It includes camera operations,
picture composition, developing , contact printing , enlarging and photo finishing procedures. Each student is required to purchase a 35-mm single-lens reflex camera, film ,
developing tank , and enlarging paper. Approximately eighteen 8 x 10 prints of assigned
topics are required of each student. (3 crs.)
IAR 468 . SPECIAL MACHINE SHOP. A special course designed to allow the student to
investigate a specific area of interest in the metal machining field. Students interested in
taking this course will complete a document identifying the scope of their interest, speci fying the activities that will be pursued throughout the semester, and have it approved
by the instructor six weeks before the beginning of the class. The student 's background
in the metal mach ining processes will be broadened by completing the laboratory experiences outlined in the approved proposal. Prerequisite: IAR 225 . (3 crs.)
IAR 470 . INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS . An investigation into the theory and applications
of motors and motor controllers, thyristors, transducers, programmable controllers,
microprocessor controllers, servomechanisms, and robotics. Laboratory experiences
include motor identification , motor disassembly and repair , motor testing ; motor control
circuitry, servomechanism behavior, programming controllers , and programming robots. Lecture content is 2 hours per week and laboratory content is 4 hours per week .
Prerequisite: IAR 326. (3 crs.)
IAR 476. TELEVISION CIRCUITS. Special emphasis is placed on the theory of operation
of the various stages of color television receivers and television transmission . Practical
experiences will be provided in the trouble shooting and operating techniques of the
various stages of each system . Prerequisites: IAR 226, IAR 326 . (3 crs.)
IAR 480 . SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY . The student is afforded
an opportunity to establish a perspective of the evolutionary inter-relationships between
man and his natural environment as well as man and his adjusted environment. Specifically, social , political , philosophic, economic, religious and cultural realms are correlated with the teaching of technology through industrial arts . (3 crs.)
IAR 481 . INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. An introduction and / or
review of the purposes and relationships of elementary education and industrial arts; the
learning capabilities of young children; and the various curriculum approaches for placing industrial arts within the elementary program . Undergraduates who have obtained a
basic collegiate background in professional and technical education will have the opportunity to select, design and employ various teaching units in both the industrial arts
laboratory and the self-contained elementary classroom . (3 crs.)
IAR 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM . Practicum is designed to provide the student
an opportunity to refine teaching techniques acquired in the student 's area of specialization and to encourage investigation into the technologies as they apply to education . Aid
is given to laboratory problem solving when needed . Also, the prospective teacher is
made aware of Pennsylvania School Laws relevant to classroom instruction . MUST BE
SCHEDULED WITH STUDENT TEACHING . Two lecture hours per week . (2 crs.)

174

Independent Study Courses
IAR 309. STUDIES IN INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS . (Variable)
IAR 319. STUDIES IN POWER . (Variable)
IAR 329 . STUDIES IN VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS . (Variable)
* IAR 409 . HONORS IN INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS . (Variable)
* IAR 419 . HONORS IN POWER. (Variable)
* IAR 429. HONORS IN VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS . (Variable)
These are independent studies in which the student works in an area of interest under
the guidance of an instructor wit h similar interests. The stud ent prepares triplicate copies
of a proposal which presents the objectives t o be achieved , a procedural outline, states
special conditions, expected findings , and specifies how the activity will be evaluated .
Th e student is entitled to a minimum of five hours of individual faculty time per credit.
Proposals must receive instructor and departmental approval before the student registers
for the course.
*Honors courses are reserved for students with a " B " grade or better quality point average in
the Industrial Arts courses taken.

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (ITE)
ITE 101 . FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY. An introduction to the fundamental aspects of safety. A thorough examination of the many facets of safety as it applies to
the work-a-day world both on and off the job is provided. Students will be able to identify the cause of accidents involving both peopl e and property in industry. Various methods of prevention and correction of situation s that cause accidents are presented . (3
crs.)
ITE 105. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY. A survey of modern industry
with emphasis on industrial management styles and practices. The course is designed to
introduce the student to the field of industrial technology through lectures, discussions,
guest speakers, and field trips. (1 er.)
ITE 205 . INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS . An invest igation is made to
familiarize the student with the characteristics of plastics, ceramics and wood as applied
to industrial uses . Emphasis is placed on the study of uses , design factors , fastening or
joining , forming processes and finish ing of these materials. Approximately one half of
the class t ime will involve practical laboratory ex periences. (3 crs .)
ITE 405 . SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY . Advanced study in the elements
and structure of modern industry. The course format is developed around the use of
industrial consultants, readings and a research paper. Prerequisites: ITE 105 and Senior
standing . (3 crs.)

GRAPHICS COMMUNICATION (GCT)
GCT 225. PRINCIPLES OF LAYOUT AND DESIGN . A presentation of various design
principles and elements used to produce graphic arts materials. Printed materials are
analyzed in terms of these design aesthetics. The development of harmonious relationships between these elements and the type styles are considered in depth. Additional
assignments will be made dealing with keyline and pasteup of the designs created . The
fundamentals of producing good mechanics are investigated . (3 crs.)
GCT 235 . PHOTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES . A study of the concepts and techniques involved in producing color prints and color transparencies from color negatives. Emphasis is placed on picture composition, developing color negatives, contact printing, filter
fundamentals , enlarging calibration procedures and photo finishing . Microphotography
and positive print techniques are also covered. Each student is required to purchase a
35-mm camera, film , and enlarging paper and to complete a number of assignments.
Prerequisite: IAR 467 . (3 crs.)

175

GCT 320. ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION I. An introduction to the operation of phototypesetting systems. A variety of jobs are set which represent the range of standard
typesetting formats in use in the industry. Work with direct and indirect systems are
carried out in the form of projects. A variety of input devices are used, including paper
tape, magnetic disk, optical character recognition and visual display systems. In addition students are required to gather data about the state-of-the-art of phototypesetting
equipment presently in use. Prerequisites: IAR 121 and IAR 322 . (3 crs.)
GCT 321 . ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION II . Emphasis is placed on analysis of photocomposition systems from an understanding of basic functions and their compatibility
with other components or systems. Some hands-on experience is provided to alter the
compatibility for better system function . Prerequisite: GCT 320. (3 crs.)
GCT 340 . ESTIMATING AND COST ANALYSIS I. A critical examination of the operations involved in the production of graphic materials for the purpose of determining
costs of the operations to be included. The procedures necessary to assemble this information to produce estimates of typical printing matter are discussed . The identification
and study of cost centers as they relate to the hour costs and ultimately to the selling
price are examined. Students are required to prepare a number of cost estimates for the
course. Prerequisite: IAR 322 . (3 crs.)
GCT 341 . ESTIMATING AND COST ANALYSIS II. Cost determination, price determination , break-even analysis, effective use of press equipment and the application of computer methods to the solution of graphics production problems. Prerequisite: GCT 340.
(3 crs.)
GCT 350. PHOTOLITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES I. An in-depth study of the photographic process as it relates to line and halftone reproduction of graphic materials.
Projects are produced which represent the various combinations of line and halftone
materials as they are used in the industrial setting . Besides the projects required of each
student, the theoretical aspects of the optical system is investigated as well as those
areas of sensitive materials, light and related chemical reactions . Prerequisite: IAR 322 .
(3 crs.)
GCT 351 . PHOTOLITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES II. A continuation of GCT 350 which
utilizes the negatives produced in order to complete required projects for this course.
This course treats the subjects of stripping, platemaking and presswork . A critical study
of imposition of various types of jobs, from simple single-color to more complex multicolor jobs. The latest techniques of platemaking as well as information on types of plates
presently in use are discussed . Feeder-delivery setup , press packing methods, inking/
dampening systems, control devices, rollers, blankets and other related press activities
are thoroughly discussed. Also, some folding and binding techniques are included . Prerequisite: GCT 350. (3 crs.)
GCT 352 . PHOTOLITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES Ill. Primary emphasis is placed on developing an understanding of the nature of light , the nature of color, its relation to filters
and printing inks used in the graphics industry and the problems caused by color contamination in making color separations. A presentation of direct and indirect methods of
color separations as well as the various masking techniques is included. The use of various control devices is discussed and employed in the laboratory. Special techniques
required to strip projects make the plates and produce them on the press are also covered . Prerequisites: GCT 235 and GCT 351 . (3 crs.)
GCT 360 . SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES I. An introduction to the elements that
make up stencil systems for screen printing, with an in-depth study of each element and
its functions as an integral part of the stencil system . Each student will have the opportunity to participate in the identificat ion , calibration and application of these elements in
the imaging of selected substrates. Prerequisites: IAR 121 and IAR 322 . (3 crs.)
GCT 361 . SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES II . A study of the techniques used for image transfer of line and halftone copy on substrates commonly used by the screen printer. Each student has the opportunity to identify, calibrate and print upon selected
substrates. Prerequisite: GCT 360 . (3 crs.)
GCT 362 . SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES Ill. A special study course in which the
student works in the area of screen printing under the guidance of an instructor. The
student prepares a proposal which presents the objectives to be achieved, procedure
outline and how the activity will be evaluated . Proposals must receive instructor approval before the student proceeds with the course . Prerequisite: GCT 361 . (3 crs.)

176

GCT 456. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS. A presentation of number systems and codes, microprocessor architecture, computer arithmetic, machine language
programming , and microprocessor interfacing. Emphasis is placed on laboratory experiments dealing with hand-assembly and circuit breadboarding. Lecture content is 2
hours per week and laboratory is 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: IAR 456. (3 crs.)
GCT 457 . ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS. An investigation of the advanced addressing modes and improved instruction sets of recent microprocessors. This course
also includes an introduction to microcomputer development systems and editor-assembler software and its applications in the design and development of hardware systems based on microprocessors. Laboratory experiments include advanced interfacing
experiments in the areas of data communication , memory management, video display,
and interfacing with the analog world . Lecture content is 2 hours per week and laboratory is 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: GCT 456. (3 crs.)
GCT 465. FINISHING AND BINDING. This course provides an introduction to the operations performed in the binding of printed materials. Various operations such as cutting ,
trimming, folding, gathering , stitching, casemaking , gluing , laminating, perforating,
sewing, roundcornering , and drilling will be considered. Analysis of the kinds of adhesives available and their most effective uses will be discussed. (3 crs.)
GCT 475 . PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION . An introduction to the methods used in analyzing the production flow from raw material to the finished product. Topics covered
include a study of material handling , plant layout , operations analysis, purchasing , estimating, industrial engineering, inventory control and shipping . An overview of the role of
production management as it relates to the various areas of an industrial environment
will be presented . (3 crs.)
GCT 495 . GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS INTERNSHIP. Student interns are placed with
an organization which most nearly approximates their goals for employment. If this is
not possible, students are placed in any type of graphics environment which is available
at the time. The intent of the internship is to provide students with practical work experience in an environment in which they will be dealing with real problems requiring real
solutions in a relatively short time frame . (Variable)

MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY (MTE)
MTE 335. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING I. An introduction to the procedures for manually programming numerically controlled equipment. The student writes
programs following a machine format detail , using Cartesian coordinates for motion
command and incorporating other preparatory and m iscellaneous commands necessary to manufacture parts on a machining and turning center . (3 crs.)
MTE 336 . NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING II. The second of two courses in the
manual programming of numerically controlled machines. Concentration will be placed
on continuous path machining of parts using the linear interpretation capability of machines to cut chords of arcs to closely approximate curves. Circular interpolation will be
studied with the additional word addresses that are necessary. Prerequisite: MTE 335 .
(3 crs.)
MTE 337 . COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT
(COMPACT II). A study of the COMPACT II computer language used to produce
mach ine tape instructions for manufacturing parts. Students learn to access and utilize
a computer in the time-share mode to desirable part geometry and direct a machine tool
to accomplish a variety of metal machining operations. Prerequisite: MTE 335. (3 crs.)
MTE 338. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT
(APT). An investigation of the APT machine tool language for programming numerical
controlled mach ine tools. Students write APT programs and operate equipment with the
produced tapes to manufacture milled and turned parts. Prerequisite: MTE 335 . (3 crs.)
MTE 437. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED
EQUIPMENT (COMPACT II). An investigation into the more sophisticated processes of
the COMPACT II machine tool programming language. Parts are programmed and manufactured on a CNC milling machine and lathe. Prerequisite: MTE 337. (3 crs.)
MTE 438. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED
EQUIPMENT (APT). The machining of parts using matrixes, loops, pocketing , macros,

177

and other advanced techniques. These methods are applied to the operation of a CNC
vertical milling machine and a CNC lathe. Prerequisite: MTE 338. (3 crs.)
MTE 445. QUALITY CONTROL. A critical examination of how industry assesses the
quality function of manufactured goods. A method of quality planning is also developed .
(3 crs.)
MTE 455 . FLUID POWER. A study of basic hydraulics including hydraulic fluids , filtration, power supply, circuits, actuators, controls, conditioners, and monitoring devices.
Teaching and learning activities include lectures, class discussion and laboratory activities. (3 crs.)
MTE 465. ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT MAINTENANCE. A presentation of the various
electronic controls used with manufacturing equipment . Students develop an understanding of machine electronic schematics and become able to troubleshoot various
controls to identify and repair malfunctioning components . The necessary electronic
theory for understanding control unit operations is included . (3 crs.)
MTE 465. ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT MAINTENANCE. A presentation of the various
electronic controls used with manufacturing equipment. Students will develop an understanding of machine electronic schematics and will be able to troubleshoot various controls to identify and repair malfunctioning components. The necessary electronic theory
for understanding control unit operations will be included . (3 credits)
MTE 495. INDUSTRIAL INTERNSHIP. Student interns will be placed with an organization which most nearly approximates their goals for employment. The intent of the internship is to provide students with practical work experience in an environment in
which they will be dealing with practical problems requiring real solutions in a relative
short t ime frame . Advisor and Dean approval is required . Prerequisite: Upper Level
Standing . (1-15 credits)

DEPARTMENT OF LIBRARY SERVICES
William Beck, Director of Library Services; Associate Professor Pokol, chair.
Professor Maruskin ; Associate Professors Baldwin, Davis, Fisfis, Kiang, Kos ,
Matovich , Maxwell.
The members of this department are in charge of the Manderino Library,
described earlier in this catalog . They also perform such services as instruction in the use of the library, assistance with reference questions, interlibrary
loans and bibliographical searches through the DIALOG databases.

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE
MATHEMATICS (MAT)
COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC)
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY:
MANAGEMENT AND COMPUTER SCIENCE OPTION
Professor Hausher, chair. Associate Professor Beyer, assistant chair.
Professors Agrawal, Gross, Machusko, Romboski; Associate Professors
Berry, Blank, Fernandes, Gibson, Novak, Riggle, Sapko, Schmidt, Skocik.
The department of Mathematics and Computer Science offers several
degree programs:

178

The Bachelor of Science degree (mathematics and computer science
track) is a careful blending of courses that offers the student the theory and
applications of problems in mathematics and computer science. The Bachelor of Science degree (management and computer science track) is designed
to bridge the traditional division between the acquisition of technical skills.
This option emphasizes management and business courses rather than
mathematics courses. Both programs are designed to prepare the student
for continued study at the graduate level or for employment in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Arts degree is a sufficiently flexible program that permits
the student to select courses that meet particular interests and needs. It allows for both depth and breadth of study in mathematics as well as further
study in related fields or in fields of a student's intellectual interest. It is
designed to provide the student with an excellent background for graduate
studies in mathematics and for employment opportunities in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Science in Education degree is a program designed for
the student who wishes to pursue a career in secondary teaching . It provides
the prospective teacher the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, attitudes,
skills, and understanding necessary to become an effective educator.
The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to provide career-oriented computer science technology courses. Though its emphasis is on training for job placement in the computer industry after a twoyear curriculum, it also allows for transferring to a Bachelor of Science fouryear program.
In addition to the degree programs, the student may elect to participate
in the 3/2 Cooperative Engineering Program at either the Pennsylvania State
University or the University of Pittsburgh . After five years, the graduate will
receive a B.A . in Physics or in Natural Sciences from California University of
Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Engineering from the cooperating university.
Depending on availability of funds, several cooperative work programs
(internships) have been established with the Defense Department, the Social
Security Administration, and private employers. If selected, a student may
earn a salary as well as college credit and invaluable experience.
Advisors work carefully with the student to select the courses best suited
to the student's interests and goals. An open-door policy prevails in the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science so that the student may
discuss problems freely with members of the department .
In order to encourage and recognize academic achievement, the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science makes the following awards:
Computer Science Award: The computer science award is presented annually to the graduating students of the Mathematics and Computer Science
Department who has achieved a high level of academic excellence in computer science courses.
Frederick E. Atkins Memorial Award: In honor of the contributions made
by Frederick E. Atkins to the Mathematics Department and to the many students he taught, an award has been established in his name. This award is
presented to the graduating student of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who has achieved a high level of academic excellence in
mathematics courses.

179

The Wall Street .Journal Student Achievement Award: This award is
presented to the gracluating student of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who has achieved a high level of academic excellence in
mathematics and computer science courses as well as appropriate business
and economics courses.

Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and Computer
Science
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics
and Computer Science is a careful blending of courses which offers students
the theory and application of problems in mathematics and computer science. A demanding but versatile program , it permits students with a deficiency in mathematics to take introductory courses to provide them
sufficient background to effectively take courses in their area of concentration . Although the introductory courses do not count in their area of concentration , they do count as free electives in their program .
Advisors work carefully with the student to select courses best suited to
the student's interests and goals. A student 's problems may be discussed
with the advisor at any time.
Student work-study assignments are available for those who desire and
qualify for employment. Students may assist in the mathematics department
or at the computer center. Hence, students learn while they earn .
Students in this program have the opportunity to receive hands-on experience in working with the computer. In this manner the student is able to
comprehend programming and computer operations. By carefully selecting
courses, the student may choose a program in business or science, or both .
Cooperative work programs have been established with the Defense Department in Washington , D.C., Westinghouse, Monroeville, PA, and Social Security Department, Baltimore, MD, whereby a junior, if selected , may work
under Civil Service salary guidelines while receiving college credit.
Finally, this program is designed to prepare the student for continued
study at the graduate level or for employment in business, industry, and government in computer operations, computer programming, systems analysis,
or computer equipment analysis, or as a computer specialist in research,
analysis, information storage and retreval, or computer sales.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217); Formal Logic I (PHI 211); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171);
Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Professional Education: Calculus I (MAT 281), II (MAT 282), Ill (MAT 381), and IV
(MAT 382); Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272); Abstract Algebra I (MAT 351); Statistical
Analysis I (MAT 461 ); Linear Algebra I (MAT 341 ); Differential Equations (MAT 406); Linear
Algebra II (MAT 441 ); Statistical Analysis II (MAT 462); Mathematics of Finance II (MAT
271); Theory of Equations (MAT 305); Advanced Calculus I (MAT 481) and II (MAT 482);
Computer Science I (CSC 121) and II (CSC 221); Assembler Language (CSC 323); Cobol I
(CSC 208); Data Structures (CSC 328); Structures of Programming Languages (CSC 455);
Numerical Analysis (CSC 424); Logic and Switching Theory of the Computer (CSC 316);
Computer Graphics (CSC 324); Computer Architecture (CSC 378); Theory of Languages
(CSC 475); Survey of Operations Research (CSC 309); 11 credits from the following groups
(two courses from each group):

180

GROUP I: Cobol II (CSC 308); Data Base Management (CSC 456); System Analysis
(CSC 375).
GROUP II: LISP Programming (CSC 410); Language Translation (CSC 460); Computer
Operations (CSC 300); Operating Systems.

Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282) and Ill (MAT 381) and
IV (MAT 382); Geometry (MAT 203); Abstract Algebra I (MAT 351); Linear Algebra I (MAT
341 ); Statistical Analysis I (MAT 462); Differential Equations (MAT 406); Advanced
Calculus I (MAT 481) and II (MAT 482); Topology (MAT 405); 12 credits in Physics and/or
Chemistry; 20 credits in Natural Science Electives.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Mathematics for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology of Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102)).
(8) ProfeBBional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300}--or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS
420}--or The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465); Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical
and Legal Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification
of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP 404); Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools (EDS 460}--or Modern
Methods (EDS 455); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) ProfeBBional Specialization:

Required: Calculus I (MAT 281), II (MAT 282), Ill (MAT 381), and IV (MAT 382); Geometry (MAT 203); Abstract Algebra I (MAT 351); Statistical Analysis I (MAT 461); Linear Algebra I (MAT 341).
Restricted Electives: Choose two from Group I and one from Group II.
Group I: Differential Equations (MAT 406); Topology (MAT 490); Advanced Calculus I
(MAT 481); and II (MAT 482); Abstract Algebra II (MAT 451); Statistical Analysis II (MAT
462); Linear Algebra II (MAT 441 ); Computer Science II (CSC 222); Assembler Language
Programming (CSC 323); Honors Course in Mathematics (MAT 469).
Group II: Computer Science I (CSC 121); Cobol I (CSC 208); Mathematics of Finance I
(MAT 171); Theory of Equations; Seminar in Mathematics (MAT 495).

181

Bachelor of Science in Industrial Management
Technology: Management and Computer Science
Option
Requirements:
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101); Business Writing I (ENG 211);
Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 317); Technical Mathematics I (MAT 102); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171); Basic Calculus (MAT 273); 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits
in Social Sciences; 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Mathematics of Finance II (MAT 271); Technical Mathematics II (MAT 192); Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272); Oral Communication : Management
(SPE 103); General Psychology (PSY 100); Industrial Psychology (PSY 325); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); Computer Science I (CSC 121) and II (CSC 221); Cobol I
(CSC 208) and II (CSC 308); Data Structures (CSC 328); Data Base Management Systems
(CSC 456); Systems Analysis (CSC 375); Survey of Operations Research (CSC 309); 5
credits of 200 level or above free electives; Accounting I (BUS 111) and II (BUS 112); Managerial Accounting (BUS 216) or Cost Accounting (BUS 315); Business Statistics (MAT 225);
Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201) Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Managerial Economics (ECO 322) or any Business/Economic course level 300 or above); Financial Management (BUS 332); Collective Bargaining
(BUS 355).

Associate of Science in Computer Science Technology
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science offers this twoyear associate degree (A.S .) to provide students with training in Computer
Science. This high-quality program is career-oriented . All credits earned in
this program are directly transferable to the four-year Bachelor's degree in
mathematics and computer science.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 6 credits in Humanities; 6 credits in Social Science; 6 credits in
Natural Sciences; 7 credits of free electives .
(B) Area of Concentration: Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182) and II (MAT 192); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 225); Statistics (MAT 215); Basic Programming Language (CSC
105); Computer Science I (CSC 121) and II (CSC 221); Cobol I (CSC 208); Assembler Language (CSC 323); Logic and Switching Theory of the Computer (CSC 316); Computer Operations (CSC 300); one computer elect ive - with consent of advisor.

MATHEMATICS (MAT)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+MAT 098 . BASIC MATHEMATICS. The more important aspects of arithmetic and elementary algebra. This course cannot be used as a natural science elective. (3 crs.)
+MAT 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS. Sets and their language, numeration
systems, properties of natural numbers , whole numbers , integers, rational and real
numbers, elementary number theory, modular arithmetic , mathematical systems , elementary algebra, logic, probability , and intuitive geometry. No prerequisites. (3 crs.)

MAT 155. METRIC WORKSHOP . For one who wishes to improve one's use of the metric
system in all aspects of daily life. Activities applicable to teachers, parents , and persons
in business and industry. Teaching strategies, games, and sources of materials for
teachers. ( 1 er.)
+MAT 161. DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL TECHNIQUES IN MATHEMATICS. For elementary education majors with an area emphasis in mathematics. Various approaches
and methods designed to engage the student in a critical analysis of strengths and

182

weaknesses in approaches to teaching mathematics. Materials and games to remedy
deficiencies of the child. Teaching techniques such as flexible grouping patterns and
individual instruction. Prerequisites: MAT 100 or two years of high school mathematics .
(3 crs.)
+MAT 171. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I. Formulas used in working finance
problems and how they are formulated and applied . The use of tables to shorten the
arithmetic . Prerequisites: MAT 181 and MAT 182 . (3 crs.)
MAT 175. VOLUNTARY INCOME TAX ASSISTANCE IN COOPERATION WITH IRS .
Preparation and Analysis of the latest 1040 A (short form). Preparation and Analysis of
1040 and Schedule A (latest versions). Preparat ion and analysis of schedules R & RP (for
the elderly) - latest versions . ( 1 er.)
+MAT 181. COLLEGE ALGEBRA. For non-mathematics majors and for majors in natural and social sciences. Prerequisites: MAT 100 or two years high school mathematics.
(3 crs.)
+MAT 182. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I. A review of basic arithmetic problems . An
introduction to algebraic topics usually covered in a high-school algebra course, such as
functions , graphs , exponents and radicals , and linear and quadratic equations . Prerequisite: one year of high-school algebra. (3 crs.)
+MAT 191. COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY . Polar coordinates, identities useful in integration techniques, solving trigonometries equations, functions and inverse functions . Prerequisites: MAT 181 ; the student should have an adequate background in algebra and
some plane geometry would be desirable. (3 crs.)
+ MAT 192. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II. An emphasis on trigonometry: trigonometric functions , vectors, graphs of trigonometric functions , exponents and logarithms, and
additional topics in trigonometry. Prerequisite: MAT 182 or MAT 181 . (3 crs.)
+ MAT 199. PRE-CALCULUS . Fundamental notions (lines, segments, slopes, angle between lines, graph and equations), conics, simplification by translation and rotation , algebraic and transcendental curves, Polar coordinates, parametric equations , threedimensional analytic geometry. Prerequisites: High school algebra, trigonometry, and
plane geometry desirable. (3 crs.)
MAT 203 . GEOMETRY . Analysis of axiomatic systems, axiomatic development of elementary Euclidean geometry and non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisites: MAT 181 ,
MAT 191, and three years of high-school mathematics . (3 crs.)
MAT 215. STATISTICS. For non-math majors , not counted toward a math major . Frequency distribution , percentiles, measures of central tendency , variability, normal distribution , curve, populations, samples and error-sampling distribution of means , sampling
distribution of proportion null and alternative hypotheses, type I and type II errors , tests
of means confidence and intervals and decision procedures , correlation, chi-square,
simple analysis of variance, statistics, and design of experiments. Prerequisite: MAT
181. (3 crs.)
MAT 225 . BUSINESS STATISTICS. Statistical techniques relevant to business applications. Primary emphasis is placed upon identifying the proper statistical methods to use
in a particular situation and the proper presentation and interpretation of results. The
student will also be shown how to use various government sources of statistics that are
useful in business. Topics covered include measures of central tendency and variation ,
correlation , regression, time series, index numbers, seasonal variation. (3 crs.)
MAT 271. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II. A continuation of Mathematics of Finance I,
encompassing some of the everyday financial problems of an average family (including
merchandise shopping with discounts and mark-up problems), shopping for the cost of
money (renting money), insurance, taxes, investments as a hedge against inflation , public and private financing , higher education as an investment, etc. Emphasis on underlying principles and mathematical computations . Prerequisites: MAT 171 . (3 crs .)
MAT 272 . DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. An introd1Jction to abstract mathematical structures with special emphasis on theories and methods which are relevant to Computer
Science . Topics include an introduction to formal systems and techniques of proofs;
combinational versus relational structures; graphs and directed graphs; Boolean Algebras; abstract languages and machines. Prerequisites: CSC 105 or CSC 121 or
equivalent high-level computer language. (3 crs.)

183

MAT 273. BASIC CALCULUS. The techniques of differentiation and integration are covered without the theory of limits and continuity. Applications in business and biological
science are considered . Prerequisites: MAT 101 or MAT 182, MAT 191 or MAT 192. (3
crs.)
MAT 281 . CALCULUS I. A review of absolute value and inequalities; an introduction to
analytic geometry; functions, limits, and continuity; the derivative; applications of the
derivitive. Prerequisite: MAT 199 or four years of high-school mathematics. (3 crs.)

MAT 282 . CALCULUS II. The integral; Fundamental Theorem of Integral Calculus; applications of the integral ; inverse functions; logarithmic functions; exponential functions;
trigonometric functions; hyperbolic functions . Prerequisite: MAT 281 . (3 crs.)
MAT 305 . THEORY OF EQUATIONS. (3 crs .)
MAT 341 . LINEAR ALGEBRA I. An elementary treatment of linear algebra suitable for
students in the first sophomore term, offering fundamentals of linear algebra with applications and numerical computations. Emphasis on vocabulary , operational procedures,
and computational skills. Prerequisite: MAT 282 . (3 crs .)

MAT 351. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fundamental concepts of logic, sets, relations , and
functions . Groups, fields, rings, and integral domain and the properties associated with
these structures. The number systems from the natural numbers to the complex numbers system (its structure and properties). Elementary concepts of number theory.
Designed to introduce students to Abstract Algebra in a way that emphasizes the nature
of the subject and the techniques of rigorous proof . Prerequisites: MAT 281 . (3 crs.)
MAT 381 . CALCULUS Ill. Vectors in the plane, indeterminate forms and improper integrals , polar coordinates, infinite series , and the theory of infinite series. Prerequisite:
MAT 282 . (3 crs.)
MAT 382 . CALCULUS IV. Expands the concepts of vectors in the plane to vectors in
three space. The differential calculus and the integral calculus of functions of several
variables. Prerequisite: MAT 381. (3 crs.)
MAT 406. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS . Ordinary differential equation and its solution .
The existence and uniqueness of solutions. Various types of differential equations and
the techniques for obtaining their solution . Some basic applications, including numerical
techniques. Computer solution techniques will be presented . Prerequisites: MAT 282 . (3
crs.)
MAT 441 . LINEAR ALGEBRA II. Extends the concepts learned in Linear Algebra I. Linear
transformations are revisited. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors are investigated . Euclidean
spaces are explored . Real quadratic forms are studied , along with the related geometry.
The use of linear algebra in solving linear systems of differential equations is introduced .
Special topics related to computer science will be considered . Prerequisite: MAT 341 . (3
crs.)

MAT 451 . ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. A continuation of the study of abstract algebra. The
theory of groups, group isomorphism and homomorphism, theory of rings , integral domain and fields, polynomial rings . To prepare students for advanced work in mathematics by a very careful and rigorous study of algebra. Prerequisite: MAT 351 . (3 crs.)
MAT 461 . STATISTICAL ANALYSIS I. Basic concepts of both discrete and continuous
probability theory. The concept of a random variable is stressed , and a number of standard distributions are studied in detail. Prerequisites: MAT 282. (3 crs.)
MAT 462 . STATISTICAL ANALYSIS II. Fundamental concepts of statistical inference.
Covers classical statistical inference , but certain decision theoretic notions also developed . The student is expected to understand the theory underlying certain statistical
procedures and be able to solve problems using these procedures. Prerequisite: MAT
461 . (3 crs.)
MAT 469. HONORS COURSE IN MATHEMATICS. Math majors must, as a prerequisite
for this course, have completed 64 credits with a QPA of 3.25 in all work . Recommendation of the mathematics faculty and the approval of the department head and Dean of
instruction . (3 crs.)
MAT 481 . ADVANCED CALCULUS I. Theory of real and complex numbers, ordered
sets, complex fields , Euclidean space, finite , countable, and uncountable sets; convergent sequences, cauchy sequences, upper and lower limits, series and convergence
tests, absolute convegence, sequences and series of functions, pointwise and uniform

184

convergence, Stone-Weierstrass Theorem , theory of continuity of functions and related
theorems, theory of differentiation , Taylor 's theorem . Prerequisite: MAT 382. (3 crs.)
MAT 482 . ADVANCED CALCULUS II. The Riemann-Stieltjes Integral , related theorems ,
Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, power series , functions of several variables, introduction to measures and Lebesque theory. Prerequisite: MAT 481 . (3 crs .)
MAT 490 . TOPOLOGY . Preliminaries (sets, ordering , relations , cardinality, etc .), metric
spaces, topologies, separation axioms, convergence, coverings, compactness, etc. Prerequisite : MAT 481. (3 crs.)
MAT 495. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS . Topics in this course are chosen jointly by the
instructor and the student or students involved . Prerequisite : Approval of instructor. ( 1
to 3 crs.)

COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+CSC 105. BASIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE. Elementary computer concepts in
such areas as the nature and struc ture of computers , the history and development of
computers, flow charting and elements of the basic language involved in reading and
printing , transfer sta tements, looping , subroutines , con versational programming , etc.
The computer language taught is basic. (3 crs.)
+ CSC 121 . COMPUTER SCIENCE I. Introdu ction to computer programming through a
recent version of the Fortran IV language. Prerequisite: MAT 181 . (3 crs .)
+CSC 208. COBOL I. Introductory concepts of data processing through the basic components of COBOL programmi ng . Prerequisite: CSC 121 . (3 crs.)
CSC 221 . COMPUTER SCIENCE II. Three class hours each week with outside assignments requiring advanced Fortran-programming a digital computer to assist in the solution of problems assigned . Considerable t ime in Computer Center laboratory is
required . Prerequisite: CSC 121. (3 crs.)
CSC 256 . COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION (CAI). The course is taught on a lecturelaboratory basis. Students are expected to be able to use time-sharing terminals and be
familiar with at least one conversational computer language, preferably BASIC . In the
laboratory session , students will be exposed to various types of CAI programming
materials and be instructed in the development of their own CAI "package ." Prerequisite : CSC 105 or CSC 121 . (3 crs.)
CSC 300. COMPUTER OPERATIONS . Introduction to the hardware of the computer and
the usage and operation of the Central Processing Unit and its peripheral equipment.
Prerequisites : CSC 121 and CSC 221 . (3 crs.)
CSC 308. COBOL II. A continuation of COBOL I emphasizing files , various mass storage
devices , table handling , declarative and linkage sections, use of source program library
facilities , operations of calling and called programs and important features of COBOL
for business applications, e.g., report writer feature, and sort feature . Prerequisite : CSC
208 . (3 crs.)
CSC 309. SURVEY OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH . Lecture and laboratory sessions
utilizing the computer in the performance of quantitative methods of decision-making.
Survey of present operations research tools available to the administrator and manager
is an integral part of the course. Working knowledge of FORTRAN and statistics is necessary. Prerequisites: CSC 121 , MAT 215, MAT 225 . (3 crs .)
CSC 316 . LOGIC AND SWITCHING THEORY OF THE COMPUTER. A lecture-laboratory
course providing an in-depth study of digital computers , including the circuits and logic
involved in the computer . Prerequisites: CSC 121 , MAT 181 , MAT 192 . (3 crs.)
CSC 323 . ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING . Computer organization, representation of numbers and characters , instruction codes, machine language, macros,
and subroutines. Prerequisite: CSC 221 (3 crs.)
CSC 324 . COMPUTER GRAPHICS . Lecture and laboratory sessions utilizing the computer via inter-active graphics terminals, and study of the theory and hardware of graphics devices is stressed . Development and util ization of graphics soft-ware is the major
goal of this course. Prerequi sites: CSC 121, CSC 221 . (3 crs.)

185

CSC 328. DATA STRUCTURES . Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of nonnumerical problems. Applications to data management systems , file organization , informat ion retrieval , list processing and programming languages. Prerequisite: CSC 221 . (3
crs.)
CSC 375 . SYSTEMS ANALYSIS . An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of systems analysis w ithin the context of real life problem situations. Prerequisite : CSC 221. (3
crs.)
CSC 377 . INFORMATION STRUCTURES. Data structures, concepts and algorithms
used in solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems,
information retrieval and list processing . Prerequisites : MAT 272 and CSC 221. (3 crs.)
CSC 378. COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE. Central processor organization , instruction
formats , addressing schemes, hierarchies of storage, executive, and priority processing , as well as input and output. Prerequisite: CSC 221 . (3 crs. )
CSC 410 . LISP PROGRAMMING . An introduction to LISP (List Processing ) as a vehicle
for encod ing intelligence-exhibiting processes. Topics include a survey of lambda
calculus and recursive function theory. Prerequisites: CSC 377 or CSC 328. (3 crs.)
CSC 419. MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE INTERNSHIP. Mathematical
Programming Work Experience. Prerequisite: Approval of Mathematics and Computer
Science Department. (3 to 15 crs.)
CSC 424 . NUMERICAL ANALYSIS . Round-off errors and computer arithmetic ; numerical instability; error analysis and estimation; cubic spline interpolation ; condition
number of a matrix ; Gaussian elimination and pivoting strategies for linear systems ;
numerical integration and solution of differential equations . Prerequisites: CSC 221 and
MAT 382 . (3 crs .)
CSC 455 . STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. The power and limitations
of algebraic languages, string manipulation languages and interactive languages are
studied together with compiler structure and techniques. Prerequisite: CSC 221 . (3 crs .)
CSC 456 . DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS . Design , implementation and application of data base management systems. Prerequisite: CSC 208 . (3 crs.)
CSC 460. LANGUAGE TRANSLATION . Theory and design of assemblers , interpreters ,
and compilers for digital computers. Topics include analysis of source language, generation of efficient-object code, and optimization techniques. Prerequisites: CSC 323 and
CSC 377 . (3 crs.)
CSC 475 . THEORY OF LANGUAGES . An introduction to abstract m achine theory, combinatorial systems, computable functions, and formal linguistics. Topics inclu de finitestate machines, regular sets, Turing machines , Chomsky hierarchy grammars an d languages. Emphasis is on surveying basic topics and developing an intuit ive understanding in the theo ry of languages . Prerequisites: CSC 377, MAT 272 or MAT 351 . (3 crs.)
CSC 485. SPECI A L TO PI CS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Individual study or research on
topics and materials not ordinarily covered by other courses . Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. (3 crs .)
CSC 496. SEM INAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Topics t o be chosen jointly by the instructor and the student or students involved . Prerequ isite: Approval of instructor. (1 to
3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE
(ARMY ROTC)
MILITARY SCIENCE (GMS)
Lieutenant Colonel John H. Ridge, Professor of Mi li tary Science; Major Yost,
Assistant Professor, officer in charge. Captains Brown and Koenig , assistant
professors.

186

Army ROTC is a program that provides college-trained officers for t he
U.S. Army, t he Army National Guard and th e U. S. Army Reserve. Army
ROTC is t rad it ionally a four-year program consi st ing of Basic and Advanced
Courses. However, a two-year program is offered that enables those who
m issed ROTC during t heir first two years of college to qualify for a
comm ission.
Offi cers comm issioned through ROTC earn degrees in t he fields of their
choice . They rep resent all geographic, economic and social strata and are
highly motivated , open-minded and civilian -oriented .
Army ROTC aids the student by providing leadership and management
experience found in few other college courses and an opportunity for a military career in t he active Army, the Arm y Nat ional Guard or the U. S. Army
Reserve . It develops selfdiscipline, physical stamina and poise while enhancing development of management skills an d qualities basic to success in any
career. It also provides academic cred it and a living allowance of up to
$1 ,000 each year during the Advanced Cou rse.
The four-year program consists of a two-year Basic Course and a twoyear Advanced Course. The Basic Course is normally taken during the freshman and sophomore years . The Basic Course imposes no military obligation
on the part of students, and they may d iscont inue at any time . Students who
have taken Junior ROTC or have active duty military experience may receive
credit for the Basic Course.
To be el igible for the Basic Course, you must be a full-time student at
California University of Pennsylvania and not be a consientious objector.
The Advanced Course provides further instruction in leadership development , organization and management , and tactics and administration . Advanced Course cadets attend a six-week Advanced Camp between their
junior and senior years of college . This camp permits cadet s to put into practice the principles and theories they have acquired from on-campus classroom instruction . Cadets receive pay for this camp , plus travel expenses ,
room and board , medical and dental. care , and other benefits.
To be eligible for the Advanced (~ourse, you must (1) fulfill the requirements for the Basic Course; (2) successfully complete PMS interview and
selection ; (3) meet Army medical standards; (4) successfully complete the
Officer Selection Battery; (5) meet all entry requ irements of Army Regulation
145- 1 (see PMS); (6) have a Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better ; (7) Meet
Army Physical Fitness Standards.
The ROTC Basic Camp permits students who attended a junior or community college , those at four-year institutions who have not taken ROTC and
students entering a two-year post-graduate course of study to become an
Army officer. Students in the two-year program receive the same financial
assistance as other Advanced Course students. Applicants must successfully complete six weeks of leadership instruction at a Basic Camp during the
summer prior to enrollment in the Advanced Course in the fall . Cadets receive pay, plus the same benefits received in the Advanced Camp, while attending the Basic Camp . Application should be made to a Professor of
Military Science.

Service Obligation
When students enter the Advanced Course, they agree to finish ROTC
instruction , to accept a commission and to accept an assignment in either
the active Army, the Army National Guard or the U. S. Army Reserve .

187

Officers will serve on active duty three months to three years. Additionally, provisions exist so selected individuals can be guaranteed assignment in
the Army National Guard or U. S. Army Reserve with an active duty for training requirement ranging from three to six months.

ROTC and Scholarships
The US Army offers two and three year scholarships to students attending C. U. P. These scholarships pay for your tuition , textbooks, laboratory
fees, and other academic expenses. Army scholarship winners also receive a
tax-free living allowance of up to $1 ,000 each school year the scholarship is
in effect. Including pay earned for attending the Basic Camp (when appropriate), the Advanced Camp attended during summer between the junior and
senior years, and the stipend , a scholarship is worth thousands of dollars.
Upon successful completion of military science and baccalaureate degree requirements, a scholarship Cadet will be commissioned either a Regular Army, Army Reserve, or Army National Guard Second Lieutenant in one
of several branches of the Army - e.g. , Infantry, Engineer, Armor, Medical
Service Corps, etc. Insofar as possible, individual branch preferences are
considered subject to the needs of the Army at the time of commissioning.
Regular Army officers selected to attend civilian institutions after entry on
active duty (The Army Fellowship Award) do so with full pay and allowances.
Under current policy, scholarship cadets may be permitted to delay active
duty for up to two years for the purpose of earning a Masters Degree at no
expense to the Army .
Eligibility Requirements
You may qualify for one of the scholarships if you :
( 1) are a citizen of the United States;
(2) will be at least 17 years of age by October 1 of the contracting year ;
(3) will be able to complete all requirements for a commission and a college degree and be under 25 years of age on June 30 , of the graduating year.
(This age limitation is required by law and , therefore cannot be waived .)
(4) are a college freshman or sophomore;
(5) have no moral obligation or personal conviction that will prevent you
from :
(a) supporting and defending the Constitution of the United States
against all enemies, foreign or domestic or
(b) conscientiously bearing arms;
(6) can successfully meet the medical examination requirements;
(7) can successfully pass the physical aptitude examination ;
(8) have excellent character.

MILITARY SCIENCE (GMS)
The first two years comprise the Basic Course ( 100 & 200 level courses). This Basic
Course covers an introduction to Mil ita ry Science and studies general subject areas. This
provides the student with an insight to the mil itary profession as an object of social inquiry
and its position in American society. Included are subject areas relating to basic soldier
skills and the opportunity to participate in all ROTC adventure training such as rappelling,
white water rafting and survival training .
GMS 101 . BASIC MILITARY SCIENCE I. Familiarizes the student with the United States
Army by providing a broad overview of what it is like to be a commissioned officer in that

188

army. Topics include organization of the U.S. Army, causes and evolution of warfare, the
Soviet Union, basic leadership motivational principles, map reading, military justice and
equipment display. Three one-hour tests. (2 crs .)
GMS 102. BASIC MILITARY SCIENCE II. A performance-oriented program intended to
develop leadership skills by presenting a preview of the platoon leader's job and providing the necessary training and practice in the principles and practices of leadership . (2
crs.)
GMS 201 . MILITARY TACTICS AND STRATEGY. An introduction to tactics and strategy
and their application in modern warfare, through a survey of the principles of war, operations orders and modern military history, for the purpose of acquiring a perspective on
contemporary world problems and an appreciation for readiness , leadership and training. Four one-hour tests. (2 crs.)
The last two years comprise the Advanced Course (300 & 400 level courses). This
Advanced Course provides the cadet with numerous leadership experiences and opportunities as well as physical readiness training, and advanced land navigation . This includes a realistic orientation to the duties of a junior officer in order to furnish realistic
expectations about the role of a newly commissioned officer. Additionally, such areas as
training , counselling, the maintenance of equipment and supplies, and additional duties
of an officer are discussed .
GMS 300 . ADVANCED LEADERSHIP. Extensive study in the area of military leadership
in the combat environment , as well as a detailed study of tactics , communications, land
navigation , advanced military skills, and physical readiness . Prerequisites: Acceptance
into the Advanced Program. (3 crs .)
GMS 301. MILITARY SKILLS . The employment of military weapons, physical readiness
training , practical applications exercises, and advanced land navigation . This course is
mandatory for Advanced Course cadets prior to attendance at Advanced Camp . Prerequisites : Acceptance into the Advanced Program. (1 er.)
GMS 400 . CONTEMPORARY MILITARY ISSUES. Introduction to military law, logistics,
unit administration, unit training, and a seminar on duties of the junior officer; an indepth study of ethics and professionalism in the military profession . This course is required before commissioning . Prerequisites: GMS 300 and 301. (3 crs .)
GMS 401 . LEADERSHIP LABORATORY. An in-depth discussion-based course that provides a comprehensive description of the duties of a junior officer in order to furnish
realistic expectations about the role of a newly commissioned officer. Emphasis is
placed upon those tasks which are critical for effective performance. These tasks and
the variables which affect them are discussed in detail , including training, counselling ,
the maintenance of equipment and supplies , and additional duties . Discussion focuses
on the platoon leader's role in the tasks and the interfacing with other personnel in the
Army setting to perform effectively in these areas. This course provides the student with
an understanding of the many resources which can assist the officer carrying out assignment, demonstrates how to communicate with soldiers and superiors, counsel soldiers
w ith performance, personal , and discipline problems, and how to be constantly involved
in decision making . Prerequisites: GMS 300 and 301 . (1 er.)

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
MUSIC {MUS)
Associate Professor Suskalo, chair. Associate Professors Gonano, Sutton,
Tiberio ; Assistant Professor Dolinar .
The Music Department offers an extremely wide range of courses and
ensembles that appeal to the diversified interests of the student body. Numerous vocal and instrumental ensembles provide frequent and high quality
performance opportunities for students. Academic courses cover the spectrum from classical and contemporary music appreciation , to harmony and
theory , to highly specialized courses that focus on subjects as diverse as
opera, jazz, and the symphony. Additionally , the Music Department actively

189

participates in the musical life of the entire college and surrounding tri-state
area. To enumerate just a few, it organizes a recital series and a jazz festival,
adjudicates at high school districts, and provides the musical direction for
musical theatre productions.
Because the music faculty is involved in so many different activities, it has
always been aware of, and adapted to, the ever changing challenges
presented by the student body and the community.

MUSIC (MUS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+MUS 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. A study of historical , analytical , and aesthetic
elements of music. Through the use of recordings, radio , concerts and other media,
every possible contact is made with music. (3 crs.)
+MUS 105. SURVEY OF JAZZ. The historical background of jazz from 1900 to the present, the noted figures in jazz and their contributions to the American musical form, and
analysis of jazz styles through recordings and live performances. (3 crs.)
+MUS 106. SURVEY OF TWENTIETH -CENTURY MUSIC. A study of the development
of contemporary music (including electronic music). Begins with Debussy and considers
such prominent figures as Schoenberg , Berg , Webern , Stravinsky, Boulez,
Stockhausen , Cage et al. (3 crs.)
+MUS 107. AMERICAN MUSIC. A study of American folk , popular, and art music native and European . Primitive music, psalmody, early opera and concert life, African and
European folk music's influences on America, the music of European immigrants, and
the roots of jazz. A chronological study of American composers and their music, including Black composers and their contributions to American music. Recordings of musical
examples will be played throughout the semester. (3 crs.)
+MUS 108. THE MUSIC OF RUSSIA AND EASTERN EUROPE. The music of Bulgaria ,
Yugoslavia, Romania, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, the Ukraine , Poland , and Russia. Folk
music, nationalistic music, and art music, and their relationship with and contributions
to international music. Recorded examples of the music used throughout the course. No
prerequisites. (3 crs.)
+MUS 111 . MUSIC IN HUMAN SERVICES I. A preparatory course which presents the
basics of music, theory, appreciation , accompaniment techniques, choral techniques
and repertoire, and recreational music activities through creative projects which develop and formulate positive ways to meet the needs of the clients in various agencies,
institutions and organizations. (3 crs.)
+MUS 112. MUSIC IN HUMAN SERVICES II. A continuation and refinement of the
materials and techniques presented in Human Services I. The student's background will
be expanded to include additional rhythmic experiences, and recreational music activities. Creative projects will be used to develop positive ways to meet the needs of clients
in various agencies, institutions, and organizations. Prerequisite: MUS 111 . (3 crs.)
+MUS 115. FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC. Designed to provide students with a knowledge of the fundamentals of music and an ability to execute basic skills . Includes the
study of note values, meter signatures, scales, key signatures, and the use of syllables in
reading music. A basic introduction to the piano keyboard . Strongly recommended for
Elementary Education students and any others interested in strengthening their knowledge of music fundamentals. (3 crs.)
MUS 196. STAGE BAND. Entrance by interview with Stage Band Director. Required
attendance at rehearsals and all public performances . Membership is granted only by
audition. (1 er.)
MUS 197. CALIFORNIA CHORALE. A group of approximately 20 mixed voices. Members are chosen from the student body, faculty, and members of surrounding communities. Membership is granted only by audition. The group sings good choral literature,
most of which is sung a cappella. (1 er.)
MUS 201 . HARMONY I. Begins with a study of all diatonic chords, along with rules for
four-part writing. Introduction to modulation . Extensive ear training . Also included are

190

at least two short original compositions in four parts, with or without words, involving
materials studied . Prerequisite: MUS 115 or thorough knowledge of music fundamentals. (2 crs.)
·
MUS 205 . SIGHT SINGING AND EAR TRAINING . Concentration on sight reading of material traditionally taught in public schools. Includes melody and rhythm, as well as two,
three, and four-part singing ; ear training in use of intervals, chords, cadences , melodic
dictation of easy to moderate difficulty. (2 crs.)
MUS 206 . RHYTHMIC EXPERIENCES. Structured for those students in Elementary Education with a basic understanding of music fundamentals . The class has two basic aims:
( 1) to review and fortify previous knowledge and understanding of basic rhythms, meters, note values, sight reading, and related problems associated with rhythm; (2) to
present the students with skills and methods of presenting rhythmic activities in the
elementary music curriculum. Students participate in actual performances on tuned and
non-tuned percussion instruments. (2 crs.)
MUS 207. CHILDREN 'S SONG LITERATURE. Study and memorization of songs for all
occasions . Songs about animals, seasons, transportation , other countries etc . are representative of material included. Provides a memory repertoire for the teacher. Students
also participate in classroom teaching. (2 crs.)
MUS 208 . THE SYMPHONY . A general survey of the development of the symphonic
form from earlier practice to the beginning of the twentieth century, with emphasis on
composers whose primary significance rests on symphonic achievement. (3 crs.)
MUS 211. KEYBOARD I. For the student interested in achieving facility at the piano .
Majors and minor scales, patterns and fingerings . Chords (I, IV, V 7 ) in both major and
minor keys followed by their inversions. The common tone chord sequence pattern. A
student completing the course should be able to play simple songs-melody with chord
accompaniment. (2 crs.)
MUS 302 . HARMONY II. A continuation of Harmony I, including more detailed modulation , altered chords, and analysis . At least one short four-part composition , written according to specification, is required . Prerequisite: MUS 201. (2 crs.)
MUS 305. OPERA SURVEY. The origin and history of opera, national contributions to
the arts, the analysis of numerous representative operas, the relationship of operatic
plots to history and events . (3 crs .)
MUS 312 . KEYBOARD II. A continuation of Keyboard I for the more advanced student.
Review of scales, chords, inversions , and sight reading, followed by the improvisation of
simple accompaniments from chord symbols . Modulation study is begun with. the study
of the circle of fifths ; further methods of modulation are introduced as time permits.
Transposition at both the second and third are introduced . A thorough study of dominant seventh chords relating the simple improvisation within any given key. (2 crs.)
MUS 469 . INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN MUSIC . (Variable)

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING
NURSING (NUR)
See also R. N. Anesthetist and Public School Nursing programs
Professor McKenzie, Director. Associate Professor Marcinek. Assistant
Professors Olsen, Rollison, Stefanik .

Bachelor of Science in Nursing
The Department of Nursing was organized and approved in 1982 as a
new unit in the existing College of Science and Technology at California University of Pennsylvania. Application for review for National League for Nursing accreditation will be initiated concurrently with or subsequently to the
first graduating class.

191

The Department of Nursing is an upper-division program for Registered
Nurses from associate degree and diploma programs who are currently licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This program leads to the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing. Courses are scheduled in late afternoons and evenings to allow the working nurse to complete the program on a
full-time or part-time basis. Clinical practicums for the application of learning
are arranged with voluntary and official agencies in a variety of community
settings. All R.N. students are admitted to the Pre-BSN program, and must
complete all lower-division prerequisites and course requirements before
being admitted to the Upper-Division BSN program .
Prerequisite courses may be challenged or accepted as transfer credits
from accredited institutions, or they may be completed at California University of Pennsylvania as part of the degree program . A minimum grade of C is
required in each Nursing course.
Previously completed lower-division courses must be challenged , according to established validation procedures: R.N. students seeking further
information about nursing challenge examinations or the requirements for
advanced placement in this program should make inquiry in the departmental offices.
The course of study combines general education in the humanities and
the biophysical and psychosocial sciences with comprehensive theory and
practice in Nursing . The program is designed to prepare the registered nurse
to perform with greater flexibility and independence.
The general goal of this program is tq prepare the graduate to function as
a generalist in a wide variety of community settings. More specific aims of the
program may be obtained from the department.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); College Algebra
(MAT 101); Statistics (MAT 215) or Statistical Reasoning (MAT 325); General Psychology
(PSY 100); Principles of Sociology (SOC 100); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); The
Family (SOC 220); Social Psychology (PSY 320); one elective course; Human Anatomy
(BIO 306); Human Physiology (BIO 328); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) (4 total credits in
Chemistry); Microbiology (BIO 326); Perspectives in Philosophy (PHI 100); Ethics (PHI
220); one course in Music, Art , Language, or Theatre; one course in Literature. Nursing
Placement Exams (30 credits):
1. ACT / PEP or NLN Exams 2. Clinical Challenge Exam . Optional Challenge Exams (Anatomy/ Physiology - 8 credits, Microbiology - 4 credits, Chemistry - 4 credits).
(B) Area of Concentration: Current Nutrition Perspectives in Clinical Practice (NUR
310); Principles of Management (BUS 201); Philosophy of Professional Nursing (NUR 330);
Health Education in Nursing (NUR 340); Trends and Issues in Nursing (NUR 360); Community Nursing I (NUR 390); Community Nursing II (NUR 440); Leadership and Change in
Nursing (NUR 490); Nursing Research (NUR 495); 7 credits of free electives.

NURSING (NUR)
NUR 310 . CURRENT NUTRITION PERSPECTIVES IN CLINICAL PRACTICE. Concepts
and principles, and selected biochemical aspects of cellular processes from research
findings in controversial topics in management in nutrition care in wellness and illness.
Clinical assignments have implications for the role of the nurse in care with diverse and
multicultural individuals and families throughout the developmental life cycle within the
health care delivery system. Placement: First semester Junior Year. Prerequisites: A &
P, Chem., preparation in Nutrition . (3 crs.)
NUR 330. PHILOSOPHY OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING. Concepts, principles, and theories of professional nursing practice. Clinical assignments use the nursing process in

192

care with diverse and multicultural individuals and families throughout the developmental life cycle within the health care system . Placement: First semester Junior Year. Prerequisite: Upper-Division Status. (3 crs.)
NUR 340. HEAL TH EDUCATION IN NURSING. Concepts and principles influencing the
role of the nurse in the teaching-learning process. Clinical assignments use the nursing
process in care with individuals and families throughout the developmental life cycle
within the health care delivery system. Placement: First semester Junior Year. Prerequisites: NUR 310, NUR 330. (3 crs.)
NUR 360. TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING. Analysis of professional nursing issues
from historical and contemporary view points. Clinical assignments have implications
for professional nursing practice in the health care delivery system . Placement: Second
semester Junior Year. Prerequisites: NUR 340 , SOC 220, PSY 320 . (3 crs.)
NUR 390. COMMUNITY NURSING I. One-day clinical practicum each week for 15
weeks . Concepts and principles of Community Nursing associated with health mainte-

nance and the role of the nurse as a leader. Clinical assignments apply the nursing process in interdisciplinary efforts to assist the healthy family , and the family at risk for illness
and injury to maintain health by health promotion and primary prevention throughout
the developmental life cycle. Three hours class; six hours clinical. Placement: Second
semester Junior Year. Prerequisites: NUR 310, NUR 360. (6 crs.)
NUR 440. COMMUNITY NURSING II. One-day clinical practicum each week for 15
weeks. Concepts and principles of Community Nursing practice associated with health
restoration and the role of the nurse as a leader and change agent. Clinical assignments
apply the nursing process in interdisciplinary efforts to improve health services and assist community members to restore or adapt to health states using all levels of prevention . Factors that enhance or impede health states of community members who are
affected by the complexity of acute, long term , chronically diminishing or depleted
health states are explored . Three hours class; six hours clinical. Placement: First semester Senior Year. Prerequisites: NUR 390 , BUS 201 . (6 crs.)
NUR 490 . LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE IN NURSING. One-day clinical practicum each
week for 15 weeks. Analysis and synthesis of concepts in nursing and related areas
regarding planned change, group development through study and experience in group
process, group dynamics, and leadership roles. Selected clinical experiences provide
for application of the nursing process, to use critical analysis, and decision-making to
bring about change as a team member and as a team leader with individuals and
groups. Three hours class; six hours clinical. Placement : Second semester Senior Year.
Prerequisite: NUR 440. (6 crs.)
NUR 495. NURSING RESEARCH . Basic concepts, principles, methods and procedures
of the research process associated with nursing practice. Selected clinical experiences
provide for the application of legal and ethical considerations in conducting a research
study with faculty guidance. Placement: Second semester Senior Year. Prerequisites:
MAT 2'15, NUR 490. (4 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY (PHI)
Professor Lackner, chair. Professors Walsh, Hoy; Associate Professor
Burns; Assistant Professor Smith.
Philosophy courses are open to all students.
The word philosophy comes from two Greek words that mean love
(phileo) and knowledge (logos) . Anyone who enjoys discovering knowledge
might be called a philosopher, and thus the word was used originally. As
humanity accumulated more and more information about itself and the
world, learning became organized into special disciplines. In modern times,
philosophy has come to be the academic discipline which studies critically
the nature and development of different kinds of knowledge and attempts to
relate these different kinds of beliefs to form a general, workable view of
193

reality. In short, philosophy deals with questions like "What do we really
know, and how do we know it? What is the ultimate nature of reality? What is
morally right, and how should we live?" Typically, the philosophy student
studies the history of man's basic views about knowledge and the world , and
develops logical skills that will help one to deal with specific philosophical
issues relevant to life.
Though the chief reward in studying philosophy is the exercise of one's
curiosity, the philosophy graduate has a number of career potentials. The
philosophy major develops critical reasoning and writing skills and an ability
to analyze problems from a variety of perspectives. These talents equip one
for a broad range of positions in business and government . Depending upon
one's interests, the study of philosophy can be excellent preparation for
post-graduate study in law or business schools. Teaching positions in philosophy are, however, usually limited to colleges and universities, which normally require the Ph .D. Degree.
With a diversified faculty capable of serving the special needs of the students, and with most classes organized on a small-group basis, students find
that they can develop their potential in a setting that emphasizes curiosity
rather than competition . Students are encouraged to develop secondary interests that supplement their philosophical study. The major program is
designed to provide a broad background in the primary areas of philosophy
while allowing the student to explore in depth particular issues of special
interest or concern. It is recommended that Philosophy majors have a strong
second area related to their philosophical interests (e.g. , art , history, literature, or a particular science coupled with mathematics), and that all majors
take some laboratory course.
It is also recommended that those majors planning to seek a graduate
degree in philosophy take at least two years of German, French or Russian .
Besides preparation for advanced study, the graduate in Philosophy may
undertake a career in government of business, or may pursue graduate work
in law or religious education.

Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences ; 12 credits of Social Sciences ; 18 credits of free electives.
(8) Area of Concentration: Logic and Languag e (PHI 115); History of Ancient Phil osophy (PHI 201 ); Si xteenth to Eighteen t h Century Phil osoph y (PHI 206) .
Major Electives: twenty-one credits: two courses in each of the following areas of
philosophy:
Historical (designated by the letter ' H')
Normative (designated by the letter ' N')
Methodological (designated by the letter ' M ')
One additional course from one of the above mentioned areas. Related Electives: thirtyeight hours.

PHILOSOPHY (PHI)
Introductory courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).

194

+PHI 100. PERSPECTIVES IN PHILOSOPHY. Analysis of such major philosophical issues as the nature of knowledge, reality, religion and morals. This course is not recommended for philosophy majors. (3 crs.)
+PHI 115. LOGIC AND LANGUAGE. An introduction to basic principles and techniques
for distinguishing correct from incorrect reasoning. (3 crs.)
+PHI 201. HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. Analysis of the texts of the pre-Socratic philosophers, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Epicureans and the Skeptics. (3 crs.)
+PHI 206 . SIXTEENTH TO EIGHTEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. Introduction to
such influential thinkers as Francis Bacon , Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (3 crs.)
PHI 211 . FORMAL LOGIC I. Introduction to the semantics of truth-functional and firstorder languages, and also to proof theories for such languages. (3 crs.)
+ PHI 220. ETHICS. An examination of selected ethical systems their philosophical
foundations . Lays special emphasis on understanding such basic moral concepts as
good, right and duty. (3 crs.)
+PHI 225. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY - N. An examination of selected social or political systems and their philosophical foundations . Lays special emphasis on
such basic concepts as natural rights, equality, justice , individual freedom and political
authority. (3 crs.)
PHI 231 . PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION - N. A consideration of the nat ure of religion ,
speculations and arguments of the nature and existence of God , the possibility of religious knowledge, claims to religious experience and relevation , the problem of evil , the
belief in immortality and the meaningfulness of religious language. (3 crs.)
+PHI 240 . PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. Discussion of the aims of education and the
relation of philosophy to education . (3 crs.)
+PHI 246 . VALUES AND SCIENCE. A study of the nature of science and its relation to
human values. Explores the problems that result from changes in our values as science
and technology advance. (3 crs.)
+PHI 266 . PHILOSOPHY OF PLAY . Seeks to clarify human play and/or leisure activities. Special attention is given to the problem of constructive and destructive forms of
play and their relationship to human freedom and anxiety. (3 crs .)
+PHI 270 . PHILOSOPHY OF MARXISM - H or N. An examination of the basic texts of
Marx and Engels and the subsequent development of Marxist philosophy. Attempts a
critical evaluation in light of contemporary political philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 305. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY - H. Begins with Neo- Platonism and proceeds with
such thinkers as Augustine, Erigena , Anselm , Thomas Aquinas, Roger Bacon, Duns
Scotus and William of Ockham . (3 crs.)
PHI 310. NINETEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY - H. A survey of the development of
German idealism after Kant and the voluntaristic reactions to it . Also considers British
Empiricism and French Positivism . (3 crs.)
PHI 312 . FORMAL LOGIC II - M. A continuation of Formal Logic I, with emphasis on the
meta-theory of t ruth-functional and first-order languages. It also considers selected
topics in the philosophy of logic and the philosophy of mathematics. Prerequisite: PHI
211. (3 crs.)
PHI 320 . ETHICAL THEORY - N. An examination of the possibility and nature of ethical
knowledge and the meaning of moral discourse. Special consideration is given to contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 325 . PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE - M. A study of the methods, concepts and presuppositions of scientific inquiry. An attempt is made to understand science in the context
of various theories of knowledge and reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 335 . AESTHETIC THEORY - N. An examination of the nature and basis of criticism in
the fine arts and literature - the nature and function of art , aesthetic standards, the
concept of beauty, artistic creativity and the meaning and truth in literature and the arts.
(3 crs.)
PHI 345 . AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY - H. A survey of the development of American philosophy from Jonathan Edwards to the present . (3 crs .)

195

PHI 355. HISTORY OF SCIENCE - H. A study of the conceptual development of science.
Emphasizes the relation of scientific progress to alternative conceptions of scientific
methodology and advances in technology and philosophical systems. (3 crs.)
PHI 405. EPISTEMOLOGY - M. An examination of selected theories of knowledge with
special emphasis on contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 410. METAPHYSICS - M . An inquiry into the nature of reality and the meaning of
existence. (3 crs.)
PHI 415. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND - M . An examination of important stages in the philosophical development of the notion of mind. Discusses such contemporary problems as
the relation of mind and body and the nature of consciousness, and analyzes such notions as will , emotion , action and memory. (3 crs.)
PHI 420. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE - M . An exploration of the relations between the
various dimensions of traditional philosophical problems. Examines theories of meaning , kinds of meaning , and uses of languages. (3 crs.)
PHI 426. PHENOMENOLOGY & EXISTENTIALISM - H. A study of the historical background and development of Twentieth Century European philosophy, with particular
emphasis on such major philosophers as Husserl, Heidegger , Sartre and Melleau-Ponty.
(3 crs.)
PH I 431. ANALYTICAL PH ILOSOPHY - H. An exploration of selected philosophical issues (e.g ., knowledge, truth and meaning), utilizing recent work in conceptual and methodological analysis. Though the course is usually problem-oriented , a good deal of the
history of recent Anglo-American philosophy is covered . Recommended prerequisites:
PHI 115 and PHI 206 . (3 crs.)
PHI 459 . TUTORIAL IN PHILOSOPHY - M. (Variable credits)
PHI 470 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY - M. A discussion of some special
problem or issue in philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 471. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY - SALZBURG . (3 crs.)
PHI 490 . SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY - M. A discussion of either one prominent philosopher or a movement in philosophy. (3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
PHYSICAL SCIENCE (PHS)
PHYSICS (PHY)
CHEMISTRY (CHE)
PRE-ENGINEERING
Professor Lazzaro, chair. Professors Dominick, Frangos, Fusco, David Johnson, Kells, Pajerski; Associate Professors Clendaniel, Hackett, Petrick, Robin, Zoppetti; Instructor Costello

Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
This program focuses upon studies of the nature and structure of matter
and provides a strong foundation in the fundamentals of Chemistry, Physics
and Mathematics. Upon successful completion of this program, the graduate
is qualified to assume a position as a chemist in either the private or public

196

sector. Program graduates should also be well prepared to commence graduate studies leading to the M.A. or Ph . D. in Chemistry.
Chemistry majors pursuing the S.S. degree must complete 45 credits in
required courses and 23 credits in restricted electives which must be approved by the student's departmental advisor. Five of the latter credits must
be earned from additional course work in chemistry, while the remaining
eighteen credits may be accrued through course work in other natural
sciences.
Through consultation with an advisor, students obtain information which
will guide them toward a proper selection of electives in General Education.
Such a judicious selection of electives based upon the student's objectives
may help to promote additional career opportunities upon graduation and
also satisfy the admissions standards of various professional and Graduate
Schools. Some graduates have thus chosen to continue their education or to
pursue careers in medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, management , college
teaching, and research .
Career opportunities are as an analytical chemist, a quality control specialist, and industrial management trainee, a technical writer, a chemical
purchasing agent; in sales work with the chemical industry; with advanced
degree, in research and development. The program also provides preprofessional training in medicine, dentistry, and law, as well as preparation for
graduate school.
Requirements:
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives. General Chem istry I (CHE
101) and II (CHE 102) and Ill (CHE 203); Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331) an_d II (CHE 332); Physical Chemistry I (CHE 451) and II (CHE 452); 5 credits
of Chemistry electives; Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282); Physics I (PHY 101) and II
(PHY 102); 18 other credits of related electives.

Bachelor of Arts/ Science in Physics
The programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science
degrees in Physics offer the student a variety of choices which may be tailored to one 's needs. From the physics curriculum the student may choose
between a diversity of courses in classical and comtemporary physics, including such courses in applied physics as plasma physics (e.g . Quantum
Mechanics), Special and General Relativity, and Astrophysics. Advanced
labs include facilities for studies in photometry, holography, the Mossbauer
Effect , X-ray diffraction, and digital electronics.
The flexibility of the program allows the graduate to be equipped for
many occupations, including entrance to an advanced degree program in
physics or engineering , and technical or research positions with industry or
government. The programs also serve as excellent training for entrance to
professional schools.

Bachelor of Science Degree in Physics
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: College Physics I (PHY 101) and II (PHY 102) and Ill (PHY
203); Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221); Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY

197

261); Modern Physics I (PHY 331); Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282) and Ill (MAT 381);
Differential Equations (MAT 406); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); 6 credits of Physics Electives; 19 credits of advanced related Electives.

Bachelor of Arts Degree in Physics
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: College Physics I (PHY 101) and II (PHY 102) and Ill (PHY
203); Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221); Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY
261); Radiation and Optics (PHY 375); Modern Physics I (PHY 331); Advanced Laboratory I
(PHY 451); Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282) and Ill (MAT 381); Differential Equations
(MAT 406); General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); 9 credits of Physics Electives;
12 credits of Advanced Related Electives.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Chemistry for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300) - or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) - or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS 467) - or Modern Methods (EDS
455); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization: General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261); Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331); Physical Chemistry I (CHE
451 ); Individual Work I (CHE 368); Calculus I (MAT 281 ); Introduction to Biology (BIO 102);
College Physics I (PHY 101).

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Physics for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300) - or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420) - or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP
404); Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS 467 - Modern Methods (EDS 455);
Student Teaching and School Law.

198

(C) Professional Specialization: College Physics I (PHS 101) and II (PHS 102) and Ill
(PHS 203); Intermediate Mechanics (PHS 221); Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism
(PHS 261); Modern Physics (PHS 331); Physics Seminar (PHS 495); Calculus I (MAT 281)
and II (MAT 282) and Ill (MAT 381); General Chemistry I (CHE 101).

Cooperative Engineering Program
California University of Pennsylvania participates in cooperative liberal
arts engineering programs with both the Pennsylvania State University and
the University of Pittsburgh . The student undertakes a three-year curriculum
at California University of Pennsylvania concentrating on studies in liberal
arts and pre-engineering courses in Natural Sciences. Upon successful completion of that curriculum and the recommendation of faculty , the student
spends two years at the Pennsylvania State University or the University of
Pittsburgh, at which time the student will complete the engineering course
requirements as specified by the institution .
Some advantages of such cooperative programs include the following :
1. For students who have yet to choose between engineering or another
discipline as a field of endeavor, the programs provide the student
with initial studies in both the arts and sciences at California University of Pennsylvania during which time the student may ascertain
whether his abilities and interests lie in the field of engineering or another discipline.
2. The program permits qualified students to receive both a liberal and
technical education at relatively low cost .
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Perspectives in Philosophy
(PHI 100); 6 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences, including Elements
of Economics (ECO 100); Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); Oral Communications
(SPE 101).
(B) Area of Concentration: Technical Drawing I (IAR 111); Engineering Seminar; General Chemistry I (CHE 101) and II (CHE 102); College Physics I (PHS 101) and II (PHS 102)
and 111 (PHS 203); Calculus I (MAT 281) and II (MAT 282) and Ill (MAT 381) and IV (MAT
382); Linear Algebra I (MAT 341); Computer Science I (CSC 121); Differential Equations
(MAT 406); 16 credits of Engineering Discipline Courses.

CHEMISTRY (CHE)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus( + ).
+ CHE 100. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY . A preparatory course emphasizing the
mathematical and reasoning skills needed to be successful in general chemistry . There
are no prerequisites and the course satisfies requirement s in the Natural Science area
for non-science majors. This course is not an elective for Chemistry majors. (3 crs.)
+CHE 101 . GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. An introductory course for majors and non-majors. Topics covered include atomic structure, bonding , stoichiometry , chemical reactions (including redox reactions), solutions, and the liquid state. Three class hours and
three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
+CHE 102. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. A continuation of General Chemistry I. The gaseous state , solutions, thermodynamics, kinetics, acids and bases , gaseous and ionic
equilibria, and electrochemistry. Prerequisite: CHE 101 . Three class and three laboratory hours each week . (4 crs.)

199

CHE 203. GENERAL CHEMISTRY Ill. A continuation of General Chemistry II. Descriptive
chemistry of metals and nonmetals, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, solid state molecular orbitals, coordination chemistry. Laboratory: Equilibrium and qualitative chemistry of the elements. Three class and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite:
CHE 102. (4 crs.)
CHE 255. GEOCHEMISTRY. Basic chemical principles employed in the solution of some
geologic problems. Geologic, dating , sedimentary geochemistry, chemical weathering,
colloids and structural aspects of clay minerals and soils. Three class hours each week .
(3 crs.)
CHE 261 . ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to quantitative analytical technique and procedures, including a statistical evaluation of gravimetric, volumetric, chromatography, and electrochemical data. Prerequisites: CHE 101 and 102. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours each week . (4 crs.)
CHE 262 . INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS I. An introduction to colorimetric and spectrophotometric techniques and procedures, including ultraviolet and visible, infrared ,
emission and atomic absorption, nuclear magnetic resonance raman, and electron spin
resonance. Prerequisite: CHE 261. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
week . (4 crs.)
CHE 331 . ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to the basic principles which govern
the behavior of carbon compounds. Particular emphasis on the structure of organic
compounds, acid and base theory, and an introduction to the fundamental principles
necessary for the study of organic reaction mechanisms. Three class hours each week
and four laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 101 and 102 . (4 crs.)
CHE 332. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. A thorough examination of the major reactions
characteristic of organic compounds. Particular emphasis on substitutions, additions,
eliminations, condensations, and rearrangements. Three class hours each week and
four laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite: CHE 331 . (4 crs.)
CHE 340 . ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPIC INTERPRETATION. A course in how to " read"
spectra (ultraviolet, infrared , mass, and nuclear magnetic resonance). With spectra in
hand , the student learns how to determine the identity and structure of an unknown
organic compound . Prerequisites: CHE 332. (3 crs .)
CHE 345 . MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY . (3 crs.)
CHE 368 . INDIVIDUAL WORK I. An opportunity for students specializing in chemistry to
organize, investigate, and report on a specific problem of their own selection . (Variable)
CHE 400 . PHARMOCOLOGY. (4 crs.)
CHE 411 . BIOCHEMISTRY I. A comprehensive survey of the properties of amino acids,
elucidation of protein structure, protein biosynthesis, the Genetic Code, and carbohydrate metabolism. Prerequisite: CHE 101 and/or instructor's permission. (3 crs.)
CHE 412. BIOCHEMISTRY II. A continuation of Biochemistry I and including fatty and
biosynthesis, fatty acid metabolism , photosynthesis , protein metabolism, vitamins, hormones and immunochemistry. Prerequisite: CHE 411 and / or instructor's permission. (3
crs.)
CHE 421 . ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. Modern treatment of principles of
inorganic chemistry, emphasizing chemical bonding and sterochemistry, with emphasis
on periodic properties, acid and bases, and non-aqueous solvents. Coordination compounds; nomenclature sterochemistry, and kinetics of coordination compounds of the
short and long transition metals. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite: CHE 451 . (3
crs.)
CHE 422 . ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. Prerequisite: CHE 421. (3 crs.)
CHE 425 . ORGANIC PREPARATIONS . Prerequisite: CHE 331 and 332 . (3 crs.)
CHE 426. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY . Prerequisites: CHE 331 and 332 . (3
crs.)
CHE 433 . ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. A detailed study of selected organic
reactions and their mechanisms. Elucidation of complex transformations in terms of
simple reaction sequences. Three class hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 331 and
332 . (3 crs.)
CHE 434. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. Prerequisite: CHE 433 . (3 crs.)

200

CHE 435. PHARMACOLOGY FOR THE NURSE ANESTHETIST. (3 crs.)
CHE 441. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS II. Chromopotentiometry, coulometry, electrodeposition , stripping analysis, chromoamperometry, polarography, voltametry, cylclic
voltametry, and column, thin-layer, and gas chromatography. Three class hours each
week and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 261 and 262. (3 crs.)
CHE 442 . LABORATORY TECHNIQUES WITH INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS II. Prerequisite: CHE 441 . (3 crs.)
CHE 445. MATHEMATICS FOR CHEMISTS . Mathematical techniques, including differential and integral calculus, ordinary and partial differential equations, vector and matrix
algebra, eiginfunction theory and group theory are employed in the solution of problems
of chemical systems. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 451 . PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. Properties of gases, kinetic- molecular theory, molecular energies, classical and statistical development for the First , Second , and Third
laws of thermodynamics, with applications to thermochem istry and chemical equilibria.
Prerequisites: CHE 261 and Mathematics through Integral Calculus. Three class hours
and three lab hours each week . (4 crs.)
CHE 452 . PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. Kinetics of chemical reactions, properties of liquids, phase equilibria, solutions, thermodynamics, properties of electrolytes in solution
and electrochemistry. Prerequisite: CHE 451 . Three class hours and three lab hours
each week . (4 crs.)
CHE 453. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. A detailed study of chemical bonding ,
atomic and molecular structure. Subject matter includes quantum mechanics, symmetry and group theory, experimental study of molecular structure through spectrascopic
and diffraction methods. Three class hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 451 and 452 .
(3 crs.)
CHE 454. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. Prerequisite: CHE 453. (3 crs.)
CHE 457 . CHEMISTRY FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS . Designed for the teacher in
service. Includes recent ideas in chemical bonding , crystal structure, and radio and nuclear chemistry. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: Certification in General Science or Chemistry. (3 crs.)
CHE 463. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY . Theory and application of instrumental techniques used for inorganic and organic systems. Topics considered are separate
and electrochemical chemical techniques. Separation techniques utilize all modes of
chromatography; and, using the " double layer" theory, all electrochemical techniques
are treated for the analysis of the systems. Using group theory as a basis, all divisions of
spectroscopy are treated for the analysis of systems. Prerequisite: CHE 261 and permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
CHE 464. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II. Prerequisites: CHE 261 and permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
CHE 495 . CHEMISTRY SEMINAR. Students may choose a particular topic in chemistry
and, under the supervision of a faculty member, prepare and present a seminar on it.
The topics are to be on material not covered in the undergraduate courses, or may be
extensions of some particular aspect of chemistry included in less detail in an undergraduate course. ( 1 er.)
CHE 497 . SPECIAL TOPICS . Meets the needs of students who may want to study a topic
in more detail than is given in the regular courses, or who may want to pursue some topic
not included in their course work . (Variable)

PHYSICS (PHY)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+PHY 101 . COLLEGE PHYSICS I. Introductory Physics. Vectors, mechanics, hydrostatics, heat and thermodynamics. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week .
Corequisite: MAT 102. (4 crs.)
+PHY 105. GENERAL PHYSICS - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. An introductory course for
students of Medical Technology. Mechanics, electricity and magnetism , light and radio-

201

activity. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite: MAT
101 . (4 crs.)
+PHY 106. GENERAL PHYSICS - INDUSTRIAL ARTS. Emphasis on mechanics: vectors, forces, work, power, and energy. Considerable attention given to the application of
the principles of physics to machines. Three class hours each week and three laboratory
hours each week . Prerequisite: MAT 101. (4 crs.)
PHY 107. HEAT, LIGHT, AND SOUND. (3 crs.)
+ PHY 111 . INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS I - BIOLOGY. For biology majors. Topics include mechanics, properties of matter, and heat. Examples from biology are given as
application of physical laws. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week .
Recommended : A functional knowledge of algebra and elementary trigonometry. (4
crs.)
+PHY 112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS II - BIOLOGY. A continuation of Physics Ill. Topics include waves, electricity and magnetism , and modern physics. Three class hours
and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite: PHY Ill. (4 crs.)
+PHY 202 . COLLEGE PHYSICS II. A continuation of Physics 101. Waves and acoustics,
electricity, magnetism , AC circuits, and electromagnetic waves. Three class hours and
three laboratory hours each week . Corequisite: MAT Ill. (4 crs.)
PHY 203. COLLEGE PHYSICS Ill . A continuation of Physics 102. Light atomic and nuclear physics, and special relativity. Some time is also spent reviewing material from Physics 101 and 102. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite:
Physics 102. Corequisite: MAT 112. (4 crs.)
PHY 221 . INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS. Vector calculus, Newtonian kinematics, and
dynamics of many particle systems with emphasis on integral relations, motion in a central potential , scattering theory, systems with constraints, variational principles in
mechanics, small oscillations, wave equation, and special relativity. Three class hours
each week and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite: PHY 102. Corequisite:
MAT 213 . (4 crs.)
PHY 235. GEOPHYSICS. A primary emphasis of this course is geophysical prospecting
for oil. It particularly focuses on the following prospecting methods: seismic refraction
and reflection, gravitational , magnetic, and electrical. Prerequisite: PHY 102. (3 crs.)
PHY 256. ASTRONOMY . Astronomy of the solar system and the universe beyond, the
evolution of stars and stellar systems, recently discovered quasars and pulsars, and the
current cosmological models of the universe. (3 crs.)
PHY 301 . INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM . Ordinary differential equations, fundamentals of electromagnetics, multipole fields , Laplace and Poisson equations, electromagnetic field equations, electromagnetic waves, reflection , and
refraction. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: PHY 221 . (4 crs.)
PHY 305. ELECTRONICS . Prerequisite: PHY 261. (4 crs.)
PHY 322 . ADVANCED MECHANICS. A continuation of Physics 221 . Variational principals, relativistic dynamics , Hamilton 's equations, canonical transformations, HamiltonJacobi theory, continuous systems, and classical field theory. Applications to quantum
mechanical , electromagnetic, and relativistic systems. Three class hours each week .
Prerequisites: PHY 261 and MAT 213. (3 crs.)
PHY 331 . MODERN PHYSICS I. Relativistic kinematics and dynamics, particle and wave
aspects of radiation and particles, the structure of the hydrogen atom , and the many
electron atoms. Quantum mechanics introduced for the first time here. Three class
hours each week. Prerequisites: PHY 261 and MAT 213 . (3 crs.)
PHY 332 . MODERN PHYSICS II . An introduction to solid state physics, nuclear physics,
and elementary particle physics . Three class hours each week . Prerequisites: Physics
331 . (3 crs.)
PHY 341. MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS I. The application of the following
techniques to problems in physics: ordinary differential equations, infinite series , evaluation of integrals, eigenfunction theory, calculus of variations, vectors and matrices,
special functions , and partial differential equations. Three class hours each week . Prerequisites : PHY 261 , MAT 213. (3 crs.)

202

PHY 342 . MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS II. A continuation of Physics 341 .
Perturbation theory, integral transforms, integral equations of complex variables, tensor analysis, and an introduction to groups and group representations . Three class
hours each week . Prerequisite: PHY 341 or equivalent math courses. (3 crs.)
PHY 362. ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY. A continuation of Physics 261 .
The microscopic theory of dielectrics, magnetic properties of matter, slowly varying currents , introduction to plasma physics, applications of Maxwell 's equations, special relativity electrodynamics, and superconductivity. Three class hours each week .
Prerequisite: PHY 261 . (3 crs.)
PHY 375. RADIATION AND OPTICS. This course begins with a review of Maxwell 's
equations and wave analysis, and then goes into Fraunhofer diffraction, radiation from
atoms, polychromatic waves, scattering , reflection and transmission of waves,
magneto- and electro- optic effects. (3 crs.)
PHY 376. STATISTICAL AND THERMAL PHYSICS . Statistical methods, statistical thermodynamics, macroscopic thermodynamics and its relation to statistical mechanics,
application of statistical mechanics to gases and solids, phase equilibrium, and quantum statistics. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 261 . (3 crs .)
PHY 405 . QUANTUM MECHANICS . An introduction to the necessity of quantum
mechanics, followed by a discussion of Schroedinger's equation in one dimension, systems of particles in one dimension , motion in three dimensions, angular momentum and
spin, approximation methods, and various applications to atom ic and nuclear physics.
Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: PHY 332 . (3 crs.)
PHY 409 . SENIOR THESIS. An opportunity for each physics major to do individual research on a topic of his choosing, either experimental or theoretical. Prerequisites: Senior standing and PHY 332 . (Variable)
PHY 435 . PLASMA PHYSICS . Prerequisites: PHY 261, 376 . (3 crs.)
PHY 451 . ADVANCED LABORATORY I. Experiments selected from topics discussed in
Modern Physics I. The lecture time is used to discuss error analysis, curve fitting, and
points of interest to the laboratory reports . One class hour each week and six laboratory
hours each week . (3 crs.)
PHY 452 . ADVANCED LABORATORY II . An extension of Physics 451 . The experiments
are selected from Modern Physics II as well as from some of the advanced courses (such
as Nuclear Physics, Solid State Physics , Plasma Physics , and Optics). Computer analysis of data. One class hour each week and six laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites: PHY 451 , 332 . (3 crs .)
PHY 455 . SOLID STATE PHYSICS . (3 crs.)
PHY 465 . SPECIAL AND GENERAL RELATIVITY . Relativistic mechanics and electrodynamics of mass points , mechanics of continuous matter, applications of the special
mental tests of the general theory, and equations of motion in the general theory. Three
class hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 332. (3 crs.)
PHY 495 . SEMINAR . An introduction to literature, history, teaching , and research methods in the physical sciences. Prerequisites: Junior standing and at least 19 hours of
physics (including College Physics I and College Physics II). ( 1 er.)

PHYSICAL SCIENCE (PHS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+PHS 111 . MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL WORLD I. Presented in a two module approach :
The first module, Reaction and Reason , focuses on basic concepts and skills from the
physical sciences . A second module, The Delicate Balance , reinforces and extends
these concepts and skills by examining some of environmental problems and issues we
face today. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week . (5 crs.)
+PHS 112. MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL WORLD II . Prerequisite: PHS 111 . (5 crs.)
+PHS 116. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE A. Provides the non-science major with the opportunity to acquire a basic understanding and appreciation of contemporary physical
science. Classroom activities and discussions center on the topics chosen by the professor with or without the solicited aid of the students in the class. (3 crs.)

203

+PHS 117. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE 8 . An elementary, non-laboratory approach to
the physical world . Topics selected jointly by students and instructor. (3 crs.)
+ PHS 118. MAN , METHODS , MATERIALS. (3 crs.)
+PHS 125. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY . (2 crs.)
PHS 126. MODERN PHYSICS AND ANTI -PHYSICS . (3 crs.)
PHS 127. THE PHYSICS OF MUSIC . (3 crs.)
PHS 128. PRACTICAL ELECTRONICS . A practical non-mathematical view of some
fields of elementary electronics. The student is given the opportunity through laboratory
work to examine some of the theory presented in lecture and is required to build a project. Solid theory and application is emphasized, although vacuum tubes are mentioned .
(3 crs.)
PHS 135. CHEMISTRY OF MATERIA i_$ _A general education course without prerequisites designed with a slant toward graphic arts. The content includes basic chemistry
background , photographic chemistry and solution chemistry needed to understand
graphic arts processes. (3 crs.)
PHS 136. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY . A number of the most significant factors in
the relevance of science and the chem ical environment in which people live. The air,
water, and earth provide raw materials to be used in the practice of science and technology for the sustenance and comfort of mankind . (3 crs.)
PHS 145. ASTRONOMY. Non-mathematical presentation of methods and results of astronomical discovery. Survey of facts and important astronomical theories. Solar systems and the stellar system , including binary and variable stars, clusters, and nebulae.
Discussion of observations, techniques, and interpretations. Three class hours each
week . (3 crs.)
PHS 201 . GENERAL CHEMISTRY /PHYSICS . The basic principles of chemistry that are
applicable in the field of medicine, specifically in the area of anesthesia. (4 crs.)
PHS 205. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF SCIENCE AND SOCIETY. Major science-related societal problems. The class will identify some of these problems: air pollution , water
pollution , sound pollution, population control and distribution , and drug abuse. (3 crs.)
PHS 409. PRACTICUM FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL.
Emphasizes design and use of apparatus, demonstrations, and experiments for general
science, chemistry, physics, and biology. Special emphasis is placed on secondary
school scientific instructional materials. (3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY (PSY)
Professor R. Scott, chair. Professors Baldridge, Fabian, Hambacher, Howard , London, Palermo, Maurice Wilson . Associate Professors Levendos,
O'Brien, Williams.
Psychology is at one time a scholarly discipline, a scientific field and a
professional activity. Its overall focus is on the study of both animal and
human behavior and related mental and physiological processes. Thus psychology emphasizes human communication , principles and theories of behavior, research on the causes and dynamics of behavior patterns, and the
practical application of knowledge, skills, and techniques for the solution
and/or prevention of individual and social problems.
The psychologist's level of education is often a major factor in shaping a
career. Because most doctoral-level psychologists have been exposed to a
large and varied body of knowledge and techniques in psychology, those
who hold the doctoral degree enjoy the widest range of work choices and the

204

most responsible, as well as highest-paid , positions. A large number of psychologists are trained up to the Master's Degree (M.A.) and represent the
largest group among the three levels of training available to psychologists.
Traditionally, the Bachelor's Degree (B.A.) level of academic training has not
been considered sufficient for the career as a professional psychologist.
Practically every state in the U.S. requires a license or certificate whose basic requirements are the possession of a Master's Degree and several years
of work experience. Those with B.A . degrees, however, have the opportunity,
along with other psychologists, of being sought after in a variety of specialty
areas.
Because psychology tends to be confused with psychiatry, a medical
specialty, many people erroneously assume that psychology and psychologists concern themselves primarily with psychopathology and deviant behavior. Although some psychologists do, of course , deal with abnormal persons
and phenomena, the concern of psychology and the occupations of psychologists are considerably more diverse. Psychologists today are rarely limited
to any one kind of specialty.
Some of the specialty work areas for psychologists are found in various
social , institutional and industrial settings such as schools, community agencies, mental health clinics, private industry, government agencies, hospitals,
and in private practice. They work as teachers of psychology on the high
school and college level, scientists and researchers , clin ical psychologists,
educational psychologists, community and social psychologists, industrial
psychologists, and school psychologists, as well as in the presently expanding field of ecology and environmental psychology.
As in all professions, specialization is a crucial factor and demands the
highest level of academic and work experience for success. Yet there are
Psychology majors who do not wish to go beyond the B.A. Employment for
such persons in the field of psychology is possible. It is, however, necessary
to keep in mind that undergraduate training is fundamentally general , and
does not represent a specialty in the sense referred to above. Nevertheless,
job opportunities are to be found in clinics, hospitals, industry, community
agencies and government , but at a job-entry level and under supervision.
There is a rapid growth in the number and variety of programs designed to
meet the ever-growing needs of educational and mental health problems in
our society. Crowding, land use, social and environmental phenomena and
their impact are rapidly increasing the need for a new breed of psychologists.
The problems of the city have already produced a new specialty in psychology and a great need for people with training in psychology to meet the expanding job opportunities in this field . A career in psychology is realistically
possible at all levels of training .

Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
cred its of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY 100); Psychological Statistics
(PSY 325); Psychology of Learning (PSY 335); History and Systems of Psychology (PSY
345); Child Psychology (PSY 205) or Adolescent Psychology (PSY 206); Social Psychology
(PSY 320) or Industrial Psychology (PSY 326) or Psychological Testing (PSY 340); Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400) or Psychology of Personality (PSY 405). Nine to 27 c redits of
additional Psychology courses. Twenty to 38 credits in related electives, including courses

205

in at least three of the following areas: Anthropology, Sociology, Biology, Political Science,
Philosophy, Physics , Chemistry, Social Work, and Educational Foundations.

Bachelor of Arts in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
Personnel officers today need more than just the traditional economic
and statistical tools : they also need insight into organizational dynamics and
strong decision-making tools. For this reason a solid training in psychology
is an important asset for anyone interested in what may be called human
resource management , the general areas of personnel supervision in government , business, or industry. Psychology has contributed significantly to
the research and practical application involved in recruiting, interviewing,
and testing . Similarly, the areas of training , job design, and employee motivation have been heavily influenced by research done in psychology. In this
area of concentration , the student takes traditional business and personnelrelated courses but also sufficient courses in behavioral sciences to develop
the necessary analytical skills demanded of personnel officers in any field .
This area of concentration prepares students not only for futher graduate
work in Industrial/Organizational Psychology but for the numerous positions
entailing personnel recruitment , training , test ing , and supervision .
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 c redits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives .
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY 100); Child Psychology (PSY 205)
or Adolescent Psychology (PSY 206); Psychology of Sex Roles (PSY 210); Social Psychol ogy (PSY 320); Psychological Statistics (PSY 325); Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Psychology of Learning (PSY 335); Psychological Testing (PSY 340); History and Systems of
Psychology (PSY 345); Interviewing Skills (PSY 370); Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400). Related courses: Personnel Management (BUS 351 ); Collective Bargaining (BUS 335); Business Law I (BUS 242); Basic Programming Language (CSC 105); or Computer Science I
(CSC 121); Oral Communication: Management (SPE 103); Business Writing I (ENG 211);
Accounting I (BUS 111); Principles of Management (BUS 201 ); Fundamentals of Industrial
Safety (ITE 101); 2 further credits.

PSYCHOLOGY (PSY)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+PSY 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY . A general introduction to the scient ific study of
the principles of behavior with emphasis on such topics as methods of research , development of the individual , learning , motivation , emotions , cognitive processes, sensation , preception , testing , personality , behavior disorders, and indi vidual differences.
Experimental research as well as practical application is stressed . (3 crs.)
+PSY 110. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY . The nature of the learning process, with
emphasis on the application of principles of learning to the problems of teaching . The
study of actual classroom problems and procedures by observation of regular work and
by special illustrative demonstrations in the laboratory school. The psychological climate of the classroom , the importance of evaluating the child ' s total learning , the group
process, and guidance as an essential part of creative teaching. Should furnish the prospective teacher with a foundation in the theories , principles, and master ideas of the
educative process. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
+PSY 205 . CHILD PSYCHOLOGY . The patterns of physical , mental , social and emotional development in the period of early childhood through the prepubescent period .
The role of maturation and of experience in determining normal development of the
individual. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)

206

+ PSY 206. ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY . Factors that influence the growth and development of adolescents. Emphasis on the relationship among physiological , psychological and sociological factors . Theoretical systems used to describe, explain , predict , and
work with adolescents. Prerequisite : PSY 100. (3 crs.)
+PSY 207 . DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY . The patterns of physical , mental , social
and emotional development from early childhood through maturity. Particularly oriented
to students who will work with children and wish to understand their developmental patterns . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 210 . PSYCHOLOGY OF SEX ROLES . Theories and current research on the psychological natures of women and men and their roles in society. The aim is to examine
critically assumptions about women held by the discipline of psychology and by our
culture as a whole, and to test these assumptions in the perspective of current research
and individual experience. It includes sequential treatment of all relevant levels of analysis- biological , psychological , organizational and cultural. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or its
equivalent. (3 crs.)
PSY 215. PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD . The psychological problems
of hearing , speech , mental , and personality defects , and of children who are culturally
disadvantaged , as well as problems of children of superior ability. A major purpose is to
gain a functional understanding of their problems and of the procedures for helping
them to cope with them . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 310. MENTAL HEALTH / PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT. Problems of personality and mechanisms of adjustment , including a study of the origin and resolution of conflicts , and the role of emotion in the patterns of behavior. (Should not be taken if
Psychology of Adjustment has been taken.) Prerequi si te: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 320. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. The interaction between the individual and social
groups within a cultural context: the individual in a social role , social groups, and social
institutions . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 325 . PSYCHOLOGICAL STATISTICS . The need for statistics in psychology is
demonstrated by examining the variable nature of psychological measurements. The
statistics of chance variability and its relation to the normal probability curve are studied
in detail. A number of correlational methods are presented , along with the types of psychological problems for which each is suited. Prediction of one variable from another
using these correlations and regression coefficients is learned, but with considerable
attention to data typical of problems in the area of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3
crs.)
PSY 326. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY . The application of psychological principles of
behavior to people-work conditions . An examination of business and industrial activities
and the role the psychologist plays in such activities. A strong emphasis on the practical
and everyday problems that confront people in the world of work. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
(3 crs.)
PSY 327. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY . A survey of several
important issues not considered in PSY 326 , including organizational dynamics, managerial problem-solving, employee rights laws, wage and salary psychologies, and the
understanding of employee motivations. Prerequisite : PSY 326. (3 crs .)
PSY 330. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY . The relationships between bodily processes and behavior. The relationship between psychological phenomena and the physiological functioning of the organism. Sensation and perception , reflexive behavior,
motivation , emotional behavior and critical functioning . Some laboratory experience is
included . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 335 . PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. The nature and conditions of learning . The
types of learning and the experimental procedures used in the study of learning
problems. The various interpretations of the process are examined and evaluated . Prerequisite : PSY 100 and Junior rank . (3 crs.)
PSY 340 . PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING . The nature and function of measurement in psychology with concentration on test construction problems and procedures and an examination of some typical tests in the fields of intelligence , personality, aptitudes,
abilities and interests . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 345 . HISTORY OF SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. A detailed look at the evolution of
psychological thought from its ancestral background through its development into a
scientific discipline separate from philosophy, physiology and physics. The early

207

problems and methods of psychology are examined in some detail as are the various
schools of psychological thought. Emphasis is directed toward the effect of the discoveries and thinking of the times on the course of the development of psychology as a
science. Prerequisite : PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 350. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. A consideration of the application of the principles of contemporary behaviorism to the problem of behavior modification in educational and clinical settings. Major emphasis is placed on the remediation of
problems of academic, emotional and social adjustment in the classroom context. Prerequisites: Educational and Developmental Psychology or permission of the instructor.
(3 crs.)
PSY 355 . PSYCHOLOGY OF SOCIAL CONTROL. Analyses of fictionalized descriptions
of attempts to control human behavior from the viewpoint of contemporary behavioral
science. Such analyses reveal the degree to which the procedures and outcomes described in fictional accounts are consistent with what is known or assumed to be true
about behavior and its causes. Fictionalized accounts of such techniques as physical
punishments, threats , indoctrination and brainwashing , drugs and hypnosis applied to
both individuals and groups are considered. The moral and ethical issues involved in
social control versus individual freedom are examined in the light of a rapidly developing
behavioral technology and an increasing real-life incidence of misapplications and
abuses. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 360 . EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY . Research methodology, experimental design , and the appropriate statistical treatments of psychological data. Although demonstrations are used, students are encouraged to design their own procedures for
experimentally testing scientifically meaningful propositions. A combination of laboratory time and discussion periods permits a critical consideration of principles and theories
that are amenable to experimental investigation . Students are required to do an individual experiment as part of the course requirements. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (4 crs.)
PSY 370 . INTERVIEWING SKILLS . For junior and senior students who will soon be seeking employment in a social service or organizational setting , by providing knowledge
and practical experience in several different and specific types of interviews, especially
the selection interview for employment, the counseling interview in the social service
setting , the career planning interview, and the attitudinal or consumer interview. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 400. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of behavior pathology-including the
psychoses, neuroses, character disorders including drug addiction and psychophysiological disorders-together with a general consideration of etiology, treatment, and
prognosis. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 405 . PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY . The essential factors that result in creating
individual differences of human behavior. Current theories used to explain the development and structure of personality are presented. The characteristics of the normal and
the maladjusted personality are identified with special concern for developmental patterns. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 411 . CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I. Designed to aid students to think creatively about
the kinds of information and data to be obtained in studying individuals. Seeks to point
out some of the problems and procedures which constitute the type of clinical procedures. Not designed to train the student to become a clinical psychologist, but rather an
introduction to the applied areas of clinical psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 340,
400, 405 and Senior standing . (3 crs.)
PSY 412 . CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY II. The projective techniques used to assess individual personality. The construction and methods of interpretation of these techniques. An
introduction to some of the tools of the clinical psychologist and counselor. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 400, 340 and Senior standing . (3 crs.)
PSY 452. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY I. Special study in case study methods, psychological testing, and psychopathology. Prerequisites: PSY 340, 325 , 411 , and
permission of the head of the department. (3 crs.)
PSY 453. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY II. A continuation of Clinical Practicum I, but with greater emphasis on psychotherapy, use of clinical instruments, diagnostic cases, and visits to hospitals and clinics. Prerequisites: PSY 340, 325, 411, 452 and
permission of the head of the department. (3 crs.)

208

PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING (PSN)
Bachelor of Science in Education: Public School Nurse
The Public School Nursing Program provides an academic background
and the field experience required to function effectively as a nurse in a school
setting from kindergarten through grade twelve. The program is specifically
designed to prepare students for a dual role as school nurse and health
educator.
Applicants to the program must have completed an approved nursing
program and be registered nurses. Upon completion of the program, the
Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in Public School Nursing will be awarded.
The Placement office at California University of Pennsylvania is active in
assisting graduates seeking employment as public school nurses.
The State Department of Education mandates that school nurses be
hired according to a student ratio of 1: 1,500. Therefore, it is expected that
the need for highly qualified school nurses will continue.
Additionally, the demand for competent school nurses can be expected
to increase due to the expanding number of handicapped students mainstreamed into the regular classroom. Increased emphasis on health education and health counseling should have a significant effect on the demand .
The general objectives of the Public School Nursing Program are to enable the student to:
-Acquire the knowledge, attitudes, and skills essential for professional
school nursing.
-Apply theories and concepts pertaining to the role of a school nurse
during a supervised practicum.
-comprehend the nature of an educational setting and to serve as an
active participant in curriculum design, faculty affairs, and professional activities.
-Function as an integral part of the school health team.
-Foster an appreciation of the existing community services for children
and youth.
-Develop competencies in group dynamics and public relations.
-Appreciate the professional organizations of the school nurse which
focus on continuing education and maintaining high quality standards of performance.
The Public School Nursing Program is designed for applicants who have
completed an approved nursing program and are registered nurses. California University of Pennsylvania grants up to a total of 68 credits for completion of the R. N. from a hospital program.
Students receiving the R. N. from an associate degree program will have
their credits evaluated according to the credits taken at the college granting
the degree.
Usually, at least sixty additional credits are required in order to earn a
Bachelor of Science degree in Education and certification as a Public School
Nurse.

209

The applicant must possess current licensure as a professional registered nurse in Pennsylvania.
The applicant must give evidence of one year's supervised experience as
a graduate nurse.
Thirty credits must be earned at California University of Pennsylvania in
fulfillment of the residency requirements.
Requirements:
Public School Nursing (PSN 306); Public Health Nursing I (PSN 301) and II (PSN 302);
Nutrition and Community Health (PSN 305); Prevention and Control of Communicable Disease (PSN 405); Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110);
Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Introduction to Guidance (EDS 420); one Sociology
course; Introduction to Exceptionality; Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465); 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Social Sciences; 6 credits of free electives.
A minimum of fifteen hours of practicum in the public schools is required in addition to the
regular classroom work .

PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING (PSN)
PSN 301 . PUBLIC HEAL TH NURSING I. A study of the fundamental principles of public
health nursing . Topics are related to changes in concepts of public housing, sanitation
and other contemporary public health problems. (3 crs.)
PSN 302 . PUBLIC HEAL TH NURSING II. The principles of public health nursing and the
functions of the nurse in various services of public health nursing such as child hygiene,
communicable disease, industrial nursing, tuberculosis, venereal disease, cancer and
polio . (3 crs.)
PSN 305. NUTRITION AND COMMUNITY HEAL TH. The role of nutrition in attaining and
maintaining good health and planning food budgets for various income groups , the role
of the nurse as a nutritional resource person . (3 crs .)
PSN 306. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING . The development, planning and procedures for
carrying out a school health program in relation to public school nursing . (4 crs.)
PSN 405 . PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASE . Communicable disease problems of our society. Emphasis is placed on prevention and control as
they relate to public school nursing. (3 crs.)

R. N. ANESTHETIST PROGRAM
REGISTERED NURSE ANESTHETIST (RNA)
This program for Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetists is designed for
persons who have completed an approved anesthetist program and are currently licensed CRNA's. The program provides the academic background
and field experience necessary for the student to develop skill in functioning
more effectively in an instructional and administrative capacity.
The CRNA Program is offered by the College of Education. The College
of Education meets all standards of accrediting agencies. California University of Pennsylvania is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Universities. The College of Education has national accreditation
from the National Association of Colleges of Teacher Education .
Studies have indicated a strong demand for nurse anesthetists. Certainly, unlimited opportunities are available to the Certified Nurse Anesthetist
who has additional preparation in the area of instruction .
The general objectives of the program are to enable the student to:

210

-Develop the competencies required for effective media utilization
practices.
-Develop competencies in group dynamics and public relations.
-Develop competencies relating to the administrative aspects of anesthesia as a result of planned field experience.
-Design a conceptual framework for curriculum planning .
-Develop a theory of learning which lends support and evidence of applicability to an effective instructional process.
-Understand the principles underlying the construction of tests and the
statistical measures of evaluation .
California University of Pennsylvania will grant up to a total of 68 credits
for completion of the R. N. and and additional 26 credits for completion of
the anesthetist program.
All R. N.'s graduating from an Associate Degree Program must have the
college transcript evaluated to determine the number of credits granted .
To complete the requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Education,
students must complete 34 additional credits of approved college work.
Thirty credits must be earned at California University of Pennsylvania.
Requirements:
Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Psychological Foundations of Nursing (RNA 401);
Learning Resources and Instructional Technology (EDF 308); Introduction to Guidance
(EDS 420); The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Introduction to Instruction (EDS
425); Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430); Administration and Field Experience (EDS 411 ); 9 credits in Humanities and Social Sciences.
In addition to classroom work, a fifteen-hour field experience in programs of nearby
hospitals affords students opportunities for practical experiences in administrative
functions .

REGISTERED NURSE ANESTHETIST (RNA)
RNA 401 . PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING . To the problems of promoting better social, emotional and mental health care; aspects of psychological foundations of life, human (pathos) emotions, psychology of human personality, psychology
of good mental health as well as a system of values. (3 crs.)
RNA 411 . ADMINISTRATION AND FIELD EXPERIENCE FOR NURSE ANAESTHETIST.
The principles and practices of administration of nurse anaesthetist as policies concerning planning , human relations , and personnel as well as the administration of business
affairs, legal liability and organizational problems. In addition to the regular classroom
work a 15- hour field experience affords students opportunities for practical experiences
in administrative functions through observation and participation in the programs of
nearby hospitals. (4 crs.)

SECONDARY EDUCATION
The Secondary Education programs meet the standards of accrediting
agencies. California University of Pennsylvania is accredited by the Middle
States Association of Colleges and Universities and the College of Education
has national Accreditation from the National Association of Colleges of
Teacher Education.

211

California University offers nine programs leading to certification in the
secondary school. These programs include: Biology, Chemistry, Communications, Earth Science, English , Mathematics, Modern Foreign Language,
Physics, and Comprehensive Social Sciences.
Students enrolled in the College of Education , regardless of major, may
also enroll in one or more endorsement programs. Endorsement programs
enable a person to teach in an additional area. California has four endorsement programs; General Science, Driver 's Education and Safety, Environmental Education, and Athletic Training.
The faculty and students of California are participating members of an
educational institution charged with the preservation, discovery, and dissemination of knowledge in the arts, sciences, technologies, vocations, and
professions, and with the creative application of that knowledge in their lives
both as individuals and members of society.
Specifically, the College of Education provides an atmosphere wherein
the prospective teacher may acquire knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understandings necessary for becoming an effective educator. Furthermore, each
program provides for early, sequential and continuous field experiences that
closely approximate full-time employment appropriate to the area of
certification .

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
ANTHROPOLOGY(ANT)
POLITICAL SCIENCE (POS)
SOCIAL SCIENCE (SOS)
SOCIOLOGY (SOC)
Professor Zema, chair. Professors Barber, Jack , Marino, Michael ,
Schweiker, Stephenson, Welsh , Wamsley; Associate Professors Brady,
Fear, George, Hepner.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Certification in
Social Studies for Secondary Schools
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences ; 9 credits
in Social Science; 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication (SPE 101);
General Psychology (PSY 100); Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 15 credits of
free electives, including Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300 - or Introduction to Guidance and Personnel Services (EDS 420 - or
The Secondary School Curriculum (EDS 456); Educational Tests and Measurements in
Secondary Schools (EDS 430); Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465);
Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Introduction to Philosophical and Legal
Implications (ESP 104); Types of Handicaps in Children (ESP 204); Identification of Diagnostic Processes and Parent Interviews (ESP 304); Curricular and Method Strategies (ESP

212

404); Teaching of Social Studies (EDS 44 7) or Modern Methods (EDS 455); Student Teaching and School Law.
(C) Professional Specialization: Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 100) and one additional Anthropology course; Introduction to Geography (GEO 100) and one additional Geography course; History of the United States to 1877 (HIS 101); History of the United
States since 1877 (HIS 102); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201) or Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Introduction to
Political Science (POS 100); American Government (POS 105); Educational Psychology
(PSY 110); Adolescent Psychology (PSY 206); Principles of Sociology (SOC 100) and one
additional Sociology course.
( 1) For concentration in Anthropology: Origins of Man (ANT 285). 9 credits from the
following : CULTURE BLOCK (choose 3 or 6 credits); Primitive Institutions (ANT 210); Enculturation (ANT 235); Peasant and Folk Culture (ANT 240); Culture Change and Culture
Shock (ANT 250); World Ethnology (ANT 255); Southwest Ethnology (ANT 270); Indians of
North America (ANT 280). ARCHAEOLOGY BLOCK (choose 3 or 6 credits); Archaeology
Field School I (ANT 101 - maximum of 3 credits); Old World Prehistory (ANT 200); Classical
Archaeology (ANT 260); Prehistoric Man (ANT 286); Prehistoric Indians (ANT 350).
(2) For concentration in Economics: Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 301); Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 302); 6 credits from Economic courses 200 level or above.
(3) For concentration in Geography: Physical Geography (EAS 160); Human Geography (GEO 105); Economic Geography (GEO 200); Cartography (EAS 171 or Map and Aerial Photography (EAS 272).
(4) For concentration in History: European Life and Society to 1815 (HIS 121); European Life and Society since 1815 (HIS 122); Seminar in United States History (HIS 495);
any History elective.
(5) For concentration in Political Science: 6 credits from the following : Municipal
Government (POS 205); Political Parties (POS 218); Introduction to Public Administration
(POS 220); Constitutional Law (POS 250); Civil Liberties (POS 215). Also 6 credits form the
following : Comparative Politics (POS 215); Development of Political Thought (POS 225);
International Relations (POS 236); Politics and Government in the Soviet Union (POS 280);
Foreign Policy: A Comparative Approach (POS 320).
(6) For concentration in Psychology: Child Psychology (PSY 205); Mental Hygiene
(PSY 310); Social Psychology (PSY 320); Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400).
(7) For concentration in Sociology: Contemporary Social Problems (SOC 205); Minority Group Relations (SOW 218); The Family (SOC 220); Urban Sociology (SOC 235);
Social Institutions (SOC 240).

Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
The concentration in Anthropology provides a comprehensive introduction to the principal divisions of anthropological study: Physical Anthropology, Archaeology, and Ethnology. The studies in Physical Anthropology
include an examination of the fossil evidence of primate evolution, including
that of the human species, comparative data from field studies of the nonhuman primates, and an introduction to human genetics and variations.
The studies in archaeology include investigation of the theory and
method of reconstructing the evolution of prehistoric and historic cultural
systems, together with a practical introduction (during the summer field
schools) to the methods of archarological site location, survey, excavation ,
and laboratory processing of materials in the California University Center of
Historic and Prehistoric Archaeology laboratory.
Ethnology is the examination of the native cultures of .North and South
America, Africa, Oceania, and Asia in both aerial surveys and in comparative
studies.

213

For students seeking a broad educational background, the acquisition of
an anthropological perspective provides a vantage point from which they
may link the various materials of geology, geography, botany, and zoology
with those of history, economics, sociology, art, music, and philosophy, in a
broad, integrated view of the origins, evolution and functions of human ecological systems.
Students electing this major may prepare themselves for positions in federally and state-funded archaeological salvage and recovery projects, research work with state geological surveys, soil conservation districts, and
state and federal museums.
This program has successfully prepared students for graduate work in
some of the leading universities of the nation . Several graduates of the program have found permenent positions in Pennsylvania, Virginia , West Virginia, Florida, and Illinois, where they are engaged in teaching archaeological
survey and excavation as well as in the publication of their work .
With the new legal requirement that strip mining permits, highway
projects, and large building projects involving Federal funds require
archaeological and historical impact statements, a large number of positions
for those prepared in the techniques of archaeological survey and reporting
may be anticipated .
Career opportunities are as archaeological excavation supervisors;
state archaeologists; museum curators or para-professionals; members of
state or U.S. Park Service; environmental impact surveyors for federal conservation services; Army Corps of Engineers, etc; U.S. State Department foreign service; as staff archaeologists with state historical preservation
departments; as recipients of Pan-American Union fellowships in anthropology; members of the Peace Corps; as staff members of the American
Friends' Service Latin American staff; graduate study.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration : Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 100); History of Anthropology (ANT 420); World Ethnology (ANT 255); Field School or Prehistoric Indians (ANT
350); 21 additional credits of electives in Anthropology ; Principles of Sociology; plus 32
credits of related electives.

Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
The Political Science program is designed to achieve three major
objectives:
First, to prepare those who intend to pursue academic goals beyond the
undergraduate level, whether in law school , in public administration, or in
teaching ;
Second , to help students achieve a level of intellectual proficiency which
will contribute to a successful career in many areas of government service
and business;
Third, to contribute to a broad liberal education that affords students the
opportunities to discover the significance of political inquiry as an intellectual
discipline. It is hoped that the relationship of political science to other academic disciplines such as the physical sciences, humanities, and other social
sciences will be impressed upon the student .

214

Accordingly, the program stresses both specialization and interdisciplinary studies. Other social sciences are required as well as the standard minimal 36 hours of Political Science. Required courses in Psychology,
Anthropo logy, Sociology, History, Economics and Geography contribute to
the multidisciplinary approach- a necessary requisite for the understanding
of politics . Advisement is important in that faculty advisors can impress upon
students the desirability of acquir ing at least a nodding acquaintance with
other disciplines such as Philosophy, Mat hematics, English , Foreign Languages, and the Physical Sciences, which can be taken as part of the General
Studies elective system .
The Political Science curr iculum itsel f st resses th e diverse sub -speciali ties which comprise the discipline, offerin g cou rses in Theory, Public Administration , Political Behavior, Comparat ive Politics, International Studies,
American Politics, and Legal Institut ions. It is recommend ed that the student
eschew paroc hial tendencies and t ry to select courses which cover th e broad
scope of the di scipline.
Requirements:

(A ) General Studies: Com posi ti on I (EN G 101) and II (ENG 102); 12 credi ts in Hum aniti es; 12 cred its in Natural Scie nces; 12 credits in Social Sciences ; 18 cred its of free
electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intro duc ti on to Political Science (POS 100); American Government (POS 105); 30 cred its o f Polit ical Science elect ives. Intro duc ti o n to An t hro pology
(ANT 100); General Psychology (PS Y 100); Princip les of Socio lo gy (S OC 100); Hist ory of
th e United States to 1877 (HI S 101 ); Hist ory of th e United States fr om 1877 (HIS 102);
European Life an d Society to 18 15 (HI S 12 1); Eu ro pean Life and Society since 18 15 (HIS
122); Introduc tory Microeconomics (ECO 30 1) and Int roducto ry Macroeconom ics (ECO
302) or Elemen ts of Econo mi cs (ECO 100) and Curre nt Econo mic Issues (ECO 200); Introduction to Geograp hy (GEO 100); 2 credits of free elec ti ves in re lated courses .

Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
Although sociology has existed as a discipline for approximately 150
years , efforts to understand human society go back into ancient history. The
attempt to understand society is the substance of sociology as well as the
substance of any undergraduate sociology program .
Sociology is frequently defined as a " community of scholarship that uses
rational models to organize empirical data about human society and social
behavior. " This definition contains four components which constitute the basis of the undergraduate Sociology department at Californ ia University of
Pennsylvania.
1. Our subject matter is human society and social behavior;
2. The method is that of observing empirical data;
3. Explanation occurs in and is validated by a community of scholarship;
4. Organization and focus are provided by rational models .
Each of these areas requires the content of various courses for one to
gain adequate understanding of the discipline.
Sociologists attempt to approach their studies as objectively as possible ,
without bias. Preconceptions, however, are inherent in all thought processes. Sociologists, like other scientists , tend to begin with systematic views of
what the world is like, how to study it , and even what may be discovered
about it. When these general perspectives are systematized and made explicit , they are known as theoretical models described above are basic.

215

With its focus upon the whole of human society, sociology is a very broad
science. Its practitioners conduct research and seek to develop theory in
areas ranging from urbanization and race relations, through family and religious behavior, to student dissent and drug use. In fact, the sociologist is interested in virtually all aspects of human behavior.
Sociologists are not interested necessarily in changing society, even
though the results of their efforts may very well result in such changes. Rather, they are interested in discovering the content and process of social relations. Their discoveries are utilized by many individuals in various disciplines.
Practicing sociologists may be thought of as individuals who discover the
methods of change, while other implement their findings to produce change.
The graduate of this program may pursue career opportunities in business management, private enterprise, or government service, or go on to
graduate work in sociology or in some other field, such as law.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Principles of Sociology (SOC 100); Research Methods (SOC
200); History of Social Thought (SOC 375); 27 credits of major electives. Introduction to
Anthropology (ANT 100); Introduction to Political Science (POS 100); American Government (POS 100); Statistics (MAT 215); Elements of Economics (ECO 100); General Psychology (PSY 100); Social Psychology (PSY 320); 3 credits in Philosophy; 8 credits of
electives.

ANTHROPOLOGY(ANT)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ANT 100. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY. An introduction to physical anthropology (primatology, hominid evolution, variation in modern man); archaeology (methods, evidences of the evolution and diffusion of culture), anthropological linguistics, and
cultural anthropology (methods of participant observation , comparative data from nonWestern societies, diversity and unity of culture). The course presents to the student the
major fields, objects of study, and primary concepts of anthropology, including a comparative perspective on his or her own culture . (3 crs.)
+ANT 101 . ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL . The field school's prime object is to acquaint students with the work ways of archaeologists from initial preparation for excavation through the processing of artifacts. (3-6 crs.)
+ANT 103. BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. A study of Biblical times, places and events as
seen through the archaeological record . Special emphasis is placed upon chronology of
Biblical events, upon diverse cultural traditions as well as in-depth studies of selected
archaeological excavations. Extra-Biblical written and excavated sources are included
when they relate directly to Biblical history. (3 crs.)
+ANT 110. LIVING HISTORY. A study of material folk culture of southwestern Pennsylvania. Designed to show how to study material folk culture and how to replicate aspects of that culture today. (3 crs.)
ANT 200. OLD WORLD PREHISTORY. A middle-level survey of the main archaeological
focal points of the Old World, requiring a basic understanding of archaeological concepts, goals and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 205 . CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT:HISTORIC PRESERVATION. The
course acquaints the student with the need for preservation of cultural resources (historic preservation), the legislation supporting such work, and the way the work is performed . Students learn what is meant by historic preservation and cultural resource
management, the problems faced by anybody doing cultural resource study, what types
of questions preservationists must seek answers to, how significant resources (historic
and archaeological) are identified, how it is determined whether a resource is considered significant, how to do architectural descriptions of historic structures, and how to

216

complete the National Register of Historic Places nomination forms . Part of the course
will involve actually doing some on-site study of resources . Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3
crs.)
ANT 210 . PRIMITIVE INSTITUTIONS . Analysis and comparison of the social, political ,
and religious institutions of pre-literate and pre-industrial peoples. (3 crs.)
ANT 220 . AZTECS , MAYAS , AND INCAS . An introduction and survey of the ethnology
and pre-conquest archaeology of the advanced American Indian cultures of Mesoamerica and the Andean Culture area . Inquiry into the problems of cultural precocity.
Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 225 . EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH CENTURY FOLK CRAFTS AND TRADITIONS . Students learn how to place American folk crafts and traditions in cultural perspective by learning how to identify such crafts and traditions, determining how they
have evolved through time, and identifying the role su ch practices held in the American
family. They learn jhe rudiments of a number of the crafts and traditions by first observing them being performed and then actually performing the task themselves . They learn
how to gather material folk cultural dat a by collecting data on a craft or folk tradition in
southwestern Pennsylvania . (3 crs.)
ANT 226. HISTORIC SITES ARCHAEOLOGY . Classroom and limited experiences in laboratory and field recording in an archaeological study of America 's pioneer, industrial
and military past. Historic sites archaeology acquaints students with techniques, philosophy, work , and aims of that branch of history and anthropology that studies the American past from a cultural-archaeological point of view. The course includes study of
military and community restorations based on historical archaeology such as Colonial
Williamsburg , Plimouth Plantation, Independence Square, Fort Michilimackinac , Fort
Ligonier , and Fort Necessity. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 231 . MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY . An introduction to the relatively recent but increasingly important sub-discipline of medical anthropology, emphasizing the contributions from biological anthropology, archaeology, and cultural anthropology to the study
of human sickness and health . Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 235 . ENCULTURATION . A cross-cultural examination of the universal human problem of transforming a neonate into a functioning adult in a particular culture. (3 crs.)

ANT 240 . PEASANT AND FOLK CULTURE. A course about some of the most important
people on earth : the two-thirds of the planet who are ill-clad , ill-housed , and ill-fed : the
wretched of the earth . A survey of the problems, economics, social systems, and ideologies which are central to the anthropological study of these contemporary societies of
subsistence farmers in Europe, Latin America, Asia , and Africa. Some attention is given
to the vastly less important remnants of such societies in the United States. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs .)
ANT 250. CULTURE CHANGE AND CULTURE SHOCK . Conditions and factors which
stimulate or retard cultural change considered with reference to specific historical, ethnological and sociological data and theories. Emphasizes the impact of Western technology upon non-Western cultures while also treating of the "primitivization " of the
Western world . Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 255 . WORLD ETHNOLOGY. An advanced course in cultural anthropology, drawing
comparative data from texts and films on representative non-Western cultures . The ethnographic endeavor itself is also examined . (3 crs .)
ANT 260 . CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY . The basic concept of Western man as revealed
in the archaeological record from Crete through the Hellenistic period . (3 crs .)
ANT 270 . SOUTHWEST ETHNOLOGY . An examination of the constantly changing cultural life styles that have existed in the Southwest Cultural Area of North America. (3
crs.)
ANT 280. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA . Social anthropology and cultural ecology of
American Indian cultures. (3 crs.)
ANT 281 . SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. The cultural anthropology of representative African
groups, past and contemporary. (3 crs.)
ANT 285 . ORIGINS OF MAN . Contemporary Physical Anthropology, emphasizing the
evolution of man as part of the evolution of the primates . (3 crs.)

217

ANT 286. PREHISTORIC MAN . A comprehensive survey of archaeology: history, theory
and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 350. PREHISTORIC INDIANS. The archaeology and reconstructed culture of the
Indians of the eastern United States. (3 crs.)
ANT 385. PRIMATE SOCIETIES AND BEHAVIOR. Advanced study of the non-human
primates, including classification to the generic level. Prerequisite: ANT 285 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
1 ANT 420. HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGY. (3 crs.)
ANT 495. SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY . (3 crs.)

POLITICAL SCIENCE (POS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ POS 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. The characteristics, concepts,
and trends of political science. (3 crs.)
+POS 105. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. The general principles of the American system
of constitutional government . Special emphasis on the organization and functions of the
national government- legislative, executive and judicial. Careful treatment of the rights
and duties of citizenship, the electorate, political parties, civil rights , and the growing
regulatory function of government. (3 crs .)
+POS 203 . THE POLITICS OF WELFARE. Welfare policy and administration in the
United States on federal, state, and local levels, with some cross-national comparative
analyses. (3 crs.)
POS 204 . POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY . This course enables the student to understand the
relationships between governmental and political arrangements and the social institutions and patterns of society. Patterns of behavior in democratic and authoritarian systems, concepts of power and authority, and the relationship of the individuals to interest
groups, political parties and other groups are among the relationships examined. (3 crs .)
POS 205 . MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. The history , organization, structure, and functions of the major types of municipal government in the United States. The student
should have some knowledge of the American federal system. (3 crs.)
POS 215. COMPARATIVE POLITICS . Different political systems illuminated by comparison . System, structure, and function are basic concepts employed in devising categories for comparative analysis. An intensive examination of individual countries, ranging
from Western, industrial politics to non-Western , pre-industrial, and authoritarian
states. (3 crs.)
POS 217. NATIONALISM. A systematic study of the origin and development of nationalism in modern times and its role in world politics. Prerequisites: POS 100 and 105. (3
crs.)
POS 218. POLITICAL PARTIES . The organization and operations of political parties in
the United States. Careful attention is given to the methods used by parties in nominating candidates and conducting campaigns and to the significance of pressure groups,
public opinion, and the electorate in our political life. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 220 . INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Primarily an introduction to
the study of American public administration , this course seeks to achieve several broad
objectives. First, it attempts to convey an understanding of the significant role played by
administration in present-day American government and of the implications of that role
for a democratic society . It has the further purpose of providing insight into the specific
relationships between administration and the broad political environment from which it
arises and in which it operates. Finally, and mainly, the course offers opportunity for
consideration of those more specialized and technical factors, such as public organization, public personnel, budgeting, and executive leadership, which are involved in the
formulation and administration of public policy. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3
crs.)
POS 222 . THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE IN THE UNITED STATES . (3
crs.)

218

POS 225. DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT. A study of the principal writings
and theories of the major political philosophers and thinkers from the time of the Greek
city- state to the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 226. COMPARATIVE COMMUNISM . Eastern Europe exclusive of the Soviet Union :
The Balkans, Hungary, Romania, Czechoslovakia, and Poland . Post-World War II developments in politics and government, with considerable stress on the roles of the Party in
each political system. (3 crs.)
POS 227. NATIONALITY PROBLEMS OF EASTERN EUROPE. Integrative and disintegrative forces in multi-ethnic Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. Particular attention
is paid to the influence of nationalism on political structures and policies and to its effect
on communist intra-bloc relations . (3 crs.)
POS 235 . STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. A treatment of the organization, powers,
functions , and problems of state and local government units. Emphasis is placed on the
growing complexity of relationships among the various levels of government as a result
of technological developments and the growth of metropolitan areas. It is suggested
that the student have some knowledge of the American federal system. (3 crs.)
POS 236. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. The background of international politics since
the first World War , emphasizing successes and failures of the League of Nations , the
rise of totalitarianism , and World War II. Major topics include the state in global politics,
the international system , international tensions, Phases I, II , and Ill of the Cold War,
Third -World tensions, power patterns in world politics, and conflict management in international politics. (3 crs .)
POS 237 . UNITED NATIONS SYSTEMS . An analysis and evaluation of the United Nations and other international organizations , and consideration of some of the theoretical
concepts and practical problems involved . Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 250 . CONSTITUTIONAL LAW . A study of the major provisions of the American
Constitution and the growth of American constitutional law based on analysis and discussion of leading judicial decisions. Prerequisites: POS 100 and 105. (3 crs.)
POS 260. INTEREST GROUPS AND PUBLIC OPINION. Studies of the influence of individuals and groups on governmental policy decisions through formal and informal
processes. Emphasis on th e formation , expression , measurement , and role of public
opinion and the organization techniques, policies, and membership of political interest
groups . Prerequisites : POS 100 and 105. (3 crs.)
POS 270. POLITICS OF THE DEVELOPING AREAS . A systematic study of the origin and
rise of anti-colonialism . A critical investigation of the most basic problems and the most
important political and constitutional developments and governmental systems of newly
independent states; the struggle for influence among great powers and the increasing
native demands for national self-determination in the remaining colonial countries. Prerequisite : POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 280 . POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN THE SOVIET UNION. The background of
the Bolshevik Revolution and the subsequent development of political institutions and
processes . Considerable attention is paid to the role of the Party and its impact on the
various sectors of Soviet society. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs .)
POS 305 . 20TH CENTURY PAN-MOVEMENTS . A critical investigation of the most basic
obstacles in promoting economic , social , polit ical and religious cooperation among nations of the same origin , region , religion , continent , etc . to meet and resolve their common problems. (3 crs.)
POS 306. AMERICAN LEGISLATIVE PROCESSES . An introduction to American legislative politics in Congress and in the state legislatures . The student is exposed to the roleplaying of the legislators, rules of the game, structures , policy outputs, and general patterns of behavior are observed and explained. (3 crs.)
POS 307 . REVOLUTION . A study of revolution as a phenomenon of violent political
change involving a fundamental and total reordering of the power structure. The approach is theoretical and empirical, referring to the many past and current revolutionary
episodes. (3 crs .)
POS 315 . CIVIL LIBERTIES . A study of the development and meaning of the rights and
liberties guaranteed to persons under the Constitution of the United States. Special
emphasis is placed on the antecedents of and the adoption of the Bill of Rights, and a

219

description of the court structure through which the meaning of civil liberties is determined in specific situations. (3 crs.)
POS 316. THE AMERICAN LEGAL SYSTEM . The basic components of law in the United
States and some of its more serious problems. Provides an initial understanding of the
law and the courts. (3 crs .)
POS 320. FOREIGN POLICY : A COMPARATIVE APPROACH . A comparative and empirical approach to the study of foreign policy making in today 's major political systems.
Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)

SOCIOLOGY (SOC)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+SOC 100. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY . Examines interaction among human beings.
Emphasis on natural and social heritage, the meaning and functions of culture, the origin , functions , and characteristics of social institution with inquiry into the nature and
genesis of social pathology. (3 crs.)
+SOC 110. ETHNIC , RACIAL AND SEXUAL MINORITIES. (3 crs.)
+SOC 125. MEN , WOMEN AND WORK . Discussion-centered . Through the use of reading selections, audio-visual materials, panels and informal student reports , class members all investigate the roles of men and women in the existing economic structure , the
reasons for these roles and development of trends and changes in the economic area. (3
crs.)
+SOC 155. CHARISMATIC LEADERS . Discussion-centered . Students develop a mode
of inquiry to investigate five charismatic leaders: Gandhi , Joan of Arc , Martin Luther
King, John Kennedy, and Che Guevara. (3 crs.)
+SOC 165. MODERN FREEDOM MOVEMENTS. Liberation of European Jews; liberation of American workers; liberation of American Blacks ; liberation of women; liberation
of colonial peoples: Cuba. (3 crs.)
SOC 175. CONTEMPORARY WOMEN 'S MOVEMENT. An investigation of themes, philosophies, and activists in the current women's revolution . (3 crs.)
SOC 200 . RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY . It is assumed that the students have
not studied, nor have they been involved in systematic, empirical social-scientific research . Consequently, the objective is to teach fundamental concepts of research in the
social sciences. The logic and procedural rules for scientific problem solving are studied , and the methods and techniques for implementing these rules in actual research are
emphasized . (3 crs.)
SOC 205. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS . Provides an objective view of some
of the social problems and a theoretical frame of reference for analyzing these
problems. (3 crs.)
SOC 210 . SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. Provides objective appraisal of our society and an
awareness of the extent of out class structure. The student is made more aware of our
stratified society. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 215 . SOCIOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE. (3 crs.)
SOC 220 . THE FAMILY . The family as a social institution in terms of its social and cultural conditioning aspects. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 225. SOCIOLOGY OF AGING. Theoretical issues of aging, research , and the methodological traditions involved in the study of the human aging process. Special emphasis is placed upon the interaction of pertinent biological and sociological variables
related to the processes of work , retirement , leisure, institutionalization, and death . Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 235. URBAN SOCIOLOGY. Much of the current material that describes the
problems of urban life is part of this exploration of the dimensions of the urban mass and
the problems of the people who live there: the effects of a technological age and a rapidly changing urban civilization, and their challenge to the viability of the urban habitat.
Accommodates primarily social work and sociology majors after they have had an introductory level sociology course. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)

220

SOC 240 . SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. Analysis of the collectivity from a behavioral perspective. The family and political , economic, religious, and educational institutions are
examined . Consideration of the systematic provisions in society provides for the maintenance of group patterns of behavior. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 260 . CRIME. Types of criminal behavior, the epidemiology of crime in the United
States, the social basis of law, and major etiological forces responsible for lawbreaking.
General systems theory is the basic theoretical perspective used in this course. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 305. SYMBOLIC INTERACTIONISM . This course presents the sociological contribution to social psychology, symbolic interactionism, in such a way as to complement
the psychological contribution of the field : psychoanalytic theory, Gestalt psychology,
and neo-behaviorism . Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 370 . SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY BUILDING . Some of the logical basis for determining the relative merits of alternative assumptions concerning matters of fact or social
policy. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs .)
SOC 375. HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT. Significant social theorists, particularly as
they have influenced the development of contemporary social theory; ways of approaching social reality by way of social theory; historical development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Intended primarily for sociology and social work majors in the sixth
semester or higher level. (3 crs.)
SOC 495 . SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY . (3 crs .)

SOCIAL SCIENCE (SOS)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+SOS 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SCIENCE. An introduction to the broad field
of human behavioral studies, with concern for the changing and contrasting patterns of
life developed by the species. (3 crs.)
+SOS 101 . WORLD CULTURE. A survey of the evolution of man's culture - his governmental, economic , social , religious, intellectual, and aesthetic activities from ancient
times to the beginning of the modern world . (3 crs.)
+sos 107. UNIVERSAL CULTURE PROBLEMS . Problem of technological change - in
ancient Egypt and in modern China; problems of social organization - in industrial
western nations and in the U.S.S.R.; problems of allocation of authority - in ancient
Greece and in Nazi Germany; and problems of religion in medieval Europe and in the
Middle East today. (3 crs.)
SOS 110. QUALITY OF LIFE . (3 crs.)
SOS 155. CULTURAL VIEWS OF WOMEN . Women in five different cultures: Mead 's
primitive societies, India, Russia, Victorian America, and modern America. (3 crs.)
SOS 220. CULTURAL REVOLUTION IN CHINA . A study of the cultural traditions and the
dynamics of change in modern Chinese society. (3 crs.)
SOS 230. LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETIES . A study of the origin and evolutionary development of various Indian and Latin cultures of Latin America. (3 crs.)
SOS 240 . THE ARAB WORLD. An examination of continuity, change, and cultural variation in Arab society. (3 crs.)
SOS 275. RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE. The scientific endeavor is
presented as a special type of problem-solving activity. Not only are the logic and procedural rules for scientific problem solving studied , but also the methods and techniques
for implementing these rules in actual research are emphasized . Concurrently with actual research projects, methodological problems of design , measurement , observation ,
data collection, and data analysis are investigated . In an effort to aid student study and
understanding of research methods, many topics are discussed at length and several
examples are used . The fundamental concepts of statistics , measurement , and design
are conveyed with a minimum of emphasis upon tedious arithmetical computation . Finally the extreme importance of ethics and their relationship to research and particularly
social work research are emphasized . (3 crs.)

221

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK
SOCIAL WORK (SOW)
Professor Bolosky; Associate Professors E. Brown , Etheridge , Ramey; Assistant Professor Willison .

Bachelor of Science in Social Work
All social work educational programs can be reduced to the premise of
producing change in some human condition by working with delinquents,
adoptive parents , psychiatric patients, hospital patients, marriage counseling , parent-child disturbances, or a host of other human conditions. Social
work is dedicated to working with people, and the undergraduate program at
California University of Pennsylvania is dedicated to providing students with
a broad range of academic and social agency experiences which will enable
them to function in a variety of settings.
The social worker understands human problems and has the ability to
work with human beings, using methods other than technical skills and
mechanical abilities. Persons choosing a career in social work usually do so
because of a genuine concern for others and a desire to help.
There should be continuing opportunities for growth and development in
the social work field , both in the nature and scope of the tasks assigned to
the social worker , and in the responsibility and commitment demanded by
the job .
Our program is designed to provide a most comprehensive training program of social work students. It examines the nature of social work programs, and outlines the functions and interactions within the various social
service organizations.
Emphasis is placed on defining human needs and the cooperative actions that must be undertaken in order to respond to these needs.
This academic effort is augmented by an active field placement experience, whereby the student has the opportunity to implement theoretical concepts in a real-life situation , and is thus allowed to judge if the profession of
social work is suited to one 's career desires.
The program in Social Work provides career opportunities in such positions as those of caseworker , child welfare worker, probation , parole or corrections officer, psychiatric social worker , medical social worker , family
service worker, public assistance worker, school guidance counselor , as well
as in school social work, drug and alcohol rehabilitation , mental retardation ,
geriatrics , and public health, besides providing preparation for graduate
study in social work and related fields .
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150); Research Methods
in Social Science (SOS 275); Social Work Methods I (SOW 255) and II (SOW 346) and Ill
(SOW 347); Contemporary Social Problems (SOC 205); Social Change (SOW 370) and
Delivery of Services (SOW 365); Human Growth and Behavior I (SOW 215) and II (SOW

222

216); Minority Group Relations (SOW 208); Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400); Social Psychology (PSY 320); Welfare Practicum I (SOW 308) and II (SOW 319); Principles of Sociology (SOC 100); History of Social Thought (SOC 375); Urban Sociology (SOC 235); and
Social Institutions (SOC 240). Five additional credits, scheduled with the advisor's
approval.

SOCIAL WORK ( SOW)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+SOW 150. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK . Introduces the social , political and
economic dimensions of poverty and welfare services of the United States. Complements other beginning courses in the social sciences by integrating this knowledge in a
fashion which aids in the comprehension of welfare services while establishing a basis
for movement toward higher level courses. (3 crs.)
SOW 208 . MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS. Analysis of the historical, economic and political relations of American religious , ethnic, and racial minorities in terms of social
change and social structure. Special attention given to Puerto Rican , Chicano and Indian subcultures. Sources of prejudice and discrimination , social processes including
conflict , segregation , assimilation , accommodation, and cooperation . Prerequisite:
SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 215 . HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR I. Emphasis on differences as opposed to
the approach of looking at the normalcy of behavior. The sequence illustrates how diverse groups affect human development throughout the individual 's life cycle. Prerequisites : SOW 150 and SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 216. HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR II. A continuation of Human Growth and
Behavior I. Prerequisite: SOW 215. (3 crs.)
SOW 255 . SOCIAL WORK METHODS I. Designed for people who work with other people. Assumes that although the tasks that a human service worker may be asked to
perform vary from agency to agency, there are, nevertheless, certain attitudes, knowledge, and skills that are basic to all such work . It further assumes that as these attitudes,
knowledge, and skills become more acutely developed , self awareness will develop with
the subsequent development of a professionalized self. Prerequisites: SOW 150 and
SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 265. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. The causes, prevention , and treatment of deviancy among the youth . Emphasis on the concept of the non-adversary role of the juvenile
court system and the urgent need for change. An exploration of the sociological theories
for deviancy and the changing attitude toward treatment and treatment facilities . Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 270 . CHILD WELFARE. The services which are peculiar to a program in a Child
Welfare agency. Casework with children , natural parents and substitute parents is discussed. Separation theories are presented and related to the understanding of this experience for children . Some historical as well as current practice in homemaker service,
day care, foster care (foster home institutions, group homes, and residential treatment
centers) and adoption will be presented . Case material will be used to focus the discussion of the caseworker 's role in the above services. Prerequisite: SOW 150. (3 crs.)
SOW 290. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. A historical approach to
social welfare as an institution in order to focus on the process of institutionalization in
which behavior that is unanticipated and unpredictable evolves into that which is regular, patterned and recurring . The historical approach also enables students to make
some correlation between values, beliefs and norms emanating from social welfare in
sixteenth, eighteenth and nineteenth century Europe and concepts, attitudes and philosophies associated with social welfare in twentieth century America. Prerequisites:
PSY 100 and SOW 150. (3 crs.)
SOW 309. WELFARE PRACTICUM I. An opportunity to learn and apply theoretical
knowledge to practice through involvement in a social welfare agency setting or institution . The student is required to spend 16 clock hours per week in the field. Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor . (6 crs.)
SOW 319. WELFARE PRACTICUM II. Continuation of Welfare Practicum I. The student
continues to work under a trained social worker, preferably in the same setting as his

223

previous placement. The student is expected to demonstrate a considerable amount of
classroom knowledge and should show conviction about the value of social work in improving the client's psycho-social functioning . The student is required to spend 16 clock
hours per week in the field . Prerequisite: SOW 309 and permission of the instructor . (6
crs.)
SOW 346 . SOCIAL WORK METHODS II: GROUP WORK . History of social group work ,
the social work values, the assessment of goals and objectives in the group , the principles of social group work , and the various models of group therapy. Prerequisites: SOW
150, SOW 255. (3 crs.)
SOW 347. SOCIAL WORK METHODS Ill : COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION . A comprehensive review and descriptive history of the evolution of community organization methodologies with emphasis upon their generic social work qualities. Concern is devoted to
both the character of the process and tasks associated therewith , as well as the role
community organization plays in social reform in the United States. The course material
relates to collective social behavior, social institutions , the politics of social services
delivery , community problem-solving , and social planning . Prerequisite: SOW 346 . (3
crs.)
SOW 352 . ADVANCED CLINICAL METHODS IN SOCIAL WORK . Builds upon those elements of casework practices introduced in Social Work Methods I. The process of
psychosocial study, diagnosis, and treatment more adequately developed . Abundant
use of assigned tests and case material , particularly those concerned with social welfare . Pedagogic use of role playing is also systematically developed . Generic concepts
stressed , but specific setting topically considered . For example, relaxation training , biofeedback , hypnosis and projective testing for the social worker are typically considered . Prerequisite: SOW 255 . (3 crs.)
SOW 365 . DELIVERY OF SERVICES . Deals with macro practice techniques . Theoretical
underpinnings are examined from a social systems perspective. The primary value
stressed is that the student must become sensitive to consumers and empathy to their
concerns is prerequisite to becoming a professional social worker. It is felt that such a
goal cannot be attained simply by talking about consumers , but that consumerism must
be experienced . Therefore, the student is required during the semester to become involved in a consumer concern , which will be agreed upon by the student and the instructor, and write a paper describing their experience and how it relates to the course.
Prerequisite: SOW 346 . (3 crs.)
SOW 370 . SOCIAL CHANGE. A continuation of SOW 365 , Delivery of Services , and also
emphasis on macro, generalist techniques , drawn from social system theory. It is
stressed that societal representatives will effect needed changes only if the human service worker initiates change efforts in a fashion that provides adequate feedback to
decision-makers . It is assumed that decision-makers effect needed societal changes
only if these changes in some way make the constituent and the decision-maker more
satisfied . Prerequisites: SOW 346, 365. (3 crs.)
SOW 495 . SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK . (Variable)

224

DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
SPECIAL EDUCATION (ESP)
COMMUNITY LIVING ARRANGEMENTS
MENTALLY/PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
EARLY CHILDHOOD/SPECIAL EDUCATION
ELEMENT ARY/ SPECIAL EDUCATION
Professor Dickie, chair. Professors R. Bauman, Belch, Hodge, Powell ; Associate Professors Dascenzo, Dishong, Lazor, Zondos; Assistant Professors
Lancaster, Mule
The Department of Special Education , accredited by the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education , offers several programs leading to
the baccalaureate degree with a major in Special Education. The Mentally/
Physically Handicapped curriculum leads to a Pennsylvania Instructional I
certification . This certificate entitles the graduate to teach children manifesting the following handicaps: mental retardation , learning disability, physical
handicaps, emotional disturbance and brain damage. The Mentally/Physically Handicapped curriculum with Physical Education and Recreation emphasis also leads to Pennsylvania certification . In addition graduates of this
program can provide adaptive physical education instruction for each of the
handicap categories. Majors in either Early Childhood or Elementary education may dual major in Special Education . Graduates of these programs receive certification in both Early Childhood/Elementary and Mentally/
Physically Handicapped .
The field of special education, both within the state of Pennsylvania and
nationally continues to grow, providing excellenf professional career opportunities. Recent federal legislation has mandated new services for handicapped youngsters and provided increased funding . The impetus should be
toward an increased growth rate in special education programs, particularly
for children with severe and/or profound handicaps. The area of physical
education and recreation for the handicapped is presently characterized by
expanding interest and activity. More and more programs are recognizing
the needs of handicapped children to develop their physical skills and their
ability to participate in recreational activities. Graduates of this program are
qualified to assume several professional roles including : special education
classroom teacher, resource room teacher, homebound instruction teacher,
hospital teacher, itinerant physical education teacher for the handicapped,
recreational director in an institutional or agency setting, recreational program specialist for governmental agencies involving parks and playgrounds.
The growth of mainstream programs for mildly handicapped youngsters
has been rapid . It has been recognized that children with mild forms of
handicaps typically attain higher levels of achievement in the regular class
environment than in the special self-contained classroom. These children
do, however, need special help and remedial instruction in some areas of the
curriculum. Thus, a relatively new educational concept, the resource room , is

225

becoming an increasingly common means of addressing the needs of children while continuing to maintain their enrollment in regular classrooms.
This process of integrating the handicapped child should be initiated early,
perferably at the preschool level, or no later than the early elementary years.
Teachers trained in both Early Childhood and Special Education will be able
to provide excellent resource services to both children and the other staff
members of an elementary school. Graduates of this program are qualified
to assume several professional roles, including regular early childhood classroom teacher (nursery-third grade), special education classroom teacher-mentally retarded, emotionally distrubed , physically handicapped,
learning disabled, brain-damaged--(nursery-twelfth grade), and resource
room teacher.
The Special Education Department also offers two programs for majors
preparing to work with the handicapped in various community settings. Students may complete a two-year associate degree or a four-year baccalaureate degree in the Community Services Personnel Training Program . These
programs emphasize providing service to the handicapped in other than
school settings. Training stresses a comprehensive non-categorical approach to understanding handicapping conditions.

Bachelor of Science in Special Education: Community
Services
The Community Services Personnel Training Program is a four-year undergraduate curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Special
Education . It emphasized career working with the handicapped in community settings other than schools. Training stresses a comprehensive non-categorical approach to understanding handicapping conditions. Students will
learn to work with the mentally retarded, learning disabled, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed and brain-injured .
The field of community alternative services for the handicapped is the
fastest growing area in the field of human care services. Both philosophical
concern and legal mandates have drastically altered the nature of such services during the past few years. Communities are beginning to recognize and
respond to their responsibility for handicapped residents. Large scale warehousing of human beings within institutions has been significantly reduced,
and more importantly, society is re-examining the central question of institutionalization on humanitarian and constitutional grounds. This shift has
opened an entirely new professional career field-providing communitybased alternative programs for the handicapped . Expansion, while rapid,
had been impeded by the lack of trained personnel. The need for competent
personnel in this area will very probably continue to expand . Graduates of
this program are qualified to assume professional roles as resident managers of community living arrangements, mental retardation specialists in MH/
MR community programs, supervisors of work activity centers, supervisors
of therapeutic activity centers, supervisors of adult development centers, supervisors of child development centers.
The general objectives of the Community Services Personnel Training
Program are:
-To demonstrate the ability to use effectively behavior management
principles in a number of applied settings
-To demonstrate the ability to program effectively and provide instruction to handicapped clients in the area of daily living skills

226

-To demonstrate the ability to provide effective counseling services to
clients and their families
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities, including Oral Communications (SPE
101); 9 credits in Natural Sciences; 2 credits in Health or Physical Activities; Impact of
Technology in Society (EDU 200); 25 credits of free electives, including Composition I
(ENG 101) and II (ENG 102).
(B) Professional Specialization: 15 credits from the following : Abnormal Psychology
(PSY 400); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Social Psychology (PSY 320); Principles
of Behavior Modification (PSY 350); Child Welfare (SOW 270); Contemporary Social
Problems (SOC 205); The Family (SOC 220); Juvenile Delinquency (SOW 265); Social Institutions (SOC 240); Social Change (SOW 370).
(C) Professional Education: Exceptional Child I (ESP 101) and II (ESP 200); Behavior
Principles I (ESP 301) and II (ESP 401); Education of Severe/Profoundly Handicapped
(ESP 502): Academic and Recreational Skill Training (ESP 278); Occupational and Daily
Living Skill Training (ESP 279); Community Resources and Public Relations (ESP 378);
Business Management and Legal Factors (ESP 379); Client Counseling and Psychological
Development (ESP 478); Personnel Management and Program Evaluation (ESP 479); Internship and Practicum .

Bachelor of Science in Education: Mentally Physically
Handicapped Education
This program, leading to the Pennsylvania Instructional Level I certification , entitles the graduate to teach children with the following handicaps:
Mental retardation , learning disability, physical handicaps, emotional disturbance and brain damage.
The general objectives of the program are:
-To demonstrate an understanding of the nature of handicapping conditions and the impact of these conditions on normal growth and
development.
-To demonstrate an ability to use effectively alternative instructional
strategies appropriate to the needs of exceptional children.
-To demonstrate the ability to identify the educationally relevant characteristics of various exceptional children and to diagnose effectively
and prescribe appropriate educational experiences.
-To demonostrate the ability to function as a competent classroom
manager in promoting learning among handicapped students.
-To demonstrate competency to initiate instructional programs that facilitate appropriate career and vocational goals for the mentally/
physically handicapped .
Requirements:
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities, including Oral Communication (SPE
101); 9 credits in Natural Science; 9 credits in Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY 100); 3 credits of Health or Physical Activities; Impact of Technology on Society
(EDU 200); 22 credits of free electives, including Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102).
(8) Professional Education: Educational Foundations (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Introduction to Educational Media
(EDF 304); Teaching in Multicultural Society (EDU 210); 6 credits of electives; Student
Teaching and Practicum.

227

(C) Area of Concentration: Exceptional Child 1-11 (ESP 100, 201); Behavior Principles Ill (ESP 301 , 401); Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP 502); Diagnostic Teaching/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503); Physical Activities for the Exceptional Child
(HPE 337); Curriculum Methods 1-11 (ESP 504-505); Habilitation Training (ESP 506).

Bachelor of Science in Education: Mentally /Physically
Handicapped: Physical Education and Recreation
The Comprehensive Mentally/Physically Handicapped Physical Education and Recreation program is a four -year undergraduate program leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree in Education and Pennsylvania Instructional
I certification . This certificate entitles the graduate to teach children with the
following handicaps: mental retardation, learning disability, physical handicaps , emotional disturbance and brain damage. Majors pursuing the Physical Education and Recreation area of interest can provide physical education
instruction for each of these handicap categories.
The area of physical education and recreation for the handicapped is
presently characterized by expending interest and activity. More and more
programs are recognizing the needs of handicapped children to develop
their physical skills and their ability to participate in recreational activities.
Graduate of this program are qualified to assume several professional roles,
including special education classroom teacher , resource room teacher , itinerant physical education teacher for the handicapped, recreational director
in an institutional or agency setting , recreational program specialist for governmental agencies involving parks and playgrounds.
The objectives of this program are:
-To demonstrate an understanding of the nature of handicapping conditions and the impact of these conditions on normal growth and
development
-To demonstrate ability to use effectively alternative instructional strategies appropriate to the needs of exceptional children
-To demonstrate ability to identify the educationally relevant characteristics of various exceptional children and to effectively diagnose and
prescribe appropriate educational experiences
-To demonstrate the ability to function as a competent classroom manager in promoting learning among handicapped students
-To demonstrate competency to initiate the instructional programs that
facilitate appropriate career and vocational goals for the mentally/
physically handicapped
-To demonstrate ability to implement physical education programs for
handicapped youngsters, with emphasis on gross-motor skills and
physical activities leading to lifetime recreation skills.
Requirements:
(A) General
tion (SPE 100);
cial Sciences,
Technology on

Education: 57 credits minimum : Humanities, including Oral CommunicaHealth and Physical Education : 3 credits; Natural Sciences: 9 credits; Soincluding General Psychology (PSY 100): 9 credits; The Impact of
Society (EDU 200); Free Electives: 24 credits minimum .

(B) Professional Education: 32 credits: Educational Foundations (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210); six credits of
electives; Student Teaching and School Law: 12 credits.

228

(C) Area of Concentration: 39 credits: Exceptional Child 1-11 (ESP 100, 200); Behavioral
Principles 1-11 (ESP 301, 401); Education of the Severely and Profoundly Handicapped
(ESP 502); Diagnostic Teaching and Prescription Teaching (ESP 503); Physical Activities
for the Exceptional Child (HPE 337); Curriculum and Methods 1-11 (ESP 504-505); Habilitation Training (ESP 506).

Associate Degree in Community Living Arrangements
One of the most significant new developments in the field of human services has been the rapid and dramatic growth of community-based programs for the mentally retarded . These community living arrangements
(C.L.A.) need trained staff members to provide client services.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101) and II (ENG 102); 9 credits in Sciences
(including General Psychology (PSY 100) and one Psychology elective and a Sociology
course); 6 credits in Natural Sciences including Fundamentals of Mathematics (MAT 100);
3 credits of free electives.
(B) Professional Courses: Exceptional Children I (ESP 101) and II (ESP 200); Behavior
Principles I (ESP 301) and II (ESP 401); Academic and Recreational Skill Training (ESP
278); Occupational Skill Training and Activities of Daily Living (ADL - ESP 279); Community Resource Utilization and Public Relations (ESP 378); Practicum.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Early Childhood/
Special Education - (Dual Major)
Students of superior academic achievement who are majoring in either
Early Childhood Education or Special Education are encouraged to consider
pursuing a dual curriculum leading to Pennsylvania certification in both
fields . Current educational thought advocates the placement of mildly handicapped youngsters in regular classrooms with special education resource
services made available to the student and the classroom teacher. Students
who successfully complete this dual-major program will possess demonstrated competencies in facilitating the assimilation of the mildly handicapped into the mainstream of American education and society.
The growth of mainstream programs for mildly handicapped youngsters
has been rapid . It has been recognized that children with mild forms of
handicaps typically attain higher levels of achievement in the regular class
environment than in the special self-contained classroom . These children
do, however, need special help and remedical instruction in some areas of
the curriculum . Thus, a relatively new educational concept, the resource
room, is becoming an increasingly common means of addressing the needs
of children while continuing to maintain their enrollment in regular classrooms . This process of integrating the handicapped child should be initiated
early, preferably at the preschool level , or no later than the early elementary
years. Teachers trained in both Early Childhood and Special Education will
be able to provide excellent resource services to both children and the other
staff members of an elementary school. Graduates of this program are qualified to assume several professional roles, including regular early childhood
classroom teacher (nursery-third grade), special education classroom teacher - mentally retarded , emotionally disturbed, physically handicapped,
learning disabled, brain-damaged - (nursery-twelfth grade), and resource
room teacher.

229

Early Childhood/Special Education dual majors must demonstrate the
competencies associated with each of the individual certificate programs
(refer to Early Childhood and Special Education programs). In addition , the
following general objectives must be met :
-Demonstrate the ability to identify students who are in need of some
special service
-Demonstrate the ability to work effectively with other teachers in cooperatively planning programs for children with special needs
- Demonstrate the ability to facilitate the social acceptance of children
with handicaps by structuring classroom environments which reinforce positive interpersonal relationships
-Demonstrate the ability to complete educational assessment of the
learning needs of students
-Demonstrate the ability to develop individual educational prescriptions based on assessment data
- Demonstrate the ability to modify effectively instructional strategies
and / or materials to provide for the unique needs of students man ifesting learning handicaps.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Humanities, including Oral Communication (S PE 100): 9 cred its; Natural Sciences: 9 credits; Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PS Y 100):
9 credits; Health or Ph ysics Act ivities: 3 credits; Impact of Technology on Society (EDU
200); Free Electives, inc lud ing Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101-102): 22 credi ts.
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Edu cation (EDF 100); Ed ucational Psycho logy (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PS Y 205) or Development al Psychol ogy (PSY 207);
Introduction to Educational Medi a (EDF 304); Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU
210); Student Teaching and Practicum .
(C) Early Childhood Courses: Field Experie nce in Early Childh oo d (ECE 202), Laboratory Experiences in Nu rsery / Kindergarten (ECE 201), Art for Early Child hood (ECE 215);
Music for Early Childhood (ECE 217); Health and Physical Education for Early Childhood
(EC E 218) or Physical Act ivities for the Exceptio nal Child (HPE 337); Reading Experiences
in Early Childhood (ECE 301); Children 's Litera ture (ECE 311 ); Mathematics Content in
Early Chi ld hoo d (ECE 3 15); The Child in Social and Ph ysica l En vironmen t (ECE 316); Science for Early Childhood (EC E 31 7); Communicat ive Art s in Early Childhood (ECE 318).
(D) Special Education Courses : Exceptional Child 1-11 (ES P 100, 201); Behavioral Principles 1-11 (ESP 301 , 401); Educat ion of the Severely/ Profoun dly Handicapped (ES P 502);
Diagnostic Teaching / Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503); Ph ysical Act ivit ies for the Exceptional Chil d (HPE 337) or Health and Physical Education for Element ary Grades; Curricu lum Methods 1-11 (ESP 504-505); Habilitation Training (ESP 506)

Bachelor of Science in Education: Elementary/Special
Education (Dual Major)
The growth of mainstream programs for mildly handicapped youngsters
has been rapid. It has been recognized that children with mild handicaps
typically attain higher levels of achievement in the regular class environment
than in the special self-contained classroom . However, these children still
need special help and remedial instruction in some areas of the curriculum .
Thus , a relatively new educational concept , the resource room , is becoming
an increasingly common means of addressing the needs of mildly handicapped children . This process of integrating the handicapped child should
be initiated early, preferably at the preschool level , or no later than the early

230

elementary years. Teachers trained in both elementary and special education are able to provide excellent resource services to both children and other staff members of an elementary school. Graduates of this program are
qualified to assume several professional roles : regular elementary classroom
teacher (K-8), special education classroom teacher (mentally retarded , emotionally disturbed, physically handicapped , learning disabled , brain-damaged, nursery-grade 12), and resource room teacher.
Students of superior academic achievement who are majoring in either
Elementary Education or Special Education are encouraged to pursue a dual
curriculum leading to Pennsylvania certification in both fields. Since current
educational thought advocates the placement of mildly handicapped youngsters in regular classrooms with special education resource services made
available to the student and the classroom teacher , students who successfully complete this dual major program will possess demonstrated competencies in facilitating the assimilation of the mildly handicapped into the
mainstream of American education and society.
Elementary/Special Education dual majors must demonstrate the competencies associated with each of the individual certification programs (refer
to Elementary and Special Education brochures). In addition , the following
general objectives must be satisfied :
-To demonstrate the ability to identify students who are in need of some
special service
-To demonstrate the ability to work effectively with other teachers in
cooperatively planning programs for children with special needs
-To demonstrate the ability to facilitate the social acceptance of children with handicaps by structuring classroom environments which
reinforce positive interpersonal relationships
-To demonstrate the ability to complete educational assessment of the
learning needs of students
-To demonstrate the ability to develop individual educational prescriptions for children based on assessment data
-To demonstrate the ability to effectively modify instructional strategies
and/or materials to provide for the unique needs of students with
learning handicaps.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Humanities, including Oral Communication (SPE 100): 9 credits; Natural Sciences: 9 credits; Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY 100):
9 credits; Health or Physical Activities: 2 credits; Impact of Technology on Society (EDU
200); Free Electives, including Composition 1-11 (ENG 101-102): 22 credits minimum .
(B) Professional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology (PSY 110); Child Psychology (PSY 205) orDevelopmental Psychology (PSY 207);
Introduction to Educational Media (EDF 304); Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU
210); Student Teaching ; Practicum and School Law
(C) Elementary Education Courses: Art for Elementary Teachers (EDE 205); Teaching
Music in the Elementary Grades (EDE 207); Elementary Health and Physical Education
(EDE 208) or Physical Activities for the Exceptional Child (HPE 337); Teaching of Reading
(EDE 301 ); Children 's Literature I (EDE 311 ); Field Experiences in Early Childhood Education (ECE 202); Mathematics Content and Methods in the Elementary School (EDE 305);
Teaching of Social Studies (EDE 306); Science for Elementary Teachers (EDE 307); Teaching Language Arts (EDE 308).
(D) Special Education Courses: Exceptional Child 1-11 (ESP 100, 201); Exceptional
Child 1-11 (ESP 100, 201 ); Behavioral Principles 1-11 (ESP 301 , 401 ); Education of the Profoundly/Severely Handicapped (ESP 502); Diagnostic Testing / Prescriptive Teaching (ESP

231

503); Physical Activities for the Exceptional Child (HPE 337) or Health and Physical Education for the Elementary School (EDE 208); Curriculum and Methods 1-11 (ESP 504-505);
Habilitation Training (ESP 506)

SPECIAL EDUCATION (ESP)
ESP 101 & 200. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD I & II. A two-course introductory sequence to
handicapped children and to the field of special education . These courses examine the
range of handicaps in children and their broad sociological , educational , and vocational
implications. Specifically, the sequence develops competencies in such areas as the
historical development of services for handicapped children , definitions and classification of children's handicaps, the impact of labelling children and mainstream programs,
pre-school and post-school programs for the handicapped , family services, prosthetic
devices and program modifications for the physically handicapped and a behavioral
analysis of normal child development. These courses will stress observation of the various target groups of handicapped children. (4 crs. each)
ESP 104. INTRODUCTION, PHILOSOPHY , LEGAL IMPLICATIONS. (1 er.)
ESP 204 . TYPES OF HANDICAPPED CHILDREN . (1 er.)
ESP 224 . UNDERSTANDING AND WORKING WITH PARENTS OF PRE-SCHOOL CHILDREN . (3 crs.)
ESP 225 . UNDERSTANDING AND WORKING WITH FAMILIES . (3 crs.)
ESP 250 . WORKSHOP FOR TEACHER AIDES . For teacher aides who work in classes for
handicapped children . The content is, however, of great value to all teacher 's aides
since it deals with methods that might enable the participants to deal more easily and
more effectively with any children. Numerous activities characterize the workshop; it is
not a lecture-type approach . (3 crs.)
ESP 278. ACADEMIC AND RECREATIONAL SKILL TRAINING . Handicapped persons
residing in the community and receiving services from various community agencies
must acquire those skills which will facilitate their adoption to, and assimilation by, the
community at large. Important among these skills are basic competencies in such " academic" areas as reading , writing , communication and computational abilities. In order
to live independently, the handicapped must be capable of " normal " behavioral responses in various social , vocational and recreational situations. Handicapped persons
need to be aware of the constructive leisure time and recreational opportunities which
are available within the commun ity . Participation in these activities will significantly enrich their lives and enhance their social adjustment. (3 crs.)
ESP 279. OCCUPATIONAL SKILL TRAINING & ACTIVITIES OF DAILY LIVING (AOL). In
order to achieve an acceptable level of " normalized " status in the community, two critical aspects of handicapped individuals must approach a reasonable level of development . These aspects involve: (1) the person 's occupation , position or primary means of
involvement in meaningful activity; and (2) how that person behaves in performing normal , daily and routine duties . Deficits in activities of daily living skills are often the most
obvious behavioral deficiencies to the general public and likewise the most frequently
overlooked and " taken for granted " by staff involved in training handicapped individuals. This course focuses on the prevocational and vocational needs of handicapped
youth and adults as well as those supportive skills necessary for achieving acceptable
levels of " normal adult adjustment ." Since the habilitation and training needs of the
handicapped population is so diverse, the nature of course content and emphasis shall
also be broad, to include such programs as sheltered workshops and rehabilitation facilities, work activity centers, therapeutic activity centers, CLA 's, etc . (3 crs.)
ESP 301 . BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES I. Provides the student with those verbal and performance skills in measurement and observation necessary to apply the principles of
behavior modification in schools and a variety of other settings. The student should consider the information and skills acquired as requisite to the second course , Behavior
Principles II. Students who complete the course will have mastered skills in data collection , data manipulation , data display including graphing, behavioral definitions, the principles of reinforcement and extinction , and data based decision making . Entry level
skills required by all students include demonstrated ability to perform the four basic
arithmetic operations with fractions and decimals, calculate, percentages and rates including the specification of correct units and/or labels. These skills will be determined

232

by pre- test. Each student should also be able to use the language in verbal and written
form at a competent level. (4 crs.)
ESP 304. IDENTIFICATION, DIAGNOSTIC PROCESSES & PARENT INTERACTION. (1
er.)
ESP 305. PARENT COUNSELING. (4 crs .)
ESP 315. ANATOMY , KINESIOLOGY , PHYSIOLOGY . An introduction to practical
knowledge of human growth and development , human anatomy and physiology. Special
focus on the biomechanics of human motion in relation to sport and recreational skills
for handicapped and nonhandicapped persons. (3 crs.)
ESP 316 . MOTOR LEARNING . A preparatory course for teaching adapted physical education to handicapped children . A systematic approach based on the I CAN Curriculum
is used to assess, teach and evaluate psychomotor skills. Child development theories
are studied and applied to the development of special physical education programs for
handicapped children. (3 crs.)
ESP 317. RHYTHMICAL ANALYSIS AND CREATIVE MOVEMENT. An introductory
course which focuses on the therapeutic value of music and dance. Special emphasis is
placed on Laban 's Effort-Shape System of Movement Analysis . (3 crs.)
ESP 360. FIELD EXPERIENCE FOR SPECIAL EDUCATION. Provides a vehicle for obtaining needed practical experiences with various groups of handicapped children . The
type of practicum site may vary widely and includes such settings as public and private
residential institutions, day care centers, therapeutic activity centers, sheltered workshops, rehabilitation centers, community MH / MR programs, and summer camps for
handicapped children. (Variable)
ESP 378 . COMMUNITY RESOURCE UTILIZATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS. Serves
two specific but related functions . Community-based programs for handicapped individuals utilize community facilities , agencies and services to provide broad-based support and assistance to the client populations. In those situations where an insufficient or
inadequate level of support is in place, the public as well as the policy makers must be
mobilized to fill identified voids. Very often the springboard from which an effective service base can be established is a well developed program of public relations. Certainly
the public relations program also serves the handicapped by educat ing the community
members-the neighbors of handicapped persons living in the community. (3 crs.)
ESP 379 . BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS . Community
based programs currently exist both as a mandate of law and at the pleasure of legislation from a fiscal standpoint. Further, the relationships between providers and clients,
providers and agencies, agencies and clients, etc . are all regulated . This course, therefore , explores the many legal implications involved in community based programs and
specifies the responsibility that students will face as professionals. (3 crs.)
ESP 401 . BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES II. This course familiarizes the student with the laboratory derived learning principles that constitute the field of applied behavior analysis.
An experimental component provides each student the opportunity to observe and report on a behavioral intervention program . (4 crs.)
ESP 404 . CURRICULUM AND METHODS. (1 er.)
ESP 415. SCHOOL, COMMUNITY RECREATION AND CRAFTS FOR HANDICAPPED
PERSONS . Basic philosophical foundations of leisure and recreation . Special focus is
on the aims and benefits of the recreation process and therapeutic recreation . One third
of this course includes supervised practice with persons who are handicapped . (3 crs.)
ESP 416. METHODS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS . Prepares teachers of the handicapped to plan, assess, prescribe,
teach and evaluate special physical education programs for persons who are mentally
retar~d . learning disabled , hearing impaired, visually handicapped, emotionally disturbec l, orthopedically handicapped, and multi-handicapped . (4 crs.)
ESP 459. STUDENT TEACHING . In the new comprehensive curriculum, each course has
a practicum associated with it that involves consistent contact throughout each semester with special children . The special education staff members makes a concerted effort
to ensure that special education majors are exposed to the full range of children covered
under the comprehensive certification , i.e., mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed,

233

learning disabled , brain damaged, and physically handicapped . Students are also exposed to the dimensions of mild-profound and elementary-secondary since the new certification covers K-12 , mild through profound, in each of the handicapping areas for their
student teaching experience. The areas relate to their specific vocational goals and their
own interests and strengths. The major practicum , student teaching , will provide an intense experience for the student in two of the handicapping areas for a period of sixteen
weeks. (12 crs.)
ESP 478 . PSYCHO-SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND CLIENT COUNSELING . Examines
the concept of normalization and how the emphasis on the normalization of the experiences of handicapped clients in community-based programs is vital to their successful
adjustment. Methods for developing normalizing experiences will likewise be explored .
Because community service personnel interact with professionals from several other
disciplines, this course examines basic information dealing with the psycho-social development of the handicapped. Handicapped clients and their families likewise are frequently in need of counseling services to assist their adjustment to the community
program . Accordingly, fundamental counseling and interviewing skills are stressed. (3
crs.)
ESP 479 . PROGRAM EVALUATION FOR PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. At all levels
and in all types of community service programs, there exists the need for persons to
engage in roles in which required skills are categorized as: managerial, decision-making, planning , evaluating, supervising , communicating , etc. This course is intended to
fulfill this need for training of personnel within community facilities who are required to
perform those duties . Even for individuals who would not enter directly into these administrative roles, their understanding and appreciation of the associated processes
and applications greatly enhances their involvement in the training programs . In addition, their opportunity to move into these managerial roles may be an attractive incentive to many. The environments for which the training techniques in the course are
designed include community living arrangements, sheltered workshops, adult activity
centers (both therapeutic and work), and other human service providers and community
social welfare agencies. Competencies are developed that are knowledge/informationbased as well as skill-based . (3 crs.)
ESP 490 . PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW. Meets weekly to provide
Special Education majors working towards a comprehensive certificate (Mentally Retarded , Emotionally Disturbed , Learning Disabled, Brain Damaged and Physically Handicapped) with an opportunity to discuss problems encountered by the students in their
teaching experiences. The students are provided with opportunities to demonstrate the
effectiveness and functionality of their teacher-made devices, learning centers, and curriculum materials used in their classrooms. During these sessions the students present ,
discuss, and critique the above-mentioned materials applicable to each type of exceptionality. Discussion of the Pennsylvania School Code is coupled with various aspects of
local school and intermediate unit contracts. Classroom experiments incorporating behavior modification techniques and procedures are implemented wherever possible. Experience in keeping a state attendance register is provided and various teaching
opportunities are announced on a weekly basis. (2 crs.)
ESP 495 . HONORS SEMINAR . (3 crs.)
ESP 498 . INTERNSHIP. Each student majoring in the Handicapped Persons Community
Service Personnel Training Program completes a one-semester (15 week) internship
assigned to community agencies. Ten weeks are spent working in all phases of a community living arrangements (CLA) including client counseling , skill training , recreational
planning , public relations, business and personnel management, etc. Interns are required to live in at the CLA facilities when it is considered essential to their training . The
remaining five weeks of the internship are spent in another type of community program
for the handicapped such as therapeutic activities centers, work activity centers, adult
development centers, sheltered workshops, etc. Students are encouraged to identify
the type of agency they are interested in and attempts are made to arrange an appropriate affiliation. (Variable)
HPE 337 . PLAYGROUND AND GYMNASIUM ACTIVITIES. An introduction to the principles, techniques and research in the physical education training for the exceptional
child . Major emphasis is on movement education , perceptual motor activities, physical
fitness activities, gymnastics, and contemporary dance. (2 crs.)
ESP 501 . INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILD. (Variable)

234

ESP 502 . EDUCATION OF CHILDREN WITH SEVERE/PROFOUND LEARNING & BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS . This course has been designed to prepare teachers for classrooms
with severe and/or profound learning and/or behavior problems. The course emphasizes the value of a " behavioral approach" with such children . Class participants are
presented with curriculum materials as well as specific instructional techniques/meth odologies which have proven effective with such a population. Class participants spend
time in classrooms which contain children with severe and/or profound handicapping
conditions. They are responsible for teaching select self-help and academic skills as well
as the encouraging or discouraging of selected student behaviors. (Variable.)
ESP 503 . DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND PRESCRIPTIVE TEACHING . This course is divided into three major segments . The first segment introduces the student to the essentials
of testing and covers topics such as: nomenclature, purpose of testing , and descriptive
statistics. The second segment deals mainly with test evaluation, test demonstrations,
identification of the behaviors or constructs measured by standardized norm-referenced tests, criterion-referenced tests and teacher constructed tests. The third segment deals with the interpretation of test performance and includes such topics as: item
analysis, relationship of sub-test scores within and among tests, remediation strategies,
and writing an educational assessment summary with recommendations for instructional programming . (Variable.)
ESP 504 and ESP 505. CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS I & II. Curriculum and
Methods I and II are a block of courses which are offered to special education majors the
semester prior to their student teaching experience. The major purpose of these
courses is the instruction of communication and arithmetic skills to all age groups of
exceptional children. Specifically, Curriculum and Methods I is concerned with communication skills (reading - silent and oral , vocabulary development and comprehension .)
Curriculum and Methods II emphasizes arithmetic skills. Both courses stress: ( 1) a behavioral diagnosis of communication and arithmetic strengths and weaknesses; (2) the
development and implementation of intervention strategies for various populations of
exceptional children ; (3) the selection and/or development of appropriate materials for
instruction ; (4) the procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation for the instructional process in order to determine effectiveness. (Variable.)
ESP 506 . HABILITATION TRAINING . Habilitation Training is a course designed for special education majors to be taken during the semester prior to student teaching . The
course content is specifically related to special education programs for senior high
school students as well as those community services designed to serve post-school
handicapped persons. In particular, emphasis is placed upon vocational preparation
· and training . Since the vocational needs of handicapped youth are extremely diverse
(based upon degree of severity), the course provides for the familiarization of the student with : (1) all governmental and private services available to serve the needs of handicapped youth ; (2) program elements that function to meet those needs; (3) public school
functions and programs as they pertain to vocational training; (4) standard and regulations as they relate to vocational programming, and (5) the means by which a professional in the field may best utilize the programs and resources to improve the employability
of the handicapped youth.

DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL PROGRAMS
CAREER PLANNING (XCP)
Associate Professor Sally, chair. Associate Professor Lopez; Assistant
Professors C. Jones, Powe, Wahl; Instructors G. Jones, Raleigh.
The Special Programs Department provides academic support services
to students anticipating or experiencing difficulty in adjusting to and coping
effectively with academic and related non-academic challenges. Personal
assistance is provided to promote academic success. Provision of academic
advisement and instruction, tutoring, and guidance gives students the opportunity to develop the motivation and skills needed for achievement of
their educational goals. Special Programs provides services to the entire
student population; however, its efforts are largely aimed at students whose

235

educational or economic background has made it difficult for them to complete a college degree program .
Services are provided by both professional staff and student assistants
in the following two areas:
Tutorial and Instructional Services: Most freshman level courses are
tutored. Tutors review lecture notes, check and review the student's knowledge of the textbook and their course materials, and teach vocabulary words
needed for the course. A three-credit course entitled Reading , Study and
Listening Skills is offered to incoming freshmen .
Guidance Services: Counselors conduct initial interviews with each student; provide an orientation day for all new students; help students to schedule and register ; monitor each student's academic progress; and provide
information concerning College policy, procedures, and practices. Academic
advisement and vocational guidance are also provided . Students are encouraged to discuss personal problems with departmental counselors. All
discussions are treated confidentially. In many cases, students are referred
to one of the several other student services offices for additional assistance.
The Special Programs Department is located in Room 107 Herron Hall .
Office hours are from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m ., Monday through Friday. Anyone
desiring services or information is encouraged to stop at the office or call
938-4231 .
The Special Programs Department offers one course , Career Planning .
XCP 194: CAREER PLANNING A course designed to help individuals to integrate their
educational and personal resources to enhance their opportunities for employment success. Topics include: self- evaluation, decision-making , resume development, interview
techniques and overall career strategies. ( 1 er .)

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
COMMUNICATION
SPEECH COMMUNICATION (SPE)
See also Communications in this catalog
Associate Professor May, chair. Professors Brammer, Flemings, Robson .
Associate Professors Blout, Cowles, Graf; Assistant Professor P. Miller.
Man ' s capacity to share his ideas with other men of different times,
places, cultures , and points of view is the primary interest of Speech Communication. Students should come to an understanding of the how, why,
when , and where of effective communication ; should develop expertise in
their own speaking ; and should learn to evaluate and interpret the messages
of others.
The Department of Speech Communication offers two Liberal Arts
programs:
1. The General Major which focuses on utilization and evaluation of the
basic oral communication modes.
2. The Radio/Television Major which focuses on message transmission
and evaluation within those media capabilities.
Both programs are intended to encourage pursuit of a broad, liberal education. Each program, therefore, follows the pattern of the College of Liberal
Arts which permits 60 hours of student-selected general studies.

236

General Major students complete also 36 hours of specific required
Speech Communication courses, nine hours of elective courses chosen from
other Speech Communication offerings, and 23 hours of elective courses
from other California University disciplines which students and their advisors
agree are pertinent to the particular student's development.
Radio/Television Major students complete 36 hours of specific required
Speech Communication courses, nine hours of elective courses chosen from
other Speech Communication offerings, and 23 hours of elective courses
from other California University disciplines which students and their advisors
agree are pertinent to the particular student 's development . They gain practical experience in the Student Association-owned 3000-watt radio station
WVCS and the three-camera television studio on campus.
Internships with radio/television studies, and public relations and advertising firms are available to outstanding students. Intercollegiate forensics
competition is a special opportunity open to all students.
Neither Speech Communication major program is intended as vocational
training. Both develop communication skills and perspectives that will enable a graduate to adapt readily to a rapidly changing communication world ,
irrespective of eventual employment. Career opportunities which exist and
which have been entered by California University of Pennsylvania graduates
include public relations; sales; customer services; politics; radio and television performance, direction, writing; graduate study leading to teaching , law
and the ministry.
Because of the dramatic increase of communication opportunities, requirements, and facilities in the contemporary world , Speech Communication courses serve as excellent elective courses for any student pursuing any
major program at California. The Speech Communication major programs
themselves are designed for those who want to participate actively in and
attain responsibility for the communion of minds which makes the progress
of mankind possible.
Students who are interested in certification in Secondary Education may
take either Speech or Media as specialized areas within the Communications
major.
Pi Kappa Delta is an honorary fraternal organization for intercollegiate
debaters, competitive individual speakers, and professors teaching oral
communication . Its purpose is to develop and apply scholarship in the field of
forensic speaking in senior colleges and universities. California's chapter of
Pi Kappa Delta, Penn Zeta, was organized in 1963. Undergraduate students
are elected to membership after a minimum of forensic participation and are
then encouraged to advance within the society by continued forensic
participation .

Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication (General
Major)
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1- 11 (ENG 101, 102): 12 credits of Humanities: 12
credits of Natural Sciences: 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Major courses: Oral Communication (SPE 101); Survey of
Radio, Television , and Film (SPE 105): Introduction to Communication Theory (SPE 108);
Introduction to Oral Interpretation (SPE 111 ); Voice and A rticulation (SPE 121 ); Workshop

237

in Radio (SPE 196, 296, and 396) or Television (SPE 195, 295 , and 395); Forensic Workshop I (SPE 192) and II (SPE 292); Persuasion (SPE 220); Argumentation and Debate (SPE
230); Introduction to Television Production (SPE 240) orlntroduction to Radio Production
(SPE 245); Language and Behavior (SPE 315); Speech Criticism (SPE 460); Restricted
electives: 9 additional credits in Speech Communication courses . Related courses: 23
credits from other disciplines pertinent to the student's academic or profession interest.

Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication: Radio and
Television Major
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Major courses: Oral Communication (SPE 101); Survey of
Radio , Television , and Film (SPE 105); Fundamentals of Discussion (SPE 107); Introduction to Communication Theory (SPE 108); Introduction to Oral Interpretation (SPE 111 );
Radio Workshop (SPE 196, 296, and 396); Television Workshop (SPE 195, 295 , and 395);
Forensic Workshop (SPE 192); Introduction to Television Production (SPE 240); Introduction to Radio Production (SPE 245); Radio and Television Announcing (SPE 246); Radio
and Television Writing of News (SPE 332) or Drama (SPE 335) or Commercials (SPE 331);
Broadcast Management (SPE 355); Appreciation of Film (SPE 360). Restricted electives: 9
additional credits of Speech Communication courses. Related courses : 23 credits from
other disciplines relevant to a student 's academic or professional interest.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION (SPE)
SPE 101 . ORAL COMMUNICATION . Designing , rehearsing , and delivering extempore
speeches to facilitate solving group and public problems; reporting and evaluating other
speakers' intent , content , format , and delivery. (3 crs.)
SPE 102. GROUP DISCUSSION : MANAGEMENT (for business majors only). Participation in , and analysis of, group decision-making processes to develop communication
and listening skills in group situations, to develop understanding of the role of small
group communication in business, to identify and develop styles and functions of group
leadership . (3 crs.)
SPE 103. ORAL COMMUNICATION-MANAGEMENT (for business majors only). Development of awareness and appreciation of communication in the business world; improvement of communication skills especially for persons who function in organizations,
businesses, or industries. (3 crs.)
SPE 105. SURVEY OF RADIO, TELEVISION , AND FILM . Introduction to communication
in radio , television , and film ; effects of mass media on the audience and the individual ;
role of mass media in news, documentaries, commercials, and entertainment broadcasting . (3 crs.)
SPE 107. FUNDAMENTALS OF DISCUSSION . Introduction to group forms , techniques,
participation, and chairmanship in informal and formal discussions of contemporary issues. (3 crs.)
SPE 108. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION THEORY. Nature, origin , purposes,
and functions of verbal and nonverbal communication. (3 crs.)
SPE 111 . INTRODUCTION TO ORAL INTERPRETATION . Techniques of discovering denotative and connotative meanings in literature; audible and visible interpretation . (3
crs.)
SPE 121. VOICE AND ARTICULATION . Introduction to phonetics and to voice production and control, with exercises to develop adequate quality, loudness, pitch , rate , and
articulation . (3 crs.)
SPE 192, 292 , 392. FORENSIC WORKSHOP . Practical experience in debate, individual
speaking, and parliamentary procedure. (1 er.)

238

SPE 195, 295, 395. TELEVISION WORKSHOP. Opportunities for hands-on television
production experience with both TV studio and portable equipment. (1 er.)
SPE 196,296,396. RADIO WORKSHOP. Practice in using equipment; projects in radio.
(1 er.)
SPE 212. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. Detailed analysis and evaluation of literary forms. Preparation and presentation of suitable programs. (3 crs.)
SPE 220. PERSUASION . Methods of changing attitudes and behaviors through speech
communication; analysis of individuals, audiences, occasions, and subjects for persuasive appeals. Study of logical and psychological arrangements and the ethics of persuading and being persuaded . Preparation of persuasive speeches. (3 crs.)
SPE 230. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE . Logical advocacy: briefing and supporting
logically-adequate cases advocating propositions of policy; negative positions; exposing fallacious evidence and reasoning; refutation and rebuttal. Applications to intercollegiate and mass media topics. (3 crs.)
SPE 235 . PRESIDENTIAL RHETORIC, 1960 TO THE PRESENT. A study of the written
texts, audio tapes and video tapes of selected speeches by American presidents from
1960 to the present. The course explores the use of rhetoric in campaigns, in governance and in crises by the presidents in order to illustrate contemporary political speaking, and is an examination of how to understand and evaluate presidential speaking . (3
crs.)
SPE 240. INTRODUCTION TO TELEVISION PRODUCTION . Fundamentals of television
production, including the use of equipment. Producing , directing, and evaluating programs. (3 crs.)
SPE 245. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO PRODUCTION. A study of FCC rules and regulations as they apply to the radio broadcaster; study of and practice on broadcast equipment; radio programming and production of several types of programs. (3 crs.)
SPE 246. RADIO AND TELEVISION ANNOUNCING. Theories and practice of gathering,
evaluating, writing, and delivering newscasts, sports, commercials, interviews, for radio
and television audiences. (3 crs.)
SPE 260. FREEDOM OF SPEECH . History of free speech in the world, with special attention to its development in the United States; legal decisions in contemporary attacks
upon and attempts to expand the principle of freedom of speech . (3 crs.)
SPE 270. APPRECIATION OF TELEVISION . Development of critical skill in evaluating
various kinds of programming from commercial and public television sources; of awareness of individual viewers responsibility toward influencing nature and quality of programming; of ability to utilize TV as a source of information/opinion/entertainment. (3
crs.)
SPE 305. ORAL DECISION PROCESSES. Cooperative planning , individual research and
reporting , group discussion, debate, and parliamentary procedure in rational group decision processes. (3 crs.)
SPE 315. LANGUAGE AND BEHAVIOR. Developing language habits that improve sensory and symbolic perception, inference-making, evaluation, and the resolving of conflicts. (3 crs.)
SPE 331 . RADIO AND TELEVISION COMMERCIALS . The writing of commercial
messages in varying lengths for both radio and television; includes preparation of
storyboards. (3 crs.)
SPE 332 . RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING : NEWS. The writing of news, commentary
and documentary, scripts for radio and television ; includes the press conference. (3 crs.)
SPE 335 . RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING : DRAMA. Writing and analyzing teleplays,
film and/or radio plays for understanding of dramatic composition and unique needs of
specific writing genres and audiences. (3 crs.)
SPE 340. ADVANCED TELEVISION PRODUCTION. Further application of techniques
and skills learned in SPE 240 with additional practical experience in television program
production and editing . (3 crs.)
SPE 355. BROADCAST MANAGEMENT. Development of a working knowledge of the
managerial structures of broadcast organization . (3 crs.)

239

SPE 360. APPRECIATION OF FILM. Preparation for intelligent response to cinema. Discussion of the screen play, director, and actor. Critical evaluat ion of outstanding films of
the past and present . (3 crs.)
SPE 419. SPEECH COMMUNICATION PRACTICUM . Opportunities for practical radio ,
television, public relations , etc . work in area businesses. (Variable)
SPE 429 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION . Independent study
and reporting of topics of interest to the student but not available in scheduled courses.
(Variable)
SPE 445 . RADIO AND TELEVISION IN A FREE SOCIETY . A study of the rights and obligations of the mass media producer, purveyor, and audience. (2 crs.)
SPE 460. SPEECH CRITICISM. A study of historical , experimental, and other methodologies in speech criticism . Analysis of significant speeches and speakers. (3 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY
AND AUDIOLOGY
Speech Pathology and Audiology (SPA)
Associate Professor Yates, chair. Professors Allen, Feldman, Kaleita; Associate Professors Gismondi, Nemec.

Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech Pathology
and Audiology
The experiences in the Speech Pathology and Audiology Department are
integrated with the overall undergraduate program in order to provide students with a broad understanding of the needs of individuals who have communication disorders. The department provides clinical services for
individuals who have communication disorders. Students observe and/or
assist in diagnostic evaluations and therapy programs. The work includes
experiences with individuals of all ages, ranging from pre-school to adult.
Upon satisfactory completion of the requirements of the Speech Pathology
and Audiology curriculum and upon the recommendation of the dean of the
College of Education, the student is awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education .
Career opportunities include placement in environments such as public
and non-public schools, clinics, and/or hospitals. The theoretical and practical background of California University of Pennsylvania graduates is outstanding and their placement record reflects the training . Speech
pathologists have maintained one of the highest placement percentages of
all graduates of this institution . This high placement level is an indication
from employers that our graduates have received the quality of training necessary to become a professional contributor to their field .
The objectives of this program are:
-To encourage basic scientific study of the processes of individual
human communication, with special reference to speech, hearing and
language
-To promote investigation and prevention of disorders of human
communication
-To foster improvement of clinical procedures in treating such
disorders

240

-To stimulate an interest in an exchange of information with other
professionals
-To apply research skills in the investigation of the processes of human
communication
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Oral Communication (SPE 101 ); 6 additional credits in Humanities; 9 credits in Natural Sciences; General Psychology (PSY 100); 6 additional credits in
Social Sciences; Reading, Study, and Listening Skills (EDE 100, if SAT Verbal 400 or less);
Impact of Technology on Society (EDU 200); 23 credits of free electives (including Composition I (ENG 101) and Composition II (ENG 102).
(B) ProfeHional Education: Foundations of Education (EDF 100); Educational Psychology; Developmental Psychology (PSY 207), or Child Psychology (PSY 205); Teaching
in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210); Student Teaching .
(C) ProfeHional Specialization: Survey of Speech Pathology (SPA 100); Phonetics
(SPA 1(>1); Hearing Problems (SPA 102); Language and Speech Development (SPA 105);
Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech Mechanism (SPA 106); Practice in Measurement
of Hearing (SPA 211); Auditory Training and Speech Reading (SPA 212); Psychology of
Speech and Hearing (SPA 215); Introduction to Clinical Procedures (SPA 218); Assessment of Speech and Language Development (SPA 320); Clinical Methods and Techniques
(SPA 322); Advanced Clinical Practicum (SPA 323). 9 credits of electives from the following : Articulation (SPA 216); Non-Vocal Communication (SPA 219); Honors (SPA 409);
Teaching of Reading (EDE 301); Exceptional Children I (ESP 100); Behavior Principles I
(ESP 301).

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY (SPA)
SPA 100. SURVEY OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Introduces the student to the field of
Speech Pathology. Discussion will center around the different speech problems and
their causes. (3 crs.)
SPA 101 . PHONETICS . Introduces practical phonetics as it applies to the communicative process. The student is required to learn and use the International Phonetic Alphabet . (3 crs.)
SPA 102. HEARING PROBLEMS . This course emphasizes anatomy and physiology of
the auditory system and hearing problems resulting from diseases , trauma and malformations of the hearing mechan ism . Students are introduced to the basic principles of
acoustics. (3 crs.)
SPA 105. LANGUAGE AND SPEECH DEVELOPMENT. The course emphasis is on the
normal development of speech , language, and commun ication . The form and function of
language are considered , i.e., phonology, syntax , morphology, semantics and pragmatics. The emphasis is on speech and language stimulation activities . (3 crs.)
SPA 106. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SPEECH MECHANISM . The structure
and normal function of the components of the human body participating in the production of speech ; how the function of these components may change during speech production . (3 crs.)
SPA 211 . PRACTICE IN THE MEASUREMENT OF HEARING . Emphasis on theory, test
procedures and equipment used in basic tests of hearing . Students gain practical experience in administering basic hearing tests. Information is presented on advanced auditory testing . Prerequisite: SPA 102. (3 crs.)
SPA 212 . AUDITORY TRAINING AND SPEECH READING . The course will emphasize
work with hearing handicapped individuals in the following areas: (a) diagnostic information; (b) speech reading methods; (c) auditory training techniques; and (d) speech training for the aurally handicapped . Prerequisites: SPA 102 and SPA 211 . (3 crs.)
SPA 215 . PSYCHOLOGY OF SPEECH AND HEARING. Use of the linguistic methods of
distinctive features and transformational grammar for the remediation of speech and
language disorders. (3 crs.)

241

SPA 216. ARTICULATION. Promotes an understanding of articulatory disorders and
provides therapeutic procedures for their remediation, as developed from an understanding of the nature and causes of the disorder. (3 crs.)
SPA 218. INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PROCEDURES. Primary emphasis on articulation and stuttering disorders. Opportunity for observation of speech and hearing diagnostics and therapy. Discussion and demonstration of clinical tests and materials. (3
crs.)
SPA 219. NON-VOCAL COMMUNICATION . The various modes of non-vocal communi cation are presented . Information specific to selection of the most advantageous
method (or combination of methods) for a particular client and for implementation is
considered . (3 crs.)
SPA 320. ASSESSMENT OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT . The student
learns to administer, score, and interpret speech and language tests and write diagnostic reports based upon the administration of such tests. (3 crs.)
SPA 322 . CLINICAL METHODS AND TECHNIQUES . Provides meaningful and practical
therapeutic techniques of speech therapy. Discussion of therapeutic materials and
equipment. Students are provided with hands-on experiences with therapy, materials
and equipment when possible. (3 crs.)
SPA 323. ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICUM . Provides the student clinician with a variety of therapeutic and evaluation experiences with children/adults having speech, language or hearing disorders. (3 crs.)
SPA 409. HONORS COURSE IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY . (Variable)
SPA 459 . STUDENT TEACHING . Observation and participation in public school and
clinical speech and hearing programs. Students spend one full semester of sixteen
weeks under the supervision of a certified speech and hearing supervisor. In most cases,
students are exposed to two separate assignments to. add to their professional growth .
Students also spend one half-day per week in class discussing the Pennsylvania school
law, general techniques of teaching and problems encountered by the clinicians during
student teaching . (12 crs.)

DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE
THEATRE(THE)
ARTS IN RECREATION AND HUMAN SERVICES
See also Communications in this catalog
Assistant Professor Callery, chair; Professors Cowan, Emelson
All over this country, theatre students are putting new life into an old
body, converting one of man's oldest art forms into the liveliest art. Dynamically involved in social progress, young people have discovered theatre to be
a prime medium for self-expression. At California University of Pennsylvania,
theatre means involvement through performance experiences so that students can be not only entertained by the art but also educated by it.
Therefore, the theatre program plays a dual role. It provides occupational
education and training for talented students pursuing a career in theatre and
as a performing art it provides opportunities for all students to use the theatre as a means of celebrating life, expressing ideas and social concerns, and
experiencing a sense of self and community.
This dual function implies dual responsibilities. First of all, it means that
the Theatre Department provides effective training through a series of
courses from the introductory through the highly specialized levels for playwrights, actors, directors, designers of scenery, costumes, properties,

242

sound, lighting, and makeup, as well as advanced training in such technical
areas as electricity, color in lighting, stage rigging, construction and painting
of scenery and properties, fabricating materials for wigs and costumes, and
producing amplified sound for the theatre.
Theatre courses are especially useful and suitable as interdisciplinary
studies for students majoring in education, radio and television, business,
management, and economics, history, English , communication, music, and
the visual arts.
Second, it means that the department recognizes the unique role it plays
in the recreational segments of every student's life by producing a season of
six plays.
Cooperating with the Student Association , Incorporated , the department
sponsors three play-producing groups with membership open to all students: the University Players, the Children 's Theatre (which annually performs before young audiences of more than 3,000), and theatre Now, which
presents experimental drama in innovative stagings.
Each student organization shares the facilities and faculty of the department. Steele Auditorium contains a fully equipped 900-seat proscenium
stage and a 200 seat open-performance space as well as scenery, costume,
lighting and property shops, storage space and classrooms. An additional
performing area, the Gold Rush Room, in the Student Union, is used for dinner theatre and cabaret productions.
The department rewards creative excellence by offering opportunities for
upper level students to produce a musical variety show, direct or design both
major and minor (one-act plays) productions. Since 1938, outstanding students have annually been elected to the University Players ' Hall of Fame.
Membership in Alpha Psi Omega, the national honorary theatre fraternity, is
achieved through active participation in theatre productions.
Theatre is an undergraduate degree program in the College of Liberal
Arts and is included in the undergraduate degree secondary education Communication Certification program in the College of Education . A master's degree program in Communication which includes theatre studies is available
in the College of Graduate Studies. The undergraduate degree in Arts and
Recreation in Human Services program in the College of Liberal Arts includes theatre.

Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Movement (THE 115); Games and Improvisations (THE
110). One of the following three courses: Fundamentals of Acting (THE 130); Fundamentals of Directing (THE 200); Stagecraft I (THE 151 ). Production , Rehearsal , and Performance (THE 392); 17 credits of Theatre electives. 42 credits of related electives with
approval of advisor.

243

Bachelor of Arts in Arts and Recreation in Human
Services
The purpose of this program is to prepare skilled personnel for service as
arts specialists in youth and senior citizen centers , summer camps, nursing
homes, community recreation centers, and other interaction agencies.
This comprehensive approach to recreation integrates students in Urban
Recreation with those in the Arts in Human Services program . Undergraduates in both programs plan, organize, implement, and evaluate leisure time
activities and experiences incorporating the arts and physical recreation for
special populations.
The program provides students with alternative careers, responds to the
great number of requests which the university receives from social agencies
and community organizations for help with arts/recreation related activities,
provide agencies with the kinds of arts/recreation expertise they need as
well as providing on-site internship experiences for students.
Career opportunities are in public and private summer or winter recreation
programs, mental health and mental retardation agencies; day-care centers;
Scounting organizations, the YMCA , and the YWCA, and similar organizations ; youth development centers; rehabilitation centers ; nursing homes; senior citizen centers and apartment buildings.
Requirements:
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12
credits of Natural Sciences: 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of free electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Media and Techniques I (ART 107) and II (ART 108): Games
and Improvisations (THE 110); Music in Human Services I (MUS 111) and II (MUS 112);
Creative Dramatics (THE 240) or Children's Theatre (THE 245) or Puppetry (THE 255) or
Reader 's Theatre (THE 270); Developmental Psychology (PSY 207) or Social Psychology
(PSY 320); Mental Health/Psychology of Adjustment (PSY 310); Exceptional Children I
(ESP 101); Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150); Program Planning (XUA 326); Introduction to Field Experience (XHS 201); and 9 to 15 other credits of field experiences with
groups at four different age levels. 17 to 23 credits of arts electives in appropriate courses
chosen with advisor's approval.

THEATRE(THE)
Introductory level courses are indicated by a plus ( + ).
+ THE 100. INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE. A study of the art of theatre from
playscript to play production . The course surveys theatre history, literature , architecture , acting , directing, and design for the student who wants to know what goes on in
theatre and what it means. (3 crs.)
+THE 101 . VOICE AND SPEECH . A practical and useful course for the performer or
anyone who wants a flexible, strong, controlled voice. The Lessac method involving the
natural ways in which the body produces vocal sounds is primarily studied for clear and
articulate speech which is free of regional qualities , affectation, imitation, and annoying
physical habits. The course also involves transcription of the IPA for correct pronunciation . (3 crs.)
+ THE 102. VOICE AND INTERPRETATION. Methods of analysis and presentation for
effective oral reading of dramatic literature, prose and poetry. (3 crs.)
+ THE 110. GAMES AND IMPROVISATIONS. A non-acting approach to solving dramatic problems. Theatre games, sensitivity exercises and spontaneous non-verbal improvisations stimulate the student to discover that recall of past physical and emotional
experiences is useful in most dramatic situations. (3 crs.)

244

+ THE 115. MOVEMENT. Designed to improve the individual 's suppleness and control
and to increase awareness of spatial relationships . Includes specific techniques for performers. (3 crs.)
+ THE 125. MAKE-UP. An introductory course involving the theory and practice of corrective make-up for streeJ, stage, film , and television . ( 1 er.)
+ THE 130. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING . Basic techniques of acting, with application
in rehearsal and performance of selected scenes. (3 crs.)
+THE 151 . STAGECRAFT I. Introduction to the theory and practice of stagecraft , involving basic set construction, painting , and plan reading. Practical experience for students majoring in performance media is stressed . (3 crs.)
THE 152. STAGECRAFT II. Advanced practice and principles of scenery and property
construction . Practical experience with plastics, metals, silk screening , drafting and advanced woodworking is stressed . Prerequisite: Stagecraft I or consent. (3 crs.)
THE 191 . THEATRE WORKSHOP . Specific assignments in cast or crew for campus play
productions. (May be repeated for credit. See guidelines.) ( 1 er.)
THE 200 . FUNDAMENTALS OF DIRECTING. The comprehensive study of a director 's
pre-production planning for a play presented on stage, film or television . The directorial
analysis of plays plus basic fundamentals of composition , picturization, pantomime with
properties, movement, and the groundplan are studied . The in-class preparation of a
complete directial script for a one act or cutting from a longer play may be directed as
part of a public program of student directed plays . (3 crs.)
THE 211. LIGHTING . The basic theory and practice of lighting for the stage, film , and
television . Practical experience for students majoring in performance media is stressed .
(3 crs.)
THE 225 . COSTUME CONSTRUCTION . Basic pattern drafting and sewing techniques
applied to the construction of costumes. (3 crs.)
THE 240. CREATIVE DRAMATICS . The stimulation and development of creativity
through playmaking exercises, storytelling, improvisation , and sensitivity techniques
useful for potential teachers and parents. (3 crs.)
THE 245 . CHILDREN 'S THEATRE. The selection , direction and production of plays for
children . (May be repeated for credit.) (3 crs.)
THE 250. PLAYWRITING . Principles and practice of writing for performance. (3 crs.)
THE 255. PUPPETRY . The planning and production of puppet plays. (3 crs.)
THE 257. HISTORY OF COSTUME. A survey of the history of costume in the western
world . (3 crs.)
THE 261 . HISTORY OF THE THEATRE I. The development of the theatre from the Classic through the Baroque, including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 262 . HISTORY OF THE THEATRE II. The development of the theatre from the Baroque to the present day, including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 263 . AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY. A survey of the American theatre from Colonial times to the present , including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 270 . READERS ' THEATRE. The principles and practice of organizing and presenting Readers ' Theatre presentations. Prerequisite: THE 102 or SFE 111 or consent. (3
crs.)
THE 305. SHAKESPEARE IN THE THEATRE. Representative Shakespeare plays studied as theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)
THE 307 . LYRIC THEATRE. Opera considered as a theatrical art combining music, drama, acting , dance and design . Extensive use of recordings and visual material to illustrate and supplement discussion . (3 crs.)
THE 315 . WORLD DRAMA ON STAGE. Classical to Nineteenth-century
plays-excluding Shakespeare--studied as theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)
THE 317 . MODERN DRAMA ON ST AGE. Nineteenth and Twentieth-century plays stud ied as theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)

245

THE 321 . SCENERY AND LIGHTING DESIGN I. Introduction to the theories and practice
of designing scenery and lighting, with emphasis on designing for various environments.
Prerequisite: THE 151 or consent of instructor . (3 crs.)
THE 322 . SCENERY AND LIGHTING DESIGN II. Advanced theory and practice of designing scenery and lighting , with emphasis on designing for various environments. Prerequisite : THE 321 or consent. (3 crs.)
THE 325 . COSTUME DESIGN . Basic principles of costume design . Students are expected to complete various design projects for specific plays selected from a variety of
historical periods. (3 crs.)
THE 330 . ADVANCED ACTING. Designed to extend basic acting skills and to develop
the student actor's ability to handle a variety of acting problems within specific periods
of dramatic literature. Prerequisite: THE 130 or consent of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 392 . PRODUCTION , REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE. Special acting, directing,
management and design , or technical involvement in a play production . Prerequisite:
junior-senior level only. (May be repeated for credit. See guidelines.) (3 crs.)
THE 400 . DRAMATIC THEORY AND CRITICISM. Theories and methods of dramatic
structure and their application to theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)
THE 409 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ACTING . (3 crs.)
THE 419. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DIRECTING . (3 crs.)
THE 429 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DESIGN . (3 crs .)
THE 439. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN TECHNICAL PRODUCTION . (3 crs.)
THE 449. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PLAYWRITING . (3 crs.)
THE 459. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THEATRE HISTORY AND LITERATURE. (3 crs.)
THE 469 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THEATRE THEORY AND CRITICISM . (3 crs.)
THE 479. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FILM. (3 crs.)

GUIDELINES
THEATRE WORKSHOP : Open to all students; may be repeated for credit provided the
assignment varies; grade based on a quality determination , plus a minimum number of
hours worked and completion of the project to the complete satisfaction of the instructor,
or quality determination and completion of the project to the complete satisfaction of the
instructor. Assignments: (1) crew head for a major production ; (2) directing a departmentally-sponsored one-act play; (3) leading role in a departmentally-sponsored one-act play;
(4) minor role in a major production; (5) stage managing a departmentally-sponsored oneact play; (6) special cast , crew or production assignments. A grade may be assigned retroactively within the student's next regularly enrolled semester provided an agreement is
made between the student and the instructor before the assignment is undertaken.
PRODUCTION , REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE: A junior-senior level course implying distinctive work in cast , crew or production ; project selection based on departmental policy, as an outgrowth of class work or as the result of competition or audition ; may be
repeated for credit provided the assignment varies. Additional credits may not be substituted for required or elective courses within the department's curriculum. Grade evaluation determined by the instructor upon satisfactory completion of criteria predetermined
by the instructor and the student, e.g. , a prompt script , elevations, working drawings, an
in-depth character analysis, etc. A grade may be assigned for special and distinctive offcampus assignments or projects performed under faculty supervision and subject to the
above regulations but exclusive of student teaching projects undertaken as part of student teaching . Assignments: (1) design and supervision of execution for either scenery,
costumes, or lighting for a major production ; (2) technical direction for a major production ;
(3) directing a major production; (4) leading or feature role in a major production; (5) stage
managing a major production; (6) choreographer or musical director for a major production; (7) special projects in cast, crew or production , projects which must receive departmental approval. A grade may be assigned retroactively within the student's next regularly
enrolled semester provided an agreement is made between the student and the instructor
before the assignment is undertaken .

246

SPECIAL PROBLEMS: A junior-senior level cou rse conceived as a seminar or independent study under faculty supervision or as a practical or scholarly research project; may be
repeated for credit provided the assignment varies. Additional credits may not be substituted for required or elective courses within the department's curriculum.

247

DIRECTORY
JAMES H. McCORMICK, Chancellor,
State System of Higher Education ,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE ST ATE SYSTEM OF
HIGHER EDUCATION
Fitz E. Dixon , Jr .. ... ...... ... ........ ... ..... ......... .... ................. ..... .. ........ Chairperson
Syed R. Ali-Zaidi
Eve Murphy
Ed Buch
Charles J . Potter
Rebecca F. Gross
Laurie Reed
James A. Hughes
J . Edwards Smith
Anne Jackson
Mark Strategos
James L. Larson
Murray Dickman
Robert C. Wilburn
Floyd M . Mains

COUNCIL OF TRUSTEES OF CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY
OF PENNSYLVANIA
Judy Ansill ........... ........ .. .... .... .. .. ... ... ........ ... ... .... .... .... ......... .... ..... Chairperson
Donna Oreski ........ ...... ........ ..... .... .. .... .... ... .. ... ...... .. ... ..... .. .. Vice-Chairperson
Lewis Zillotti ..... .... ... ..... ..... ...... ..... .... .. .. ...... .. Secretary and Student Trustee
Carmine Durzo
James Schuetz
Alfred Kraft
Gwendolyn Simmons
Gail Lese
Marylou Stefanko
James Leonard
T. Philip Stout

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND STAFF
PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY ... .. ... ......... ...... ....... John Pierce Watkins
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice-President for Academ ic Affairs ...... .......... .... .. ..... ........ Nancy Z. Nelson
Associate Vice-President for Academic Affairs .... ........ .. ... Jesse A . Cignetti
Dean , College of Liberal Arts ...... ...... .. ... ....... .. .. ... ..... .... .... Philip Y. Coleman
Associate Dean , College of Liberal Arts ..... .... .. ...... ........ ..... . Robert T. Little
Dean , School of Graduate Stud ies and
Continuing Education .... .. .... .. ... .... ..... .. .... ......... .... .... ...... Homer R. Pankey
Associate Dean, School of Graduate Stud ies
and Continuing Education ... .... .. ...... .. ...... ... ..... .. ... .. ..... .... Thomas C. Moon
Dean , College of Science and Technology .... ...... .... .. .......... . Richard B. Hart
Associate Dean , College of Science and Technology ..... ..... . John R. Wright
Dean , College of Education ..... .. ..... ................ .............. William R. Benedetti
Associate Dean , College of Education ... .. ....... ... ......... .. ... . George W. Crane
Dean of Admissions and Academic Records .... ...... .. Norman G. Hasbrouck

248

Assistant Director of Admissions .. .......... .. ..... .... .. .......... ..... Walter A . Carter
Assistant Director of Admissions ..... ... .......... ... ..... ...... .. ........ Sylvia J. Myers
Assistant Director of Adm issions .... .... ........ .... ........ .. .... ... Charles E. Talbert
Director of Placement.. ... ....... ... ................. ...... ... ... ..... ........ Richard H. Webb
Director of Library Services .............. .... ....... .. .. .. ... ................ William L. Beck

ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE
Vice-President for Administration and Finance .................... . Allan J. Golden
Associate Vice-President for Administration and Finance ... Eugene P. Grilli
Director of Physical Plant .. ................... ........ ... .. ... .... ... ....... Wesley C. Sheets
Director of Purchasing ........................... ....... .. .... ........... Thomas W. Johnson
Director of Financial Aid ....... .................................... ... .... William F. Behrendt
Director of Personnel. .. ... .. ........ ............. ... .. ... ..... .. .. ........ ... .. Edwin L. Andrew
Director of Accounting ............................ ........ ... ..... : ....... .... Jerome Smarslok
Budget Officer ....................... ... ... ....... ... .. ... ... ........ ..... .Charles W. Zinsser, Jr.
Director of Computer Services ....... ................................... Richard E. Cerullo
Director of Security ........................................ ..... .... .... .......... William Cowden

STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND SERVICES
Vice-President for Student Development and Services ..... .... ... .. Elmo Natali
Dean of Women / Administrative Assistant .. ... ... ... ..... ... ....... .. .... Nancy J. Tait
Dean of Student Life ..... ..... ... ....... .. ... ..... ... ... ... .......... .............. Phillip L. Hayes
Assistant Dean of Student Life ... ... ... .. .... ........ ..... ....... ... ... .... . Maetroy Walker
Assistant Dean of Student Life .. .. ......... ... ........ .......... ........ William Parkinson
Dean of Student Services .............. ... ...... ..... ............................... Paul E. Burd
Director of Student Association , Inc ...... ...... .... ... .... .... ..... Dennis Riegelnegg
Program Director (SAi ) .... .... ... ....... ... ..... ... ...... ... .......... ........... Lorraine Ruday
Comptroller ..... .. .................. .. .... ... ................. ........ ...... .... ...... .... . Jeffrey Smith
Assistant Comptroller ........................ ................ ....... ... .... ... ..... . Barry Niccolai
Food Service Manager (Student Union) ...... ........................ ... James Stevens
Campus Book Exchange Manager (Student Union) .................. Linda Timko
Head Nurse ...... .... ... ......... .... .. .. .. ... ... .. .... ... .. .... ... ... ...... .... ... Margaret Sanders
University Nurse .... .. ... ... .. ... .. ...... ....... ........... .. .. .... ......... Vivian A. Broadwater
University Nurse .... .... .... ............ ....... .......... ... .... .... ...... ... ... Catherine Ruschak
University Nurse .......... ................. ..................... ........... Celeste H. Roskevitch
University Nurse .... ...... ... ........................................................... Mary E. Verry
Counseling and Psychological Services ......... Arthur Bakewell (Coordinator)
Director of Housing ... ... .. ...................................................... Joseph Dochinez
Director of Athletics (Acting) ... ............ .. ............... ... ........... Janice McConnell
Director of Veterans Affairs , Handicapped Services,
and Foreign Students ................................. ............. .......... Arthur Bakewell
Director of Student Publications .. .. .... ............... .......... ......... . William Bennett
Resident Director, Dormitory .... .. .... .... ... ..... .... ...... ..... .. .... Joseph Henry Cuda
Resident Director, Dormitory ...... ..................... ..... ... ..... ... Janet C. McKeithan
Resident Director, Dormitory .. .. .. ... ... .. ........ ... ....... .... ...... George Thomas Lee

249

EMERITI FACULTY
The honorary status of professor emeritus is awarded to retired members of
the faculty on recommendation of their academic departments and approval
by the President and the trustees of the University. It signifies dedicated service to the University and demonstrates that, though retired from teaching ,
the emeritus professor maintains a valued relationship with California University of Pennsylvania.
Mr. James T. Anthony (1964-1981)
Ms. Nellie R. Baliker (1956-1982)
Mrs. Ruth Barry (1962-1979)
Mr. August J . Bethem (1961-1982)
Dr. Gabriel P. Betz (1955-1976)
Dr. William L. Black (1965-1975)
Dr. 0 . R. Bontrager (1936-1962)
Mr. J. Herschel Bowlen (1946-1969)
Mr. William H. Buell (1962-1977)
Dr. Merrill G. Campbell (1948-1974)
Mr. Leonard Colelli (1958-1982)
Mrs. Cora Coover (1953-1966)
Dr. J . Robert Craig (1957-1982)
Dr. Harold K. Crockett (1965-1978)
Mr. Wasil Curtioff (1966-1977)
Dr. William F. Daniels (1964-1981)
Mrs. Gertrude Davis (1965-1975)
Dr. Mary R. Decarlo (1954-1968)
Mr. Angus H. Douple (1946-1970)
Dr. William L. Dovenspike (19551982)
Mr. James R. Duncan, Jr. (19661982)
Mr. Calvin Fleming (1948-1968)
Dr. Karl W . Gamble (1961-1976)
Mrs. Mildred Gath (1966-1981)
Mrs. Joan M . Glasgow (1972-1982)
Ms. Pauline Glod (1959-1979)
Mr. Ivan H. Guesman (1968-1982)
Mrs. Lela T. Hamilton (1953-1968)
Dr. George Hart (1938- 1968)
Dr. Arthur G. Henry (1958-1968)
Mr. Francis Herron (1960-1982)
Mrs. Eleanore Hibbs ( 1966-1981)
Miss Louise A. Hildreth ( 1926-1962)
Dr. Eugene F. Hilton (1970-1981)
Mrs. Merrell Holman (1947-1980)
Dr. Jack F. Hayes (1946-1971)
Mrs. Rose G. Hughes (1938-1974)
Dr. Harold C. Jones (1960-1975)
Dr. Harold E. Kemper (1955-1978)
Mr. Curtis W . Kerns (1969-1982)
Miss Isabella R. King (1956-1975)
Mr. Alek R. Krill (1965-1976)
Ms. Norma Langham ( 1959-1980)
Dr. John F. Lewis (1945-1966)

Mrs. Rose Lofstead (1957-1979)
Mr. Arthur L. Long (1963-1981)
Dr. John A. Long (1963-1974)
Ms. Margaret Maley (1966-1981)
Dr. Wilbur Marisa (1960-1981)
Mrs. Ida K. Marsh (1945-1965)
Dr. John 0 . Marsh (1967-1982)
Mr. Schuyler Marshall (1958-1982)
Mr. Anthony J . Mattee (1965-1982)
Mr. John C. McCrory (1958-1984)
Mr. James C. McIntyre (1964-1981)
Mr. James L. McPaul (1966-1981)
Dr. Harry L. Monroe (1942-1975)
Dr. Albert D. Murden (1971-1982)
Mr. Theodore J. Nemeth ( 1946-1978)
Miss Doris Nevin (1962-1981)
Mr. James Norman (1961-1980)
Dr. Harold Pash ( 1969-1982)
Dr. Stephen E. Pavlak (1950-1980)
Dr. Philip J . Proud (1962-1981)
Mr. John Pushkarsh (1966-1982)
Miss Louise Rakestraw (1946-1974)
Miss Gloria Rhodes (1970-1982)
Dr . George H. Roadman (1948-1978)
Dr. Luis V. Romero (1965-1976)
Miss Emma Sacco (1928-1957)
Dr. Irvin Shutsy (1946-1979)
Mr. Edward Sikora (1956-1982)
Mr. Charles Slick (1964-1978)
Mr. Alexander Smoyer (1946-1975)
Mr. Hubert E. Snyder ( 1949-1976)
Mr. Vetold W . Sporney (1963-1978)
Mr. John R. Swearingen (1955-1975)
Dr. Francisco Taracido (1968-1981)
Dr. John Tomikel (1965-1982)
Dr. Harold W . Traister (1947-1957)
Dr. Allison E. Troy (1971-1983)
Dr. Alexander N. Tsambassis (19641981)
Mr. Leonard Volkin (1967-1977)
Mrs. Marian H. Weaver (1954-1976)
Dr. Howard R. White (1966-1977)
Mrs. Lola M . Willett (1961-1977)
Dr. Malverne R. Wolfe (1947-1969)
Mrs. Henrietta Wood (1959-1978)

250

FACULTY, ADMINISTRATION AND
PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Agrawal , Jagdish (1969) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Sciences.
B.S ., Agra University, India; M.S., Agra University; Ph .D., Purdue University.
Aiken , M . Eileen (1969) Professor, Educat ion .
B.S ., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ed .D., Brigham Young University.
Aldstadt , Robert H. (1963) Professor, Educational Studies.
A .B., Gettysburg College; M .Ed ., University of Delaware; Ph .D., Un iversity of
Pittsburgh.
Allen , George S. (1971) Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.G.E., University of Omaha ; M.S., Wash ington State College; Ph .D., Washington State
University.
Andre, Nevin E. (1964) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S. , Pennsylvania State University; M .Ed ., Pennsylvan ia State University; Ed.D. , University of Missour i.
Bailey, Mitchell M . (1959) Associate Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Rutgers Un iversity.
Bakewell, Arthur L. (1973) Instructor-Administrator, Director of Veterans Affairs & Handicapped Services.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania ; M .Ed ., California University of
Pennsylvania.
Baldridge, Bill J . (1969) Professor, Psychology.
B.A. , Washington University; Ph.D ., Washington University.
Baldwin , Georgianna ( 1967) Associate Professor, Special Collections Librarian .
B.S ., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.L.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Balling , Jan W . (1966) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.A ., University of Louisville; M .S ., Purdue University; Ph .D., University of Louisville.
Barber, R. Michael ( 1976) Professor, Social Sciences .
B.S. , Ohio State University; M .S., Ohio State University; Ph .D., Ohio State University.
Bauman, John F. (1969) Professor, History and Urban Affairs.
B.A., Ursinus College; M .A., Temple University; Ph .D., Rutgers University.
Bauman , Robert A . (1968) Professor, Special Education.
B.S. , Geneseo State College; M .S., Indiana University; Ed.D., Indiana University.
Beardsley, William J. (1969) Assistant Professor, English .
B.A., West Virginia University; M .A., West Virginia University.
Beck , William L. (1970) Director of Library Services.
B.S. , Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .L.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Behrendt, William F. (1971) Associate Professor-Administrator, Director of Financial Aid.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
Belch, Peter J . (1968) Professor, Special Education.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West
Virginia University.
Benedetti, William R. (1965) Dean of the College of Education .
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed .D.,
University of Pittsburgh .
Bennett, William K. (1967) Assistant Professor, English , and Director of Student
Publications.
B.A. , University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Berry, Robert M . (1968) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A ., University of Maine; M .A., University of Maine.
Beyer, John (1963) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.Ed ., Duquesne University; M.Ed ., Duquesne University; M .Math ., University of South
Carolina.

251

Biddington , William ( 1977) Assistant Professor, Athletics.
B.S ., West Virginia University; M .S ., West Virginia University.
Billheimer, Foster E. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environ mental Sciences.
B.S ., Pennsylvania State University ; M.A. , University of Texas; Ph .D., Rutgers
University.
Birch , Richard M . ( 1957) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Pennsylvania State University.
Blank , William (1965) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A.T. , Duke University.
Blayney, Glenn H. (1966) Associate Professor, English .
B.A., Lafayette College; M.A., Brown University ; B.Litt. , University of Oxford.
Bloemker, Vernon L. (1962) Professor, English .
B.A ., Midland-Lutheran College; M .A., University of Nebraska; Ph .D., University of
Nebraska.
Blosel, William F. (1976) Assoc iate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S ., Pennsylvania State University; M .B.A ., University of Pittsburgh ; C.P.A .
Blout , Marcella A . (1968) Associate Professor , Speech Communication .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia Un iversity.
Boak , Gale H. ( 1967) Assistant Professor, Art.
B.S ., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M .A., Syracuse University.
Bolosky, William A. (1969) Professor, Social Work .
B.A ., Wabash College; M .S .W. , West Virginia University; Ph .D.,
Pittsburgh .

Un iversity of

Brady, Joseph K. (1970) Assoc iate Professor, Social Sciences.
B.S., Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., Ball State University.
Brammer , Clarence L. (1966) Professor , Speech Communication .
B.S., Western Montana College; M .A., Northern Colorado University: Ph .D., University
of Missouri .
Brown , Edward (1967) Assoc iate Professor, Social Wor k.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .L.S ., Carnegie-M ello n University ; M .S.W., University
of Pittsburgh .
Brown , Robert Alan (1969) Professor, Counselor Education and Services.
B.A ., University of New Hampshire ; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh , Ph .D., University of
Pittsburgh .
Buchovecky, Basil ( 1965) Associate Professor , History and Urban Affairs.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .A., University of Pittsburgh .
Buckelew, Thomas P. (1969) Professor , Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S ., Muhlenberg College; M .S ., University of South Carolina: Ph .D., University of
South Carolina.
Burd , Paul E. , Ill ( 1969) Professor-Administrator, Dean for Student Services.
B.A ., West Virg inia University; M .A., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West Virginia
Un iversity.
Burns , John J. (1969) Associate Professor, Ph ilosophy.
B.A., University of Notre Dame ; M .A., University of Toronto; J .D., Duquesne University.
Butler, Charles A. (1961) Assistant Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S ., Duquesne University; M.A. , Columbia University.
Callery, Malcolm P. (1978) Assoc iate Professor, Theatre.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A., Southern Illinois University.
Campbell , Dorothy J. (1973) ·Associate Professor, Elementary Education .
B.S ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .S. , Bucknell University.
Carter, Walter A. (1969) Instructor- Administrator , Assistant Director of Admissions .
B.S ., Geneva College; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania.
Catalano, Raymond A. (1967) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S ., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ph .D., Brigham Young University.
Cerullo, Richard E. ( 1968) Director of Computer Services.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M .S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., West
Virginia University.

252

Chawdhry, M. Arshad (1976) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., West Pakistan Agricultural University; M.S ., West Pakistan Agricultural University; M .S., University of Illinois; M .A., University of Maryland; Ph .D., University of Illinois.
Christ, Ronald A . (1970) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.S ., University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed .D., Pennsylvania
State University.
Cicconi, Mary Jean (1969) Associate Professor, English .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed .,
Pennsylvania.

California

University

of

Cignetti, Jesse A. (1968) Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs.
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Duquesne University; Ph .D.,
Ohio State University.
Clendaniel, Clyde W . (1968) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A.T ., Indiana University.
Coleman, Philip Y. (1967) Dean, College of Liberal Arts.
B.S ., Southern Illinois University; M .A., University of Illinois; Ph.D ., University of Illinois.
Conte, Donald J . (1968) Associate Professor , Earth Sciences.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
Coode, Thomas H. ( 1965) Professor, History and Urban Affairs.
B.A ., Middle Tennessee State College; Ph .D., University of Georgia .
Costello, Elaine I. ( 1966) Instructor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania.
Cowan, Robert A. (1968) Professor, Theatre.
B.A ., Hanover College; M.F.A ., Yale University; Ph .D., Purdue University.
Cowles, Robert C . (1965) Associate Professor, Speech Communication .
B.A., Marietta College; M.A ., Bowling Green State University.
Crane, George W . (1969) Associate Dean of the College of Education .
B.S., State University of New York; M.S. , State University of New York; Ph .D., Ohio
University.
Crowley, Leslie E. (1955) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A. , University of South Carolina; M .Ed ., University of South Carolina; Ed .D., George
Peabody College.
Cuda, Joseph (1984) Residence Hall Director.
B.S ., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., Slippery Rock University of
Pennsylvania.
Dascenzo, Albert (1972) Associate Professor, Special Education.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed., California
Pennsylvania.

University

of

Davis, Ethel V. (1969) Associate Professor, Reference Librarian .
B.A., Virginia Union University; M .L.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Delisi , Joseph A . (1968) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.B .A . Duquesne University.
Demetrakis, Manuel (1966) Assistant Professor, Foreign Languages and Cultures.
B.A., West Liberty State College; M.A ., West Virginia University.
Dickie, Robert F. (1966) Professor, Special Education .
B.S., Bridgewater State College : M .A., Michigan State University; Ed.D ., Michigan
State University .
Dillon, Robert W . (1970) Professor, English .
A . B. Fairfield University; M .A., Ohio University; Ph .D., Ohio University.
Dishong , Berlie E. (1964) Associate Professor, Special Education.
B .S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania State University.
Dochinez, Joseph (1961) Associate Professor-Administrator; Director of Housing and Assistant Dean , Student Development & Services .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh.
Dolinar, Paul P. (1968) Assistant Professor, Music .
B.S., Duquesne University; M .Ed., Duquesne University.
Dominick, Theodore L. ( 1969) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D., West Virginia University.

253

Dreucci , Ronald G. (1973) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., California University
Pennsylvania.

of

Dunlevy, Raymond ( 1978) Assistant Professor, Art.
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
Edwards, Dilawar M . (1972) Professor, Educational Studies.
I. Sc., St. Aloysius ' College, Jabalpur, India; B.E., Govt. Engineering College, Jabalpur;
M.E. , Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; M.Sc. in Ed ., Indiana University;
Ph .D., Indiana University.
Edwards, Frank T. (1969) Professor, History and Urban Affairs.
B.A. Antioch College; B.S., Georgetown School of Foreign Service; M .A., Georgetown
University; Ph .D., Catholic University of America.
Emelson . Roger C. (1961). Professor, Theatre.
B.A., Beloit College; M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University; Ph .D., Carnegie-Mellon
University.
Ervin , Harry L. (1971). Instructor, Health , Physical Educat ion and Safety.
B.S., Hardin-Simmons University.
Etheridge, James C., Jr. (1969) Associate Professor, Social Work .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .S.W., West Virginia University.
Fabian , Walter A. (1969) Professor, Psychology.
B.A ., Pennsylvania State University; M .S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph .D., University of Buffalo .
Fear, Edward E. (1964) Associate Professor, Social Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .L., University of Pittsburgh .
Feldman , R. Michael (1969) Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.A ., University of Pittsburgh ; M .A., University of Iowa; Ph .D., Northwestern University.
Fernandes, Antonio (1961) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Sciences .
B.A ., West Virginia University; M .S. , West Virginia University.
Ferris , Sumner (1964) Associate Professor, English .
B.A ., Harvard College.
Fisfis, Ann D. (1968) Associate Professor, Public Services Co-ordinator, Library.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .L.S., University of Pittsburgh .
Flemings, Corinne K. (1969) Professor , Speech Commun ication .
B.A ., University of Maryland ; M .A., Northwestern University; Ph .D., University of California at Los Angeles.
Folmar, John K. (1969) Professor, History and Urban Affairs .
B.A ., Sanford University; M .A., Birmingham-Southern College; Ph.D., University of
Alabama.
Forsythe, R. L. ( 1969) Assistant Professor, English .
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., North Dakota State Un iversity.
Frangos, George J. (1966) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph .D., Ohio
State University.
Frickert , Richard E. (1969). Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., Kutztown University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Rutgers University; Ed .D., Lehigh
University.
Fusco, Gabriel C. ( 1967) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S ., Duquesne University; M .S., Duquesne University; Ph .D., University of Colorado.
Gabor, William E. (1964) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., West Virginia University; M .S., West Virg inia Un iversity; Ph .D. , West Virginia
University.
George, Henry R. (1965) Associate Professor, Social Sciences.
A.B ., University of Pittsburgh ; M .Litt., University of Pittsburgh .
Gibson , John S., Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Sciences.
B.A ., Washington and Jefferson College; M .A., Michigan State University.
Gismondi , Charles A . (1969) Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .S., West Virginia University.

254

Golden, Allan J. (1981) Vice-president for Administration and Finance.
B.A. Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A.T., Fairleigh- Dickinson University; Ph .D., New
York University.
Gonano, Max Anthony (1982) Associate Professor, Music .
B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University; M.F.A., Carnegie- Mellon University.
Goodstein, Jack D. (1967) Professor, English .
B.A. , Queens College; M .A., New York University; Ph .D., New York University.
Graf, William (1980) Associate Professor, Speech Communication ; Co-ordinator, Television Services.
8.A. , Michigan State University; M .S., Syracuse University.
Graham , Albertha (1971) Assistant Professor-Administrator.
B.S ., Morris College; M .Ed ., Loyola University of Chicago.
Grilli , Eugene P. (1972) Associate Vice-president for Administration and Finance.
B.A., California University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh .
Grim, Richard C. (1983) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., Arkansas State University; M .Ed ., Arkansas State University .
Grimes, Robert H. ( 1961) Assistant Professor, English .
B.A ., West Virginia University; M.A., West Virginia University.
Grinstead , Richard H. (1972) Assistant Professor, Art.
B.A.E., Ohio State University; B.F.A ., Ohio State University; M.F.A., Ohio State University; M.A.E., Ohio State University
Gross, Michael R. (1978) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Sciences.
B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh .
Hackett , Charles M . (1965) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., University of Delaware
Halboth, Gene Patrick (1965) Associate Professor, English .
B.A ., Marquette University; M.A ., University of Chicago.
Hambacher, William 0 . (1968) Professor, Psychology.
B.A., Upsala College; M.A ., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Hanchin , John Milan (1967) Professor, English .
B.A ., Duquesne University; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania.
Hart, Mary A . (1982) Instructor, Gerontology.
B.S. , Nebraska Wesleyan University; M .A., Duquesne University.
Hart, Richard B. (1968) Dean , College of Science and Technology.
B.S ., Franklin and Marshall College; Ph .D., University of Minnesota.
Hasbrouck , Norman G . (1980) Dean , Admissions and Records.
B.A., Thiel College; M .A., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania .
Hashemi, Ali A . (1982) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., University of Tehran ; M .P.A., University of Tehran; M.B.A. , St. Louis University;
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Hausher, Howard L. (1966) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S., Waynesburg College; M .A., West Virginia University; Ed .D., University of Virginia.
Hayes, Phil (1970) Professor-Administrator/ Dean of Student Life
B.S., Fairmont State College; M .S., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West Virginia
University.
Helsel , Jay D. (1961) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Pennsylvania State University;
Ed .D., University of Pittsburgh.
Hepner, William D. (1956) Associate Professor, Social Sciences.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia University.
Herron, Robert V. (1965) Associate Professor, English .
B.S ., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Duquesne University.
Hodge, Wallace D. (1968) Professor, Special Education .
.
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M .Ed ., Duquesne University; Ed .D., West Virginia
University.

255

Hornung, Karen L. (1981) Professor, Director of Gerontology.
B.A ., Geneva College; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph .D., University of Nebraska.
Howard , Thomas C . (1970) Professor, Psychology.
B.S ., Montana State University; M .A., Montana State University; Ph.D., Washington
State University.
Hoy, Ronald C. (1969) Professor, Philosophy.
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D ., University of Pittsburgh .
Hunter, Barry B. (1968) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .S ., University of Minnesota; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University.
Jack , Phil R. (1955) Professor, Social Science.
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A ., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D ., University of Pittsburgh .
Jacobs , Allan D. (1970) Professor , Elementary Education
B.S., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; Ph .D.,
Wayne State University.
Johnson , David L. (1968) Professor , Physical Science
B.S., University of Kansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Johnson, Donna (1969) Associate Professor , Health , Physical Education and Safety
B.S., Slippery Rock State University; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
Jones, Carolyn (1975) Assistant Professor, Special Programs
B.A ., St. Augustine 's College; M .A. , North Carolina Central University
Jones, Geraldine (1974) Instructor, Special Programs .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed .,
Pennsylvania.

California

University

of

Kaleita, Annette (1966) Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Northwestern University; Ed .D., University of Maryland; M .Ed ., Duquesne University.
Kania, William B. (1961) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S ., West Virginia University; M .B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; C .P.A .
Katusa, John H. (1966) Associate Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.S ., Mississippi State College; M .A., West Virginia University.
Keightley, Roger R. (1963) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University.
Kells, Milton C. (1966) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., University of Washington ; Ph .D. , Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Kennedy, Gary W . (1962) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Kiang , Clyde Y. (1972) Associate Professor, Chief Cataloger, Library.
B .A ., National Taiwan University; M.A ., Western Michigan University; M .A., Michigan
State University.
Kimmel , William G . (1976) Associate Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.A ., Wilkes College; M .S ., Pennsylvania State University; Ph .D., Pennsylvania State
University.
Kline, Richard L. (1972) Instructor- Administrator , Assistant Director of Financial Aid .
B.S. , Pennsylvania State University.
Kneisley, Benjamin R. (1968) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., Millersville University of Pennsylvania ; M .Ed. , Millersville University
Pennsylvania.

of

Knight , Arthur Winfield ( 1966) Assistant Professor, English .
B.A ., San Francisco State University; M .A., San Francisco State University.
Knill , Isabell ( 1966) Associate Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.S ., Eastern Michigan University; M .A., Eastern Michigan University.
Koch , Dale R. ( 197 1) Professor-Administrator , Director of Development , Alumni and Public Affairs .
B.S ., Concord ia College ; M.S., Florida State University; Ed .D., Auburn Universit y.

256

Kopko, Robert J. (1979) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S ., Elan College; M .S., Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.
Korcheck , Robert A. (1967) Associate Professor, English .
8 .A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., West Virginia University.
Kos, Kade (1961) Associate Professor, Cataloger, Library.
8 .S. , Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M .L.S. , Syracuse University.
Krueck, Alan H. (1966) Professor, Foreign Languages and Cultures.
B.A. , Syracuse University; M .A., Michigan State University; Ph .D., University of Zurich,
Switzerland .
Krueger, Ewald C. (1967) Associate Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S. , Oshkosh State College; M.S., West Virginia University.
LaBute, Daniel L. (1964) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
8 .S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh .
Lackner, Vincent F. (1962) Professor, Philosophy.
8 .S ., Saint Vincent College; M .A. , University of Toronto; Ph.D ., University of Toronto.
Lancaster, Paul L. ( 1968) Associate Professor, Special Education .
B .S ., California University of Pennsylvania ; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania .
Lapisardi , Frederick S. (1968) Associate Professor , English .
A .8 ., Niagara University; M .A., Niagara University.
Lawrence, John R. (1966) Associate Professor , English .
B.A ., University of Iowa ; M.F.A ., University of Iowa .
Lazor, Regis 8 . (1972) Associate Professor , Special Education .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania ; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh .
Lauaro, Anthony (1966) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of North Carolina; Ph .D.,
Pennsylvania State University.
Lebois, Gaston (1955) Professor, Educational Studies .
8.S., Pennsylvania State University; M .Ed ., Pennsylvania State University; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh.
Lentz, James P. (1983) Associate Professor , Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., California University of
Pennsylvania.
Levendos, Stephen (1961) Associate Professor, Psychology.
B.A ., University of Pittsburgh ; M.S. , Illinois State College .
Lee, George (1984) Residence Hall Director .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S. , California University of Pennsylvania .
Linton , John R. (1967) Associate Professor , Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh .
Lister, William R. (1963) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., University of Rhode Island ; B.Ed ., University of Rhode Island; M .S., University of
Rhode Island; Ed .D. , Boston University.
Little, Robert T. (1970) Associate Dean, College of Liberal Arts .
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D. , West Virginia University.
Little, Shirley Ann (1970) Professor, Counselor Education and Services, Director, PSN and
CRNA Nursing Programs.
R.N., Uniontown Hospital School of Nursing; B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., West Virginia University.
Lizak, Leonard (1966) Associate Professor, English.
B.A ., University of Massachusetts; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania.
London , Ira T. (1970) Professor, Psychology.
B.A ., Rutgers University; M .A., University of Delaware; Ph .D., University of Connecticut .
Loomis, Tim (1980) Assistant Professor, Athletics .
B.S ., Lock Haven University of Pennsylvania;
Pennsylvania.

M.A ., California

Lopez, Raymond (1971) Associate Professor, Special Programs.
8 .S. , Geneva College; M .S. , Westminster College .

257

University

of

Lownsbery, Norton E. (1969) Assistant Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., Millersville University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., West Virg inia University.
Lucy, John H. ( 1972) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph .D., Ohio
State University.
Maatta, Norma E. (1965) Associate Professor, English .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A. , West Virgin ia University.
Machusko , Andrew J. (1970) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Madden , F. Mel (1976) Associate Professor, Counselor Education and Services, Affirmative Action Officer, Human Relations Coordinator.
STB , St. Anthony-on-Hudson in affiliation with Catholic University of Washington , D.C. ;
M .A. , Montclair State College; Ed.D., University of North Dakota.
Madia, Samuel (1966) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., West Virginia University; M .Ed ., West Virginia University.
Marcinek , Margaret Ann (1983) Associate Professor, Nursing.
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M .S.N. , University of Maryland ; Ed .D., West Virginia University; R.N .
Marino, Joseph D. (1968) Professor, Social Science.
B.S., Montana State University (Boxeman); M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph .D.,
Pennsylvania State University.
Martin, J. Gregory, Jr. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.A., Miami University; M.A.T. , Cornell University; Ph .D., Cornell University.
Martin , Margaret (1964) Assistant Professor , Health , Physical Education , and Safety.
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvan ia; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
Marusk in , Albert F. (1966) Professor, Technical Services Coord inator, Library.
B.A ., Pennsylvania State University; M .L.S ., University of Pittsbu rgh ; Ph .D. , University
of Pittsburgh .
Matovich , Richard M . (1968) Associate Professor, Interlibrary Loan Librarian .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Duquesne University; M .L.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Maxwell , Lola E. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Curriculum Librarian .
B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh ; M .L.S .,
Rutgers University.
May, Richard L. (1967) Associate Professor, Speech Communication .
A.B., Franklin College.
McConnell , Janice (1963) Assistant Professor , Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .S., University of Washington .
McGrew, Anthony P. (1968) Associate Professor , History and Urban Affairs.
B.S., Brigham Young University; M .A. , Brigham Young University.
Mcilwain, Phyllis S. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.S ., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. , Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh .
McKeithan , Janet (1984) Residence Hall Director.
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
McKenzie, Claire M . (1983) Professor and Director , Nursing .
R.N., Mercy-Douglass Hospital ; B.S.N., Teachers College, Columbia University; M .A.,
Teachers College, Columbia University; M .A., Teachers College, Columbia University;
Ed .D., Teachers College, Columbia University; R.N .
McMahon , Carol (1974) Assistant Professor, Health , Physical Education, and Safety.
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
McVey, James T. (1966) Assistant Professor, English .
B.A., Youngstown University; M.A., University of Virginia.
Messinger, Milton A. (1969) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A ., Wichita State University; M .A., University of Texas; Ph .D., University of Texas.

258

Michael , Ronald L. (1969) Professor, Social Science.
B.S., Jamestown College; M .A., University of North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State
University.
Miller, C. Allen (1976) Associate Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. .
B.S., Buena Vista College; M .A., Mankato State College; Ph .D., North Dakota State
University.
Miller, Patrick L. (1967) Assistant Professor, Speech Communication.
B.S ., Dickinson State College; M.A., Colorado State University.
Moon, Thomas C. (1969) Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Continuing Education.
B.A., Kalamazoo College; M .A.T., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Moreschi , John P. (1972) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh .
Moses, Lawrence L. ( 1969) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Pennsylvania State University.
Mosher, Betsy (1980) Assistant Professor, Athletics.
B.S., Illinois State University; M .A., University of Northern Colorado.
Mule, Ben A . (1972) Assistant Professor, Special Education .
B.S., State University of New York ; M.Ed ., University of Rochester.
Mullins, Jeanette ( 1975) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.A., Wayne State University; M .S., Wayne State University; Ph .D., North Dakota State
University.
Murdick , William (1969) Assistant Professor, English .
B.A., State University of New York ; M.F.A ., University of Iowa.
Myers, Sylvia J . (1978) Assistant Director of Admissions.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., California University of Pennsylvania;
M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania.
Natali, Elmo (1967) Vice President for Student Development and Services.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., California University of Pennsylvania.
Nelson, Jo Ann (1969) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .L.S. , University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Nelson , Nancy Z. (1967) Vice President for Academic Affairs.
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed .D., University of Pittsburgh.
Nemec, Richard R. (1967) Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., West Virginia University.
Novak , George (1959) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.Litt. , University of Pittsburgh .
Nucci , Joseph Charles (1968) Professor, English.
A .B., University of Notre Dame; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D., University of
Pittsburgh .
O'Brien , Mary Catherine ( 1960) Associate Professor, Psychology.
B.S ., Duquesne University; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., Walden University.
Oliastro, Louis A. (1968) Associate Professor, Elementary Education ; Director, Head Start
Training Program .
B.A ., Geneva College; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
Olsen , Sandra J. (1983) Assistant Professor, Nursing .
B.A., College of St. Scholastica; M .S., University of Minnesota ; R.N.
Omarzai , Mahmood A.K . (1979) Professor, Business and Economics .
B.A., Y.D. College, India; M .A., Karachi University, Pakistan ; M.A., Indiana University;
Ph .D., Indiana University.
Orlandi , Angelo J. (1966) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West Virginia
University.
Orr, Roger J . ( 1969) Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania State University; Ed .D.,
Pennsylvania State University.

259

Orsag , Harry J. (1967) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M .L., University of Pittsburgh .
Pajerski, David W . (1969) Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S ., University of New Hampshire; Ph .D., University of
Pittsburgh .
Palermo, Philip (1966) Professor, Psychology.
B.A ., New York University; M .A ., New York University; Ph .D., New York University.
Pankey, Homer R. (1965) Dean , School of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education .
B.A ., Shephard College; M .A., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West Virginia University.
Parascenzo , Raldo (1965) Associate Professor, Foreign Languages and Cultures.
B.A. , University of Pittsburgh; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Lit. , University of
Pittsburgh .
Park , Young J. (1977) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.P.A ., Korea University; M.A., Temple University; Ph .D., Temple University.
Parker , Virjean (1970) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.A., San Francisco State College; M .S., California State College at Hayward ; Ed .D.,
Boston University.
Parkinson, Leslie A. ( 1969) Assistant Professor, Art.
B.S., Indiana University; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
Parkinson , William R. (1969) Associate Professor-Administrator, Dean of Student Life
(Men).
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .
Parnell , William G . (1968) Professor, Counselor Education and Services.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., Eastern Michigan University; Ed .D.,
West Virginia University.
Pavlak , Stephen A. (1971) Professor, Elementary Educaj ion .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh .
Pecosh, Joseph E. (1967) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Petrick , Thomas R. (1963) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M .S., Syracuse University.
Petrucci , Jeff (1981) Associate Professor, Athletics.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania.
Pokol , Albert R. (1965) Associate Professor, Periodicals Librarian.
B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Duquesne University; M .L.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Pollock, Fred (1968) Assistant Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., Stout Institute; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh.
Powe, Alton N. (1973) Assistant Professor, Special Programs.
B.A ., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., California University of
Pennsylvania.
Powell , Jay R. (1972) Professor, Special Education .
B.S., University of Illinois; M .A., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D ., Southern Illinois
University.
Procasky, William J. (1965) Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., University of Nebraska; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Raleigh, Joanne (1975) Instructor, Special Programs.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed .,
Pennsylvania.

California

University

of

Ramey, J. Wendell (1976) Associate Professor , Social Work .
B.S., Howard University; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh .
Rea, Connie Mack (1963) Associate Professor, English .
B.A ., Centenary College; B.S ., Centenary College; M .Ed ., University of Colorado; M .A.,
University of Southern California.

260

Reid , George A. (1968) Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A., Muskingham College; M .S., Westminster College; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Rider, Daniel E. (1969) Professor, English .
B.A., Albany State College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph .D., University of
Minnesota.
Riegelnegg, Dennis (1978) Director of Student Association , Inc.
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Slippery Rock University of
Pennsylvania.
Riggle, John H. (1964) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A. , Washington and Jefferson ; M .Litt ., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A. , University of
Central Michigan .
Robin , Michael W . (1966) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.A., Hunter College; M .S., New York University.
Robson , John L. (1966) Professor, Speech Communication .
A.B., West Virginia University; M.A., University of Southern California; Ph .D., University
of Southern California.
Rockinson , Robert J. ( 1971) Associate Professor-Administrator; Systems Analyst for Academic Programs.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., University of Washington .
Rockwood, Horace S., Ill (1969) Professor , English.
A .B., Boston University; M .A., University of Michigan ; Ph .D., University of Michigan.
Rogers, Allen D. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.A. , Parson College; M .A. , University of Iowa; Ph .D., University

ot Iowa.

Rollison , Suzanne M . ( 1984) Assistant Professor, Nursing.
B.S.N., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.S.N ., University of Pennsylvania; R.N .
Romboski , Lawrence D. (1969) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A. , Washington and Jefferson College; M.A. , Rutgers University; M .S. , Rutgers University; Ph.D. , Rutgers University.
Sally, Melvin J., II (1973) Associate Professor, Special Programs.
B.S. , West Virginia University; M.Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania.
Saludis, Anthony J. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education .
B.S., Duquesne University; M .Ed ., Duquesne University; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh .
Sanfilippo, Joseph A . (1965) Associate Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .S., Ball State University.
Santee, Elsbeth E. (1966) Associate Professor, Foreign Languages and Cultures.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University.
Sapko, Donald R. (1961) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., University of Pittsburgh .
Scarmazzi , Joseph D. (1967) Assistant Professor, Education.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed .,
Pennsylvania.

California

University

of

Schaltenbrand , Philip E. (1968) Assistant Professor, Art.
B.S ., Kutztown University of Pennsylvan ia; M.Ed ., Temple University.
Schmidt , Elwyn M . ( 1966) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M .S., West Virginia University.
Schuler, Charles A . ( 1966) Professor, Industri al Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., Texas A&M University.
Schweiker, William F. (1972) Professor, Social Sciences.
B.A., West Virginia University; M .A., University of Minnesota ; Ph.D. , University of
Minnesota .
Scott , Richard D. (1971 ) Professor, Psychology.
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M .S., University of Massachusetts; Ph .D., University of Tennessee.
Scott , Terry E. ( 1966) Associate Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.A. , William Jewell College; M.A., Washington University.
Serinko, Regis J. (1961) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., St. Vincen t' s College; M.S., West Vi rginia University; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D ., University of Pittsburgh .

261

Shuler, Floyd W . (1966) Assistant Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.A ., West Liberty State College; M .S., West Virginia University.
Siegel , Leonard (1960) Professor, History and Urban Affairs.
B.A., Western Reserve University; M.A ., Western Reserve University; Ph .D., Western
Reserve University.
Simila , R. Donald (1966) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh ; C.P.A .
Simpson , Alfred E. (1976) Assistant Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., Southern University; M .A., West Virginia University.
Skocik , John S., Jr. (1967) Associate Professor , Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .S., West Virginia University.
Slosky, William E. (1970) Associate Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania State University.
Smith , Darrell ( 1968) Professor, Industrial Arts and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., Texas A&M University.
Smith , Gary A . (1967) Assistant Professor, Philosophy.
B.A ., Juniata College; M.A. , Wayne State University.
Smith , G. Ralph , II (1964) Assistant Professor, English .
A .B., Franklin and Marshall College.
Stefanik, Jacqueline (1984) Assistant Professor, Nursing .
B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; M .S.N. , West Virginia University; M .P.A ., West
Virginia University; R.N .
Stephenson , Sarah (1968) Professor, Social Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvan ia; M .A., Carnegie-Mellon University; D.A .,
Carnegie-Mellon University.
Suskalo , Gene G. (1967) Associate Professor, Music .
B.S. , Duquesne University ; M.S. , Duquesne University; Master of Music, Duquesne
University.
Sutton , Shirley Joan (1964) Associate Professor, Music .
Bachelor of Music Education , Drake University; Master of Music Education , Drake
University.
Sylvester, Marc A . (1973) Professor , Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.A ., Washington and Jefferson College; M.S ., West Virginia University; Ph .D., West
Virg inia Un iversity.
Tait , Nancy J. (1971) Professor-Administrator; Dean of Women .
B.S., Lake Erie ~allege; M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed .D. , Indiana University.
Talbert , Charles E. (1978) Assistant Director, Admissions.
B.A ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed .,
Pennsylvania.

California

University

of

Tarullo, P. Ronald (1978) Professor , Business and Economics.
B.A ., Marietta College; M .A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh.
Thomas, C. R. ( 1965) Professor, English .
A .B., West Virginia University; A.M ., West Virginia University; M .Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania ; Ed.D., West Virginia University.
Thompson, Donald J. (1969) Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.A ., Monmouth College; M .A., Indiana University; Ph.D ., Washington University.
Tiberio, Albert Thomas (1969) Associate Professor, Music.
B.S., Juilliard School of Music; M .A., Columbia University.
Tselepis, Steve ( 1968) Associate Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.S., California University of Penr:sylvania; M .S., West Virginia University.
Uher, Martin (1967) Associate Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.S., Western New Mexico University; M .A ., Eastern New Mexico University.
Vargo, John R. ( 1970) Associate Professor, Education .
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University.
Vulcano, Frank L. (1965) Associate Professor, Health, Physical Education and Safety.
B.A., Lock Haven University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh .

262

Wahl, Dean L. (1972) Assistant Professor, Special Programs.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed ., Slippery Rock University of
Pennsylvania.
Walker, Maetroy A. (1969) Instructor-Administrator, Student Development and Services.
B.A., Benedict College.
Walsh , John H. (1961) Professor, Philosophy.
A.B ., Duquesne University; M .A., Duquesne University; Ph .D., Georgetown University.
Watkins, John Pierce ( 1957) President.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh.
Webb, Richard H. (1969) Associate Professor-Administrator , Director of Placement.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University.
Welsh , Allen G. (1959) Professor, Social Sciences.
B.S ., California Univeristy of Pennsylvania; M.A ., West Virginia University; Ed .D., West
Virginia University.
Weston , Bruce (1972) Professor, Foreign Languages & Cultures.
B.S., Northwestern University; M.A. , University of Michigan ; Ph .D., University of
Michigan .
Williams, Sylvia S. (1965) Associate Professor, Psychology.
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A ., West Virginia University.
Willison , Beverly G. (1978) Assistant Professor, Social Work .
B.A. , Duquesne University; M .S.W ., University of Pittsburgh .
Wilseck, Robert F. (1967) Professor, Health , Physical Education and Safety.
B.A. , Colorado State College; M.S., Colorado State College; Ed .D., University of Northern Colorado.
Wilson , Daniel E. ( 1967) Professor , English .
B.S., West Chester University; M .S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., Western Reserve
University (Case-Western).
Wilson , Maurice E. (1969) Professor, Psychology.
B.A ., Wofford College; M .A., William and Mary University; Ph .D., Emory College.
Witchey, Myles B. (1962) Associate Professor, Health, Physical Education and Safety.
B.A. , West Liberty State College; M .A., West Virginia University.
Wodock, Donald B. (1966) Associate Professor, English .
B.S., West Chester University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , Middlebury College; M .Litt., Middlebury College.
Wamsley, William (1966) Professor, Social Science.
B.S., Grove City College; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University.
Wright , John R. (1984) Associate Dean, College of Science and Technology.
B.S., Fitchburg State College; M.Ed ., Rhode Island State; Ed .D., West Virginia
University.
Yates, Albert E. (1964) Associate Professor, Speech Pathology and Audiology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University.
Zadorozny, Edward (1962) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences; Director,
Medical Technology and Pre-Professional Health-Related Programs.
B.S. , University of Pittsburgh; M.S ., University of Pittsburgh .
Zeffiro, Jay A. (1970) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M .A. , Duquesne University.
Zemo, George (1957) Professor, Social Sciences.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Litt., University of Pittsburgh .
Zondos, Angela K. (1966) Associate Professor, Special Education .
B.S., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M .A., Michigan State University.
Zoppetti, Robert L. (1961) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University.

263

ADJUNCT
Allegheny General Hospital, Pittsburgh , Pa. 15212
Robert J. Hartsock , M .D. , Medical Technology Program Director
M . L. Moore, M .T. (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Altoona Hospital , Altoona, Pa. 16607
Eugene M . Sneff, M.D., Medical Technology Program Director
Jacqueline Yandle, M.T ., (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Brown , Kevin S ., Captain (1984) Assistant Professor , Military Science
B.A ., University of Kentucky
Conemaugh Valley General Hospital, Johnstown , Pa. 15905
S. A . Goldblatt, Technology Program Director
Teresa Palmer, M.T. , (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Koenig, Wayne L. , Captain (1984) Assistant Professor , Military Science
B.A ., Texas Technical University
Farmer, Rev. Regis M . (1982) Campus Ministry
B.A ., St. Vincent's College; M . Div., St. Vincent 's Seminary; M.S . Ed ., Duquesne
University
McClure, Sister Ellen , O.S.F. (1982) Campus M inistry
R.N. , St. Francis School of Nursing ; B.S.N ., Marquette University; M .A., Providence
College
McKeesport Hospital , McKeesport , Pa . 15132
Florante Paat , M .D., Med ical Technology Program Director
Terry Susa, M.T. , (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15219
Jeanne A. Cooper, M .D., Medical Technology Program Director
Elaine Linkhauer, M .T., (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Ridge, John H., Lieutenant Colonel (1983) Professor, Mil itary Science
8 .A ., Indiana University; M .A., Webster College
St. Vincent Hospital , Erie, Pa. 16512
Kenneth H. Jurgins , M .D., Medical Technology Program Director
Susan Lawton , M.T. (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Washington Hospital , Washington , Pa. 15301
E. L. Abernathy, M .D., Medical Technology Program Director
Cheryl Asbury, M .T. (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Western Pennsylvania Hospital , Pittsburgh , Pa. 15224
Alexander Stavrides, M .D., Medical Technology Program Director
Virginia Craig , M.T. (ASCP) Educational Coordinator
Yost, Dennis E., (1 983) Assistant Professor and Officer in Charge, Military Science
S.S ., Youngst own State University

264

INDEX
A
Abbreviations ...... ..... ...... .............. ... .. .... .. 67
ABLE: Achieving Black Leadership
and Excellence .......................... ... ...... 14
Academic Affairs, University
Personnel ................ ., ...... ......... ........ 248
Academic Programs and Degrees ....... .. . 11
Academic Progress, Satisfactory .. ......... 39
Academic Standing , Good ........ ... ........... 24
Accounting , Associate Degree in ........... 98
Administration and Finance,
University Personnel .. ... ... ............. .. . 249
Administration and Management,
Associate Degree in ........... ..... .... ....... 98
Administration and Management,
Major in ............... ... ......... ................. .. 96
Administrative Officers and Staff ... ...... 248
Admissions .... ......................... ... ... .. ........ . 46
Advanced Placement Program .... .... . 21, 50
Advanced Stand ing ...... ....... ... ............ .... 21
Aging : See also: Gerontology
Aging , Specialist Certificate in ............. 144
Alumni Association ............ ............... ..... . 14
Alumni Scholarships ....... ....... .... ............. 38
Anesthetist Program and
Courses (RNA) ..... ... ... .... ................. . 210
ANT: Anthropology, Courses ....... ..... .... 216
Anthropology, Courses (ANT) ..... ... .. .... 216
Anthropology, Major in .... ............... .... .. 213
Appeal, Financial Aid ....... ............ .... ..... .. 41
Appeal , Procedure for Teacher
Certification Students .. ........... ..... .. .. .. 69
Appeal , Student Rights Procedure .. ... .... 61
Appealing a Grade, Procedure for ......... 21
Application, for Admission ..... ........ ........ 46
Area Programs in Liberal Arts ............ .. .. 75
ART: Art Courses .... ............... .... .... ........ . 80
Art, Courses (ART) ......... ... ..... ....... ....... .. 80
Art, Department and Major ... ....... .... .... .. 79
Arts and Recreation in Human
Services, Major in .. ... .............. .... .. ... 244
Associate Degrees (Two-Year Programs):
See: Accounting ; Administration and
Management; Community Living
Arrangements; Computer Science; Drafting Technology; Early
Childhood ; Numerical Control
Technology; Screen Printing
Technology
Athletic Coaching , Courses (CPE) ..... .. 148
Athletic Coaching Program ............. ..... 148
Athletic Department ... ................. .. .......... 81
Athletic Training , Courses (TPE) ... .... ... 148
Athletic Training , Major in ...... ... ....... ... . 146
Athletics .............. ...................... ....... . 18, 63
Attendance at Classes .......... ................ .. 22
Attrition Information .... ......... .... ... ........ ... 50

B
BIO: Biology Courses ... .... ...... ................. 89
Biology, Certification in for Teacher
Education ..... ............ ... .. .... .............. ... 83
Biology, Courses (BI0) ...... ................. .... 89
Biology, Department and Major ... ..... ... .. 82
Board of Governors, State System of
Higher Education ........................... .. 248
Budget Plan for Payment of Fees .......... 56
BUS: Business Courses ....... ............. ..... . 99
Business Administration :
See also: Administration and
Management
Business Administration , Major in .... ...... 97
Business and Economics, Department
and Majors ............................ ... .. ........ 95
Business, Courses (BUS) ... ................ .... 99

C
Calendar, Academic ....................... .. ...... .. . 2
Campus and Surrounding Area ................ 6
Campus Ministry ....... ....... ... ... .. ............... 15
See Also: Counseling and Psycholog ical Services
Career Planning, Course (XCP) ........... 236
CCU: Co-Curricular Courses ....... ..... .. .. 103
Certification for Teachers ...... ..... ..... ....... 69
Chancellor, State System of Higher
Education ...... .. ..... ... ... .... ..... ......... .. .. 248
CHE: Chemistry Courses .... ..... ............. 199
Check, Charge for Bad ... .... .... ........ ........ 57
Chemistry, Certification in for Teacher
Education .... ....... ...... ..... ..... .. ..... ....... 198
Chemistry, Courses (CHE) .. ......... ........ 199
Chemistry, Major in ... ... ...................... ... 196
Citizenship, Requirement for Teacher
Education ......... ....... ...... .... ... ..... ...... ... 70
Class Absences Due to Illness ... .......... ... 22
Class Standing ......... ........... ........ .. .. .... .... 22
Coaching , Athletic ............... .................. 148
Co-Curricular Activities, Courses
(CCU) .. ....... .. ...... ..... .. .... ... ... ... .. .. .. .... 103
College Level Equivalency Program
(CLEP) ... ............................................. 22
Colleges: Undergraduate Divisions
of the University .... ... .......... .... 69, 74, 77
Commencement Honors .............. ......... .. 27
Communication, Major in, for Teacher
Certification ..... ....... ......... ... .. ... .... ... .. 103
Communication :
See Also: Speech Communication
Community College Graduates, Transfer
Credits for ................... .. ... .. .. ..... ...... ... 50
Community Living Arrangements,
Associate Degree in .... .... ... ... ......... .. 228
Commun ity Services, Special
Education Major in ........ .............. ..... 226
Computer Center .. ...... .... .... .. ... ........... .. .. 15

265

Computer Sciences, Courses (CSC) ... 185
Computer Science, Degree
Programs in ............ ............. ..... 180, 182
Confidentiality of Student Record
Contents .... .... .. ..... ...... ..... .... ......... ... ... 48
Continuing Education ...... .. .................. ... 78
Council of Trustees, University ............ . 248
Counseling and Psychological
Services ....... ..... ......................... ... 16, 64
See Also: Campus Ministry
Counselor Education and Services,
Department ..... ............. .. .... ... .. ..... .... 105
Course Numbering System .... ................. 23
Course Repeats ..... ............. ... ...... ........... 30
CPE: Coaching Courses ..... ... ..... ..... ..... 148
Credentials, Student ...... ..... .... ........ ....... . 48
Credit Load and Overload .. .................... 28
Credits and Credit Hours ........................ 23
Credits Earned by Examination ....... ....... 23
CSC: Computer Science Courses ... ..... 185

D
Day Care Services ...... .. ......... ..
. .......... 17
Dean 's List ....... ... ... ... ......... ..... ..... .......... . 27
Degrees Offered ..................... ........... 11 , 75
Degrees When Conferred .......... .... ......... 24
Delinquent Accounts ............. .. ...... ......... . 55
Dental Hygiene , Education Certification
Major in ...... .. ... .............. .... .. ... .......... 105
Dining Hall Facilities ......... .... ................. .. 62
Dismissal , for Academ ic Reasons .......... 24
See Also: Withdrawal , Administrative
Distinguished Service Awards ............. ... 24
Doctor's Fees and Ambulance Fee ...... .. 59
Dormitories ... ........ ............. ... ................ .. 62
Dormitory, Deposit ................ .... .. ......... ... 58
Drafting Technology, Associate
Degree in ....... ............ .. ....... .......... .. .. 167
Driver Education , Courses (HSD) .. ... ... 150
Driver Educat ion Program ............... ..... 148

E
Early Childhood , Associate Degree in .. 122
Early Childhood , Courses (ECE) .......... 125
Early Childhood , Major in ...... ....... 120- 121
Early Childhood / Special Education ,
Major in ............... .. ........ ... .. ..... .... ..... 229
Earth Science, Certification in for
Teacher Education ........................... 107
Earth Science, Courses (EAS) ...... ... .... 109
Earth Science, Department and
Major .. ........ ...... ..... ........ ..... .... ...... .... 106
EAS: Earth Science Courses ............... . 109
ECE: Early Ch ildhood Courses ........ ..... 125
ECO: Econom ics Courses ..... ........ ....... 101
Economics, Courses (ECO) ...... ....... ..... 101
Economics , Major in .......... .... ......... .. ...... 96
EDE: Elementary Education Courses .. . 122
EDS: Secondary Education Courses .... 115
EDU: Education Courses ................ ... ... 114
Education , College of.. ............................ 68
Education , Courses (EDU) .... ........ ... ... . 114
Educational Foundations, Courses
(EDF) .... .. .. .................. ...................... 115
Educational Stud ies, Department ....... .. 114

EFS: Courses in English for Foreign
Students ...... ..... ... .. .... ..... .. ....... ... ...... 135
Electro-Graphics ... .......... ....... ...... ......... 163
Elementary Education , Courses
(EDE) ............................. ....... ........... 122
Elementary Education , Department ..... 119
Elementary Education , Major in ........... 119
Emeriti Faculty ........ ... .... .. ......... ........ .... 250
Employment , Student ........... .. ............ .... 43
ENG: English Cou rses .................. ....... .. 129
Engineering Program ......... ......... .......... 199
English , Certification in for Teacher
Education ........ ... ........... ..... .............. 126
English, Courses (ENG) .. ... ...... .... .. ..... .. 129
English , Department and Majors .......... 126
English for Foreign Students,
Courses (EFS) ....... ....... .. ........ ..... .... 135
Entrance Requirements ........ ........ ..... ..... 46
Environmental Education
Endorsement ....................... ............... 85
Environmental Studies, Courses (XES) .... .
....... ..... ..... .... ...... ...... ... .... ............... .. .. 94
Environmental Studies, Major in .......... .. 83
Equality of Opportunity ..... ........ .. ... ..... 5, 46
ESP: Courses in Special Education ...... 231
Examination , Credit by ........................... 23

F
Faculty, Adjunct ... ... ................... ........... 264
Faculty, Administration and Professional Staff, Alphabetic ...... ........ ...... 251
Faculty, Emeriti .. ..... ................. .......... ... 250
Fees and Expenses ....... .................... 52 , 58
Financial Aid and Scholarships .............. 36
Financial Information and Fees ..... ......... 36
Financial Planning .. ................... ........ ... ... 36
Foreign Languages, Certificat ion in for
Teacher Education .. .... .......... ....... .... 137
Foreign Languages, Department and
Majors .... .... ........ .. ...... ................. .. ... 136
Foreign Students ... ......... .... .... .. .... .. ........ 48
Fraternities , Social .............. ... ................ . 63
FRE: French Courses ............. .. ............. 139
French , Certification in for Teacher
Education .... ........ ................ ............. 137
French, Courses (FRE) ... ..... .. ....... .. .... .. 139
French , Major in .. ...... ...... ....... ....... ... ..... 137

G
GCT: Graph ic Communications
Courses ....... ................ .... .............. ... 175
General Education , College of
Education ......... .................... ........... ... 72
General Education , College of
Liberal Art s .. ............... ........ ...... ......... 7 4
General Education , College of
Science and Technology ... ................. 77
General Science Endorsement ............. 143
GEO: Geography Courses ..... .... ......... .. 112
Geography, Courses (GEO) ................. 112
Geography, Major in .... ........ ..... ..... ....... 107
Geology, Major in .... ............. ................. 108
Gerontology, Courses (XGE) ............... . 143
Gerontology, Major in ... .. ................ ...... 144
GER: Courses in German .............. ... .... 139

266

German , Certification in for Teacher
Education .... .... ..... ................ .......... .. 137
German, Courses (GER) ... ........... .. ....... 139
German, Major in .... ........... .... ... .... 137, 138
GMS: Courses in Military Science
(ROTC) ....... .......... ......... ....... ............. 186
Goals of the University ... .......... ................. 9
Good Academic Standing ........ ... ............ 24
Governors, Board of, State System of
Higher Education ......... ......... .. ....... .. 248
Grade Point Average ... ........ ... ..... ........... 25
Grade Reports ..... .. ......... ....... ...... ....... ... . 25
Grading Systems ..... .......... ........ ... .......... 25
Graduate Courses, Undergraduate
Credit for .............. ... .... ................ ....... 32
Graduate Credits for Seniors ............ ... .. 26
Graduate School ......... .. .... ........ .. ............ 78
Graduation Honors .................... ............ . 27
Graduation Requirements .. .................... 26
Grants, Financial .......................... ........ ... 44
Graphics Communications
Technology, Major in ... ............. ....... 162
Graphics Communicat ions,
Courses (GCT) .. ....... ...... .... ...... ........ 175
GRE: Greek Courses ............... ........ ...... 140
Greek, Courses (GRE) ........... ... .. ... ....... 140
Guidance and Counseling ......... 16, 64 , 235

H
Handicapped , Academic
Majors in .................................. 227, 229
Handicapped , Parking for the .. ...... ........ 60
Handicapped Student Services .............. 65
Health and Accident Insurance ............. . 59
Health and Physical Education ,
Courses (HPE) ... ........ ... .... ............. .. 150
Health, Physical Education and
Safety, Department.. .... .... ............ .... 146
Health Professions ................ ........... ....... 88
Health Services and Fees .............. .. .... ... 59
HIS: History Courses ... ............ ... .... .... .. 155
History and Urban Affairs, Department
and Majors ........................... .. ......... . 152
History, Courses (HIS) .. .. ..... ........ ... ... ... 155
History, Major in .......... .......... .. ............. 153
History of the University .. ................. ...... .. 7
Honors Societies ... .................................. 27
Honors Convocation ............................... 27
Honors, Graduation ....... .......... ... ............ 27
Honors, Semester (Dean 's List) ....... .. ..... 27
Honors: See also: Distinguished Service
Awards
Housing Applications and
Regulations ... .... ......... ........ ... ........ 60,61
HPE: Courses in Health and
Physical Education ....... .. ........ .......... 150
HSD: Courses in Drivers Education and
Highway Education ... ............ .... .. ..... 150
Human Relations Program ............. ........ 61
Humanities, Area Degree Program in .... 75
HUN: Courses in Hungarian ... .............. . 141
Hungarian , Courses (HUN) .... .... ..... ...... 141

I
IAR: Courses in Industrial Arts .. .... ...... . 170

Identification, Social Security Number. .. 49
Illness, Absence Due to ...... .................... 59
Incomplete Grades ...... ............... ..... ... .... . 28
Industrial Arts and Technology,
Department ............ ................ ... .... ... 160
Industrial Arts, Courses (IAR) ....... .... ... 170
Industrial Arts Education, Major in ....... 160
Industrial Management Technology,
Major in ............. .... ..... ...... ........ ........ 163
Industrial/Organizational
Psychology, Major in ...... ... ........ .. .... 206
Industrial Technology, Courses (ITE) ... 175
Industrial Technology, Major in ......... .. . 165
Infirmary Services and Fees .. ...... ... ..... .. . 59
Insurance, Health and Accident ......... .... 59
Intercollegiate Athletics ............. .... .. . 18, 63
International Studies, Major in ..... 108, 138
ITA: Courses in Italian .............. ............ 141
Italian, Courses (ITA) ....... .................... 141
ITE: Courses in Industrial Technology ..... ..
··· ······· ···· ················· ···· ··· ·· ·········· ······ · 175
J
Journalism ....... ..... ......... ... .... ..... ............ 128

L
Laboratory Experiences in Teacher
Education .................. ........ .. ...... ........ . 72
Languages, Foreign ... ..... .......... ..... ....... 136
Late Payment Fee .. ....................... .......... 58
Liberal Arts, College of ...... .. .. ........ ......... 74
Library, Louis L. Manderino .. ................. 19
Library Services, Department ............... 178
LIT: Courses in Literature .... ...... ....... .... 134
Literature, Courses (LIT) ....... .... ........ ... 134
Loans ..................... .. ...... ............... ..... 42, 44

M
Management and Computer Science/
Industrial Management
Program ........ .... ......... .... .. ... 163, 182
Manufacturing/Industrial Management ,
Major in ....... .. ..... ....... ........ .............. . 163
Manufacturing Technology, Courses
(MTE) ......... ..... ..... ... ......... .... ....... ..... 177
Manufacturing Technology, Degree
Program in ....... ...... ....... ....... ...... ...... 166
MAT: Mathematics Courses ... .............. 182
Mathematics and Computer
Science, Department ........... .. ....... ... 178
Mathematics and Computer Science,
Major in .... .... ......... ....... .. ....... ........... 180
Mathematics, Certification in for
Teacher Education .... .................. .. .. . 181
Mathematics, Courses (MAT) ...... ........ 182
Mathematics, Major in .......... ................ 181
Medical Technology, Major in ................ 85
Mentally/Physically Handicapped ,
Major in .......... ... ... ................ ........... . 227
Mentally/Physically Handicapped, Physical Education and Recreation ....... 227
Military Science, Courses (GMS) ........ . 188
Military Science, Department of ........... 186
Ministry, Campus ............................. ....... 15

267

Mission of the University .............. ............ 9
Mortuary Science, Major in .... ................ 88
MTE: Manufacturing Technology
Courses ............. ... .. ...... .................... 177
MUS: Courses in Music ......... .... ........... 190
Music, Department and Courses
(MUS) ... ........ .... ...... .... ... ... .. ....... ....... 189

N
Natural Science, Area Degree
Program in ......................................... 75
Nondiscrimination Policy .... ............... . 5, 46
Numerical Control Technology,
Associate Degree in .. ...... ............. .... 168
NUR: Courses in Nursing .... .................. 192
Nursing , Bachelor of Science in ........... 191
Nursing , Courses (NUR) .. .... ................. 192
Nursing , Department ........ .. .... .. .......... .. 191
Nursing : See also: Registered Nurse Anesthetist Program ;
Public School Nursing
Program ; Dental Hygiene Program ; Health
Professions

0
Objectives of the University ......... .... ....... 10
Orientation ... ...... ...................... ....... ....... . 57
Out-of-State Residency ............. .. ..... 49 , 52

p
Pass/ Fail Grading Option .. ...... ... ....... .. .. . 29
Penn sylvan ia Residency .... .. ............. 49 , 52
Petroleum Technology, Courses
(PTE) .... .. .. .. .. ... ............. .. .................. 114
Petroleum Technology, Majo r in ......... . 109
PHI: Ph ilosophy Courses .. .. ................ .. 194
Philosophy, Courses (PHI) .............. .. ... 194
Philosophy, Department and Major .. ... 193
Photo-Offset/ Screen Printing ,
Program in ............. .... ...................... 163
PHS: Physical Science Courses ........... 203
PHY: Courses in Physics .. ..................... 201
Physical Educat ion , Courses (HPE) ..... 150
Physical Educat ion: See also Special
Education
Physical Science , Courses (PHS) .... .. ... 203
Physical Science, Department.. .. .......... 196
Physics, Courses (PHY) ........................ 201
Physics , Major in .............. .... .. .. ............. 197
Placement .......................... .. .. .. .. .. ..... 20 , 50
POL: Courses in Polish .................... .. ... 141
Polish , Courses (POL) ...... .. .. .... ...... .. .... 141
Political Science, Courses (POS) ......... 218
Political Science, Major in .............. .. .... 214
POS: Political Science Courses .. .......... 218
Pre-Engineering Program ..................... 199
President , University ...................... .. ..... 248
Printing Management/Industrial
Management Program ...... ... ...... .. .... 164
Probation , Academic .... .................... .... .·. 29
Professional Laboratory Experience in
Teacher Education ............................. 72
Professional Writing Program ,

Major in ............ .. ....... .. .... .. .......... ..... 128
Program and Departmental Course
Abbreviations ... ......... ....... ... ............... 67
Programs Offered .. ........... .. ... ... .. .. .... ... ... 11
Progress, Academic, Satisfactory .......... 39
PSN: Public School Nursing Courses ... 210
PSY: Psychology Courses .................... 206
Psychology, Courses (PSY) .............. .... 206
Psychology, Department ....................... 204
Psychology, Major in ....... ..................... 205
PTE: Courses in Petroleum
Technology ....................................... 114
Public Affairs ... ....... ................................. 20
Public School Nursing Program and
Courses (PSN) .. .......... ...... .. .... ......... 209

a
Quality Point Average (Grade Point
Average) ............................................. 25

R
Rad io and Television , Speech Com munication Major in .. .. .. .. .......... ....... 238
Radiologic Technology, Major in ........ .... 87
Readmission t o the University ................ 30
Refund , for Student Aid .................. .. .. .... 42
Refund Policies .. ................................ 54,55
Registered Nurse Anesthetist Program
and Courses (RNA) .. .. .... .. .. ............. 210
Registration , Fee for Late .. ........ .. .... ....... 58
Registration Procedures .................. ....... 29
Regulations , General .. ........ ..... ...... .. ...... . 59
Repeating a Course ..... .. ......................... 30
Reserve Officers Training Corps
(ROTC) ........ .. ...................... .. .... .. 39 , 186
Residence Requ irements for
Graduation ......................................... 31
Residency, Pennsylvania and
Out-of-State ........ ......... ............ .... 49 , 52
RNA: Courses in Nurse Anesthetist
Program .... .. .. .. .. ....... .. ...................... 211
ROTC .... .... .. .... ....... ...... .. .. ................ 39, 186
Room Deposit ........ ................................. 58
Russian , Courses (RUS) ................ .. .. .. . 141

s
Satisfactory Academic Progress .. ........ .. 39
Scholarships .. .. ... ........ ...... ...... .. .. .... .... .. ... 38
Science and Technology, College of .. .... 77
Science, Certificat ion in General Science
for Teacher Education .......... .. .. ....... 143
SCR: Course in Serbo-Croatian ........... 142
Screen Print ing Technology, Associate
Degree in .......................................... 169
Second Degree ........ .. .......... ........ .. .... .... . 31
Secondary Education , Certification
in .. ................................ 69 , 114, 211 ,212
Secondary Education ,
Courses (EDS) .. .. .. ........ ........ .... ....... 115
Secondary Education:
See also: Programs in Teacher Certification in Biology, Chemistry, Communications, Earth Science,

268

English, Mathematics, Foreign Languages (French, German, Spanish),
Physics and Social Sciences
Semester Honors (Dean's List) ....... .. ... ... 27
Serbo-Croatian, Courses (SCR) ........ .. 142
Slavic Studies, Courses (XSS) ............. 142
SOC: Sociology Courses ....... ..... .......... 220
Social Science, Area Degree
Program in .. ...... ... .. .. .......... ..... .......... . 75
Social Science, Certification in for
Teacher Education ................ .. .... ..... 212
Social Science, Courses (SOS) ... ......... 221
Social Science, Department
(Anthropology, Political Science,
Social Science, Sociology) ... ... .... 212
Social Security Numbers .. .. ........... ....... .. 49
Social Work , Courses (SOW) ...... ......... 223
Social Work , Department and Major .... 222
Sociology, Courses (SOC) ................... 220
Sociology, Major in ..... ..... .. ......... .. ...... .. 215
Sororities, Social ........ .... ..... ................. ... 63
SOS: Courses in Social Science .. ..... .... 221
Soviet Studies, Specialization in .......... 138
SOW: Social Work Courses .... ....... ....... 223
SPA: Courses in Speech Pathology
and Audiology .. ...... ... ....... ................ 242
Spanish , Certification in for Teacher
Education .. ..... .. .... ...... ...................... 137
Spanish , Courses (SPN) .... .... ... ... ....... .. 142
Spanish , Major in ............... .......... . 137, 138
SPE: Courses in Speech
Communication ......... ........... ....... ..... 238
Special Education/Community
Services, Major in .... .... .... ......... ... .... 226
Special Education , Courses (ESP) .... ... 231
Special Education, Department.. .... .. ... . 225
Special Education/Early Childhood,
Major in ...... ........................ ............. . 229
Special Education/Elementary
Education, Major in ............... .. .... .. ... 230
Special Education, Majors in ............... . 225
Special Education-Mentally and/or
Physically Handicapped, Majors in ...... .
···· ········· ······· ······ ·· ··· ······ ····· ·········· ·····227
Special Programs, Department .. ..... ... .. 235
Special Students ... .. ........ .... .. .... .. ............ 48
Speech Communication , Courses
(SPE) .... ........ ............ .. ......... ...... ....... 238
Speech Communication , Department .. 237
Speech Communication , Major in ... ..... 238
Speech Communication:
See also: Communications
Speech Pathology and Audiology,
Department and Major ....... ... .......... 240
Speech Pathology, Courses (SPA) ...... 242
SPN: Spanish Courses .... ....... .. .......... ... 142
State System of Higher Education ,
Chancellor and Board of
Governors .... ..... ... ......... ............. . 248
Student Association Fee ... ... ................... 58
Student Association , Incorporated ....... .. 61
Student Congress... ........ ....... .......... . ... 62
Student Development and Services ....... 57
Student Development University
Personnel .. .. . . .. . ................ .. . .
. .... .. 249

Student Rights Appeal Procedure .......... 61
Student Teaching ........ .......... ........... ...... . 71
Student Teaching for Experienced
Teachers ................ ............ .. .. ..... ........ 71
T
Teacher Education , Admission to .. .. ...... 70
Television and Radio, Speech
Communication Major in ........ ..... .... 238
THE: Courses in Theatre ... ........ ...... ..... 245
Theatre, Courses (THE) .... .. .. ................ 245
Theatre, Department ........ ...... ...... ......... 243
Theatre, Major in .... .... ...... ... .... ... ... ....... 244
Theatre: See also: Communication
TPE: Athletic Training Courses ........... . 149
Transcript Requests ........... ... .................. 31
Transfer Credits ................................ 32 , 51
Transient Students ... ........................... ... . 47
Trustees, Council of, California
University ............... ..... ......... .. ..... ..... 248
Two-year Programs: See: Associate
Degrees

u
University Development Office of .... ..... .. 20
Urban Affairs, Courses (XUA) ............ .. 158
Urban Affairs, Major in ... ....... .... ....... .... 154
Urban Recreation and Park
Administration, Major in .................. 154
U.S. Citizenship-A Requirement
for Teacher Certification in
Pennsylvania ...... .. ................ ... ...... 70
V

Veterans Affairs Office ...... ............ .......... 64
Veterans, Course Credit for
Military Service ..... ........ .......... ...... ..... 32

w
WAT: Courses in Water Analysis
Technology ........ ....... .... .... .................. 95
Water Analysis, Courses (WAT) .......... ... 95
Water Analysis Technology,
Major in ............. ........... .. ..... .... ........... 87
Withdrawal, Administrative ..... ....... ...... ... 34
Withdrawal from Courses ........ ............... 33
Withdrawal from the University ...... ........ 33
Women 's Center .................... ... .............. 19
Writing , Professional Writing Major ..... 128
Writing Requirement , College
of Liberal Arts ...... ......... .. .. .. ... ... ... .... .. 75
X
XCP: Career Planning Course .......... .. .. 236
XGE: Gerontology Courses ..... ...... ... ... . 144
XHS: Arts in Human Services
Courses ... ..... ....... ................ ......... .... 244
XSS: Courses in Soviet Studies ........... 138
XUA: Courses in Urban A Ff airs .... .. ...... 158

269

State System
of Higher Education

n
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA